OUTLANDER
��
202
1
/ Owner's Manual
N09200102462
Thank you for buying a MITSUBISHI OUTLANDER PHEV.
We are confident you will enjoy your vehicle. It has been engineered
for optimum performance, durability and comfort. By thoroughly
reading this Owner’s Manual, you will gain an understanding of the
many features that are included in the OUTLANDER PHEV. The
Owner’s Manual contains descriptions and illustrations that will assist
in the operation and maintenance of your vehicle.
A certified Mitsubishi EV dealer will be happy to assist you with any
further questions you may have regarding the operation of your vehi-
cle.
Please note that this manual applies to all OUTLANDER PHEV mod-
els and explains all features including options. Some features
explained in this manual may not be installed on your vehicle.
Please leave this Owner’s Manual in the vehicle at the time of resale.
The next owner will appreciate having access to the information con-
tained here.
This manual includes instructions for standard and optional equipment
available at the time of printing. Mitsubishi Motors Corporation
reserves the right to make changes in design and specifications and to
make additions or improvements in its product without assuming any
obligation to install these on previously manufactured products.
Introduction
Throughout this manual the words WARNING and CAUTION
appear.
These are reminders to be especially careful. Failure to follow the
instructions could result in personal injury or damage to your vehi-
cle.
Indicates a strong possibility of severe personal injury or death if
instructions are not followed.
Points out hazards or unsafe practices that could cause minor
personal injury or damage to your vehicle.
You will see another important symbol:
NOTE Gives helpful information.
As with other vehicles of this type, failure to operate this vehicle cor-
rectly may result in loss of control or an accident. Be sure to read
“on-pavement” and “off-road” driving guidelines in the “Driving
safety” and “Features and controls” sections.
©2020 Mitsubishi Motors Corporation Printed in Japan
N09349100044
Table of contents
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
Overview
Quick index
General information/Charging
Seat and restraint systems
Features and controls
Driving safety
Comfort controls
For emergencies
Vehicle care and maintenance
Customer assistance/
Reporting Safety Defects
Specifications
Alphabetical index
Instruments and controls
1-1
1
Overview
N00100202980
Instruments and controls
Combination headlights and dimmer switch P.5-190
Automatic High Beam (AHB) switch (if so equipped) P. 5-193
Turn signal lever P.5-198
Front fog light switch P.5-199
Steering wheel remote control switches
[Refer to the separate owner’s manual.]
Active stability control (ASC) OFF
switch P.5-82
Supplemental restraint system (SRS) -
airbag (for driver’s seat) P.4-36, 4-42
Horn switch P.5-206
Instrument cluster
P.5-137
Windshield wiper and washer
switch P.5-200
Rear window wiper and
washer switch P.5-203
Cruise control switches
P.5-84, 5-88
Steering wheel height and reach adjustment lever
P.5-48
Power switch P.5-9
Multi-information display
switch P.5-142
Driver’s side power liftgate switch
(if so equipped) P.5-31
Fuses P.9-24
Lane Departure Warning
(LDW) switch (if so equipped)
P.5-118
Forward Collision Mitigation system
(FCM) ON/OFF switch
(if so equipped) P.5-104
Supplemental restraint system (SRS) - front knee airbag (for driver’s seat)
P.4-36, 4-43
Fuel tank filler door opener switch P.3-51
Regenerative braking level
selector (paddle type)
P.5-59
Camera switch (if so equipped) P.5-132
Instruments and controls
Overview 1-2
1
Audio [Refer to the separate owner’s manual.]
Multi Around Monitor (if so equipped) P.5-128
Hazard warning flasher switch P.5-198
Electric rear window defogger switch
P.5-204
Wiper deicer switch (if so equipped)
P.5-204
Selector lever P.5-56
Air conditioner P.7-4
Hood release lever P.9-4
Floor console box P.5-224
Arm rest
Cup holder
P.5-226
12 V power outlet P.5-209
Power liftgate main switch (if so equipped)
P.5-31
Key slot P.5-15
Passenger’s vents
P.7-2
Heated steering wheel switch
(if so equipped) P.5-205
120 V AC power supply
switch (if so equipped)
P.5-211
Blind Spot Warning (BSW) switch
(if so equipped) P.5-108
USB input terminal
P.5-207
USB input terminal
(if so equipped) P.5-207
Rear vents
P.7-2
120 V AC power supply
(if so equipped) P.5-211
USB port (for charging)
(if so equipped) P.5-210
ECO
mode
switch
P.5-199
Instruments and controls
1-3 Overview
1
Supplemental restraint system (SRS) - airbag
(for front passenger’s seat) P.4-36, 4-42
Glove compartment P.5-224
Card holder P.5-224
Electrical parking switch
P.5-55
Drive mode switch
P.5-61
Heated seat switch P.4-7
SAVE/CHARGE mode
switch P.5-68
Electric parking brake switch
P.5-45
Brake auto hold switch
P.5-74
EV switch P.5-66
SPORT mode switch
P.5-71
Interior
Overview 1-4
1
N00100302659
Interior
Supplemental restraint system (SRS) - side airbag
(for front seats) P.4-36, 4-47
Electric remote-controlled outside rearview mirrors switch P.5-53
Lock switch P.5-42
Power door lock
switch P.5-26
Power window switch
P.5-40
Rear seats P.4-8
Dome light (rear) P.5-221, 9-33
Inside rearview mirror P.5-49
HomeLink
®
Wireless Control System
(if so equipped) P.5-214
Front seats P.4-4
Supplemental restraint system (SRS) - curtain airbags
P.4-36, 4-48
Head restraints P.4-9
Arm rest P.4-9
Cup holder P.5-226
Sunglasses holder (if so equipped)
P.5-225
Interior
1-5 Overview
1
Bottle holders P.5-226
Cargo area cover (if so equipped)
P.5-227
Adjustable seat belt shoulder anchor P.4-21
Seat belts P.4-15
Cargo room light
P.5-222, 9-33
Sun visors P.5-208
Vanity mirror P.5-208
Ticket holder P.5-208
Assist grips P.5-228
Coat hooks P.5-229
Sunroof switch
(if so equipped) P.5-43
Dome light (front)/Reading
lights P.5-220, 5-221, 9-33
Downlight P.5-222
Hands-free microphone
Front passenger seat belt
warning light P.4-21
Passenger’s airbag off indicator
P.4-41
Luggage area
Overview 1-6
1
N00100501612
Luggage area
Tools P.8-6
Luggage hooks P.5-229
Luggage floor box P.5-225
Tether anchorages for child restraint system P.4-27
Jack P. 8-6
Tire repair kit P.8-7
12 V starter battery P.9-12
EV charging cable P.3-28
12 V power outlet (if so equipped) P.5-209
120 V AC power supply (if so equipped) P.5-211
Outside (Front)
1-7 Overview
1
N00100602870
Outside (Front)
Sunroof (if so equipped) P.5-43
Windshield wipers P.5-200
Engine hood P.9-4
Front fog lights P.5-199, 9-31, 9-36
Outside rearview mirrors P.5-52
Side turn-signal lights
P.5-198, 9-31, 9-36
Side-view camera (if so equipped)
P.5-128
Fuel tank filler P.3-51
Power window P.5-40
Front turn-signal lights
P.5-198, 9-31, 9-35
Front turn signal lights
P.5-198, 9-31, 9-35
Headlights, low beam
P.5-190, 9-31, 9-35
Parking lights P.5-190, 9-31, 9-35
Daytime running lights (if so equipped)
P.5-190, 9-31, 9-35
Headlights, low beam
P.5-190, 9-31, 9-33
Parking lights P.5-190, 9-31, 9-35
Daytime running lights (if so equipped)
P.5-190, 9-31, 9-35
Headlights, high beam
P.5-193, 9-31, 9-34
Headlights, high beam
P.5-193, 9-31, 9-35
Halogen headlights type LED headlights type
Front side-marker lights
P.5-190, 9-31, 9-35
Front side-marker lights
P.5-190, 9-31, 9-35
Front-view camera (if so equipped) P.5-128
Sensor (if so equipped) [for Forward Collision Mitigation System
(FCM), Lane Departure Warning (LDW) and Automatic High Beam
(AHB)] P. 5-99, 5-118, 5-193
Rain sensor P. 5-200
Outside (Rear)
Overview 1-8
1
N00100602997
Outside (Rear)
F.A.S.T.-key (Free-hand Advanced Security Transmitter)
P.5-4
Locking and unlocking P.5-24
Tires P.9-12
Tire pressure monitoring system
(TPMS) P.5-121
Tire inflation pressures P.9-17
Changing tires P.8-14
Tire rotation P.9-19
Tire chains P.9-20
Size of tires and wheels P.11-8
Stop lights P.9-31, 9-37
Rear turn signal lights
P.5-198, 9-31, 9-37
Back-up lights
P.9-31, 9-38
License plate lights
P.5-190, 9-31, 9-39
Rear-view camera
P.5-125, 5-128
Rear window wiper
P.5-203
High-mounted stop light P.9-31
Antenna
Liftgate (if so equipped) P.5-28
Power liftgate (if so equipped)
P.5-30
Rear side-marker lights
P.5-190, 9-31
Tail lights P.5-190, 9-31, 9-37
Charging lid
P.3-22
Roof spoiler
2-1
2
If this warning light comes on or flashes while you’re driving...
Quick index
N00200702407
If this warning light comes on or flashes while you’re driving...
NOTE
For information regarding warning displays in the multi-information display, refer to “Multi-information display” on page 5-140.
These warning lights will come on for a few seconds for a bulb check when the operation mode of the power switch is put in ON.
Warning lights Do this Ref. Page
12 V starter battery charging system
warning light
Park your vehicle in a safe place and stop the Plug-in Hybrid EV System.
Contact a certified Mitsubishi EV dealer.
P. 5-188
or
Brake warning light
If this light comes on while driving, check to see that the parking brake is released.
If this light stays on after releasing the Electric parking brake, immediately stop and
check the brake fluid level.
If the brake fluid level is correct, there may be a system malfunction. Avoid hard
braking and high speed and contact a certified Mitsubishi EV dealer.
P. 5-187
Electric parking brake warning light
When the warning light remains on or does not come on, there is the possibility that
the parking brake cannot be operated or released. Immediately contact the nearest
certified Mitsubishi EV dealer.
If the warning light comes on during driving, immediately stop the vehicle in a safe
place, and contact a certified Mitsubishi EV dealer.
P. 5-188
If this warning light comes on or flashes while you’re driving...
2-2 Quick index
2
Plug-in Hybrid EV System warning
light
If the warning light comes on, there may be a malfunction in the Plug-in Hybrid EV
System.
If the “EV SYSTEM SERVICE REQUIRED” warning display may appear on the
multi-information display, have your vehicle inspected by a certified Mitsubishi EV
dealer.
If the “EV SYSTEM SERVICE REQUIRED STOP SAFELY” warning display
may appear on the multi-information display, park your vehicle in a safe place and
contact a certified Mitsubishi EV dealer.
P. 5-189
or
Engine malfunction indicator
(“SERVICE ENGINE SOON” or
“Check engine light”)
If the indicator comes on, there may be a malfunction in the emission or engine con-
trol system.
Although your vehicle will usually be drivable and not need towing, have the emis-
sion or engine control system checked at a certified Mitsubishi EV dealer as soon as
possible. If the vehicle is not drivable, contact emergency roadside assistance at 1-
888-648-7820 (for vehicles sold in U.S.A.) or 1-888-576-4878 (for vehicles sold in
Canada), a certified Mitsubishi EV dealer, or local towing company for assistance.
P. 5-188
Anti-lock braking system warning
light
When this light comes on, the anti-lock braking system is not functioning and only
the ordinary braking system is functioning.
Park your vehicle in a safe place and stop the Plug-in Hybrid EV System.
Test the system as described on page 5-79.
If the light does not go out after the test, or if it comes on again, we recommend that
you have the system checked at a certified Mitsubishi EV dealer as soon as possi-
ble.
P. 5-79
SRS warning light
Immediately have the airbag and the pre-tensioner seat belt system checked at a cer-
tified Mitsubishi EV dealer.
P. 4-42
Warning lights Do this Ref. Page
If this warning light comes on or flashes while you’re driving...
Quick index 2-3
2
and
ASC indicator and ASC OFF indicator
Park your vehicle in a safe place and stop the Plug-in Hybrid EV System.
Restart the Plug-in Hybrid EV System and check whether the indicator goes out.
If the indicator does not go out, or if it comes on again, have your vehicle inspected
by a certified Mitsubishi EV dealer as soon as possible.
When this indicator comes on, the active stability control is not functioning and
normal operation of the vehicle will not be affected.
P. 5-83
ASC indicator
Park your vehicle in a safe place and stop the Plug-in Hybrid EV System.
Restart the Plug-in Hybrid EV System and check whether the indicator goes out.
If the indicator does not go out, or if it comes on again, have your vehicle inspected
by a certified Mitsubishi EV dealer as soon as possible.
When this indicator comes on, the hill start assist is not functioning.
Start off carefully on a steep uphill slope.
P. 5-77
Regenerative brake warning light
If the warning light comes on, there may be a malfunction in the regenerative brake
system.
Have the vehicle inspected at a certified Mitsubishi EV dealer.
P. 5-189
Tire pressure monitoring system warn-
ing light
If the warning light comes on, you should stop and adjust the tires to the proper
inflation pressure as soon as possible.
(See “Tire inflation pressures” on page 9-17.)
Once adjustments have been made, the warning light will go off after a few minutes
of driving.
If the warning light blinks for approximately 1 minute and then remains continu-
ously illuminated, the system is not operating properly. If the system returns to nor-
mal, the warning light will go off. If the warning light does not go off, have the
vehicle inspected at a certified Mitsubishi EV dealer.
P. 5-121
Warning lights Do this Ref. Page
If this problem occurs...
2-4 Quick index
2
N00200902180
LED headlight warning light
(Vehicles equipped with LED head-
light)
If the warning light comes on, there may be a malfunction in the LED headlight
unit.
Have the vehicle inspected at a certified Mitsubishi EV dealer.
P. 5-192
If this problem occurs...
Problem Do this Ref. Page
The Plug-in Hybrid EV System
does not start when the power
switch is pressed.
Make sure the F.A.S.T.-key is in the vehicle.
Make sure the select position is in the “P” (PARK) position, and then press the power switch
while depressing the brake pedal.
P. 5-14
The Plug-in Hybrid EV system
does not start and the operation
mode cannot be changed to OFF.
1. Put the select position in “P” (PARK) position, and then change the operation mode to
OFF.
2. One of the other causes could be low 12 V starter battery voltage. If this occurs, the key-
less entry system and the F.A.S.T.-key operation will also not operate.
Contact a certified Mitsubishi EV.
P. 5-11
Warning lights Do this Ref. Page
If this problem occurs...
Quick index 2-5
2
The F.A.S.T.-key does not oper-
ate.
Insert the F.A.S.T.-key into the key slot of the instrument panel, and then start the Plug-in
Hybrid EV System or change the operation mode. Use the emergency key to lock and unlock
the driver’s door.
P. 5-15
Cannot shift the select position
from the “P” (PARK) position.
Make sure the ready indicator illuminates, and move the selector lever while pressing the
brake pedal.
If the ready indicator does not illuminate, you can shift the select position to the “N” (NEU-
TRAL) position only.
P. 5-56
The windows are fogged up.
Press the defogger switch to change to the “ ” position.
P. 7-9
The Plug-in Hybrid EV system
does not start.
The lights do not come on.
The lights are dim.
The horn does not honk.
The horn sound is weak.
Have the 12 V Starter battery checked. Recharge or replace the 12 V Starter battery at a certi-
fied Mitsubishi EV dealer.
P. 8-2,
9-12
Problem Do this Ref. Page
If this problem occurs...
2-6 Quick index
2
Problem Do this Ref. Page
The information screen in the
multi-information display will
be interrupted and the engine
coolant temperature warning
display will appear.
Steam comes out of the engine
compartment.
The engine is overheated.
Carefully stop the vehicle in a safe place.
P. 8-4
If this problem occurs...
Quick index 2-7
2
Problem Do this Ref. Page
If your vehicle becomes stuck in
sand, mud or snow
1. Operate the drive mode switch to set the “LOCK” mode, temporarily turning off Active
stability control (ASC) with the ASC OFF switch and slowly press down on the accelera-
tor pedal to get your vehicle moving again.
2. If there is nothing to stop your tires from slipping, rock your vehicle out of the stuck posi-
tion.
P. 8-19
WARNING
When attempting to rock your vehicle out of a stuck position, be sure that no one is near the vehicle. The rocking motion may cause the vehicle to
suddenly lurch forward or backward, possibly injuring bystanders.
Avoid spinning the wheels. Prolonged efforts to free a stuck vehicle may result in overheating and transaxle failure.
If the vehicle remains stuck after several rocking attempts, have a towing service pull the vehicle out.
Problem Do this Ref. Page
The brakes are not functioning
properly after driving through
water.
Dry out the brakes by driving slowly while lightly pressing the brake pedal. P. 6-5
A tire is punctured.
1. Park the vehicle in a safe place where the surface is flat and level.
2. Repair the flat tire with tire repair kit.
P. 8-7
3
General information/Charging
Plug-in Hybrid EV System ..............................................................3-2
Main drive lithium-ion battery .........................................................3-6
EV cruising range ............................................................................3-7
Operating sound under charging or Remote Climate Control .......3-10
For persons with electro-medical apparatus such as
implantable cardiac pacemaker or implantable cardiovascular
defibrillator ................................................................................3-10
Cautions and actions to deal with intense heat ..............................3-12
Cautions and actions to deal with intense cold ..............................3-13
Charging ........................................................................................3-17
Precautions during Charging the
Main Drive Lithium-ion Battery ................................................3-19
Normal charging
(charging method with rated AC 120 V outlet) .........................3-20
EV charging cable ..........................................................................3-28
Normal charging
(using 240 V Electric Vehicle Supply Equipment) ....................3-31
Quick charging
(charging method with quick charger) (if so equipped)..............3-32
High-Voltage components ..............................................................3-36
MITSUBISHI Remote Control (if so equipped) ............................3-38
How to use electric device during charging ...................................3-42
Charging troubleshooting guide ....................................................3-46
Fuel selection .................................................................................3-49
Filling the fuel tank ........................................................................3-51
Modifications to and racing of your vehicle ..................................3-54
Genuine Mitsubishi Motors parts ..................................................3-56
California Perchlorate Materials Requirements .............................3-56
Event Data Recording ....................................................................3-56
Plug-in Hybrid EV System
3-2 General information/Charging
3
N01206500022
N01206600052
The Plug-in Hybrid EV system on this vehi-
cle will automatically select an optimum driv-
ing mode from “EV drive mode”, “Series
hybrid mode” and “Parallel hybrid mode”
according to the remaining power in the main
drive lithium-ion battery and/or driving con-
ditions.
The vehicle is designed to typically use the
EV drive mode which drives the vehicle as an
electric vehicle by using only electrical power
stored in the main drive lithium-ion battery.
However, when driving with the Series
hybrid mode or the Parallel hybrid mode is
required, the EV drive mode will automati-
cally be switched to the Series hybrid mode
or the Parallel hybrid mode.
The main drive lithium-ion battery can be
charged using an EV charging device com-
patible with your vehicle. For details, refer to
“Charging” on page 3-17.
The regenerative braking described in this
section will also charge the main drive lith-
ium-ion battery when the accelerator pedal is
released while the vehicle is moving.
The vehicle is driven only by electric
motors using the electric power stored in
the main drive lithium-ion battery.
The EV drive mode will automatically be
switched to the Series hybrid mode or the
Parallel hybrid mode depending on the
remaining power in the main drive lith-
ium-ion battery and/or driving conditions,
such as vehicle speed and operation of the
air conditioner.
If you want to drive the vehicle without
starting the engine as much as possible,
make the switch to the EV priority mode
by pressing the EV switch.
Refer to “EV switch” on page 5-66.
The distance you can drive the vehicle
(cruising range) using the EV drive mode
varies depending on the remaining power
in the main drive lithium-ion battery
and/or driving conditions, such as vehicle
speed and operation of the air conditioner.
An estimated cruising range using the EV
drive mode can be shown in the informa-
tion screen. Refer to “EV cruising range
display/Total cruising range display” on
page 5-151.
Driving at a moderate speed and avoiding
rapid acceleration will help obtain longer
cruising range using the EV drive mode.
Rapid and repeated accelerations and
decelerations consumes more electric
power from the main drive lithium-ion
battery and may reduce the cruising range
using the EV drive mode.
The electric power in the main drive lith-
ium-ion battery can be reserved in order
to later drive the vehicle using the EV
drive mode in a specific area. Refer to
“SAVE/CHARGE mode switch” on page
5-68.
The vehicle is driven by the motors only
using the electricity generated by the
engine. This mode is used when the
remaining power in the main drive lith-
ium-ion battery becomes low, when quick
acceleration is required, or when more
propulsion power is required like climb-
ing a hill.
Plug-in Hybrid EV System
Main features
EV drive mode
Series hybrid mode
NOTE
While driving the Series hybrid mode, the
engine malfunction diagnostic system may
operate.
If this system operates, the engine sound will
decrease. This does not indicate a malfunc-
tion.
Plug-in Hybrid EV System
General information/Charging 3-3
3
The vehicle is driven mainly by the
engine with assistance from the motors.
This mode is used when the vehicle is
driven at a high-speed.
Parallel hybrid mode
Plug-in Hybrid EV System
3-4 General information/Charging
3
N01206700040
Motion energy is converted into electric energy using the motor as a power generator.
While decelerating, electric energy will be created and used to charge the main drive lithium-ion battery.
If you lift your foot off the accelerator pedal while driving, a braking force equivalent to the engine braking of a gasoline or diesel powered
vehicle will be generated.
Also, if you shift the select position into “B” (REGENERATIVE BRAKE) from “D” (DRIVE), the regenerative brake force will become
stronger. Shift the selector lever into “B” (REGENERATIVE BRAKE) position according to the driving condition.
As greater brake force is applied by depressing the brake pedal, increased regenerative braking occurs.
When stronger regenerative braking is generated, the stop lights will illuminate even when the brake pedal is not depressed.
The roles of the motors and engine in each drive mode
Motor Engine
EV Drive Mode Drives the vehicle OFF
Series Hybrid Mode Drives the vehicle Generates electricity
Parallel Hybrid Mode Drives the vehicle Drives front wheels and generates electricity
Regenerative braking
NOTE
When the main drive lithium-ion battery level is full or nearly full, or the main drive lithium-ion battery temperature is too high or too low, the regenera-
tive braking force may temporarily be reduced or eliminated and stronger service brake effort may be required to operate the brakes. When the main drive
lithium-ion battery level is no longer full or near full, or the main drive lithium-ion battery temperature has returned to a normal range, the regenerative
brake force will resume.
If a problem occurs in the Plug-in hybrid EV system, or if the ABS and/or the ASC have been activated, the regenerative braking will be restricted. The
service brake will still operate.
Plug-in Hybrid EV System
General information/Charging 3-5
3
N01206800038
When the vehicle is driven in the EV
drive mode, the drive mode may automat-
ically be switched to the Series hybrid
mode or the Parallel hybrid mode under
the following conditions:
• If the temperature of the Plug-in hybrid
EV system is too hot or too cold.
• When quick acceleration is applied.
• When the air conditioner is operating.
• When the accelerator pedal is depressed
hard on an uphill road or expressway.
• In cold weather.
• If the vehicle has not been refueled for a
long period of time.
• When the main drive lithium-ion battery
level is low.
In addition to the above, there are other
situations where the EV drive mode may
automatically be changed to the series or
parallel hybrid mode.
While the vehicle is stationary, the engine
may automatically start. Some examples
are;
• When the main drive lithium-ion battery
level is low.
• If the temperature of the Plug-in hybrid
EV system is too hot or too cold.
• When the air conditioner is operating.
• If the vehicle has not been used for a
long period of time.
• If the engine has not been started for a
long period of time.
• If the vehicle has not been refueled for a
long period of time.
Operation of gasoline engine
NOTE
Depending on usage of the vehicle, the
engine may not start for a long period of time
and unused fuel will remain in the fuel tank.
Fuel can deteriorate over time, which can
adversely affect the engine and/or the fuel
system.
If the vehicle is not refueled with more than
4 gallons (15 liters) at least once every three
months, the engine will automatically start,
while the ready indicator is illuminated, to
help prevent deterioration of the fuel. At that
time, charging of the main drive lithium-ion
battery will start and the battery charge mode
display will appear on the information screen
in the multi-information display. The charg-
ing will stop, however, before the main drive
lithium-ion battery is fully charged.
The engine may also start even while the EV
drive mode is selected or the vehicle is sta-
tionary.
To stop the engine from starting automati-
cally when the vehicle is operated on the
main drive lithium-ion battery power only
for a long time, start the engine and drive the
vehicle enough to reduce the fuel level to
approximately half tank. Refill the fuel tank
with at least 4 gallons (15 liters) of gasoline.
Main drive lithium-ion battery
3-6 General information/Charging
3
N01206900042
N01207000037
Refueling (gasoline)
CAUTION
If the fuel remaining warning display
appears in the multi-information display,
refuel the vehicle immediately.
If the vehicle runs out of fuel, electricity can-
not be generated by the engine and the fol-
lowing will occur.
• The propulsion power of the vehicle may be
reduced, since the vehicle must be driven
using only electrical power stored in the
main drive lithium-ion battery.
• The heater for the air conditioner and the
front window defogger will be degraded.
• The catalytic converter may be damaged
due to excessive high temperature.
Refer to “Filling the fuel tank” on page 3-51
and “Fuel remaining display screen” on page
5-147.
Depending on the usage of the vehicle, the
engine may not start for a long period of
time. Unused fuel can deteriorate over time.
To avoid this situation, start the engine more
than once every three months by activating
the battery charge mode, or refill the vehicle
with more than 4 gallons (15 liters) more
than once every three months after the fuel
remaining display is indicated below half.
Refer to “SAVE/CHARGE mode switch” on
page 5-68 and “Fuel remaining display
screen” on page 5-147.
Main drive lithium-ion bat-
tery
WARNING
The main drive lithium-ion battery is a
sealed high voltage battery and has no
user serviceable parts.
• To avoid severe burns and/or electrical
shock that may result in serious injury or
death, never attempt to detach the main
drive lithium-ion battery from the vehi-
cle or try to disassemble it.
• Never attempt to dispose or recycle the
main drive lithium-ion battery by your-
self. Consult with a certified Mitsubishi
EV dealer, when the main drive lithium-
ion battery is disposed or recycled.
• Never attempt to use the main drive lith-
ium-ion battery for any other purpose.
CAUTION
To help prevent damage to the main drive
lithium-ion battery, follow the instructions
described below. Failure to do so can result
in damage to the main drive lithium-ion bat-
tery that will not be covered by the main
drive lithium-ion battery warranty.
• Repeatedly performing quick charging can
reduce battery capacity. Normal charging is
recommended unless quick charging is nec-
essary. For details of charging, refer to
“Charging” on page 3-17.
• If your vehicle is not used for a long time,
check the main drive lithium-ion battery
level display every 3 months.
If the gauge of the main drive lithium-ion
battery level display screen in the multi-
information display indicates that the bat-
tery level is completely empty, charge the
main drive lithium-ion battery until an indi-
cation appears in the gauge. Refer to
“Multi-information display” on page 5-140.
Alternatively, start the Plug-in Hybrid EV
System and turn on the ready indicator.
The engine will then automatically start to
charge the main drive lithium-ion battery.
Wait until the engine automatically stops,
then put the operation mode of the power
switch in OFF.
• Do not store your vehicle at ambient tem-
peratures above 131 °F (55 °C) for over 24
hours, or below -13 °F (-25 °C) for over 7
days. The temperatures may damage the
main drive lithium-ion battery.
CAUTION
EV cruising range
General information/Charging 3-7
3
N01207100041
The capacity of the main drive lithium-ion
battery used on your OUTLANDER
PHEV, like other commonly used lithium-
ion batteries, will decrease according to
time and usage. This type of decrease in
battery capacity is normal, and is not
indicative of any defect or failure in your
main drive lithium-ion battery. As the
main drive lithium-ion battery capacity
decreases, the initial EV cruising range of
the vehicle and the vehicle performance
will similarly decrease.
Also, when the ambient temperature is
low, charging times get longer or charging
may be stopped before complete charging.
The capacity of your vehicle battery over
time will depend on a variety of factors
including how your vehicle is used, stored
and charged. Factors that can adversely
affect battery capacity over time include
frequent driving using aggressive acceler-
ation/deceleration, repeated frequent use
of the quick charger, and operation/stor-
age in extreme temperature environments.
When the ambient temperature lowers, the
engine will start frequently, even if there
is a large amount of remaining power in
the main drive lithium-ion battery.
Because the engine starts frequently, the
fuel consumption will increase.
The main drive lithium-ion battery has a
limited service life, and when its charging
capacity falls, owners should bring their
vehicle to a certified Mitsubishi EV dealer
for inspection and possible battery
replacement.
For details regarding the warranty cover-
age for the main drive lithium-ion battery,
refer to the Warranty and Maintenance
Manual.
N01207200026
The distance you can drive the vehicle (EV
cruising range) depends on a number of fac-
tors including available charge, weather, tem-
perature, usage, battery age, topography, and
driving style. Your actual range can vary,
either initially or as the battery ages and with
use over time.
As the main drive lithium-ion battery capac-
ity decreases, the EV cruising range of the
vehicle will similarly decrease. Refer to
“Decrease of battery capacity” on page 3-7.
NOTE
It is recommended that your vehicle be
stored at temperatures below 77 °F (25 °C)
to help maximize the life of the main drive
lithium-ion battery.
Decrease of battery capacity
NOTE
It is not necessary to consume the main drive
lithium-ion battery completely before charg-
ing.
To help maintain the capacity of the main
drive lithium-ion battery, the following is
recommended:
• If you repeatedly perform only the quick
charging, fully charge the vehicle by nor-
mal charging once every approximately 2
weeks.
• Do not repeat charging when the main drive
lithium-ion battery is at or near the full
charge.
EV cruising range
NOTE
Since cooling or heating consumes power
from the main drive lithium-ion battery,
operation of these functions will reduce the
EV cruising range.
NOTE
EV cruising range
3-8 General information/Charging
3
Put the selector lever in the “B” (REGEN-
ERATIVE BRAKE) position according to
the road condition. Using appropriate regen-
erative braking can help increase the EV
cruising range. Refer to “Regenerative brak-
ing” on page 3-4.
NOTE
EV cruising range
General information/Charging 3-9
3
N01207300027
EV cruising range-Driving conditions
Shorten
driving
range
Lengthen
driving
range
Range Reducing Condition Range Extending
High acceleration, speed Driving style Low acceleration, speed
Heater on Heater usage
Heater off
(or use seat heater)
A/C on A/C usage A/C off
Highway City/Highway City
Heavy payload Payload Light payload
Windy, wet Weather Calm, dry
Uphill, rough Road conditions Flat/Downhill, smooth
“D” (DRIVE) Select position “B” (REGENERATIVE BRAKE)
Operating sound under charging or Remote Climate Control
3-10 General information/Charging
3
N01207400031
While charging, even if the operation mode
of the power switch is OFF, you may hear
operating sounds from the cooling fan and air
conditioning compressor when operating the
main drive lithium-ion battery cooling system
or Remote Climate Control (if so equipped).
This is normal.
Refer to “MITSUBISHI Remote Control” on
page 3-38.
N01207500032
Operating sound under
charging or Remote Climate
Control
For persons with electro-
medical apparatus such as
implantable cardiac pace-
maker or implantable car-
diovascular defibrillator
WARNING
Before charging, read the instructions
described below carefully and follow
them. Also read and follow the instruc-
tions for “Normal charging (charging
method with rated AC 120 V outlet)” on
page 3-20, “Normal charging (using 240 V
Electric Vehicle Supply Equipment)” on
page 3-31, and “Quick charging (charging
method with quick charger)” on page
3-32.
Before charging, individuals using an elec-
tro-medical apparatus such as implant-
able pacemakers and implantable
cardiovascular-defibrillators should check
with the manufacturer of the apparatus to
confirm the effect of the electromagnetic
waves from charging. The electromagnetic
waves may affect the operations of the
electro-medical apparatus.
When performing normal charging, keep
your electro-medical apparatus, such as
implantable cardiac pacemaker or
implantable cardiovascular defibrillator,
away from the charge connector, EV
charging cable, control box or normal
charging station.
Do not perform quick charging and keep
away from a quick charger. Electromag-
netic waves produced by a quick charger
may affect the operation of your electric-
medical apparatus. If you have acciden-
tally approached a quick charger, walk
away from the quick charger immediately.
If quick charging is necessary, ask some-
one for help.
While charging;
• Do not stay inside the vehicle.
• Do not go inside the vehicle, for example
to remove or place an item in the passen-
ger compartment.
• Do not open the liftgate, for example to
remove or place an item in the cargo
area.
Do not bring your body close to the foot
area of the rear seat and do not stay in the
cargo area while the vehicle is running.
Also, do not allow persons using an elec-
tro-medical apparatus to ride in the cargo
area while the vehicle is running. The
operation of electro-medical apparatus
may be affected.
WARNING
For persons with electro-medical apparatus such as implantable cardiac pacemaker or implantable cardiovascular defibrillator
General information/Charging 3-11
3
When using the Free-hand Advanced
Security Transmitter (F.A.S.T.-key),
please observe following precautions.
• People with implantable cardiac pace-
makers or implantable cardiovascular-
defibrillators should not go near the
external transmitters or the internal
transmitters. The radio waves used by
the F.A.S.T.-key could adversely affect
implantable cardiac pacemakers or
implantable cardiovascular-defibrilla-
tors.
• When using electromedical devices other
than implantable cardiac pacemakers or
implantable cardiovascular-defibrilla-
tors, contact the electromedical device
manufacturer ahead of time to determine
the affects of radio waves on the devices.
Electromedical device operations could
be adverse effects by radio waves. Refer
to “Free-hand Advanced Security Trans-
mitter (F.A.S.T.-key)” on page 5-4.
WARNING
Cautions and actions to deal with intense heat
3-12 General information/Charging
3
N01201001061
When the ambient temperature is approximately 113 °F (45 °C) or higher, the phenomena described below may occur. Please take the
described actions.
Even if the ambient temperature is approximately 113 °F (45 °C) or lower, when performing quick charging, driving at high-speed and uphill
repeatedly, the phenomena described below may occur. Please take the described actions.
Cautions and actions to deal with intense heat
Approx. ambient
temperature
Phenomena Corrective action
Approx.113 °F
(45 °C) or higher
Startup and driving If quick charging and high-speed driving or quick charg-
ing and uphill driving are repeated, the “PROPULSION
POWER IS REDUCED” warning display* may appear
and the motor output is restricted to protect the main drive
lithium-ion battery and/or motor.
If driving continues a few miles/kilometers while the
“PROPULSION POWER IS REDUCED” warning dis-
play* appears, the vehicle may stop.
Stop the vehicle in a safe place for a
while, avoid quick charging, and wait
for the “PROPULSION POWER IS
REDUCED” warning display* to go
off.
Regenerative braking performance may decrease. When braking, depress the brake
pedal more strongly.
Charging and battery The EV charging cable cannot be used.
Charging times get longer.
Park in a safe, well-ventilated and
shady place.
The main drive lithium-ion battery capacity is decreased
more quickly, and the EV cruising range is decreased.
NOTE
*: Refer to “PROPULSION POWER IS REDUCED” warning display on page 5-181. Display of the “PROPULSION POWER IS REDUCED” warning
display does not indicate a malfunction.
Cautions and actions to deal with intense cold
General information/Charging 3-13
3
N01201101075
When the ambient temperature is approximately 5 °F (-15 °C) or lower, the phenomena described below may occur. Please take the corrective
actions described below.
Cautions and actions to deal with intense cold
Approx. ambi-
ent tempera-
ture
Phenomena Corrective action
Approx.5 °F
(-15 °C) or
lower
Startup and
driving
Motor output is restricted and the vehicle perfor-
mance may be decreased.
Keep driving if you can drive at a safe speed.
If you cannot drive at a safe speed, stop the vehicle in
a safe place and charge the main drive lithium-ion
battery.
Regenerative braking performance may decrease. When braking, depress the brake pedal more
strongly.
Charging and
battery
Charging times get longer.
Complete charging may not be possible.
When you have finished driving, charge the main
drive lithium-ion battery before ambient temperature
falls to 5 °F (-15 °C) or lower.
Cautions and actions to deal with intense cold
3-14 General information/Charging
3
Approx.-18 °F
(-28 °C) or
lower
Startup and
driving
The motor output is restricted and the vehicle perfor-
mance may be decreased.
Then, the “PROPULSION POWER IS REDUCED”
warning display*
1
and “BATTERY TOO COLD”
warning display*
2
may appear alternately. (Vehicles
with main drive lithium-ion battery warming system)
Keep driving if you can drive at the same speed as
surrounding vehicles.
If you cannot drive the same speed as surrounding
vehicles, stop the vehicle in a safe place.
The vehicle performance decreases, the “BATTERY
TOO COLD FOR VEHICLE TO OPERATE” warn-
ing display*
3
may appear.
In the daytime, wait for the temperature to rise.
When the temperature in the vicinity of the main
drive lithium-ion battery has risen, start up.
Regenerative braking performance may decrease or
be eliminated.
When braking, depress the brake pedal more
strongly.
Charging and
battery
Charging may become impossible. (Except for vehi-
cles with main drive lithium-ion battery warming
system)
When you have finished driving, charge the main
drive lithium-ion battery before ambient temperature
falls to -18 °F (-28 °C) or lower.
Charging times get longer.
Complete charging may not be possible. (Vehi-
cles with main drive lithium-ion battery warming
system)
If low temperature is predicted, even if the main
drive lithium-ion battery is fully charged, connect the
EV charging cable.
The main drive lithium-ion battery will automatically
be warmed.
Approx. ambi-
ent tempera-
ture
Phenomena Corrective action
Cautions and actions to deal with intense cold
General information/Charging 3-15
3
Approx. -22 °F
(-30 °C) or
lower
Startup and
driving
The Plug-in Hybrid EV system may not be started
and “BATTERY TOO COLD” warning display*
2
may appear. (Except for vehicles with main drive
lithium-ion battery warming system)
In the daytime, wait for the temperature to rise.
When the temperature in the vicinity of the main
drive lithium-ion battery has risen, start up.
The Plug-in Hybrid EV system may not be started.
The ready indicator*
4
blinks and “BATTERY TOO
COLD PLUG IN NORMAL CHARGER TO
WARM” warning display *
5
may appear. (Vehicles
with main drive lithium-ion battery warming system)
If low temperature is predicted, even if the main
drive lithium-ion battery is fully charged, connect the
EV charging cable (normal charger).
The main drive lithium-ion battery will automatically
be warmed.
The Plug-in Hybrid EV system can be started within
1 hour after the EV charging cable is connected.
Regenerative braking performance may decrease or
be eliminated.
When braking, depress the brake pedal more
strongly.
The vehicle performance decreases, the “BATTERY
TOO COLD FOR VEHICLE TO OPERATE” warn-
ing display*
3
may appear.
In the daytime, wait for the temperature to rise.
When the temperature in the vicinity of the main
drive lithium-ion battery has risen, start up.
Charging and
battery
Charging may become impossible. (Except for vehi-
cles with main drive lithium-ion battery warming
system)
In the daytime, wait for the temperature to rise.
When the temperature in the vicinity of the main
drive lithium-ion battery has risen, begin charging.
Charging times get longer.
Complete charging may not be possible. (Vehi-
cles with main drive lithium-ion battery warming
system)
If low temperature is predicted, even if the main
drive lithium-ion battery is fully charged, connect the
EV charging cable.
The main drive lithium-ion battery will automatically
be warmed.
Approx. ambi-
ent tempera-
ture
Phenomena Corrective action
Cautions and actions to deal with intense cold
3-16 General information/Charging
3
CAUTION
When “BATTERY TOO COLD FOR VEHICLE TO OPERATE” is displayed*
3
, contact a certified Mitsubishi EV dealer.
NOTE
*
1
: Refer to “PROPULSION POWER IS REDUCED” warning display on page 5-181.
Display of the “PROPULSION POWER IS REDUCED” warning display does not indicate a malfunction.
*
2
: Refer to “BATTERY TOO COLD” warning display on page 5-162.
*
3
: Refer to “BATTERY TOO COLD FOR VEHICLE TO OPERATE” warning display on page 5-162.
*
4
: Refer to “Ready indicator” on page 5-187.
*
5
: Refer to “BATTERY TOO COLD PLUG IN NORMAL CHARGER TO WARM” warning display on page 5-162.
When warming the main drive lithium-ion battery with the main drive lithium-ion battery warming system (if so equipped), use the EV charging cable. If
using a home charging device or a public charging device (EVSE: Electric Vehicle Supply Equipment), charging and warm-up of the main drive lithium-
ion battery may be stopped. If this happens, disconnect the charge connector and insert the charge connector again.
Accordingly, the main drive lithium-ion battery warming system will be reactivated and you can start the Plug-in Hybrid EV system within 1 hour.
The main drive lithium-ion battery warming system may not be activated depending on the situation.
While warm up the main drive lithium-ion battery, the following phenomena may occur.
• The operation sound of on board equipment and the state of charge is displayed on the multi-information display.
• The main drive lithium-ion battery may not become full charge.
Charging
General information/Charging 3-17
3
N01201201092
Your vehicle comes standard with a charge port and charging cable (EV charging cable) that uses a household outlet (AC 110-120 V) as a charg-
ing source. You may also charge your vehicle using an OUTLANDER PHEV compatible 220-240 V charging device (EVSE*
1
- available sepa-
rately). As an optional feature, your vehicle may come equipped with an additional quick charge port to be used with a CHAdeMO*
2
quick
charger.
Charging
Category Charge port Charge connector Charging Source Charging time Reference
Level 1
Normal charging
110-120 V
(Attached EV
charging cable)
Right rear side of vehicle
110-120 V household out-
let (15 amp dedicated cir-
cuit required)
120 V/8 A:
Approximately
14.5 hours
120 V/12 A:
Approximately
9 hours
P.3-20
Level 2
Normal charging
220-240 V
(Primary Home
EVSE*
1
Dock-
Available sepa-
rately)
Right rear side of vehicle
Home or public charging
device
Approximately
4 hours
P.3-31
Charging
3-18 General information/Charging
3
Charging time will vary depending on the
condition of the main drive lithium-ion bat-
tery, air temperature, electric power con-
sumption of electrical devices during
charging and condition of the power source
(such as specifications of the quick charger).
A vehicle equipped with a quick charge port
is compatible with most CHAdeMO connec-
tors on charging stations. Charging stations
using the CHAdeMO standard are UL certi-
fied and safe to use in the US. For details of
charging system specifications, refer to
“Charging system specifications” on page
11-7.
Quick charging
(charging method
with quick char-
ger)*
3
Right rear side of vehicle
Public charging stations
where available
Approximately
25 minutes for
80 % charge
P.3-32
*
1
:
EVSE = Electric Vehicle Supply Equipment
*
2
:
CHAdeMO is a standard for quick charging of electric vehicle originally started in Japan, and the contents have also become international
standard.
*
3
:
Optional equipment
Category Charge port Charge connector Charging Source Charging time Reference
NOTE
The main drive lithium-ion battery can be
charged to nearly full using the battery
charge mode.
Refer to “SAVE/CHARGE mode switch” on
page 5-68.
The 12 V starter battery will be automati-
cally charged during charging and also while
the ready indicator is illuminated. Refer to
“Ready indicator” on page 5-187.
Repeatedly performing only quick charging
can reduce battery capacity. Normal charging
is recommended unless quick charging is
necessary.
If the 12 V starter battery is discharged, the
main drive lithium-ion battery cannot be
charged. Refer to “Jump-starting the Plug-in
Hybrid EV system” on page 8-2.
NOTE
Precautions during Charging the Main Drive Lithium-ion Battery
General information/Charging 3-19
3
N01202601080
Both normal charging and quick charging
cannot be performed at the same time. The
quick charging is given priority.
Precautions during Charg-
ing the Main Drive Lithium-
ion Battery
WARNING
Improper charging can result in a fire,
property damage, and serious injury or
death.
Read the instructions described below
carefully and follow them. Also read and
follow the instructions for “Normal charg-
ing (charging method with rated AC 120
V outlet)” on page 3-20, Normal charging
(using 240 V Electric Vehicle Supply
Equipment) on page 3-31 and “Quick
charging (charging method with quick
charger)” on page 3-32 before using the
charging device.
• Do not touch charge port, charge connec-
tor, plug and outlet with wet hands.
• Keep away from water when connecting
the charge port, charge connector, plug
and outlet.
NOTE
• Do not perform charging outdoors in
adverse weather, such as heavy rain,
heavy snow or strong winds, or when
adverse weather is expected.
• Never charge or touch the vehicle when
lightning or thunder is observed or
expected. A lightning strike may back
feed into the normal charging causing
damage and possible personal injury or
death. If lightning or thunder begins
during normal charging, do not touch
the vehicle or the EV charging cable and
turn off the breaker.
• Make sure there is no water or foreign
materials in the charge port, charge con-
nector or plug, and that they are not
damaged or affected by rust or corro-
sion. If any of these conditions are notice-
able, do not charge the main drive
lithium-ion battery.
• Never touch the metal contacts of the
charge port, charge connector or plug.
• Never disassemble or modify the charge
port or charging cable.
• If you notice unusual odor or smoke
coming from the vehicle, charging cable
or plug, or if the charging cable or plug
becomes hot to the touch, stop charging
immediately.
WARNING
Keep away from the cooling fan under the
hood during charging. During charging,
the cooling fan may automatically be
operated even if the operation mode of the
power switch is put in OFF.
Some public chargers may not be compat-
ible with your vehicle. If you attempt to
charge from a non-compliant charger, you
may not be able to charge or you may not
receive a complete charge. If necessary,
consult an administrator or the maker of
the charger to determine whether the
charger is compatible with your vehicle
before using it. Also be sure to use the
charger according to operating proce-
dures indicated on the body of the char-
ger.
CAUTION
To prevent damage to the charging equip-
ment:
• Do not close the charging port lid without
closing the inner lid.
• Do not subject the charging equipment to
impact.
• Do not pull, twist or bend the EV charge
cable.
• Do not drag the EV charge cable.
• Do not store charging equipment in loca-
tions where the temperature is above 185 °F
(85 °C) or below -40 °F (-40 °C).
WARNING
Normal charging (charging method with rated AC 120 V outlet)
3-20 General information/Charging
3
N01203101066
Carefully read instructions regarding “Pre-
cautions during Charging the Main Drive
Lithium-ion Battery” on page 3-19 and
described in this section and also instructions
on “EV charging cable” on page 3-28 or
instructions for a charging device you use,
and follow them.
• Do not place the charging equipment close
to a heater or other heat source.
Make sure the inner lid is closed on the
charge port when charging is finished. If the
charging lid is closed when the inner lid is
open, water or foreign materials may enter
the charge port.
When charging, do not use a car cover except
for the Mitsubishi Motors genuine car cover.
Do not attempt to perform a jump start on the
12 V starter battery at the same time that the
main drive lithium-ion battery is being
charged. Doing so may damage the vehicle
or EV charging cable and could cause an
injury. See “Jump-starting” in the “6. For
emergency” section.
Forcing the charge connector to connect may
cause damage to the charging equipment and
vehicle.
NOTE
If the charging lid is opened with the opera-
tion mode of the power switch in ON, a
buzzer will intermittently sound for approxi-
mately 10 minutes to alert that charging has
been disabled. When the charging lid is
closed or the operation mode is put in OFF,
the buzzer will stop.
CAUTION
If a charge connector is connected to the
charge port with the operation mode of the
power switch in ON, a buzzer will continu-
ously sound for approximately 10 minutes to
alert that charging has been disabled. When
the charge connector is detached from the
charge connector or the operation mode of
the power switch is put in OFF, the buzzer
will stop.
Repeatedly performing only quick charging
can reduce the main drive lithium-ion battery
capacity. Normal charging is recommended
unless quick charging is necessary.
While charging, even if the operation mode
of the power switch is OFF, you may hear
operating sounds from the cooling fan and
air conditioning compressor when operating
the main drive lithium-ion battery cooling
system or Remote Climate Control. This is
normal.
Refer to “MITSUBISHI Remote Control” on
page 3-38.
NOTE
If your vehicle is not used for a long time,
check the gauge of the main drive lithium-
ion battery level display at least once every 3
months.
If the gauge of the main drive lithium-ion
battery level display in the multi-information
display indicates that the battery level is
completely empty, charge the main drive
lithium-ion battery until an indication
appears in the gauge. Refer to “Multi-infor-
mation display on page 5-140. Alternatively,
start the Plug-in Hybrid EV System. Then
the engine will automatically start to charge
the main drive lithium-ion battery. Wait until
the engine automatically stops, then put the
operation mode of the power switch in OFF.
If an electrical power outage occurs while
charging, the charging will automatically
resume when the electric power resumes.
Normal charging (charging
method with rated AC 120 V
outlet)
NOTE
Normal charging (charging method with rated AC 120 V outlet)
General information/Charging 3-21
3
WARNING
Improper charging can result in a fire,
property damage, and serious injury or
death.
To minimize the risk of electrical shock
and/or a fire, always use an outlet rated
AC 120 V that is grounded, protected by a
ground-fault circuit interrupter, rated for
15 A or more, and connected to a dedi-
cated circuit. Outlets located outdoors
must be waterproofed. If you have any
doubt whether your charging outlet meets
these requirements, check with a licensed
electrician.
If the outlet is not grounded, the risk of
electrical shock will increase in the event
of an insulation failure in the EV charging
cable.
If the circuit is shared, and another elec-
trical device is being used at the same time
the vehicle is charging, the circuit may
heat abnormally, the breaker may trip
and the circuit may cause adverse inter-
ference on household electrical appliances
such as televisions and audio systems.
Individuals using an electro-medical
apparatus such as implantable pacemak-
ers and implantable cardiovascular-defi-
brillators should check with the
manufacturer of the apparatus to confirm
the effect of the electromagnetic waves
from charging. The electromagnetic waves
may affect the operations of the electro-
medical apparatus.
If you use an electro-medical apparatus,
such as an implantable cardiac pacemaker
or an implantable cardiovascular defibril-
lator, observe the following precautions
before charging;
• Keep your electro-medical apparatus
away from the charge connector, EV
charging cable, control box and normal
charging station.
• While normal charging;
ꞏ Do not stay inside the vehicle.
ꞏ Do not return to the vehicle.
ꞏ Do not open the liftgate, for example to
remove or place an item in the cargo
area.
Never use an extension cable, multi-plug
adapter or conversion adapter.
Using them may cause overheating result-
ing in fire.
Never force the connection if the EV
charging cable or plug shows damage or is
not easily connected due to foreign mate-
rial entering the plug or the outlet.
Never use an outlet that is damaged or will
not hold the plug firmly in place. Never
use a plug that is bent or damaged. Failure
to follow these instructions can result in
an electric shock and/or fire.
Make sure that the plug is inserted all the
way into the outlet before use.
WARNING
While it is normal for the plug and EV
charging cable to become warm during
charging, discontinue use immediately if
the plug or EV charging cable becomes
too hot to touch.
Never pull the cable to remove the plug.
Never connect or disconnect the plug with
a wet hand.
CAUTION
During charging, the cooling fans in the
engine compartment may automatically be
operated even if the operation mode of the
power switch is in OFF. Keep your hands
away from the cooling fan during charging.
Do not perform charging from other power
source like a generator. Doing so could cause
a malfunction.
Do not push the rear portion of the charging
lid when the charging lid is locked.
There is a possibility that the charging lid
open unexpectedly when the driver’s door is
unlocked.
NOTE
Your vehicle is equipped with an EV charg-
ing cable for normal charging. Refer to “EV
charging cable” on page 3-28.
WARNING
Normal charging (charging method with rated AC 120 V outlet)
3-22 General information/Charging
3
N01216201045
The charging port courtesy light (A) illumi-
nates when the charging lid is opened while
the select position is in “P” (PARK) position.
It goes off automatically after approximately
3 minutes.
If you want to turn it on again, press the
charging port courtesy light switch (B).
When charging is started, the charging port
courtesy light blinks three times.
N01216500025
1. Firmly apply the parking brake, press the
electrical parking switch to shift the “P”
position and put the operation mode of the
power switch is in OFF.
2. On vehicle equipped with the charging lid
lock, unlock the driver’s door to unlock
the charging lid.
3. Push the rear portion of the charging lid
(A) until it clicks, and open the charging
lid.
N01203201113
1. Open the charging lid.
Refer to “To open the charging lid” on
page 3-22.
When connecting or disconnecting the nor-
mal charge connector, insert/pull out the con-
nector straight.
Also, do not incline or twist the connector.
Doing so could cause a bad connection or
malfunction.
Make sure to lock the doors to prevent theft,
etc. during charging.
Charging port courtesy light
NOTE NOTE
The charging port courtesy light illuminating
time can be adjusted.
For details, please consult a certified Mit-
subishi EV dealer.
If the MITSUBISHI Remote Control (if so
equipped) is operated when the charging port
courtesy light is off, the light may illuminate.
To open the charging lid
NOTE
On vehicles equipped with the charging lid
lock, the charging lid is unlocked in conjunc-
tion with unlocking of the driver’s door as
the following condition.
• The operation mode is put in “OFF” or
“ACC”.
• The selector lever position is “P” (PARK).
On vehicles equipped with the charging lid
lock, when the charging lid cannot be
unlocked even if the driver’s door is
unlocked. Open the charging lid manually by
using the release lever inside of the interior
trim in the cargo room.
Refer to “If the charging lid cannot be
unlocked” on page 3-26.
Charging from rated AC 120 V
outlet
Normal charging (charging method with rated AC 120 V outlet)
General information/Charging 3-23
3
2. Press the tab (A) to open the inner lid (B).
3. Insert the EV charging cable plug into an
outlet.
WARNING
Do not touch the metal terminal of the
normal charge port (C) and the normal
charge connector.
Doing so could cause an electric shock
and/or malfunction.
CAUTION
To help keep foreign material out of the nor-
mal charge port, do not leave the inner lid
open without connecting the normal charge
connector.
Doing so could allow water, dirt or other
objects to enter in the normal charge port
resulting in a fire or electrical shock.
NOTE
There is a hole on the normal charge port for
water drainage. If this hole is blocked and
water gets trapped in the normal charge port,
do not charge. Contact a certified Mitsubishi
EV dealer.
If the normal charge port becomes frozen,
use a hair dryer to defrost and dry the normal
charge port before charging. Forcing the
charging connector to connect with the nor-
mal charge port while it is frozen can dam-
age the normal charge port and/or prevent
charging.
WARNING
Make sure that the plug is inserted all the
way into the outlet before use.
To minimize the risk of electrical shock
and/or a fire, always use an outlet rated
AC 120 V that is grounded, protected by a
ground-fault circuit interrupter, rated for
15 A or more, and connected to a dedi-
cated circuit. Outlets located outdoors
must be waterproofed. If you have any
doubt whether your charging outlet meets
these requirements, check with a licensed
electrician.
If the outlet is not grounded, the risk of
electrical shock will increase in the event
of an insulation failure in the EV charging
cable.
If the circuit is shared, and another elec-
trical device is being used at the same time
the vehicle is charging, the circuit may
heat abnormally, the breaker may trip
and the circuit may cause adverse inter-
ference on the household electrical appli-
ances such as televisions and audio
systems.
WARNING
Normal charging (charging method with rated AC 120 V outlet)
3-24 General information/Charging
3
4. Press the 8 A/12 A manual selection but-
ton (D) on the control box to charge
quickly when needed. If selected, the 12
A indicator (E) will illuminate.
5. Open the cap (F) on the normal charge
connector (G) and make sure that there is
no foreign matter such as dust at the end
of the normal charge connector and the
normal charge port.
6. Without pressing the release button (H),
insert the normal charge connector until a
click is heard.
Never use an extension cable, multi-plug
adapter or conversion adapter. Using
them may cause overheating resulting in
fire.
To prevent an electrical shock or fire, do
not use a multi type outlet. The grounded
line may not work properly and it is not a
dedicated type outlet.
WARNING
WARNING
If the selected electrical current level
exceeds the electrical current capacity of
the electrical circuit or outlet being used
for charging, the circuit and outlet can
overheat resulting in fire.
If the capacity of an outlet and its electri-
cal circuit are unknown, do not use the
outlet for charging the vehicle.
Normal charging (charging method with rated AC 120 V outlet)
General information/Charging 3-25
3
7. Make sure that the charging indicator (I)
on the instrument cluster is illuminated.
If the charging indicator is not illumi-
nated, charging will not start.
Make sure that the normal charge port, the
plug and the connector are correctly con-
nected, and perform charging from Step 4
again.
CAUTION
Do not grasp the top of normal charge con-
nector. It could cause injury from the protru-
sion on the charging lid.
NOTE
If the operation mode of the power switch is
put in ON with the EV charging cable con-
nected to the normal charge port, the Plug-in
hybrid EV system will not turn on.
Do not connect or disconnect the normal
charge connector repeatedly in a short time
period. You may experience difficulty charg-
ing your vehicle.
To change the operation mode of the power
switch to “OFF” from “ACC” or “ON” to
use an electric device, such as the audio sys-
tem, during charging, make sure that the
select position is in “P” (PARK) position,
and press the power switch to turn “OFF”
without depressing the brake pedal.
NOTE
When the normal charge connector is con-
nected to the normal charge port, the charg-
ing indicator is blinking. When charging is
started, the charging indicator is illuminated
and the charging port courtesy light blinks
three times.
If you want to confirm the main drive lith-
ium-ion battery level or the predicted charg-
ing time during charging, one of the doors is
opened or the multi-information display
switch is operated, the main drive lithium-
ion battery level display (J) appears and the
predicted charging time display (K) appears
on the information screen in the multi-infor-
mation display. In addition, when the
remaining time is less than 1 hour, the pre-
dicted charging time display appears --:--.
This does not indicate a malfunction.
When an electrical component is used during
charging, charge time may become longer.
You may hear operating sounds from the
main drive lithium-ion battery cooling sys-
tem, such as sounds from the cooling fan and
air conditioning compressor, during normal
charging. This is normal.
Normal charging (charging method with rated AC 120 V outlet)
3-26 General information/Charging
3
8. Charging is complete when the charging
indicator turns off. Pull out the normal
charge connector while pressing the
release button (L).
9. Close the inner lid and press the rear of
the charging lid until it clicks to close it.
10. Remove the EV charging cable plug from
the outlet.
11. Install the cap on the normal charge con-
nector.
N01216400024
When the charging lid cannot be unlocked
even if the driver’s door is unlocked, take the
following measure to open the charging lid.
1. Firmly apply the parking brake, press the
electrical parking switch to shift the “P”
position and put the operation mode in
OFF.
2. Press the tab (A) on the interior trim of the
lid in the cargo room and remove the inte-
rior trim of the lid.
WARNING
After charging, disconnect the charge con-
nector completely from the normal charge
port. If the normal charge connector
remains partially engaged with the latch
unlocked, the operation mode of the
power switch can be put in ON and the
vehicle can be moved.
NOTE
Charging can be stopped half way. In this
case, pull out the normal charge connector
while pressing the release button.
WARNING
After charging, be sure to close the inner
lid and the charging lid completely.
Be careful that water or dust does not
enter in the normal charge port, inner lid
and normal charge connector.
Entry of water or dust could cause electric
leakage, resulting in a fire or electric
shock.
NOTE
Make sure that the inner lid is completely
closed before closing the charging lid.
If the charging lid is forcibly closed without
completely closing the inner lid, the hinge on
the inner lid may be broken.
When the operation mode of the power
switch is put in ON while the charging lid is
not completely closed, a warning may be dis-
played on the information screen in the
multi-information display.
Refer to “Warning display list” on page
5-162.
On the vehicle equipped with the charging
lid lock, if the charging lid is closed while
the driver’s door is locked, the charging lid
will be locked.
CAUTION
Before using an automatic car wash, make
sure that the charging lid is completed closed
to avoid damage to the charging lid.
If the charging lid cannot be
unlocked
Normal charging (charging method with rated AC 120 V outlet)
General information/Charging 3-27
3
3. Pull the lever (B) in the direction indi-
cated by the arrow.
The charging lid will be unlocked.
N01202501089
You cannot start the Plug-in Hybrid EV Sys-
tem and drive when the ambient temperature
is -22 °F (-30 °C) or lower (The warning dis-
play is displayed on the information screen in
the multi-information display). The main
drive lithium-ion battery warming system
will automatically operate and the main drive
lithium-ion battery will be heated when you
connect the normal charge connector to the
normal charge port.
Then, when the ambient temperature is higher
-18 °F (-28 °C), you can start the Plug-in
Hybrid EV System and drive. The main drive
lithium-ion battery warming system will
automatically operate and the main drive lith-
ium-ion battery will be heated when all the
following conditions are met.
NOTE
After taking the emergency measure, please
inspect at a certified Mitsubishi EV dealer.
Main drive lithium-ion battery
warming system
• The normal charge connector is con-
nected to the normal charge port at an
ambient temperature under -22 °F
(-30 °C).
• The Plug-in Hybrid EV System is
started at an ambient temperature
between -20 °F (-29 °C) and 14 °F
(-10 °C).
The main drive lithium-ion battery warming
system will automatically stop after the main
drive lithium-ion battery has been heated
until suitable temperature.
NOTE
When the ambient temperature is very cold,
you cannot use function of charging timer
because of operating the main drive lithium-
ion battery warming system. And when the
ambient temperature is -22 °F (-30 °C) or
lower, you cannot use the function of the
remote climate control. Then, when the
ambient temperature is higher -20 °F
(-29 °C) after operating the main drive lith-
ium-ion battery warming system, you can
use the function of the remote climate con-
trol.
EV charging cable
3-28 General information/Charging
3
N01202801066
Your vehicle is equipped with an EV charging cable that consists of a cable (A), control box (B), plug (C), and normal charge connector (D).
The EV charging cable is stowed in the luggage floor box.
Refer to “Luggage floor box” on page 5-225.
For a quicker charge, press the 8 A/12 A manual selection button (E) and confirm that the 12 A indicator (F) is illuminated. Each time you press
the button, either the 12 A indicator or the 8 A indicator (G) will illuminate.
POWER (H), FAULT (I) and CHARGING (J) indicators located on the control box will illuminate/blink in response to the following conditions:
EV charging cable
E- 8 A/12 A manual selection button
H ( )-
POWER indicator
F- 12 A indicator
I ( )-
FAULT indicator
G- 8 A indicator J ( )- CHARGING indicator
Indicator (LED) and button
EV charging cable
General information/Charging 3-29
3
: Illuminates : Blinking : Not illuminated
POWER
FAULT
CHARGING
Operating condition
Every time the EV charging cable plug (C) is connected to an outlet, all indicator lights illumi-
nate for 1/2 second, then go out.
After initial processing is completed, when the normal charge connector is not connected to the
normal charge port, or the normal charge connector is connected to the normal charge port but
charging is not being performed.
While the main drive lithium-ion battery is being charged
When the ground cable is disconnected
Check the grounding of the outlet being used. If the outlet is properly grounded, contact a certi-
fied Mitsubishi EV dealer.
When charging is completed.
POWER
FAULT
CHARGING
Abnormal operating condition and corrective action
When an electric leakage occurs or the EV charging cable malfunctions.
Stop use immediately and contact a certified Mitsubishi EV dealer.
When the EV charging cable malfunctions.
Stop use immediately and contact a certified Mitsubishi EV dealer.
If the control box indicator light does not illuminate after connecting the EV charging cable
plug to the outlet, check the circuit breaker for the outlet. If the breaker has tripped, the circuit
may not be suitable for use with EV charging cable. You should have a licensed electrician
inspect and repair the electrical circuit. If the breaker is not tripped, stop using the EV charging
cable and contact a certified Mitsubishi EV dealer.
EV charging cable
3-30 General information/Charging
3
N01202901054
FCC Notice: This equipment has been tested
and found to comply with the limits for a
Class B digital device, pursuant to part 15 of
the FCC Rules. These limits are designed to
provide reasonable protection against harmful
interference in a residential installation.
This equipment generates, uses and can radi-
ate radio frequency energy and, if not
installed and used in accordance with the
instructions, may cause harmful interference
to radio communications.
However, there is no guarantee that interfer-
ence will not occur in a particular installation.
If this equipment does cause harmful interfer-
ence to radio or television reception, which
can be determined by turning the equipment
off and on, the user is encouraged to try to
WARNING
Improper use of the EV charging cable
can result in a fire, property damage, and
serious injury or death.
Carefully read instructions regarding
“Precautions during Charging the Main
Drive Lithium-ion Battery” on page 3-19
and on “Normal charging (charging
method with rated AC 120 V outlet)” on
page 3-20 and described in this section
and follow them.
To minimize the risk of electrical shock
and/or a fire, always use an outlet rated
AC 120 V that is grounded, protected by a
ground-fault circuit interrupter, rated for
15 A or more, and connected to a dedi-
cated circuit. Outlets located outdoors
must be waterproofed. If you have any
doubt whether your charging outlet meets
these requirements, check with a licensed
electrician.
Never use an extension cable or conver-
sion adapter.
Never connect or disconnect the plug with
a wet hand.
Make sure that the plug is inserted all the
way into the socket before use. Continued
charging with a plug not completely
inserted or pulled halfway out of the
socket may result in a risk of overheating
or fire.
If the indictors show the EV charging
cable malfunctions as described below,
stop using the EV charging cable and con-
tact a certified Mitsubishi EV dealer.
Never disassemble the EV charging cable
or attempt to open the control box.
NOTE
All indicators are illuminated momentarily
for confirming operation when the EV charg-
ing cable plug is inserted into an outlet. After
that, the POWER indicator is continuously
illuminated and the CHARGING indicator is
continuously blinking.
The CHARGING indicator will start to blink
when charging is completed. The POWER
indicator is continuously illuminated while
EV charging cable plug is inserted into an
outlet.
Handling and storing the con-
trol box
CAUTION
Use the method shown below to help secure
the control box and to prevent the plug from
being pulled halfway out of the socket during
charging.
WARNING
NOTE
Use hook (A) and a rope (B) that can support
the weight of the EV charging cable, 8.8 lbs
(4 kg) as shown in the figure below.
Make sure that the rope has no damage
before use.
Normal charging (using 240 V Electric Vehicle Supply Equipment)
General information/Charging 3-31
3
correct the interference by one or more of the
following measures:
Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna.
Increase the separation between the
equipment and receiver.
Connect the equipment into an outlet on a
circuit different from that to which the
receiver is connected.
Consult the dealer or an experienced
radio/TV technician for help.
ICES Notice: This Class B digital apparatus
complies with Canadian ICES-003.
N01203001023
1. Gently wipe outside surface of the EV
charging cable with gauze or a similar soft
cloth soaked with a mild soap and water
solution.
2. Wipe off all detergent with a soft cloth
dipped in fresh water and thoroughly
wrung out.
3. Wipe all moisture off and dry in a shaded,
well-ventilated area.
N01216101031
You can charge your vehicle through the nor-
mal charge port using 240 V Electric Vehicle
Supply Equipment (EVSE) compatible with
OUTLANDER PHEV.
Carefully read instructions on “Precautions
during Charging the Main Drive Lithium-ion
Battery” on page 3-19, described in this sec-
tion.
For connecting/disconnecting the charging
connector to/from the vehicle, follow instruc-
tions for the normal charging (charging
method with rated AC 120 V outlet) on page
3-20. Also, Mitsubishi Motors recommends
that all 240 V home charging docks be
installed by a licensed professional electrician
using a dedicated circuit. Please review and
follow the instructions provided with your
charging dock.
Cleaning the EV charging cable
WARNING
Before cleaning, be sure to remove the EV
charging cable plug from the socket and
the normal charging connector from the
vehicle. Do not connect or disconnect the
plug with a wet hand. Doing so can cause
an electric shock.
Never expose the metal terminal of the
normal charge connector or the EV charg-
ing cable plug to water or neutral deter-
gent.
Water or detergent entering into the plugs
can cause a fire or an electric shock.
CAUTION
Never use benzine, gasoline, organic sol-
vents, acid, or alkaline solvents to clean the
charging cable. Doing so could cause defor-
mation, discolor, or malfunction. Also, these
substances may be present in various clean-
ers, so check carefully before use.
Normal charging (using 240
V Electric Vehicle Supply
Equipment)
WARNING
Individuals using an electro-medical
apparatus such as implantable pacemak-
ers and implantable cardiovascular-defi-
brillators should check with the
manufacturer of the apparatus to confirm
the effect of the electromagnetic waves
from charging. The electromagnetic waves
may affect the operations of the electro-
medical apparatus.
If you use an electro-medical apparatus,
such as an implantable cardiac pacemaker
or an implantable cardiovascular defibril-
lator, observe the following precautions
before charging;
Quick charging (charging method with quick charger) (if so equipped)
3-32 General information/Charging
3
N01203301084
As an optional feature, your vehicle may
come equipped with an additional quick
charge port. The quick charge port is compat-
ible with most CHAdeMO* connectors on
charging stations.
*: CHAdeMO is a standard for quick charg-
ing of electric vehicle originally started in
Japan, and the contents have become an inter-
national standard. Charging stations using
this standard are UL certified and safe to use
in the US.
Improper charging can result in a fire, prop-
erty damage, and serious injury or death.
Carefully read and follow instructions on
“Precautions during Charging the Main Drive
Lithium-ion Battery” on page 3-19, instruc-
tions described in this section and also
instructions for the quick charger you use.
• Keep your electro-medical apparatus
away from the charge connector, EV
charging cable, control box and normal
charging station.
• While normal charging;
ꞏ Do not stay inside the vehicle.
ꞏ Do not get in the vehicle (including the
cargo area) to take out something or for
other purpose.
ꞏ Do not open the liftgate, for example to
remove or place an item in the cargo
area.
Do not bring your body close to the foot
area of the rear seat and do not ride in the
cargo area while the vehicle is running.
Also, do not allow persons using an elec-
tro-medical apparatus to ride in the cargo
area while the vehicle is running. The
operation of electro-medical apparatus
may be affected.
CAUTION
Be sure to use a 240 V EVSE compatible
with OUTLANDER PHEV. Use of a non-
compatible 240 V EVSE may not charge the
main drive lithium-ion battery correctly or
may damage the main drive lithium-ion bat-
tery.
WARNING
NOTE
The 240 V EVSE compatible with OUT-
LANDER PHEV is available separately.
Contact a certified Mitsubishi EV dealer.
Quick charging (charging
method with quick charger)
(if so equipped)
WARNING
Always use a CHAdeMO quick charger.
Use of a non-CHAdeMO quick charger
may cause a fire or malfunction.
When operating a quick charger, follow
the instructions provided with the quick
charger.
If you use an electro-medical apparatus,
such as implantable cardiac pacemaker or
an implantable cardiovascular defibrilla-
tor, follow the precautions described
below. Quick charging may affect the
operation of electric medical devices.
• Do not perform quick charging and keep
away from a quick charger. Electromag-
netic waves produced by a quick charger
may affect the operation of your electric-
medical apparatus.
• If you have accidentally approached a
quick charger, walk away from the quick
charger immediately.
• If quick charging is necessary, ask some-
one for help.
• While quick charging;
ꞏ Do not stay inside the vehicle.
ꞏ Do not go inside the vehicle, for exam-
ple to remove or place an item in the
passenger compartment.
ꞏ Do not open the liftgate, for example to
remove or place an item in the cargo
area.
Never connect or disconnect the charger
with a wet hand.
Quick charging (charging method with quick charger) (if so equipped)
General information/Charging 3-33
3
1. Open the charging lid.
Refer to “To open the charging lid” on
page 3-22.
2. Press the tab (A) to open the inner lid (B).
Never pull the cable to disconnect the
charger.
During charging, the cooling fans under
the hood may automatically operate even
if the operation mode of the power switch
is OFF. Keep your hands away from the
cooling fans during charging.
As the quick charge connector is heavier
in comparison to the normal charge con-
nector, allowing it to drop could cause
damage to the vehicle or charge connector
or personal injury.
CAUTION
If the charge connector cannot easily be con-
nected to the quick charge port, do not force
the connection. Foreign material may be in
the charge connector or quick charge port, or
the charging device may not be compatible
with your vehicle. Contact a certified
Mitsubishi EV dealer.
NOTE
Repeatedly performing only quick charging
can reduce the main drive lithium-ion battery
capacity. Normal charging is recommended
unless quick charging is necessary.
Before using a publicly available quick char-
ger, confirm that the charger is suitable for
your vehicle.
WARNING
Make sure to lock the doors to prevent theft,
etc. during charging.
When using a quick charger, make sure that
the time available is enough so that the quick
charging can be finished in the time avail-
able.
If the power supply to the quick charger is
shut off during quick charging, it could lead
to a malfunction.
WARNING
Do not touch the metal terminal of the
quick charge port (C) or the quick charge
connector.
Doing so could cause an electric shock
and/or malfunction.
NOTE
CAUTION
Be sure to insert the quick charge connector
straight into the quick charge port all the way
to the base.
Failure to do so may result in the main drive
lithium-ion battery not charging or cause
damage to the charging equipment.
Do not leave the inner lid open for any sig-
nificant period of time without the charge
connector inserted. Foreign material, if
allowed to enter the quick charge port, can
damage the quick charge port and/or prevent
charging.
NOTE
There is a hole on the quick charge port for
water drainage. If this hole is blocked and
water gets trapped in the quick charge port,
do not charge. Contact a certified
Mitsubishi EV dealer.
If the quick charge port becomes frozen, use
a hair dryer to defrost and dry it before
charging. Forcing the charging connector
into the quick charge port while it is frozen
can damage the quick charge port, and it may
prevent charging.
Quick charging (charging method with quick charger) (if so equipped)
3-34 General information/Charging
3
3. Insert the quick charge connector com-
pletely into the quick charge port to begin
charging.
For connecting and disconnecting, follow
the instruction manual for each quick
charger.
4. Make sure that the charging indicator (D)
on the instrument cluster is illuminated.
If the charging indicator is not illumi-
nated, charging has not started.
Refer to the quick charger user manual.
WARNING
Be sure to insert the charge connector
completely into the quick charge port.
If the charge connector is only partially
inserted and the connector latch is not
locked, the operation mode of the power
switch can still be put in ON and the vehi-
cle can still be moved.
NOTE
When the quick charge connector is con-
nected to the quick charge port, the charging
indicator will blink. Once charging has
started, the charging indicator will illuminate
and the charging port courtesy light blinks
three times.
If you want to confirm the main drive lith-
ium-ion battery level or the predicted charg-
ing time during charging, open one of the
doors or operate the multi-information dis-
play switch, and the main drive lithium-ion
battery level display (E) appears on the
information screen in the multi-information
display.
Although the predicted charging time display
(F) appears, the charging time for quick
charging is approximately 30 minutes and
displayed “--:--” in the screen and you can-
not confirm the predicted charging time.
When an electrical component is used during
charging, charge time may become longer.
You may hear operating sounds from the
main drive lithium-ion battery cooling sys-
tem, such as sounds from the cooling fan and
air conditioning compressor, during quick
charging. This is normal.
Since the main drive lithium-ion battery
cooling system uses cool air from the air
conditioning system, the air conditioning
will automatically be operated.
After quick charging, you may find dehu-
midified water from the air conditioning sys-
tem under the vehicle. This is normal.
Quick charging (charging method with quick charger) (if so equipped)
General information/Charging 3-35
3
5. Charging is complete when the charging
indicator turns off.
Disconnect the quick charge connector
according to the manual of the quick char-
ger.
6. Close the inner lid and press the rear of
the charging lid until it clicks to close it.
CAUTION
Do not leave the quick charge connected to
the quick charge port after charging.
Someone might stumble on the charger or
the quick charge port might get damaged.
NOTE
If quick charging has not completed nor-
mally, and the charging indicator continu-
ously blinking, perform quick charging again
and complete it normally.
If the charging indicator is continuously
blinking, contact a certified Mitsubishi EV
dealer.
WARNING
After charging, be sure to close the inner
lid and the charging lid completely.
Be careful that water or dust does not
enter in the quick charge port, inner lid
and quick charge connector.
Entry of water or dust could cause a fire,
electric shock or short circuit.
NOTE
If the operation mode of the power switch is
put in ON with the quick charge connector
connected to the quick charge port, the Plug-
in Hybrid EV System cannot be started.
Be sure to disconnect the quick charge con-
nector before starting the Plug-in Hybrid EV
System.
Charging will stop at approximately 80 %
charge. This is a control for efficient charge
and not a malfunction.
To achieve full charge, repeat charging from
Step 2 again.
Make sure that the inner lid is completely
closed before closing the charging lid.
If the charging lid is forcibly closed without
first completely closing inner lid, the hinge
on the inner lid may be broken.
When the operation mode of the power
switch is put in ON while the charging lid is
not completely closed, a warning may be dis-
played on the information screen in the
multi-information display.
Refer to “Warning display list” on page
5-162.
On the vehicle equipped with the charging
lid lock, if the charging lid is closed while
the driver’s door is locked, the charging lid
will be locked.
High-Voltage components
3-36 General information/Charging
3
N01205701053
High voltage components and wiring cables
are located as shown in the figure below.
N01205801041
A crash or impact significant enough to
require an emergency response for conven-
tional vehicles would also require the same
response for Plug-in Hybrid electric vehicle.
Also follow the instructions described below
to avoid severe burns and electrical shock that
may result in serious injury or death.
High-Voltage components
WARNING
The Plug-in Hybrid EV System uses high
voltage up to DC 300 volt. The system can
be hot during and after starting and when
the vehicle is shut off. Be careful of both
the high voltage and the high temperature.
Follow the warning labels that are
attached to the vehicle.
Never touch, disassemble, remove or
replace high-voltage parts, exposed elec-
trical components, cables or connectors.
Failure to follow this instruction can
result in severe burns or electric shock
causing serious injury or death. High-volt-
age cables are colored orange. The vehicle
high voltage system has no user service-
able parts. Take your vehicle to a certified
Mitsubishi EV dealer. for any necessary
maintenance.
Always assume the high voltage battery
and associated components are energized
and fully charged.
1- On board charger/DC-DC converter
2- Rear motor
3- Service plug
4- Electric heater
5- Main drive lithium-ion battery
6- Front motor
7- Generator
8- Air conditioner compressor
9- Power drive unit (PDU)
10- Rear electric motor control unit (MCU)
11- Normal charge port/Quick charge port
(if so equipped)
In case of a collision
WARNING
If your vehicle is drivable, pull your vehi-
cle off the road to a safe, nearby location
and remain on the scene.
Also, if possible, do the following opera-
tions and stay out of the way of any
oncoming traffic while awaiting the
arrival of emergency responders.
• Apply chocks to the wheels.
• Put the select position in the “P” (PARK)
position.
• Apply the parking brake.
• Open the windows, doors and liftgate.
• Put the operation mode in OFF.
• Turn on the hazard warning flashers.
• Move the key away from the vehicle to
prevent unintended start-up of the sys-
tem by inadvertent contact with a switch
or impact from the crash.
Never touch high-voltage wiring, connec-
tors, and other high-voltage parts, such as
the inverter unit and main drive lithium-
ion battery. An electric shock may occur if
exposed electric wires are visible when
viewed from inside or outside of your
vehicle. For their locations, see “High-
voltage components” on page 3-36.
High-Voltage components
General information/Charging 3-37
3
If the vehicle receives a strong impact to
the floor while driving, stop the vehicle in
a safe place and check the floor.
Leaks or damage to the main drive lith-
ium-ion battery may result in a fire. If you
discover them, contact emergency services
immediately. Since the fluid leak may be
lithium manganite from the Lithium-ion
battery, never touch any fluid leaking
from the inside or outside of the vehicle. If
the fluid contacts your skin or eyes, wash
it off immediately with a large amount of
water and receive immediate medical
attention to help avoid serious injury.
If you are unable to safely assess the vehi-
cle due to vehicle damage, do not touch
the vehicle. Leave the vehicle and contact
emergency services. Advise emergency
responders that this is Plug-in Hybrid
electric vehicle.
If a fire occurs in this vehicle, leave the
vehicle as soon as possible and contact
emergency services. Do not attempt to
extinguish a fire by yourself. If the fire
involves a lithium-ion battery, it will
require large, sustained volumes of water
for extinguishment. Using a small amount
of water or the incorrect fire extinguisher
can result in serious injury or death from
electrical shock.
WARNING
When you leave the vehicle, if possible,
open the windows, doors and liftgate to
prevent accumulation of poisonous/com-
bustible gasses. This will also assist in the
rescue and fire fighting process.
As with any vehicle fire, the byproducts of
combustion can be toxic. Do not inhale
smoke, vapors, or gas from the vehicle.
Move to a safe distance upwind and uphill
from the vehicle fire and out of the way of
any oncoming traffic while awaiting the
arrival of emergency responders.
If you detect leaking fluids, sparks, smoke,
flames, gurgling, popping or hissing noises
originating from the high voltage battery
compartment, contact emergency services
immediately. This may result in a fire.
Physical damage to the vehicle or high
voltage battery may result in immediate or
delayed release of toxic and/or flammable
gases and fire.
If your vehicle needs to be towed, trans-
port the vehicle on a flatbed truck or tow
the vehicle either with all wheels off the
ground. If the any wheels are on the
ground when towing, this may cause dam-
age to the electric motors. This may also
cause a fire, if wiring in the electric motor
unit room becomes damaged. Refer to
“Towing” on page 8-17.
WARNING
Do not attempt to repair a damaged Plug-
in Hybrid electric vehicle yourself. Please
contact a certified Mitsubishi EV dealer
for service.
In the event of an accident that requires
body repair and painting, the vehicle
should be delivered to a certified Mitsubi-
shi EV dealer to have the main drive lith-
ium-ion battery and high voltage parts
such as the inverter, including the
attached wiring harness, removed prior to
painting. If exposed to heat in the paint
booth, the main drive lithium-ion battery
will experience battery capacity loss.
A damaged main drive lithium-ion battery
can also pose safety risks to untrained
mechanics and repair personnel.
NOTE
The emergency shut-off system will be acti-
vated and the high-voltage system will auto-
matically turn off under the following
conditions:
• Certain front, side or rear collisions.
• Certain Plug-in Hybrid EV System mal-
functions.
When the emergency shut-off system is acti-
vated, the ready indicator is turned off. Refer
to “Indicator light, warning light, and infor-
mation screen display list” on page 5-160.
If the emergency shut-off system activates,
contact a certified Mitsubishi EV dealer.
WARNING
MITSUBISHI Remote Control (if so equipped)
3-38 General information/Charging
3
N01216300052
The MITSUBISHI Remote Control allows
you to operate the vehicle within the commu-
nication range of the wireless LAN device
(which conforms to IEEE 802.11b and sup-
ports iOS or Android). The following opera-
tions are available.
Charging timer
If you specify the charge start and/or stop
time with the normal charge cable con-
nected, charging is started and/or stopped
at that time.
Remote climate control
By setting the remote climate control to
operate at a predetermined time, cabin
comfort can be improved or visibility can
be ensured (defrosting/demisting) before
getting in the vehicle.
Customize (function setting change)
The function setting of the F.A.S.T.-key,
outside rear-view mirror, operation mode
of the power switch, air conditioning,
lights and windshield wipers can be
changed by MITSUBISHI Remote Con-
trol.
MITSUBISHI Remote Con-
trol
(if so equipped)
NOTE
The communication distance differs depend-
ing on the wireless LAN device, due to this
the communication may go down.
1- Wireless LAN device
2- Antenna
NOTE
In a vehicle equipped with the Smartphone-
link Display Audio (SDA), it is possible to
change the setting by means of screen opera-
tions.
Refer to the separate owner’s manual for
details.
If you want to quickly start normal charging
even when the charging timer is already set,
you can cancel the charging timer and start
the normal charging by the following meth-
ods.
[How to temporarily cancel the charging
timer]
You can temporarily cancel the charging
timer by the following methods.
In addition, the predetermined charging
timer settings automatically return after the
charging timer is turned on again or the oper-
ation mode of the power switch is put in ON.
• F.A.S.T.-key
After connecting the normal charging cable
and closing all doors and the liftgate, you
can cancel the charging timer by pressing
the switch (A) of the F.A.S.T.-key twice
within 2 seconds.
When the charging timer is canceled, the
hazard warning lights will blink four times.
• Wireless LAN device
NOTE
MITSUBISHI Remote Control (if so equipped)
General information/Charging 3-39
3
Devices that support wireless LAN are
required to communicate with the vehicle
using the MITSUBISHI Remote Control.
Also, an SSID* (A) and password (B) are
required to connect a wireless LAN device to
the vehicle. The SSID and password are
described in the registration information card
(C) that is attached to the key at the time of
your purchase of the vehicle.
[How to cancel the charging timer]
The charging timer can be canceled by the
following methods.
• Wireless LAN device
• Smartphone-link Display Audio (SDA)
When using the charging timer, use the EV
charging cable.
If using a home or public charging device
(EVSE: Electric Vehicles Supply Equip-
ment), the charging timer may not be started.
NOTE
*: An SSID is the identifier of an access
point for IEEE 802.11 series wireless
LAN. It is displayed on wireless LAN
devices.
NOTE
When you transfer ownership of the vehicle
to another person, transfer the registration
information card with the vehicle.
For the function and the operation method
of the MITSUBISHI Remote Control,
please visit Mitsubishi Motors’ Web site (in
English only):
https://www.mitsubishi-motors.com/en/
products/outlander_phev2/app/remote/
If you need further information, please
contact a certified Mitsubishi EV dealer.
WARNING
The Remote Climate Control, even when
set, cannot be relied upon to maintain safe
vehicle cabin temperatures while the vehi-
cle is stopped or parked. Never leave chil-
dren or persons requiring supervision/
nursing unattended inside the vehicle.
Temperature inside the vehicle could
become extremely high or low resulting in
a risk of heat stroke or hyperthermia that
could result in death. In addition, children
can activate switches and controls, result-
ing in an injury or fatal accident.
MITSUBISHI Remote Control (if so equipped)
3-40 General information/Charging
3
The cooling fan in the engine compart-
ment can automatically start during
charging or while the air conditioner is
operating. Keep away from the cooling fan
under the hood.
CAUTION
Do not use a car cover except for the
Mitsubishi Motors Genuine car cover, when
using the charging timer or the remote cli-
mate control.
NOTE
When ownership of the vehicle is transferred
to or from others, it is necessary to initialize
the registration of MITSUBISHI Remote
Control.
For the registration initialization procedure,
please visit our web site.
https://www.mitsubishi-motors.com/en/
products/outlander_phev2/app/remote/
Keep the following points in mind when
using a wireless LAN device:
• Communication speed and range vary
depending on the wireless LAN devices and
the surrounding conditions (radio environ-
ment, obstacles, parking area environment,
etc.).
WARNING
• Due to the characteristics of radio waves,
communication speed tends to decrease as
the communication distance increases. Use
your wireless LAN device at a short dis-
tance from the vehicle for better response.
• When a microwave oven or ISM (indus-
trial, scientific and medical) equipment is
being used, the communication speed and
range of wireless LAN devices may
decrease. Use your wireless LAN device
away from these appliances and equipment.
• If a wireless LAN device and Bluetooth
®
(registered trademark of Bluetooth SIG,
Inc.) are used simultaneously, the commu-
nication speed and range of each device
may decrease. Use your wireless LAN
device away from Bluetooth
®
devices.
Wireless LAN devices may not communicate
with the vehicle, or may not operate nor-
mally or stably in the following environment
or situations. Check that the device can com-
municate with your vehicle before use.
• There is an obstruction such as a concrete
or metal wall between the vehicle and wire-
less LAN device.
• The vehicle is surrounded by tall vehicles
in a parking lot.
• There are facilities nearby that emit strong
radio waves, such as a TV tower, trans-
former substation, broadcasting station or
airport.
NOTE
• There is a communication device such as a
mobile phone or radio, or an electric device
such as a personal computer near the wire-
less LAN device.
• The wireless LAN device is in contact with
or covered by a metal object.
• The battery of the wireless LAN device has
run down.
The MITSUBISHI Remote Control cannot
be used under the following conditions:
• The wireless LAN device is turned off.
• The MITSUBISHI Remote Control appli-
cation software is not installed.
• The MITSUBISHI Remote Control appli-
cation software is not running.
• The wireless LAN device is not registered
on the vehicle or it is not connected to the
vehicle.
• The wireless LAN device is out of the com-
munication range.
• The wireless LAN device is connected to
other wireless LAN device.
• The wireless LAN device has failed, or its
battery has run out.
Some charging facilities have a timer func-
tion that turns the power on or off at a spe-
cific time of the day. When charging at a
facility with a timer function, make sure that
the charging timer is set within the time
period when the power in the charging facil-
ity is on.
NOTE
MITSUBISHI Remote Control (if so equipped)
General information/Charging 3-41
3
N01216600039
MODEL: K9499-002
FCC ID: RX8K9499-001
IC: 2795E-K9499001
This device complies with Part 15 of FCC
Rules and Industry Canada licence-exempt
RSS standard(s). Operation is subject to the
following two conditions:
(1) this device may not cause interference,
and
(2) this device must accept any interference,
including interference that may cause unde-
sired operation of this device.
This equipment complies with FCC/IC radia-
tion exposure limits set forth for an uncon-
trolled environment and meets the FCC radio
frequency (RF) Exposure Guidelines in Sup-
plement C to OET65 and RSS-102 of the IC
radio frequency (RF) Exposure rules. This
equipment has very low levels of RF energy
that it deemed to comply without maximum
permissive exposure evaluation (MPE). But it
is desirable that it should be installed and
operated keeping the radiator at least 20 cm
or more away from person’s body (excluding
extremities: hands, wrists, feet and ankles).
The 12 V starter battery is automatically and
periodically charged using electrical power
stored in the main drive lithium-ion battery.
A buzzer in cabin sounds while the 12 V
starter battery is being charged.
While the remote climate control is operating
or the charging, the cooling fan or air condi-
tioner compressor may start operating and its
sound may be heard. But this is normal.
The remote climate control operates in its
own mode based on the mode selected on the
wireless LAN device, regardless of the
switch setting of the vehicle’s air condi-
tioner.
Air conditioning performance may deterio-
rate or the remaining quantity of the main
drive lithium-ion battery may decrease under
the following conditions:
• In extremely hot weather.
• In hot sunshine.
• In extremely cold weather.
If the remote climate control is started during
charging, the time until full charge may
extend or the charging rate may decrease.
When the remaining quantity of the main
drive lithium-ion battery is decreased, the
remote climate control does not operate or it
may stop on the way.
NOTE
When the 12 V starter battery is removed,
the timer control of the MITSUBISHI
Remote Control is reset and each function of
the MITSUBISHI Remote Control cannot be
used. Also the main drive lithium-ion battery
cannot be warmed up.
Communicate the wireless LAN device and
your vehicle again.
General information
CAUTION
Changes or modifications not expressly
approved by the party responsible for com-
pliance could void the user’s authority to
operate the equipment.
NOTE
How to use electric device during charging
3-42 General information/Charging
3
N01216700030
If the operation mode of the power switch is
put in ON during normal charging, quick
charging, V2H charging, V2H power supply,
you can use air conditioning, car navigation
system, audio equipment and so on.
Vehicle power can be used as a household
power supply source. Bidirectional charging
of the vehicle or the home is carried out by
using the quick charge connector of
CHAdeMO standard which is same as quick
charge. “V2H charging” will charge the vehi-
cle from the V2H main unit. “V2H power
supply” supplies power from the vehicle to
the home via the V2H main unit.
For details of V2H, please confirm with the
instruction manual issued by the V2H maker
or consult the V2H maker.
N01216800031
1. Start the normal charging or the quick
charging.
Refer to “Normal charging” on page 3-31.
Refer to “Quick charging” on page 3-32.
2. Make sure that the charging indicator on
the instrument cluster is illuminated.
How to use electric device
during charging
V2H (Vehicle to Home)
WARNING
Any person with an electro-medical appa-
ratus, such as implantable cardiac pace-
maker or implantable cardioverter-
defibrillator, should not be inside the vehi-
cle when air conditioning is in operation
during charging.
This may affect the operation of electro-
medical apparatus.
Do not leave children and people who need
nursing care and pets etc. inside the vehi-
cle.
The inside of the vehicle may become hot
or cold for reasons such as automatic sys-
tem shutdown.
Also, when the outside air temperature is
low, the temperature inside the vehicle
may fall rapidly. In the worst case, there is
a danger of death.
Also, since the wiper and the electric
parking brake can be operated, an error
in operation may lead to unexpected acci-
dents.
Please check the surroundings before
using.
Do not move the selector lever, the vehicle
may move unintentionally.
NOTE
When using electric devices during charging,
the charging of the main drive lithium-ion
battery is restricted and the following cases
occur.
• During normal charging:
The electricity consumption becomes larger
than the charge amount, the main drive lith-
ium-ion battery may not be charged, and
the remaining power of the main drive lith-
ium-ion battery may decrease.
• During quick charging:
Charging time may become longer. Also,
depending on the specifications of the
quick charger, the main drive lithium-ion
battery may not be charged and the remain-
ing power of the main drive lithium-ion
battery may decrease.
If you use air conditioning etc. during charg-
ing, you may not be able to hear the radio
due to strong electromagnetic waves or
noise.
When using electrical devices
NOTE
If the charging indicator is not illuminated,
the electrical devices will not be operated.
Check that the charging is done correctly.
NOTE
How to use electric device during charging
General information/Charging 3-43
3
3. Put the operation mode of the power
switch from OFF to ON.
Refer to “Changing the operation mode”
on page 5-11.
4. Electric devices such as air conditioning,
navigation system, audio equipment can
be used.
Refer to “Warning display list” on page
5-162.
N01216900032
Put the operation mode of the power switch
in OFF. Electric devices such as air condi-
tioning, audio equipment etc. can be stopped.
Refer to “Changing the operation mode” on
page 5-11.
N01217000030
In the following cases, the operation mode
will be put in OFF automatically.
When the remaining power of the main
drive lithium-ion battery further decreases
after air conditioning is stopped.
When the outside air temperature is low
and the following warning display
appears.
When charging is completed.
When the normal charge connector is dis-
connected.
When the charging stop operation is per-
formed by the quick charger.
When quick charging time has passed 60
minutes.
When the stop condition (charging
amount/charging time) on the quick char-
ger is satisfied.
When charging stops due to the electrical
power outage.
When charging stops due to a failure.
When operating the selector lever to “N”
(NEUTRAL) position. (charging also
stops)
NOTE
Always put the operation mode of the power
switch in ON after the charging indicator is
illuminated. Charging may not start when put
the operation mode of the power switch in
ON before the charging indicator is illumi-
nated.
When the operation mode of the power
switch is ON, the doors and tailgate cannot
be locked by the keyless entry or the
F.A.S.T.-key function. When leaving the
vehicle, put the operation mode in OFF and
lock the vehicle.
NOTE
Put the operation mode in ON and use the
electrical devices. If the operation mode of
the power switch is ACC, air conditioning
cannot be used.
120 V AC Power Supply (1500 W) cannot be
used during charging.
If the information screen of the multi-infor-
mation display is switched to the energy flow
display, you can see the state of charging and
discharging of the main drive lithium-ion
battery.
Refer to “Energy flow indication during
charging” on page 3-44.
When stopping the use of elec-
trical devices
NOTE
Charging continues even if the operation
mode of the power switch is put in OFF.
Automatic OFF of the opera-
tion mode
NOTE
How to use electric device during charging
3-44 General information/Charging
3
N01217100031
In the following cases, air conditioning auto-
matically stops. When air conditioning stops,
air conditioning control panel turns off.
When the remaining power of the main
drive lithium-ion battery becomes low
and the following warning display
appears.
Refer to “Warning display list” on page
5-162.
When the temperature of the main drive
lithium-ion battery becomes extremely
low and the following warning display
appears.
Refer to “Warning display list” on page
5-162.
N01217200029
It shows the flow of energy during charging.
Blue arrow: Flow of electric energy
NOTE
Even when the operation mode automatically
put in OFF, air conditioning, car navigation
system, audio equipment, etc. will stop.
Also, the vehicle status will be the same as
putting the operation mode in OFF manually,
such as the headlights go off, the dome lights
are illuminated or the outside rearview mir-
rors are retracted automatically (if so
equipped), etc..
Automatic stop of the air condi-
tioner
NOTE
To use air conditioning again after air condi-
tioning automatically stops, press the power
switch while the following message is dis-
played to put the operation mode of the
power switch in OFF, then press the power
switch again to put the operation mode in
ON.
Refer to “Warning display list” on page
5-162.
Energy flow display during
charging
A: Various electrical devices
B: Main drive lithium-ion battery
C: Charger
Display of energy flow (example)
When charging the drive battery
How to use electric device during charging
General information/Charging 3-45
3
When discharging from the main drive
lithium-ion battery
When the V2H power supply
When no energy flow
NOTE
Even when you are not operating air condi-
tioning, car navigation system, audio equip-
ment, etc., since the on-board computer
consumes electricity, arrows may be dis-
played from the charger or the main drive
lithium-ion battery.
Energy flow display may change regardless
of the operation of air conditioning, car navi-
gation system, audio equipment, etc.
If you change the settings of air condition-
ing, it may take time until the display of
energy flow stabilizes.
NOTE
Charging troubleshooting guide
3-46 General information/Charging
3
N01202301061
Charging troubleshooting guide
Symptom Possible cause Possible solution
Charging cannot be started. The operation mode of the power
switch is in ON.
Before charging, put the operation mode of the power switch in OFF.
The main drive lithium-ion battery is
already fully charged.
Charging cannot be performed if the main drive lithium-ion battery is
already fully charged. Charging automatically turns off if the main drive
lithium-ion battery is fully charged.
The temperature of the main drive
lithium-ion battery is too high or too
low to charge.
Confirm the main drive lithium-ion battery temperature.
Refer to “Cautions and actions to deal with intense heat” on page 3-12 and
“Cautions and actions to deal with intense cold” on page 3-13.
The 12 V starter battery is discharged. The main drive lithium-ion battery can be charged if the vehicle electrical
systems cannot be turned on. If the battery is discharged, charge or jump
start the 12 V starter battery. Refer to “Jump-starting the Plug-in Hybrid
EV system” on page 8-2.
The vehicle or the EV charging cable
has a malfunction.
The vehicle or the EV charging cable may have a malfunction. Confirm if
the warning light on the meter is illuminated. Confirm if the indicator on
the charger is indicating a malfunction. If a warning is displayed, stop
charging and contact a certified Mitsubishi EV dealer.
The fuse has blown. Confirm if the fuse of the interior lights (dome lights) in the fuse block in
the passenger compartment located in front of the driver’s seat has blown.
Refer to “Fuses” on page 9-24.
Charging troubleshooting guide
General information/Charging 3-47
3
Normal charging cannot be
started.
There is no electrical power coming
from the outlet.
Confirm that there has not been a power failure. Make sure the breaker is
on. If an outlet with a timer device installed is used, power will only be
available at the time set by the timer.
Confirm if the POWER indicator on the control box is illuminated.
The charge connector is not con-
nected correctly.
Confirm the charge connector is connected correctly.
The charge connector was connected
and disconnected repeatedly in a
short time.
Disconnect the charge connector, wait for a while, then start charging pro-
cedure again from the beginning.
A charging cable for other vehicle is
used.
Use the EV charging cable only for your vehicle.
The normal charger may not be com-
patible with your vehicle.
Ask an administrator or the manufacturer of the normal charger whether
the charger is compatible with your vehicle. Always follow the instruc-
tions shown on the normal charger.
Reservation of charging timer is set
up by MITSUBISHI Remote Control
(if so equipped) or the Smartphone-
link Display Audio (SDA).
The normal charging cannot be started when the EV charging cable is con-
nected, if the charging timer is set. Cancel all the charging timer settings,
if you want to start the normal charging immediately.
Refer to “MITSUBISHI Remote Control” on page 3-38.
For the Smartphone-link Display Audio (SDA), refer to the separate
owner’s manual.
Symptom Possible cause Possible solution
Charging troubleshooting guide
3-48 General information/Charging
3
Normal charging is discon-
tinued.
There is no power coming from the
outlet.
There may have been an electrical power failure, or the breaker may have
failed. Charging will resume when the power source is reset.
The EV charging cable has been dis-
connected.
Check that the EV charging cable has not been disconnected.
The button on the normal charge con-
nector has been pressed.
If the normal charge connector button is pressed for a long period of time,
charging will be stopped. Start the charging procedure again.
The temperature of the main drive
lithium-ion battery is too hot or too
cold to charge.
Confirm the main drive lithium-ion battery temperature.
Refer to “Cautions and actions to deal with intense heat” on page 3-12 and
“Cautions and actions to deal with intense cold” on page 3-13.
Charging is stopped by the mormal
charge timer.
Charging will stop depending on the timer function setting of the normal
charge device. If you need to charge the main drive lithium-ion battery
more, start the charging procedure again.
The Charging timer was set up by the
MITSUBISHI Remote Control (if so
equipped) or the Smartphone-link
Display Audio (SDA) after starting of
normal charging.
Cancel all the charging timer settings. Charging is automatically restarted
if you cancel the charging timer.
Refer to “MITSUBISHI Remote Control” on page 3-38.
For the Smartphone-link Display Audio (SDA), refer to the separate
owner’s manual.
Quick charging cannot be
started.
The charge connector is not con-
nected correctly and/or not locked.
Check that the charge connector is connected correctly and that it is
locked.
The self-diagnostic function of the
quick charge device returns a nega-
tive result.
There is a possibility that the vehicle has a malfunction. Stop charging and
contact a certified Mitsubishi EV dealer.
The power switch of the quick char-
ger is off.
Check the power switch of the quick charger.
Consult an administrator or a maker of the quick charger.
Symptom Possible cause Possible solution
Fuel selection
General information/Charging 3-49
3
N01207600033
Your vehicle is designed to use unleaded gas-
oline only. It is equipped with a fuel tank
filler pipe specifically designed to accept only
a small diameter unleaded gasoline dispens-
ing nozzle.
Quick charge is discontin-
ued.
Charging is stopped by the quick
charge timer.
Charging will stop depending on the timer function setting of the quick
charge device. If you need to charge the main drive lithium-ion battery
more, start the charging procedure again.
Charging stops at 80 % capacity. Charging is designed to stop when the main drive lithium-ion battery
capacity reaches 80 %. If you need to charge the main drive lithium-ion
battery more than 80 %, start the charging procedure again.
The power supply for the quick char-
ger is off.
Check whether the power supply for the quick charger is off.
Consult an administrator or a maker of the quick charger.
The charging indicator is
continuously blinking even
if the quick charge connec-
tor is not connected into the
quick charge port when you
start the Plug-in Hybrid EV
system after quick charging.
Quick charging has not finished nor-
mally.
Perform quick charging again and finish it normally or contact a certified
Mitsubishi EV dealer.
Plug-in Hybrid EV System
does not start after quick
charging.
The vehicle have a malfunction. Contact a certified Mitsubishi EV dealer.
If you need to push the vehicle, put the operation mode of the power
switch in ON and put the select position in the “N” (NEUTRAL) position.
Symptom Possible cause Possible solution
Fuel selection
WARNING
Gasoline is highly flammable and explo-
sive. You could be burned, seriously
injured or killed when handling it. When-
ever you refuel your vehicle, put the oper-
ation mode of the power switch in OFF
and keep flames, sparks, and smoking
materials away from the vehicle. Always
handle fuel in well-ventilated outdoor
areas.
CAUTION
Using leaded gasoline in your vehicle will
damage the engine, catalytic converter, and
the oxygen sensors. Also, using leaded gaso-
line is illegal, and will void your warranty
coverage of the engine, catalytic converter,
and oxygen sensors.
Fuel selection
3-50 General information/Charging
3
In the United States, fuel suppliers are
required by law to add detergents to their gas-
oline to minimize fuel-injector clogging and
minimize intake-valve deposits. Detergent
gasoline helps keep your engine in tune and
your emission-control system working prop-
erly.
Your vehicle is designed to operate on
unleaded gasoline having a minimum octane
number of 87 [(MON+RON)/2] or 91 RON.
Gasoline sold at some service stations con-
tains oxygenates such as ethanol, although
the oxygenates may not be identified by those
names. Oxygenates are required in some
areas of the country. Oxygenated fuel can be
used in your vehicle.
A mixture of up to 10 % ethanol (grain alco-
hol) and 90 % unleaded gasoline may be used
in your vehicle, provided the octane number
is at least as high as that recommended for
unleaded gasoline.
Do not operate your vehicle on gasoline con-
taining methanol (wood alcohol). Using this
type of alcohol could adversely affect the
vehicle’s performance and damage critical
parts of the vehicle’s fuel system.
Many areas of the country require the use of
cleaner burning fuel referred to as “Reformu-
lated Gasoline”.
Reformulated gasoline contains oxygenates
and is specially blended to reduce vehicle
emissions and improve air quality.
Mitsubishi Motors Corporation strongly sup-
ports the use of reformulated gasoline. Prop-
erly blended reformulated gasoline has no
adverse effect on vehicle performance or the
durability of the engine and the fuel system.
MMT is a manganese-containing metallic
additive that is blended into some gasolines
to increase the octane number. Mitsubishi
Motors Corporation recommends using gaso-
lines without MMT.
Use of gasolines blended with MMT may
adversely affect performance, and cause the
malfunction indicator on your instrument
panel to come on. If this happens, contact a
certified Mitsubishi EV dealer for assistance.
Your vehicle may have been designed to sat-
isfy California’s low-emission regulations
based on clean-burning low-sulfur gasoline.
Gasoline sold in parts of the country other
than California is allowed to have a higher
sulfur content. Using such gasoline could
adversely affect the vehicle’s catalytic con-
verter and cause the engine malfunction indi-
cator (“SERVICE ENGINE SOON” or
“Check engine light”) to come on. Illumina-
tion of this indicator while using high-sulfur
gasoline does not necessarily mean the vehi-
cle’s emission-control system is malfunction-
ing. A certified Mitsubishi EV dealer may
suggest using a different, lower-sulfur brand
Gasoline detergent additives
Octane requirement
Oxygenated gasoline
Ethanol (Gasohol)
Methanol
Reformulated gasoline
MMT (methylcyclopentadienyl
manganese tricarbonyl)
Sulfur in gasoline
Filling the fuel tank
General information/Charging 3-51
3
of unleaded gasoline to determine if the prob-
lem is fuel-related.
N01207700050
11.3 gal (43 L)
1. Before refueling, put the operation mode
of the power switch in OFF to stop the
Plug-in Hybrid EV system.
2. The fuel tank filler is located on the rear
driver side of your vehicle.
The fuel tank filler door can be opened
from inside the vehicle by pressing the
fuel tank filler door switch located on the
instrument panel.
NOTE
Poor-quality gasoline can cause problems
such as hard starting, stalling during idling,
abnormal engine noise, and poor accelera-
tion. If you experience any of these prob-
lems, try using a different brand of gasoline.
If the engine malfunction indicator (“SER-
VICE ENGINE SOON” or “Check engine
light”) flashes, have the vehicle inspected as
soon as possible by the nearest a certified
Mitsubishi EV dealer.
Filling the fuel tank
WARNING
When handling fuel, comply with the
safety regulations displayed by garages
and filling stations.
Gasoline is highly flammable and explo-
sive. You could be burned, seriously
injured or killed when handling it. When
refueling your vehicle, always turn off the
Plug-in Hybrid EV system and keep away
from flames, sparks, and smoking materi-
als. Always handle fuel in well-ventilated
outdoor areas.
Before removing the fuel tank filler cap,
be sure to get rid of your body’s static
electricity by touching a metal part of the
car or fuel pump. Any static electricity on
your body could create a spark that
ignites fuel vapor.
Perform the whole refueling process
(opening the fuel tank filler door, remov-
ing the fuel cap, etc.) by yourself; do not
let any other person near the fuel tank
filler. If you allowed a person to help you
and that person was carrying static elec-
tricity, fuel vapor could be ignited.
Never perform charging and refueling
simultaneously. During charging, you
could pick up a fresh charge of static elec-
tricity.
Any static electricity on your body could
create a spark that ignites fuel vapor.
Do not move away from the fuel tank filler
until refueling is finished. If you moved
away and did something else (for example,
sitting on a seat) part-way through the
refueling process, you could pick up a
fresh charge of static electricity.
Be careful not to inhale fuel vapor. Fuel
contains toxic substances.
Keep the doors and windows closed while
refueling the vehicle. If they were open,
fuel vapor could get into the cabin.
WARNING
Fuel tank capacity
Refueling
Filling the fuel tank
3-52 General information/Charging
3
3. The internal pressure of the fuel tank will
automatically be released to prevent fuel
overflowing from the fuel filler.
Before opening the fuel tank filler cap,
wait until “READY TO REFUEL” is dis-
played on the information screen in the
multi-information display. If the internal
pressure is high, it may take several sec-
onds.
4. Open the fuel tank filler pipe by slowly
turning the fuel tank filler cap counter-
clockwise.
WARNING
If a problem occurs related to the system
for releasing the internal pressure of the
fuel tank, a warning will be displayed on
the information screen in the multi-infor-
mation display and the fuel tank filler
door cannot be opened.
Have your vehicle inspected by a certified
Mitsubishi EV dealer as soon as possible.
NOTE
If the 12 V starter battery is weak or dis-
charged, the function to release the internal
pressure of the fuel tank is disabled and the
fuel tank filler door cannot be opened.
1- Remove
2- Close
WARNING
Since the fuel system may be under pres-
sure, remove the fuel tank filler cap
slowly. This relieves any pressure or vac-
uum that might have built up in the fuel
tank. If the cap is venting vapor or if you
hear a hissing sound, wait until the sound
stops before removing the cap. Otherwise,
fuel may spray out, injuring you or others.
Filling the fuel tank
General information/Charging 3-53
3
5. Fueling correctly depends mainly on cor-
rect handling of the fuel filler nozzle. Do
not tilt the nozzle. Insert the nozzle in the
fuel tank filler port as far as it goes.
6. When the nozzle stops automatically, do
not add more fuel.
7. To re-install, turn the fuel tank filler pipe
cap slowly clockwise until you hear click-
ing sounds, then gently push the fuel tank
filler door closed.
NOTE
While filling with fuel, hang the fuel cap on
the hook (A) located on the inside surface of
the fuel tank filler door.
CAUTION
Never press the pin (B) during refueling.
Doing so can cause the fuel to overflow from
the fuel filler.
Your vehicle can only be operated using
unleaded gasoline. Serious engine and cata-
lytic converter damage will result if leaded
gasoline is filled into these vehicles, and
consequently, this must never be attempted.
CAUTION
To avoid fuel spillage and overfilling, do not
“top-off” the fuel tank. Spilled fuel could
discolor, stain, or crack the vehicle’s paint-
work. If fuel spills on the paintwork, wipe it
off with a soft cloth.
Refueling should be completed within 30
minutes after pressing the fuel tank filler
door switch.
After 30 minutes, the refueling system for
releasing the internal pressure of the fuel
tank will be disabled.
Close the fuel cap and fuel tank filler door
once.
To prevent the fuel from overflowing, press
the fuel tank filler door switch again to reac-
tivate the refueling system.
CAUTION
WARNING
Make sure the fuel tank filler cap is
securely closed. If the fuel cap were loose,
fuel could leak, resulting in a fire.
CAUTION
If you need to replace the fuel tank filler cap,
use only the cap specified for your model
vehicle.
NOTE
If the fuel tank filler cap is not tight while
driving, the engine malfunction indicator
(“SERVICE ENGINE SOON” or “Check
engine light”) may come on when the
onboard diagnostic (OBD) system performs
a self check.
Always tighten the fuel tank filler cap until
you hear at least three clicks.
The indicator will go off after several driving
cycles. If the indicator does not go off, con-
tact a certified Mitsubishi EV dealer as soon
as possible.
Modifications to and racing of your vehicle
3-54 General information/Charging
3
N01207900049
To open the fuel tank filler door, the manual
fuel tank filler door release lever inside of the
interior trim cover (A) can be used.
1. Open the cover (A) and then pull the lever
(B) to open the fuel tank filler door.
N01200501030
This vehicle should not be modified with
non-Mitsubishi Motors genuine parts. Mit-
subishi Motors designs and manufactures
high quality vehicles with an emphasis on
safety and durability. Modifications using
If you drive with the fuel tank filler door left
open, warning display is displayed on the
information screen in the multi-information
display.
If the fuel tank filler door can-
not be opened
NOTE
WARNING
Never use the manual fuel tank filler door
release lever unless the fuel door cannot
be opened by operating the fuel tank filler
door switch.
If the fuel tank filler door is opened using
the manual fuel tank filler door release
lever, the internal pressure of the fuel tank
will not automatically be released. To
avoid the fuel overflowing from the fuel
filler, remove the fuel tank filler cap
slowly to gradually release the internal
pressure of the fuel tank and refuel with a
lower flow rate.
To open the fuel tank filler door
manually
CAUTION
If the cover (A) is left open, luggage can
accidentally contact the manual fuel tank
filler door release lever and the fuel tank
filler door can open.
NOTE
When the manual fuel tank filler door release
lever is operated, the warning screen shown
in the illustration may be displayed.
The warning screen will disappear when;
• Several seconds after the vehicle is driven
with closing the fuel tank filler door; or
• Approximately 30 minutes after the manual
fuel tank filler door release lever is oper-
ated.
Modifications to and racing
of your vehicle
Modifications to and racing of your vehicle
General information/Charging 3-55
3
non-Mitsubishi Motors genuine parts may
affect the performance, safety and/or durabil-
ity of your vehicle, and may violate applica-
ble state and/or federal regulations.
DAMAGE OR PERFORMANCE PROB-
LEMS RESULTING FROM MODIFICA-
TIONS TO OR RACING OF YOUR
VEHICLE ARE NOT COVERED
UNDER WARRANTY.
Examples of modifications to your vehicle
that can cause damage or performance prob-
lems include the following:
Failure to use Mitsubishi Motors genuine
parts
Failure to use required fuel and fluids
Failure to use proper size tires and wheels
Modification of the fuel, intake, exhaust,
emission, suspension, electric motor,
engine, drive train, batteries (main drive
lithium-ion battery and 12 V starter bat-
tery), charging systems or electrical wir-
ing systems
Modification of any onboard com-
puter/control module, including repro-
gramming, or replacing/adding chips to
any onboard computer/control module
Review the Warranty and Maintenance Man-
ual for further details regarding warranty cov-
erage.
N01200601057
The installation of accessories, optional
parts, etc., should only be performed
within the limits prescribed by law, and in
accordance with the guidelines and warn-
ings contained within the documents
accompanying this vehicle.
Only Mitsubishi Motors approved acces-
sories should be fitted to your vehicle.
Improper installation of electrical parts
could cause a fire. Refer to the “Modifica-
tion/alterations to the electrical or fuel
systems” section within this owner’s man-
ual.
Using a cellular phone or radio set inside
the vehicle without an external antenna
may cause electrical system interference,
which could lead to unsafe vehicle opera-
tion.
Tires and wheels which do not meet spec-
ifications must not be used.
Refer to the “Specifications” section for
information regarding wheel and tire
sizes.
Due to the large number of accessory and
replacement parts provided by different man-
ufacturers in the market, it is not always pos-
sible for a certified Mitsubishi EV dealer to
check whether the attachment or installation
of non-Mitsubishi Motors genuine parts
affects the driving safety of your vehicle.
Installation of accessories
CAUTION
Before any electrical or electronic accesso-
ries are installed, consult a certified
Mitsubishi EV dealer.
Your vehicle is equipped with a diagnosis
connector (data link connector) for checking
and servicing the electronic control system.
Mitsubishi Motors does not recommend con-
necting a device other than the Scan Tool for
inspections and service to this connector
because an unexpected problem could result.
In addition, malfunctions caused by connect-
ing a device other than the Scan Tool may
not be covered under warranty.
WARNING
While driving, do not use a cellular phone
in a way that hinders safe driving. Any-
thing, including cellular phone usage, that
distracts you from the safe operation of
your vehicle increases your risk of an acci-
dent.
Refer to and follow all state and local laws
in your area regarding cellular phone
usage while driving.
Important point!
Genuine Mitsubishi Motors parts
3-56 General information/Charging
3
N01200701032
Mitsubishi Motors manufactures high quality
vehicles with an emphasis on safety. It is
important to consult a certified Mitsubishi
EV dealer before installation of any accessory
which may involve modification of the elec-
trical or fuel systems.
N01207800022
Mitsubishi Motors Genuine Parts are
designed and manufactured to meet high stan-
dards of performance, and are recommended
for all of your maintenance needs. Also avail-
able from a certified Mitsubishi EV dealer are
a wide variety of accessories to personalize
your new vehicle. Each Mitsubishi Motors
vehicle has a selection of Mitsubishi Motors
authorized accessories to choose from to tai-
lor your new vehicle to your own personal
preference. A certified Mitsubishi EV
dealer’s Parts Manager has information on
various audio systems, protection items, as
well as interior and exterior accessories avail-
able for your specific model.
N01200900011
Certain components of this vehicle, such as
airbag modules, seat belt pretensioners, and
button cell batteries, may contain perchlorate
materials.
Special handling may apply. For additional
information, see www.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardous-
waste/perchlorate.
N01210000028
This vehicle is equipped with an event data
recorder (EDR).
The main purpose of an EDR is to record, in
certain crash or near crash-like situations,
such as an airbag deployment or hitting a
road obstacle, data that will assist in under-
standing how a vehicle’s systems performed.
The EDR is designed to record data related to
vehicle dynamics and safety systems for a
short period of time, typically 30 seconds or
less.
The EDR in this vehicle is designed to record
such data as:
How various systems in your vehicle were
operating;
Whether or not the driver and front pas-
senger safety belts were buckled/fastened;
How far (if at all) the driver was depress-
ing the accelerator and/or brake pedal;
and,
How fast the vehicle was traveling.
These data can help provide a better under-
standing of the circumstances in which
crashes and injuries occur.
Modification/alterations to the
electrical or fuel systems
CAUTION
Please consult a certified Mitsubishi EV
dealer concerning any such accessory fit-
ment or modification.
If the wires interfere with the vehicle body or
improper installation methods are used (pro-
tective fuses not included, etc.), electronic
devices may be adversely affected, resulting
in a fire, vehicle damage, or other accident.
Genuine Mitsubishi Motors
parts
California Perchlorate
Materials Requirements
Event Data Recording
NOTE
EDR data are recorded by your vehicle only
if a non-trivial crash situation occurs; no data
are recorded by the EDR under normal driv-
ing conditions and no personal data (e.g.,
name, gender, age, and crash location) are
recorded. However, other parties, such as
law enforcement, could combine the EDR
data with the type of personally identifying
data routinely acquired during a crash inves-
tigation.
Event Data Recording
General information/Charging 3-57
3
To read data recorded by an EDR, special
equipment is required, and access to the vehi-
cle or the EDR is needed. In addition to the
vehicle manufacturer, other parties, such as
law enforcement, that have the special equip-
ment, can read the information if they have
access to the vehicle or the EDR.
4
Seat and restraint systems
Seats .................................................................................................4-2
Seat arrangement .............................................................................4-3
Seats and restraint systems ..............................................................4-4
Front seats ........................................................................................4-4
Rear seats .........................................................................................4-8
Head restraints .................................................................................4-9
Making a cargo area .......................................................................4-11
Making a flat seat ...........................................................................4-14
Seat belts ........................................................................................4-15
Seat belt use during pregnancy ......................................................4-23
Seat belt pre-tensioner and force limiter systems ..........................4-23
Child restraint systems ...................................................................4-24
Maintenance and inspection of seat belts ......................................4-36
Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) - airbag .............................4-36
Seats
4-2 Seat and restraint systems
4
N00408401678
To adjust the seat forward or back-
wardPage 4-5
To adjust the seatback Page 4-5
To adjust the seat height Page 4-6
To adjust the lumbar support (Driver’s
side only) Page 4-7
Heated seat Page 4-7
To adjust the seatback Page 4-8
Arm rest Page 4-9
Seats
1 - Front seats
2 - Rear seats
Seat arrangement
Seat and restraint systems 4-3
4
N00401701135
You may arrange your seats in the following positions.
Seat arrangement
Ordinary use
Flat seat Page 4-14
Making a cargo area Page 4-12
Seats and restraint systems
4-4 Seat and restraint systems
4
N00401601251
Your vehicle has seat belts and other safety
features that help protect you and your pas-
sengers in an accident.
Seat belts are the most important safety
device. When worn properly, seat belts can
reduce the chance of serious injury or death
in various types of crashes. For added protec-
tion during a severe frontal collision, your
vehicle has a Supplemental Restraint System
(SRS) with airbags for the driver and passen-
gers. The seats, head restraints, and door
locks also are safety equipment, which must
be used correctly.
Always check the following before you drive:
That everyone in your vehicle is properly
wearing their seat belt.
That infants and small children are prop-
erly secured in an appropriate child
restraint system in the rear seat.
That all doors are fully closed and locked.
That seatbacks are upright, with head
restraints properly adjusted.
Safety equipment cannot prevent injury or
death in all motor vehicle accidents. How-
ever, you can help reduce the risk of injury or
death, by following the instructions in this
manual.
N00401801501
Position the driver’s seat as far back as possi-
ble while maintaining a position that still
enables you to fully apply the pedals, easily
control the steering wheel and safely operate
the vehicle.
Seats and restraint systems
WARNING
Do not place objects under the seats. This
could prevent the seat from locking
securely, and it could lead to an accident.
It may also cause damage to the seat or
other parts.
Front seats
WARNING
Do not attempt to adjust the seat while
driving. This can cause loss of vehicle con-
trol and result in an accident.
After adjusting the seat, make sure that it
is securely locked into position.
To reduce the risk to the driver of serious
injury or death during deployment of the
driver’s airbag, always properly wear the
seat belt and adjust the driver’s seat as far
back as possible while maintaining a posi-
tion that still enables you to fully apply the
pedals, easily control the steering wheel,
and safely operate the vehicle.
To reduce the risk to the front passenger
of serious injury or death during deploy-
ment of the passenger’s airbag, always
properly wear the seat belt and adjust the
front passenger’s seat as far back as possi-
ble.
Always place children 12 years old and
under in the rear seat and use appropriate
child restraint systems.
CAUTION
Make sure that the seat is adjusted by an
adult. If it is adjusted by a child, an unex-
pected accident might occur.
Do not place a cushion or the like between
your back and the seatback while driving.
The effectiveness of the head restraints will
be reduced in the event of an accident.
When sliding the seats, be careful not to
catch your hand or leg.
WARNING
Front seats
Seat and restraint systems 4-5
4
N00401901401
Operate the switch forward or backward to
move the seat to the desired position. Release
the switch to lock the seat in place.
N00402001454
Operate the switch in the direction of the
arrows to adjust the seatback.
When sliding or reclining the seat rearward,
pay careful attention to the rear seat passen-
gers.
When adjusting the front seat while the rear
seat is folded, be careful not to apply strong
force to the flipped rear seat cushion.
Doing so could cause damage to the cover of
the front seat and the fitting of the rear seat
cushion.
CAUTION
To adjust the seat forward or
backward
1- Forward (toward the front of the vehicle)
2- Backward (toward the rear of the vehi-
cle)
NOTE
To prevent the 12 V starter battery from
completely discharging, operate the power
seat with the Plug-in Hybrid EV System run-
ning.
To adjust the seatbacks
1- Move forward
2- Move backward
NOTE
To prevent the 12 V starter battery from
completely discharging, operate the power
seat with the Plug-in Hybrid EV System run-
ning.
Front seats
4-6 Seat and restraint systems
4
N00402101312
Operate the switch in the direction of the
arrows to raise or lower the seat.
WARNING
To reduce the risk of serious injury or
death in the event of an accident or sud-
den stop, all seatbacks should be kept in
the upright position while the vehicle is in
motion.
Seat belt performance during an accident
can be adversely affected if the seatbacks
are reclined. The more a seatback is
reclined, the more likely seat belt perfor-
mance will be adversely affected. If the
seat belt is not properly positioned against
the body during an accident, there is
increased risk you will slide under the belt
and receive serious injury or death.
To adjust the seat height
NOTE
To prevent the 12 V starter battery from
completely discharging, operate the power
seat with the Plug-in Hybrid EV System run-
ning.
1- Raise or lower the front end of the seat
2- Raise or lower the back end of the seat
3- Raise or lower the entire seat
Front seats
Seat and restraint systems 4-7
4
N00402201179
A lumbar support is included in the seatback
of the driver’s seat.
N00435601506
The heated seats can be operated by pushing
the switch when the operation mode of the
power switch is in ON. The indicator light
(A) will illuminate while the heater is on.
To adjust the lumbar support
(Driver’s side only)
1- Strong
2- Weak
Heated seat
1 (HI) - Heater high
(for quick heating)
2 (neutral
position)
- Heater off
3 (LO) - Heater low
(to keep the seat warm)
WARNING
Persons who are unable to feel tempera-
ture change or skin pain due to age, ill-
ness, injury, medication, alcohol use,
fatigue or other physical conditions or
who have sensitive skin may suffer burns
when using the heated seat even at low
temperatures. To reduce the risk of burns,
people with such conditions must use care
when using the heated seat.
CAUTION
Switch off the heated seats when not in use.
Operate the heaters at the “HI” position for
quick heating. After the seat has become
warm, set the heater switch to the “LO” posi-
tion to keep it warm. Slight variations in the
seat temperature may be felt while using the
heated seats. This is caused by the operation
of the heater’s internal thermostat and does
not indicate a malfunction.
Do not place heavy objects on the seat or
stick pins, needles, or other pointed objects
into the seat.
Do not place a blanket, cushion, or other
insulating material on the seat while using
the heater; doing so can cause the heater ele-
ment to overheat.
When cleaning the seat, do not use benzine,
kerosene, gasoline, alcohol, or other organic
solvents; doing so can cause damage not
only to the surface of the seat, but also to the
heater.
Rear seats
4-8 Seat and restraint systems
4
N00402501244
When sitting in the middle seating position of
the rear seat, adjust the head restraints to an
appropriate height where they lock in posi-
tion. Refer to “Head restraints” on page 4-9.
Pull the lever up and adjust the seatback by
hand to the desired position, and release the
lever. The seatback will lock in place.
If water or any other liquid is spilled on the
seat, allow it to dry thoroughly before
attempting to use the heater. Turn the heater
off immediately if it appears to be malfunc-
tioning during use.
CAUTION
Rear seats
To adjust the seatbacks
NOTE
You can adjust the seatback forward or back-
ward on either side separately.
WARNING
To reduce the risk of serious injury or
death in the event of an accident or sud-
den stop, all seatbacks should be kept in
the upright position while the vehicle is in
motion.
Seat belt performance during an accident
can be adversely affected if the seatbacks
are reclined. The more a seatback is
reclined, the more likely seat belt perfor-
mance will be adversely affected. If the
seat belt is not properly positioned against
the body during an accident, there is
increased risk you will slide under the belt
and receive serious injury or death.
When a person is sitting in the middle
seating position of the rear seats, the two
sides of the rear seats must have the same
seatback angle.
Head restraints
Seat and restraint systems 4-9
4
N00403001321
To use the arm rest, tilt the arm rest down for
use as shown.
The arm rest includes a cup holder.
N00404301624
Head restraints can reduce the risk of a whip-
lash injury if your vehicle is hit from the rear.
The head restraints are equipped in the illus-
trated position.
To maximize the effectiveness of the head
restraints, adjust the seatback to the upright
position, and the head restraint to the proper
position. Sit back against the seatback with
your head close to the head restraint.
Arm rest
NOTE
Never sit on an arm rest.
Doing so could damage the arm rest.
Head restraints
WARNING
Driving without the head restraints in
place can cause you and your passengers
serious injury or death in an accident. To
reduce the risk of injury in an accident,
always make sure the head restraints are
installed and properly positioned when
the seat is occupied.
In order to minimize the risk of a neck
injury due to a rear impact, the seatback
must be adjusted to the upright position
and the head restraint must be adjusted to
the proper position before vehicle opera-
tion. The driver should never adjust the
seat while the vehicle is in motion.
Never place a cushion or similar device on
the seatback. This can adversely affect
head restraint performance by increasing
the distance between your head and the
restraint.
Head restraints
4-10 Seat and restraint systems
4
To reduce the risk of injury in an accident,
adjust the head restraint height so that the
center of the restraint is at your ear level
when seated. Any person too tall for the
restraint to reach their ear level when seated
should raise the restraint to the highest locked
position.
To raise the restraint, pull it straight up.
To lower the restraint, push down on it
while pressing the lock knob (A) in the
direction shown by the arrow.
After adjusting the height, push down on
the restraint to make sure it is locked in
position.
To reduce the risk of injury in an accident,
pull up the head restraint to the locked posi-
tion.
To raise the restraint, pull it straight up.
To lower the restraint, push down on it
while pressing the lock knob (A) in the
direction shown by the arrow.
After adjusting the height, push down on
the restraint to make sure it is locked in
position.
Adjustment of the head
restraint height
Front seats
Rear center seat
WARNING
When a person sits in the rear center seat-
ing position, pull up the head restraint to a
height at which it locks in position. Be
sure to make this adjustment before start-
ing to drive. Serious injuries could other-
wise be suffered in the result of an impact.
NOTE
The head restraint height in the rear outboard
seats cannot be adjusted.
Making a cargo area
Seat and restraint systems 4-11
4
Press the lock knob (A) in the direction
shown by the arrows. Then pull the head
restraint up and out of the seatback.
First check that the head restraint is facing in
the right direction as shown in the previous
illustration, and then insert it into the seat-
back. Push the head restraint down while
pressing the lock knob (A) until the restraint
locks into place.
N00405501128
To remove
WARNING
To help minimize the risk of neck injury in
the event of an accident, the head
restraints must be properly installed and
positioned to proper height before vehicle
operation.
To install
CAUTION
Check that the lock knob (A) is extended out
as shown in the illustration. Then pull the
head restraint up to make sure that it is
locked in place and will not come out of the
seatback.
CAUTION
The shape and size of the head restraint dif-
fers according to the seat. Always use the
correct head restraint provided for the seat
and do not install the head restraint in the
wrong direction.
Making a cargo area
WARNING
Never adjust the seats to make a cargo
area when the vehicle is in motion or on a
slope. The seats could move more than
necessary or move suddenly and causing a
serious accident and/or injury.
When returning a seat back to its seating
position after folding down, make sure
that the seat is firmly secured and seat belt
buckles are in proper position. If the seat
is not secured, it could move causing a
serious accident.
Do not allow anyone to ride in the cargo
area while the vehicle is in motion. People
who are not properly seated and
restrained can be seriously injured or
killed in an accident.
Making a cargo area
4-12 Seat and restraint systems
4
N00405701159
The rear seat can be folded to create an addi-
tional cargo area.
1. When folding the left side rear seat, store
the seat belt for the middle seating posi-
tion of the rear seat.
Refer to “Detachable center seat belt for
rear seat” on page 4-19.
2. Lower the head restraint for rear middle
seating position to its lowest position.
Refer to “Head restraints” on page 4-9.
3. Pull the strap (A), then fold forward the
head restraints for rear outside seating
position.
4. Pull the strap (B), then flip the seat cush-
ion forward.
CAUTION
In the cargo area, do not load the luggage
higher than the top of the seats and make
sure that the luggage is firmly secured.
Restricted rear vision or flying objects enter-
ing the passenger compartment during sud-
den braking could result in a serious accident
and/or injury.
Seats should always be operated by an adult.
Seat adjustments by a child could lead to an
unexpected accident.
When adjusting the seats, be careful not to
catch your hand or leg. Personal injury could
result.
NOTE
When the seatback of a front seat is reclined,
return it to the upright position before driv-
ing.
Folding the rear seats
NOTE
You can separately fold the right and left side
of the rear seat.
To fold the rear seat
Making a cargo area
Seat and restraint systems 4-13
4
5. Fold forward the seat belt buckle.
6. Pull up the lever (D), then fold the seat-
back forward.
1. Raise the seatback until it locks securely
into place.
2. While lifting the seat belt buckle (A), gen-
tly lower the seat cushion. Make sure that
there is a hook (B) at the position shown
in the illustration.
CAUTION
Do not fold the rear seat while the 120 V AC
power supply on the back of the floor con-
sole box is being used or while the lid of the
120 V AC power supply is open. Doing so
may damage the 120 V AC power supply, its
lid, a connected appliance and/or the rear
seat. Also, this could lead to an electrical
shock.
CAUTION
Do not allow any person to get on the plastic
cover (C), and do not place luggage on it.
Doing so could damage the plastic cover.
CAUTION
Do not allow any person to sit on the flipped
seat cushion, and do not place luggage on it.
The seat’s mounting fittings could bend
under the weight, making it impossible for
the seat cushion to be secured when it returns
to the original position.
To return
NOTE
A rubber strap (C) is attached to the seat belt
buckle for the left outboard seating position.
This helps raise the seat belt buckle while the
seat cushion returns to the original position.
Making a flat seat
4-14 Seat and restraint systems
4
3. Push down the seat cushion until it locks
securely into place.
4. Make sure that all seat belt buckles are
properly positioned on the seat cushion.
5. Return the folded head restraint to its
original position.
6. If the center seat belt is stored;
• Pull out the detachable anchor plate (D)
from the seatback.
• Pull the small latch plate (E) slowly and
insert it into the detachable anchor plate
until a click is heard.
• Make sure that the seat belt is not
twisted.
For details, refer to “Detachable center
seat belt for rear seat” on 4-19.
N00404801179
The entire interior of the vehicle may be used
for sleeping accommodations by removing
the head restraints and fully reclining all the
seats when the vehicle is stopped.
WARNING
Ensure that the head restraints are
returned to their original positions before
the seats are occupied. Failure to do so
could cause serious injury if involved in an
accident.
Making a flat seat
WARNING
Never drive with passengers or cargo on
the flat seat. This is extremely dangerous
and can cause severe or fatal injury or
death in an accident or if heavy braking is
required.
CAUTION
Adjust the seats only when the vehicle is
stopped in a safe place.
Seat should be adjusted only by adults to
avoid accidents.
When sliding the seats, be careful not to
catch your hand or leg.
Do not walk around on top of the seats after
they have been laid flat because the footing
is uneven. It is safest to move about on your
hands and knees.
To ensure the seats are locked securely,
attempt to move them back and forth.
Do not jump on or drop heavy objects on the
seatbacks.
To raise the seatback of the front seat, firmly
place your hand on the seatback, pull the
seatback lock knob up, and raise the seatback
slowly. (Refer to “To adjust the seatback” on
page 4-5.) Do not let children adjust the seat-
back.
Seat belts
Seat and restraint systems 4-15
4
1. Remove the head restraints from the front
seats and raise the arm rest on the rear
seats.
For vehicles with a cargo area cover,
remove the cover.
(Refer to “Head restraints” on page 4-9,
“Arm rest” on page 4-9 and “Cargo area
cover” on page 5-227.)
2. Slide the front seats fully forward, then
recline their seatbacks backward to
achieve a flat surface.
(Refer to “To adjust the seat forward or
backward” on page 4-5 and “To adjust the
seatback” on page 4-5.)
3. Recline the seatbacks of the rear seats.
(Refer to “To adjust the seatback” on page
4-8.)
4. The flat seat configuration is now com-
plete.
To return the seats to the normal position,
reverse the above procedure.
N00406001582
Seat belts are installed in your vehicle to help
reduce the risk of injury to the driver and pas-
senger in the event of an accident. Always
use the provided seat belts.
Carefully review the following information
for proper seat belt usage.
Seat belts
WARNING
To help reduce the risk of injury or death
in an accident, seat belts and child
restraint systems must always be used.
Refer to “Child restraint systems” on page
4-24 for additional information.
Seat belts
4-16 Seat and restraint systems
4
N00406201513
All seats are equipped with a seat belt which
uses one combined lap-and-shoulder belt with
an emergency locking retractor.
This system is designed to provide both com-
fort and safety. It permits full extension and
automatic retraction of the belts during nor-
mal vehicle operation. A sensing device
inside the belt retractor is designed to lock the
retractor in the event of a sudden change in
the vehicle’s motion.
Never use one seat belt for more than one
person.
Never carry more people in your vehicle
than there are seat belts.
Always adjust the seat belt for a snug fit.
Always place the shoulder belt over your
shoulder and across your chest. Never put
it behind you or under your arm.
Always wear the lap belt as low as possible
across your hips, not around your waist.
Never insert any foreign object, such as a
piece of plastic, paper clip, button or coin,
into the seat belt buckle.
Never modify or alter the seat belts in
your vehicle.
To reduce the risk to the driver of serious
injury or death during deployment of the
driver’s airbag, always properly wear the
seat belt and adjust the driver’s seat as far
back as possible while maintaining a posi-
tion that still enables you to fully apply the
pedals, easily control the steering wheel,
and safely operate the vehicle.
WARNING
To reduce the risk to a front seat passen-
ger of serious injury or death from a
deploying airbag, make sure the passenger
always wears the seat belt properly,
remains seated all the way back and
upright in their seat, and moves the seat as
far back as possible. Refer to “Supplemen-
tal Restraint System (SRS) - airbag” on
page 4-36 for additional information.
Never hold an infant or child in your arms
or on your lap when riding in this vehicle
even when you are wearing your seat belt.
Never place any part of the seat belt you
are wearing around an infant or child.
Failure to follow these simple instructions
creates a risk of serious injury or death to
your child in the event of an accident or
sudden stop.
Children 12 years old and under should
always ride in the rear seat and be prop-
erly restrained. This reduces their risk of
serious injury or death in an accident,
especially due to a deploying front passen-
ger’s airbag. Refer to “Child restraint sys-
tems” on page 4-24 for additional
information.
Any child who is too small to properly
wear a seat belt must be properly
restrained in an appropriate child
restraint system.
Infants MUST be placed in a rear-facing
child safety seat and positioned in the rear
seat.
WARNING
In the event of an accident, all seat belt
assemblies, including retractors and
attachment hardware, should be inspected
by a certified Mitsubishi EV dealer to
determine whether replacement is neces-
sary.
Do not let children play with the seat belts.
If children play with the seat belts by
wrapping them around their bodies, the
seat belt may retract and become tight.
This can result in a serious injury or
death, such as suffocation. This can occur
even if the vehicle is parked. If the child
cannot be released from the seat belt, use
an appropriate tool such as a knife or scis-
sors to cut the seat belt.
Seat belt instructions
WARNING
Seat belts
Seat and restraint systems 4-17
4
1. Occupants should always sit back in their
seats with their backs against the upright
seatback. To reduce the risk of serious
injury or death during deployment of the
airbag, adjust the driver’s seat as far back
as possible while maintaining a position
that still enables you to fully apply the
pedals, easily control the steering wheel,
and safely operate the vehicle. The front
passenger seat should also be moved as
far back as possible. Refer to “Supple-
mental Restraint System (SRS) - airbag”
on page 4-36. Also refer to “To adjust the
seat forward or backward” on page 4-5.
2. Before using the center seat belt for sec-
ond row, make sure that the detachable
anchor is securely latched and the seat
belt is not twisted. For details, refer to
page 4-19.
3. Grasp the latch plate and slide it up the
webbing so that it easily pulls across your
body.
4. Pull the seat belt out slowly while holding
the latch plate. Push the latch plate into
the buckle until you hear a “click”. Pull
up on the belt to be sure the latch plate is
locked securely in the buckle.
NOTE
For instructions on installing a child restraint
system using a seat belt, refer to “Installing a
child restraint system using the seat belt” on
page 4-32.
WARNING
To reduce the risk of serious injury or
death in the event of an accident or sud-
den stop, all seatbacks should be kept in
the upright position while the vehicle is in
motion.
Seat belt performance during an accident
can be adversely affected if the seatbacks
are reclined. The more a seatback is
reclined, the more likely seat belt perfor-
mance will be adversely affected. If the
seat belt is not properly positioned against
the body during an accident, there is
increased risk you will slide under the belt
and receive serious injury or death.
Seat belts
4-18 Seat and restraint systems
4
5. The lap part of the belt must always be
worn low and snug across the hips. Pull
up on the shoulder portion of the belt to
take up any slack in the lap belt.
6. To release the belt, press the button on the
buckle and allow the belt to retract.
If the belt does not retract smoothly, pull it
out and check for kinks or twists in the
webbing. Then make sure it remains
untwisted as it retracts.
NOTE
If the seat belt locks up and cannot be pulled
out, pull it once with force and let it retract
all the way.
Then, pull the belt out slowly once again.
NOTE
With the exception of the seat belt for the
driver, the seat belts in all other seating posi-
tions are equipped with an Automatic Lock-
ing Retractor (ALR) function. If you pull the
seat belt fully out of the retractor, the retrac-
tor will switch to its ALR child restraint
installation function (see page 4-32).
When the ALR function has been activated,
the seat belt will only retract. If this happens,
let the belt fully retract, then pull the seat
belt back out, repeating steps 1 through 4.
WARNING
Be sure the lap belt portion fits snugly and
is worn as low as possible across the hips,
not around the waist. Failure to follow this
instruction will increase the risk of serious
injury or death in the event of an accident.
Be sure the seat belt webbing is not
twisted when worn. Twisted webbing may
adversely affect seat belt performance.
NOTE
If the seat belt (A) or ring (B) becomes dirty,
the belt may not retract smoothly. If the seat
belt and ring are dirty, clean them with a
mild soap or detergent solution.
Seat belts
Seat and restraint systems 4-19
4
N00409900077
The center seat belt for the rear seat can be
detached to fold the left side rear seat.
This seat belt must be worn correctly as illus-
trated.
1. Pull out the detachable anchor from the
storage pocket on seat back cushion.
2. Pull out the small latch plate (A) and then
pull out the latch plate (B) by tilting it as
shown in the illustration.
3. Pull the small latch plate (A) slowly and
insert it into the detachable anchor (C)
until a click is heard. Make sure that the
seat belt is not twisted.
Detachable center seat belt for
rear seat
WARNING
Never detach the center seat belt except
when the left side seat back in the rear
seat is folded. Using the center seat belt
with the detachable anchor unlatched
increases the risk of serious injury or
death in an accident. Make sure the small
latch plate (A) is properly latched to the
detachable anchor before the center seat
belt is used.
To attach
NOTE
Pulling out the latch plate by force may dam-
age the headliner.
NOTE
If the seat belt locks up and cannot be pulled
out, pull it once with force and let it retract
all the way.
Then, pull the belt out slowly once again.
The seat belt can be buckled up by inserting
the latch plate (B) into the buckle (D) like
other seat belts.
If the seat belt switch to the ALR child
restraint installation function and cannot be
pulled out, detach the latch plate (B).
Refer to “Installing a child restraint system
using the seat belt” on page 4-32.
Seat belts
4-20 Seat and restraint systems
4
1. While holding the seat belt, insert a metal
plate, such the latch plate of the seat belt
or a key, into the slit (E) on the detachable
anchor (C) and release the center seat belt
from the detachable anchor.
2. Retract the seat belt slowly by holding the
seat belt.
3. After the seat belt has retracted com-
pletely, insert the latch plate (B) into the
upper slit (F), and then insert the small
latch plate (A) into the lower slit (G).
4. Store the detachable anchor in the storage
pocket on the seatback.
N00418401424
A tone and warning light are used to remind
the driver to fasten the seat belt.
If the operation mode of the power switch is
put in ON without the driver’s seat belt being
fastened, a warning light will come on and a
tone will sound for approximately 6 seconds
to remind you to fasten your seat belt.
If the vehicle is driven with the seat belt still
unfastened, the warning light will blink and
the tone will sound intermittently until the
seat belt is fastened. At the same time, “FAS-
TEN SEAT BELT” is displayed on the infor-
mation screen in the multi-information
display.
To detach
NOTE
If the seat belt is not held, the seat belt will
rapidly retract. This could cause damage to
the interior trim.
Driver’s seat belt
reminder/warning light and
display
Seat belts
Seat and restraint systems 4-21
4
N00418301319
The front passenger seat belt warning light is
located as shown in the illustration.
When the operation mode of the power
switch is put in ON, this indicator normally
comes on and goes off a few seconds later.
The light comes on when a person sits on the
front passenger seat but does not fasten the
seat belt. It goes off when the seat belt is sub-
sequently fastened.
N00406301354
The seat belt shoulder anchor height can be
adjusted. To move the anchor down, press the
lock knob (A) and slide the anchor down to
the desired position. To move the anchor up,
slide the anchor up to the desired position.
WARNING
In order to reduce the risk of serious
injury or death in an accident, always fas-
ten your own seat belt. Do not allow any-
one to ride in your vehicle unless he or she
is also seated and fastening a seat belt.
Children should additionally be restrained
in a secure child restraint system.
NOTE
If the seat belt subsequently remains unfas-
tened, the warning light and the tone will
issue further warnings each time the vehicle
starts moving from a stop.
Front passenger seat belt warn-
ing light
WARNING
When a child booster seat is used on the
front passenger seat, the front passenger
seat belt warning light will not come on, if
the seat belt is not fastened when the
booster seat is used. Confirm that the
child is wearing the seat belt properly.
Do not install any accessory or sticker that
makes the light difficult to see.
Adjustable seat belt shoulder
anchor (front seats)
WARNING
Anchor down Anchor up
Seat belts
4-22 Seat and restraint systems
4
N00406501125
When seat belts for the rear seat outboard
seating position is not used, the seat belts can
be stored.
Put the seat belt webbing in the back slot (A)
on the clip and insert the metal plate of the
latch plate into the front slot (B) as shown in
the illustration.
WARNING
Always adjust the shoulder belt anchor so
that the shoulder belt is positioned across
the center of your shoulder without touch-
ing your neck. The shoulder belt should
not be able to fall off your shoulder. Fail-
ure to follow this instruction can adversely
affect seat belt performance and increase
the risk of serious injury or death in the
event of an accident.
Adjust the shoulder belt anchor only when
the vehicle is not in motion.
Make sure the anchor is securely locked in
position after adjusting it.
Storing the seat belts for the
rear seat (outboard seating
positions)
Seat belt use during pregnancy
Seat and restraint systems 4-23
4
N00406701202
If your seat belt is not long enough, even
when fully extended, a seat belt extender
must be obtained. The extender may be used
for either of the front seats.
N00406800134
Seat belts work for everyone, including preg-
nant women. Like all occupants, pregnant
women are more likely to be seriously injured
or killed in an accident if they do not wear
seat belts.
N00417701749
The driver’s and front passenger’s seats each
have a seat belt equipped with a pre-tensioner
system and force limiter system.
The driver and front passenger seat belts are
equipped with a seat belt pre-tensioner sys-
tem. In a moderate-to-severe frontal or side
collision or when a rollover or overturning of
the vehicle is detected, the pre-tensioner sys-
tem operates simultaneously with the deploy-
ment of the front airbags, side airbags or
curtain airbags.
The seat belt pre-tensioners are located in the
driver’s and front passenger’s seat belt retrac-
tors (A) and in the front passenger seat’s final
anchor (B). When activated, the pre-tension-
ers quickly draw back seat belt webbing and
increase seat belt performance.
The seat belt pre-tensioner system includes
the following components:
Seat belt extender
WARNING
The extender should only be used if the
existing belt is not long enough. Anyone
who can use the standard seat belt should
not use an extender. Unnecessary use of an
extender can adversely affect seat belt
performance in an accident.
When not required, the extender must be
removed and stowed.
Seat belt use during preg-
nancy
WARNING
To reduce the risk of serious injury or
death to pregnant women and unborn
children in an accident, pregnant women
should always wear a seat belt. The lap
portion of the seat belt should be worn
snug and low across the hips and below
the rounding. Consult your doctor if you
have any additional questions or concerns.
Seat belt pre-tensioner and
force limiter systems
Pre-tensioner system
Child restraint systems
4-24 Seat and restraint systems
4
The airbag control unit monitors the readiness
of the electronic parts of the system whenever
the operation mode of the power switch is in
ON. These include all of the items listed
above and all related wiring.
The seat belt pre-tensioners will operate
under the same conditions as the airbag con-
trol unit.
When the seat belt pre-tensioners activate,
some smoke is released and a loud noise will
be heard. The smoke is not harmful, but care
should be taken not to intentionally inhale it,
as it may cause some temporary irritation to
people with respiratory problems.
Even in the event of a severe impact, the pre-
tensioners will not operate if the seat belts are
not fastened. The seat belt pre-tensioners may
not activate in certain collisions, even though
the vehicle may appear to be severely dam-
aged. Such non-activation does not mean that
something is wrong with the seat belt pre-ten-
sioner system, but rather that the collision
forces were not severe enough to activate the
system.
N00408701147
This warning light tells you if there is a prob-
lem involving the SRS airbags and/or the seat
belt pre-tensioner system. Refer to “SRS
warning light/display” on page 4-42.
N00408900126
In the event of an accident, the seat belt force
limiter system will help reduce the force
applied to the driver and front seat passenger.
N00407101900
When transporting infants or small children
in your vehicle, an appropriate child restraint
system must always be used. This is required
by law in the U.S. and Canada.
Child restraint systems specifically designed
for infants and small children are offered by
several manufacturers. Choose only a child
restraint system with a label certifying that it
complies with Federal Motor Vehicle Safety
Standard 213 (FMVSS 213) or Motor Vehicle
Restraint Systems and Booster Seats Safety
Regulations (RSSR). Look for the manufac-
turer’s statement of compliance on the box
and child restraint system itself.
The child restraint system should be appropri-
ate for your child’s weight and height, and
should properly fit your vehicle’s seat.
For detailed information, refer to the instruc-
tion manual accompanying the child restraint
system.
1- SRS warning light
2- Front impact sensors
3- Seat belt pre-tensioner
4- Airbag control unit
5- Side impact sensors
6- Seat belt buckle switches
WARNING
The seat belt pre-tensioner system is
designed to work only once. After the seat
belt pre-tensioners have been activated,
they will not work again. They must
promptly be replaced and the entire seat
belt pre-tensioner system inspected by a
certified Mitsubishi EV dealer.
SRS warning
Force limiter system
Child restraint systems
Child restraint systems
Seat and restraint systems 4-25
4
All children should be properly restrained in
a restraint device that offers the maximum
protection for their size and age as specified
by local, state, or provincial laws.
Be sure to check local, state, or provincial
requirements for child size and age that may
vary from the recommendations listed below.
Children less than 2 years old and who
weigh 40 pounds (18 kg) or less MUST
ride in a rear-facing child safety seat that
MUST ONLY be used in the rear seat.
Children older than 2 years of age and
who weigh less than 60 pounds (27 kg) or
who are less than 57 inches (145 cm) tall
must be in an appropriate child restraint
system used only in the rear seat.
Children who weigh more than 60 pounds
(27 kg) or who are more than 57 inches
(145 cm) tall, regardless of age, should
use a suitable child seat or a booster seat
in the rear seat until the vehicle’s lap-and-
shoulder belt fits them properly.
Recommendations for child
restraint system selection
WARNING
All children must be seated in the rear
seat, and properly restrained.
Accident statistics show that children of
all sizes and ages are safer when properly
restrained in the rear seat, rather than in
the front seat.
Be sure to select a child restraint system
that is appropriate not only for the child’s
size and age but also for your vehicle.
Some child restraint systems may not fit
your vehicle properly.
Any child who is too large to use a child
restraint system should ride in the rear
seat and wear the lap-and-shoulder belt
properly. The shoulder belt must be posi-
tioned over the shoulder and across the
chest, not across their neck, and with the
lap belt positioned low on the child’s hips,
not across their stomach. If necessary, a
booster seat should be used to help achieve
a proper seat belt fit. Follow the booster
seat manufacturer’s instructions. Only use
a booster seat that is certified as comply-
ing with Federal Motor Vehicle Safety
Standards or Motor Vehicle Restraint Sys-
tems and Booster Seats Safety Regula-
tions.
WARNING
Never hold an infant or child in your arms
or on your lap when riding in this vehicle,
even when you are wearing your seat belt.
Never place any part of the seat belt you
are wearing around an infant or child.
Failure to follow these simple instructions
creates a risk of serious injury or death to
your child in the event of an accident or
sudden stop.
Child restraint systems
4-26 Seat and restraint systems
4
WARNING
Your vehicle is also equipped with a front
passenger’s airbag.
Never put REAR-FACING CHILD
RESTRAINT SYSTEMS or INFANT
RESTRAINT SYSTEMS in the front pas-
senger seat. This places the infant too
close to the passenger’s airbag. During
deployment of that airbag, the infant can
be seriously injured or killed. Rear-facing
child restraint systems or infant restraint
systems must only be used in the rear seat.
Airbag
WARNING
FRONT-FACING CHILD RESTRAINT
SYSTEMS should be used in the rear seat
whenever possible. If one must be used in
the front passenger seat, move the seat to
the most rearward position and make sure
the child stays in the child restraint sys-
tem, properly restrained. Failure to follow
these instructions could result in serious
injury or death to the child.
WARNING
It is important to use an approved rear-
facing infant restraint until the infant is
one year old (unless the infant outgrows
the seat sooner). This allows the infant’s
neck and spine to develop enough to sup-
port the weight of their head in the event
of an accident.
When installing a child restraint system,
follow the instructions provided by the
manufacturer and follow the directions in
this manual. Failure to do so can result in
serious injury or death to your child in an
accident or sudden stop.
After installation, push and pull the child
restraint system back and forth, and side
to side, to see that it is firmly secured. If
the child restraint system is not installed
securely, it may cause injury to the child
or other occupants in the event of an acci-
dent or sudden stop.
When not in use, keep your child restraint
system secured with the seat belt, or
remove it from the vehicle, in order to pre-
vent it from being thrown around inside
the vehicle during an accident.
WARNING
Child restraint systems
Seat and restraint systems 4-27
4
N00418801170
The outboard seating positions in the rear seat
of your vehicle are equipped with lower
anchors for attaching child restraint systems
compatible with the LATCH system.
N00418901256
Your vehicle has three attachment points on
the backside of the rear seats. These are for
securing a child restraint system tether strap
to each of the three rear seating positions in
your vehicle.
NOTE
Before purchasing a child restraint system,
try installing it in the rear seat to ensure
proper fit. Due to the location of the seat belt
buckles and the shape of the seat cushion, it
may be difficult to securely install some
manufacturer’s child restraint systems.
If the child restraint system can be pulled
forward or to either side easily on the seat
cushion after the seat belt has been tightened,
choose another manufacturer’s child restraint
system.
Depending on the seating position in the
vehicle and the child restraint system that
you have, the child restraint system can be
attached using one of the following two
methods:
• Attach to the lower anchorage in the rear
seat ONLY if the child restraint system is
compatible with the LATCH system (See
page 4-27).
• Attach to the seat belt (See page 4-32).
Installing a child restraint sys-
tem using the LATCH (Lower
Anchors and Tethers for chil-
dren) system
Lower anchor locations
NOTE
The symbols on the seatback show the loca-
tion of the lower anchor points.
Tether anchor locations
Child restraint systems
4-28 Seat and restraint systems
4
N00419000198
N00419101343
1. In order to securely fasten the tether strap,
remove the head restraint from the loca-
tion where you wish to install the child
restraint system.
2. Open the gap a little between the seat
cushion (A) and the seatback (B) with
your hand to locate the lower anchors (C).
3. For easier access, the seatback may be
reclined rearward.
Push the anchor connectors (D) on the
child restraint system into the lower
anchors (C) in accordance with the
instructions provided by the child restraint
system’s manufacturer.
After it is securely fastened, adjust the
seatback to four steps forward from most
reclined position.
Remember, the lower anchors (C) pro-
vided with your vehicle are designed to
secure suitable child restraint systems
compatible with the LATCH system in
the outboard positions of the rear seats
only. The anchor connectors are NOT
designed to secure a suitable child
restraint system in the middle seating
position of the rear seat.
Examples of child restraint sys-
tems compatible with the LATCH
system
A- Rear-facing child restraint system
B- Front-facing child restraint system
C- Child restraint system lower anchor
connectors
D- Tether strap
(These are only examples.)
Using the LATCH system
Except for booster seat
A- Vehicle seat cushion
B- Vehicle seatback
C- Lower anchor
D- Connector
NOTE
In order to secure a child restraint system
compatible with the LATCH system, use the
lower anchor points in the outboard positions
of the rear seat. It is not necessary to use the
vehicle’s seat belt. The vehicle’s seat belt,
however, MUST be used to secure a child
restraint system in the middle seating posi-
tion of the rear seat.
Child restraint systems
Seat and restraint systems 4-29
4
4. Latch the tether strap hook (E) of the child
restraint system to the tether anchor bar
(F) and tighten the tether strap so it is
securely fastened.
5. Before putting your child in the restraint,
push and pull the restraint in all directions
to be sure it is firmly secure. Do this
before each use. If the child restraint sys-
tem is not firmly secure, repeat steps 3
and 4.
WARNING
If there is any foreign material in or
around the lower anchors, remove it
before installing the child restraint sys-
tem. Also, make sure the seat belt is away
from, not looped through or otherwise
interfering with, the child restraint sys-
tem. If foreign matter is not removed
and/or the seat belt interferes with the
child restraint system, the child restraint
system will not be secured properly, could
detach and move forward in the event of
sudden braking or an accident, and could
result in injury to the child or other vehi-
cle occupants.
When the vehicle is moving, do not adjust
the seat where the child restraint system is
installed.
NOTE
If it is difficult to latch the tether strap hook,
turn the hook sideways.
WARNING
Child restraint system tether anchors are
designed only to withstand loads from cor-
rectly fitted child restraint systems. Under
no circumstances are they to be used for
adult seat belts, harnesses, for attaching
other items, or equipment to the vehicle.
WARNING
When using a child restraint in a rear
seating position, always review the
instructions provided with that restraint
to make sure it is compatible with this
vehicle and to understand how to properly
install it.
Child restraints, including booster seats,
come in different sizes and configurations.
Depending on where you place these child
restraints, and depending on their size and
configuration, you may not be able to
access or properly use one or more adja-
cent seat belt assemblies. If this occurs,
the adjacent seating position or positions
should not be used. Failure to use a seat
belt or improper use of a seat belt can
result in serious injury or death should a
crash occur.
CAUTION
After removing the child restraint system,
install the head restraint.
Child restraint systems
4-30 Seat and restraint systems
4
1. In order to securely fasten the tether strap,
remove the head restraint from the loca-
tion where you wish to install the high
back booster seat.
2. Open the gap a little between the seat
cushion (A) and the seatback (B) with
your hand to locate the lower anchors (C).
3. For easier access, the seatback may be
reclined rearward.
Push the anchor connectors (D) on the
high back booster seat into the lower
anchors (C) in accordance with the
instructions provided by the child restraint
system’s manufacturer.
After it is securely fastened, adjust the
seatback to four steps forward from most
reclined position.
Remember, the lower anchors (C) pro-
vided with your vehicle are designed to
secure suitable high back booster seats
compatible with the LATCH system in
the outboard positions of the rear seats
only. The anchor connectors are NOT
designed to secure a suitable high back
booster seat in the middle seating posi-
tion of the rear seat.
Booster seat
A- High back booster seat
B- Booster cushion
WARNING
To avoid injury to child, do not use the
lap/shoulder belt Automatic Locking
Retractor (ALR) child restraint installa-
tion function when using a booster seat
with the seat belts.
High back booster seat
A- Vehicle seat cushion
B- Vehicle seatback
C- Lower anchor
D- Connector
WARNING
If there is any foreign material in or
around the lower anchors, remove it
before installing the high back booster
seat. Also, make sure the seat belt is away
from, not looped through or otherwise
interfering with, the high back booster
seat. If foreign matter is not removed
and/or the seat belt interferes with the
high back booster seat, the high back
booster seat will not be secured properly,
could detach and move forward in the
event of sudden braking or an accident,
and could result in injury to the child or
other vehicle occupants.
Child restraint systems
Seat and restraint systems 4-31
4
4. Latch the tether strap hook (E) of the high
back booster seat to the tether anchor bar
(F) and tighten the tether strap so it is
securely fastened.
5. Before putting your child in the restraint,
push and pull the high back booster seat in
all directions to be sure it is firmly secure.
Do this before each use. If the high back
booster seat is not firmly secure, repeat
steps 3 and 4.
6. Sit the child in the high back booster seat.
Fit the seat belt to the high back booster
seat according to the child restraint sys-
tem’s manufacturer.
When the vehicle is moving, do not adjust
the seat where the high back booster seat
is installed.
NOTE
If it is difficult to latch the tether strap hook,
turn the hook sideways.
WARNING
WARNING
Child restraint system tether anchors are
designed only to withstand loads from cor-
rectly fitted child restraint systems.
Under no circumstances are they to be
used for adult seat belts, harnesses, for
attaching other items, or equipment to the
vehicle.
WARNING
When using a child restraint in a rear
seating position, always review the
instructions provided with that restraint
to make sure it is compatible with this
vehicle and to understand how to properly
install it.
Child restraints, including booster seats,
come in different sizes and configurations.
Depending on where you place these child
restraints, and depending on their size and
configuration, you may not be able to
access or properly use one or more adja-
cent seat belt assemblies. If this occurs,
the adjacent seating position or positions
should not be used. Failure to use a seat
belt or improper use of a seat belt can
result in serious injury or death should a
crash occur.
CAUTION
After removing the high back booster seat,
install the head restraint.
Child restraint systems
4-32 Seat and restraint systems
4
1. Open the gap a little between the seat
cushion (A) and the seatback (B) with
your hand to locate the lower anchors (C).
2. For easier access, the seatback may be
reclined rearward.
Push the anchor connectors (D) on the
booster cushion into the lower anchors
(C) in accordance with the instructions
provided by the child restraint system’s
manufacturer.
After it is securely fastened, adjust the
seatback to four steps forward from most
reclined position.
Remember, the lower anchors (C) pro-
vided with your vehicle are designed to
secure suitable booster cushions com-
patible with the LATCH system in the
outboard positions of the rear seats
only. The anchor connectors are NOT
designed to secure a suitable booster
cushion in the middle seating position
of the rear seat.
3. Sit the child in the booster cushion. Fit the
seat belt to the booster cushion according
to the child restraint system’s manufac-
turer.
N00407301609
With the exception of the driver, the seat belt
in all other seating positions can be converted
Booster cushion
CAUTION
Do not remove the head restraint when
installing a booster cushion.
A- Vehicle seat cushion
B- Vehicle seatback
C- Lower anchor
D- Connector
WARNING
If there is any foreign material in or
around the lower anchors, remove it
before installing the booster cushion. Also,
make sure the seat belt is away from, not
looped through or otherwise interfering
with, the booster cushion. If foreign mat-
ter is not removed and/or the seat belt
interferes with the booster cushion, the
booster cushion will not be secured prop-
erly, could detach and move forward in
the event of sudden braking or an acci-
dent, and could result in injury to the
child or other vehicle occupants.
When the vehicle is moving, do not adjust
the seat where the booster cushion is
installed.
WARNING
When using a child restraint in a rear
seating position, always review the
instructions provided with that restraint
to make sure it is compatible with this
vehicle and to understand how to properly
install it.
Child restraints, including booster seats,
come in different sizes and configurations.
Depending on where you place these child
restraints, and depending on their size and
configuration, you may not be able to
access or properly use one or more adja-
cent seat belt assemblies. If this occurs,
the adjacent seating position or positions
should not be used. Failure to use a seat
belt or improper use of a seat belt can
result in serious injury or death should a
crash occur.
Installing a child restraint sys-
tem using the seat belt (with
emergency/automatic locking
mechanism)
Child restraint systems
Seat and restraint systems 4-33
4
from normal Emergency Locking Retractor
(ELR) mode, to Automatic Locking Retractor
(ALR) mode. This means that when you pull
the seat belt fully out of the retractor, the
retractor will switch to its ALR child restraint
installation function. Always use the ALR
child restraint installation function when you
install a child restraint system using the seat
belt.
Children 12 years old and under should
always be restrained in the rear seat, when-
ever possible, although the front passenger
seat belt can also be converted to ALR mode.
1. Place the child restraint system on the seat
where you wish to install it.
To help assure proper fitting of the child
restraint system, always remove the head
restraint.
When installing the front-facing child
restraint system on the rear seat, adjust the
angle of the rear seatback to the most
upright position.
2. Route the seat belt through the child
restraint system according to the instruc-
tions provided by the child restraint sys-
tem’s manufacturer. Then insert the seat
belt latch plate into the buckle. Make sure
you hear a “click” when you insert the
latch plate into the buckle.
WARNING
When you install a child restraint system
using the seat belt, always make sure the
retractor has been switched to the ALR
child restraint installation function. The
ALR function will keep the child restraint
system tightly secured to the seat.
Failure to convert the retractor to the
ALR function may allow the child
restraint system to move forward during
sudden braking or an accident, resulting
in serious injury or death to the child or
other occupants.
When using a child restraint in a rear
seating position, always review the
instructions provided with that restraint
to make sure it is compatible with this
vehicle and to understand how to properly
install it.
Child restraints, including booster seats,
come in different sizes and configurations.
Depending on where you place these child
restraints, and depending on their size and
configuration, you may not be able to
access or properly use one or more adja-
cent seat belt assemblies. If this occurs,
the adjacent seating position or positions
should not be used. Failure to use a seat
belt or improper use of a seat belt can
result in serious injury or death should a
crash occur.
Installation
Except for booster seat
WARNING
Child restraint systems
4-34 Seat and restraint systems
4
3. To activate the ALR child restraint instal-
lation function, slowly pull the shoulder
part of the belt all the way out of the
retractor until it stops. Then let the belt
feed back into the retractor.
4. After the belt has retracted, tug on it.
If the belt is in the ALR function, you will
not be able to pull it out. If the webbing
can be pulled out from retractor, the ALR
function has not been activated and you
will need to repeat steps 3 and 4.
5. After confirming that the belt is locked,
grab the shoulder part of the belt near the
buckle and pull up to remove any slack
from the lap part of the belt allowing the
slack to feed into the retractor. Remember,
if the lap belt portion is not tight, the child
restraint system will not be secure. It may
help to put your weight on the child
restraint system and/or push on its seat-
back while pulling up on the belt (See
illustration).
6. Latch the tether strap hook (A) of the
child restraint system to the tether anchor
bar (B) and tighten the tether strap so it is
securely fastened.
If your child restraint system requires the use
of a tether strap, fasten the tether strap in
accordance with the following procedures.
NOTE
If it is difficult to latch the tether strap hook,
turn the hook sideways.
WARNING
Child restraint system tether anchors are
designed only to withstand loads from cor-
rectly fitted child restraint systems. Under
no circumstances are they to be used for
adult seat belts, harnesses, for attaching
other items, or equipment to the vehicle.
Child restraint systems
Seat and restraint systems 4-35
4
7. Before putting your child in the restraint,
push and pull the restraint in all directions
to be sure it is firmly secure. Do this
before each use. If the child restraint sys-
tem is not firmly secure, repeat steps 1
through 6.
1. Place the high back booster seat on the
seat where you wish to install it.
To help assure proper fitting of the high
back booster seat, always remove the head
restraint.
2. If your high back booster seat requires the
use of a tether strap, latch the tether strap
hook (A) of the high back booster seat to
the tether anchor bar (B) and tighten the
tether strap so it is securely fastened.
3. Sit the child in the high back booster seat.
Fit the seat belt to the high back booster
seat according to the child restraint sys-
tem’s manufacturer.
1. Place the booster cushion on the seat
where you wish to install it.
CAUTION
After removing the child restraint system, be
sure to perform the following actions.
• Wind up the seat belt completely to deacti-
vate the ALR mode.
• Install the head restraint.
Booster seat
A- High back booster seat
B- Booster cushion
WARNING
To avoid injury to child, do not use the
lap/shoulder belt Automatic Locking
Retractor (ALR) child restraint installa-
tion function when using a booster seat
with the seat belts.
High back booster seat
NOTE
If it is difficult to latch the tether strap hook,
turn the hook sideways.
WARNING
Child restraint system tether anchors are
designed only to withstand loads from cor-
rectly fitted child restraint systems. Under
no circumstances are they to be used for
adult seat belts, harnesses, for attaching
other items, or equipment to the vehicle.
CAUTION
After removing the high back booster seat,
install the head restraint.
Booster cushion
CAUTION
Do not remove the head restraint when
installing a booster cushion.
Maintenance and inspection of seat belts
4-36 Seat and restraint systems
4
2. Sit the child in the booster cushion. Fit the
seat belt to the booster cushion according
to the child restraint system’s manufac-
turer.
N00407601628
Children who have outgrown a child restraint
system should be seated in the rear seat and
wear the seat belt. If the shoulder belt crosses
their face or neck, and/or the lap belt crosses
their stomach, a commercially available
booster seat must be used to raise the child so
that the shoulder belt crosses their shoulder
and the lap belt remains positioned low
across their hips. The booster seat should fit
the vehicle seat and have a label certifying
compliance with Federal Motor Vehicle
Safety Standards or Motor Vehicle Restraint
Systems and Booster Seats Safety Regula-
tions.
N00407001361
Regularly check your seat belt buckles and
their release mechanisms for positive engage-
ment and release of the latch plate. Check the
retractors for automatic locking when in the
Automatic Locking Retractor function.
The entire seat belt assembly should be
replaced if the webbing shows any obvious
cuts, tears, increase in thickness in any sec-
tion of the webbing from broken fibers, or
severe fading from sunlight. All of these con-
ditions indicate a weakening of the belt,
which may adversely affect seat belt perfor-
mance in an accident.
N00407701847
This vehicle is equipped with a Supplemental
Restraint System (SRS), which includes air-
bags for the driver and passengers.
The SRS front airbags are designed to supple-
ment the primary protection of the driver and
front passenger seat belt systems by provid-
ing those occupants with protection against
Children who have outgrown
child restraint systems
WARNING
Any child who is too small to properly
wear a seat belt must be properly
restrained in an appropriate child
restraint system, to reduce their risk of
serious injury or death in an accident.
A child should never be left unattended in,
or unsupervised around, your vehicle.
When you leave the vehicle, always take
the child out as well.
Children can die from heat stroke if left or
trapped inside the vehicle, especially on
hot days.
Keep your vehicle locked when not in use.
Keep your vehicle keys away from chil-
dren.
Maintenance and inspection
of seat belts
WARNING
WARNING
Do not attempt to repair or replace any
part of the seat belt assemblies. This work
should be done by a certified Mitsubishi
EV dealer. Failure to have a certified Mit-
subishi EV dealer perform the work could
reduce the effectiveness of the belts and
could result in a serious injury or death in
an accident.
Never use an organic solvent to clean the
seat belt webbing. Do not attempt to
bleach or re-dye the seat belt webbing.
These may weaken the seat belt webbing,
increasing risk of injury or death in an
accident.
Clean seat belt webbing only with mild
soap or detergent solution and rinse it
with lukewarm water, and dry the seat
belt webbing completely before retracting
it.
Supplemental Restraint Sys-
tem (SRS) - airbag
Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) - airbag
Seat and restraint systems 4-37
4
head and chest injuries in certain moderate to
severe frontal collisions. The SRS front air-
bags, together with sensors at the front of the
vehicle and sensors attached to the front
seats, form an advanced airbag system.
The SRS driver’s knee airbag is designed to
supplement the primary protection of the
driver’s seat belt system. It can reduce the
forward movement of the driver’s lower legs
and provide increased overall body protection
in certain moderate to severe frontal colli-
sions.
The SRS side airbags and the curtain airbags
are also designed to supplement the seat belts.
The SRS side airbags provide the driver and
front passenger with protection against chest
injuries by deploying the bag on the side
impacted in moderate to severe side impact
collisions. The SRS curtain airbags provide
the driver and the passengers on the front seat
and the rear outboard seats with protection
against head injuries by deploying the curtain
airbag on the side impacted in moderate to
severe side impact collisions and by deploy-
ing both curtain airbags when a rollover is
detected. The curtain airbags are also
designed to help reduce the risk of complete
and partial ejection from the vehicle through
side windows in both side impact and roll-
over type accidents.
The SRS airbags are NOT a substitute for use
of the seat belts. For maximum protection in
all types of accidents, seat belts must
ALWAYS be worn by everyone who drives or
rides in this vehicle (with infants and small
children in an appropriate child restraint sys-
tem in the rear seat, and older children buck-
led in the rear seat). Refer to “Child restraint
systems” on page 4-24.
WARNING
IT IS VERY IMPORTANT TO ALWAYS
WEAR YOUR SEAT BELT PROPERLY
EVEN WITH AN AIRBAG.
• Seat belts help keep the driver and pas-
sengers properly positioned. This
reduces the risk of injury in all collisions,
and reduces the risk of serious injuries or
death when the airbags inflate.
During sudden braking just before a col-
lision, an unrestrained or improperly
restrained driver or front passenger can
move forward into direct contact with, or
within close proximity to, the airbag
when it begins to inflate.
The beginning stage of airbag inflation is
the most forceful and can cause serious
injuries or death if the occupant comes in
contact with the airbag at this time.
• Seat belts reduce the risk of injury in
rear impact collisions, and in lower-
speed frontal collisions because the air-
bags are not designed to inflate in those
situations.
• Seat belts reduce the risk of being
thrown from your vehicle in a collision or
rollover.
Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) - airbag
4-38 Seat and restraint systems
4
WARNING
IT IS VERY IMPORTANT TO BE PROP-
ERLY SEATED.
• A driver or front passenger sitting too
close to the steering wheel or instrument
panel during airbag deployment can be
seriously injured or killed.
• Airbags inflate very quickly and with
great force. If the driver and front pas-
senger are not properly seated and
restrained, the airbag may not provide
the proper protection, and can cause
serious injuries or death when it inflates.
• To reduce the risk to the driver of serious
injury or death due to a deploying
driver’s airbag, always properly wear
your seat belt and adjust the driver’s seat
as far back as possible, maintaining a
position that still allows the driver to
have good control of the steering wheel,
brake, accelerator, and other vehicle con-
trols.
• To reduce the risk to the front passenger
of serious injury or death from a deploy-
ing passenger’s airbag, make sure the
passenger always wears the seat belt
properly, remains seated upright and all
the way back in the seat, and positions
the seat as far back as possible.
• Seat all infants and children in the rear
seat, properly restrained in an appropri-
ate child restraint system.
WARNING
Airbags inflate very quickly and with
great force. Do not sit on the edge of the
seat or sit with your lower legs too close to
the instrument panel, or lean your head or
chest close to the steering wheel or the
instrument panel.
Do not put your feet or legs on or against
the instrument panel.
WARNING
Infants and small children should never
ride unrestrained, or lean against the
instrument panel. They should never ride
held in your arms or on your lap. They
can be seriously injured or killed in an
accident, especially when the airbags
inflate. Seat all infants and children in the
rear seat, properly restrained in an appro-
priate child restraint system. Refer to
“Child restraint systems” on page 4-24.
Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) - airbag
Seat and restraint systems 4-39
4
N00407801675
The SRS includes the following components:
WARNING
NEVER put REAR-FACING CHILD
RESTRAINT SYSTEMS or INFANT
RESTRAINT SYSTEMS in the front pas-
senger seat. This places the infant too
close to the passenger’s airbag. During
deployment of that airbag, the infant can
be seriously injured or killed.
Rear-facing child restraint systems or
infant restraint systems must only be used
in the rear seat.
Airbag
WARNING
FRONT-FACING CHILD RESTRAINT
SYSTEMS should be used in the rear seat
whenever possible. If they must be used in
the front passenger seat, move the seat to
the most rearward position and make sure
the child stays in the child restraint sys-
tem, properly restrained. Failure to follow
these instructions could result in serious
injury or death to the child.
WARNING
Older children should be seated in the
rear seat with their seat belt properly
worn, and with an appropriate booster
seat if needed.
Refer to “Children who have outgrown
child restraint systems” on page 4-36.
How the Supplemental
Restraint System works
1- Airbag module (Driver)
2- Passenger’s airbag off indicator
3- SRS warning light
4- Airbag module (Passenger)
5- Side airbag modules
6- Driver’s seat position sensor
7- Passenger’s seat occupant classifica-
tion sensor system
8- Airbag module (Driver’s knee)
9- Airbag control unit
Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) - airbag
4-40 Seat and restraint systems
4
The airbag control unit monitors the readiness
of the electronic parts of the system whenever
the operation mode of the power switch is in
ON. These include all of the items listed
above and all related wiring.
The airbags will operate under the same con-
ditions as the airbag control unit.
When the impact sensors detect a sufficient
front or side impact to deploy the airbag(s),
the appropriate airbag(s) will be deployed.
When the airbag control unit detects rollover
of the vehicle, curtain airbags will be
deployed.
When airbags deploy, some smoke is released
accompanied by a loud noise. The smoke is
not harmful, but do not intentionally inhale
the smoke as it may cause temporary irrita-
tion to people with respiratory problems.
An inflated airbag will deflate quickly, so you
may not even notice that the airbag was
inflated.
Airbag inflation does not prevent the driver
from seeing or being able to steer the vehicle,
and does not prevent people from leaving the
vehicle.
N00417901220
The driver’s seat position sensor is attached
to the seat rail and provides the airbag control
unit with information on the seat’s fore-aft
position. The airbag control unit controls
deployment of the driver’s front airbag in
accordance with the information it receives
from this sensor.
If there is a problem involving the driver’s
seat position sensor, the SRS warning light in
the instrument panel will come on. Refer to
“SRS warning light/display” on page 4-42.
N00418001390
The passenger’s seat occupant classification
sensor system is attached to the front passen-
ger seat cushion and provides the airbag con-
trol unit with information regarding the
occupant on the front passenger seat. The air-
10- Curtain airbag modules
11- Front impact sensors
12- Side impact sensors
CAUTION
Airbags inflate very quickly and with great
force. In certain situations, contact with an
inflating airbag may cause small cuts, abra-
sions, and bruises.
Driver’s seat position sensor
WARNING
If the SRS warning light or warning dis-
play comes on, have the vehicle inspected
by a certified Mitsubishi EV dealer as
soon as possible.
Please observe the following instructions
to ensure that the driver’s seat position
sensor can operate correctly.
• Adjust the seat to the correct position,
and sit well back against the seatback.
Refer to “Front seats” on page 4-4.
• Do not recline the seatback more than
necessary when driving.
• Do not place metallic objects or luggage
under the front seat.
If the vehicle is involved in a severe
impact, have the SRS sensors inspected by
a certified Mitsubishi EV dealer as soon as
possible.
Passenger’s seat occupant clas-
sification sensor system
Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) - airbag
Seat and restraint systems 4-41
4
bag control unit controls deployment of the
passenger’s front airbag in accordance with
the information it receives from this system.
The passenger’s front airbag will not deploy
in an impact when the system senses no occu-
pant on the front passenger’s seat or a child in
a child restraint system. In this case, the pas-
senger airbag off indicator will come on.
Refer to “Passenger’s airbag off indicator” on
page 4-41.
If there is a problem involving the passen-
ger’s seat occupant classification sensor sys-
tem, the SRS warning light in the instrument
panel will come on. Refer to “SRS warning
light/display” on page 4-42.
N00418101418
The passenger’s airbag off indicator is
located as shown in the illustration.
The indicator normally comes on when the
operation mode is put in ON, and goes out a
few seconds later. In the following situations,
the indicator will stay on to show that the pas-
senger front airbag is not operational.
The front passenger’s seat is not occupied.
The system senses that a child is using a
child restraint system on the front passen-
ger’s seat.
WARNING
If any of the following conditions occur,
you should immediately have your vehicle
inspected by a certified Mitsubishi EV
dealer as soon as possible:
• The SRS warning light does not initially
come on when the operation mode of the
power switch is in ON.
• The SRS warning light does not go out
after several seconds.
• The SRS warning light comes on while
you are driving.
To ensure that the passenger’s seat occu-
pant classification sensor system can sense
correctly, observe the following instruc-
tions. Failure to follow these instructions
can adversely affect the performance of
the passenger’s airbag system.
• Adjust the seat to the correct position,
and sit well back against the seatback.
Refer to “Front seats” on page 4-4.
• Do not recline the seatback more than
necessary.
• Never have more than one person (adult
or child) sitting on the seat.
• Do not place anything between the seat
and the floor console.
• When attaching a child restraint system,
secure it firmly.
• Do not place luggage or other objects on
the seat.
• Do not use a seat cover or a cushion.
• Do not modify or replace the seat and
seat belt.
• Do not place luggage or other objects
under the seat.
• Do not place and use an electronic device
such as a computer on the seat.
• Do not place heavy objects on the seat or
stick pins, needles, or other objects into
it.
• Do not remove the seat cushion skin.
• If any liquid is spilled on the seat, wipe it
and dry the seat immediately.
WARNING
If the vehicle is involved in a severe
impact, have the SRS sensors inspected by
a certified Mitsubishi EV dealer as soon as
possible.
Passenger’s airbag off indicator
WARNING
Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) - airbag
4-42 Seat and restraint systems
4
When the passenger’s seat occupant classifi-
cation sensor system sense there is a person
seated in the front passenger’s seat, the indi-
cator goes out to show that the passenger’s
front airbag is operational.
N00408301664
There is a Supplemental Restraint System
(SRS) warning light on the instrument panel.
The system checks itself every time the oper-
ation mode of the power switch is put in ON.
The SRS warning light will come on for sev-
eral seconds and then go out. This is normal
and means the system is working properly.
If there is a problem involving one or more of
the SRS components, the warning light will
come on and stay on. At the same time, the
warning display will appear on the informa-
tion screen in the multi-information display.
The SRS warning light/display is shared by
the SRS airbag and the seat belt pre-tensioner
system.
N00407901331
The driver’s airbag is located under the pad-
ded cover in the middle of the steering wheel.
The front passenger’s airbag is contained in
the instrument panel above the glove com-
partment. The driver’s airbag and the front
passenger’s airbag are designed to deploy at
the same time. However, the front passen-
ger’s airbag does not deploy when the front
WARNING
If any of the following conditions occur,
you should immediately have the airbag
system in your vehicle inspected by a cer-
tified Mitsubishi EV dealer as soon as pos-
sible:
• The passenger’s airbag off indicator
comes on when an adult is sitting on the
front passenger seat.
• The passenger’s airbag off indicator does
not come on when the front passenger
seat is not occupied.
• The passenger’s airbag off indicator does
not come on when the operation mode is
put in ON.
• The passenger’s airbag off indicator does
not come on when a child is in a child
restraint system on the front passenger’s
seat.
• The passenger’s airbag off indicator
comes on and goes out repeatedly.
Do not attach any accessory to your vehi-
cle that makes the passenger’s airbag off
indicator difficult or impossible to see.
You must be able to see the passenger’s
airbag off indicator and verify the status
of the passenger’s airbag system.
SRS warning light/display
WARNING
If any of the following conditions occur,
there may be a problem with the SRS air-
bags and/or seat belt pre-tensioners, and
they may not function properly in a colli-
sion or may suddenly activate without a
collision:
• Even when the operation mode is in ON,
the SRS warning light does not come on
or it remains on.
• The SRS warning light and/or the warn-
ing display comes on while driving.
The SRS airbags and seat belt pre-ten-
sioners are designed to help reduce the
risk of serious injury or death in certain
collisions. If either of the above conditions
occurs, immediately have your vehicle
checked by a certified Mitsubishi EV
dealer.
Driver’s and passenger’s front
airbag system
Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) - airbag
Seat and restraint systems 4-43
4
passenger seat is not occupied or when the
system senses that a child is in the child
restraint system.
N00404500010
The driver’s knee airbag is located under the
steering wheel. The driver’s knee airbag is
designed to deploy at the same time as the
driver’s front airbag.
Driver’s knee airbag system
Driver
Front passenger
Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) - airbag
4-44 Seat and restraint systems
4
N00408001645
The front airbags and driver’s knee airbag are
designed to deploy when the vehicle suffers a
moderate to severe frontal impact. A typical
condition is shown in the illustration to the
left.
The front airbags and driver’s knee airbag are
designed to deploy only in certain moderate
to severe frontal collisions within the shaded
area between the arrows in the illustration to
the right.
The front airbags and driver’s knee airbag
will deploy if the impact to the vehicle’s main
structure is above a specific threshold level.
The threshold level is approximately 15 mph
(25 km/h) for a frontal collision straight into a
solid flat wall that does not bend or deform. If
the impact to the vehicle’s main structure is
below this threshold level, the front airbags
and driver’s knee airbag may not deploy. This
threshold level may also be higher if the vehi-
cle hits something that absorbs the impact,
either by bending or moving (for example,
another stationary vehicle, a pole or a guard
rail).
The initial stage of airbag inflation is the
most forceful, and can cause serious injury or
death if you are too close to the deploying air-
bag. Accordingly, it is important that you
always wear the available seat belt.
Deployment of front airbags
The front airbags and driver’s knee airbag ARE DESIGNED TO DEPLOY when …
Head-on collision with a solid wall at speeds of
approx. 15 mph (25 km/h) or higher
Moderate to severe frontal impact within the shaded
area between the arrows
Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) - airbag
Seat and restraint systems 4-45
4
In certain types of front collisions, the front
airbags and driver’s knee airbag may not
deploy, even if the deformation of the body
seems to be large, because the vehicle’s body
structure is designed to absorb the impact and
deform in order to help protect the occupants.
Some typical situations where the front air-
bags and driver’s knee airbag may not deploy
are shown in the illustrations.
Since the front airbags and driver’s knee air-
bag do not protect the occupant in all types of
frontal collisions, be sure to always wear your
seat belts properly.
The front airbags and driver’s knee airbag are
not designed to deploy in situations where
they cannot provide protection to the occu-
pants.
Some typical situations are shown in the
illustration.
Since the front airbags and driver’s knee air-
bag do not protect the occupants in all types
of collisions, be sure to always wear your seat
belts properly.
The front airbags and driver’s
knee airbag MAY NOT DEPLOY
when …
The front airbags and driver’s
knee airbag ARE NOT
DESIGNED TO DEPLOY when
…
Collision with a utility pole, tree or other
narrow object
Collision where the vehicle slides under the
rear body of a truck
Oblique frontal impact
Rear end collision to your vehicle
Side collision to your vehicle
Vehicle rolls onto its side or roof
Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) - airbag
4-46 Seat and restraint systems
4
The front airbags and driver’s knee airbag
may deploy if the underside of the vehicle
suffers a moderate to severe impact (under-
carriage impact). Some typical situations are
shown in the illustration.
Since the front airbags and driver’s knee air-
bag may deploy in certain types of unex-
pected impacts, as shown in the illustrations,
and these unexpected impacts can move you
out of position, it is important to always wear
your seat belts properly. When worn properly,
seat belts can help maintain your distance
from the airbags when they begin to inflate.
The initial stage of airbag inflation is the
most forceful and can cause serious injury or
death if you are close to the deploying airbag.
The front airbags and driver’s
knee airbag MAY DEPLOY when
…
Collision with an elevated median/island or
curb
Vehicle travels over a deep hole/pothole
Vehicle drives down a steep slope and hits the
ground
WARNING
Do not attach anything to the steering
wheel’s padded cover, such as trim mate-
rial, badges, etc. These could strike and
injure an occupant if the airbag inflates.
Do not set anything on, or attach anything
to, the instrument panel above the glove
compartment. Such items could strike and
injure an occupant if the airbag inflates.
WARNING
Do not attach accessories to, or put them
in front of, the windshield. They could
restrict the airbag inflation, or strike and
injure an occupant, when the airbag
inflates.
Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) - airbag
Seat and restraint systems 4-47
4
N00408101431
The side airbags (A) are contained in the
driver and front passenger seatbacks.
The side airbag is designed to inflate only on
the side of the vehicle that is impacted, even
with no passenger in the front seat.
A label is attached to the seatbacks in vehi-
cles equipped with side airbags.
Do not attach accessories to the lower por-
tion of the driver’s side instrument panel.
Such objects could prevent the driver’s
knee airbag from inflating normally or
could be propelled to cause serious injury
if the airbag inflates.
WARNING
Do not attempt to remove, install, disas-
semble or repair the SRS airbags.
Do not place objects, such as packages or
pets, between the airbags and the driver
or the front passenger. Such objects can
adversely affect airbag performance, or
cause serious injury or death when the
airbag deploys.
Immediately after airbag inflation, some
parts of the airbag system will be hot. Do
not touch them. You could otherwise be
burned.
WARNING
The airbag system is designed to work
only once. After the airbags deploy, they
will not work again. They must promptly
be replaced and the entire airbag system
must be inspected by a certified Mitsubi-
shi EV dealer.
Side airbag system
WARNING
Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) - airbag
4-48 Seat and restraint systems
4
N00419201298
The curtain airbags are contained in the front
pillar, the rear pillar and the side sections of
the roof.
The curtain airbag is designed to inflate only
on the side of the vehicle that is impacted,
even with no passenger in the seat.
Also, when the airbag control unit detects
rollover of the vehicle, the curtain airbags
will deploy.
Curtain airbag system
WARNING
The side airbags and curtain airbags can
cause serious injury or death to anyone
too close to the airbag when it deploys. To
reduce the risk of injury from a deploying
side airbag or curtain airbag, driver and
front passenger must be properly
restrained and seated well back, upright,
and in the middle of the seat. Do not lean
against the door.
WARNING
In order to reduce the risk of injury from
a deploying side airbag, do not allow any
rear seat passengers to hold onto the back
of either front seat. Special care should be
taken with children.
Do not place any objects around the area
where the side airbags deploy. Such
objects can interfere with proper side air-
bag deployment, and cause injury during
deployment of the side airbag.
Do not place stickers, labels or additional
trim on the back of either front seat. They
can interfere with proper side airbag
deployment.
Do not attach a microphone (A) or any
other object around the part where the
curtain airbag (B) deploys, such as on the
windshield, side door glass or front and
rear pillars and roof side rail. When the
curtain airbag inflates, the microphone or
other object may be hurled with great
force or the curtain airbag may not inflate
correctly, resulting in death or serious
injury.
WARNING
Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) - airbag
Seat and restraint systems 4-49
4
N00408201591
The side airbag and curtain airbag are
designed to deploy when the vehicle suffers a
moderate to severe side impact to the middle
of the passenger compartment.
Also when the vehicle detects rollover of the
vehicle, the curtain airbags will deploy.
Typical situations are shown in the illustra-
tion.
WARNING
Do not put a hanger or any heavy or
pointed object on the coat hook. If the cur-
tain airbag was activated, any such item
could be propelled away with great force
and could prevent the curtain airbag from
inflating correctly. Hang clothes directly
on the coat hook (without using a hanger).
Make sure there are no heavy or sharp
objects in the pockets of clothes that you
hang on the coat hook.
Do not install seat covers or re-cover seats
that have side airbags. Covers can inter-
fere with proper side airbag deployment
and adversely affect side airbag perfor-
mance.
Never install a rear-facing child restraint
system in the front passenger seat. Rear-
facing child restraint systems MUST
ONLY be used in the rear seat.
Front-facing child restraint systems
should also be used ONLY in the rear seat.
If a front-facing child restraint system
must be used in the front passenger seat,
move the seat as far back as possible, and
make sure that the child stays in the child
restraint system, properly restrained and
away from the door.
Do not allow a child to lean against or sit
close to the passenger door, even if the
child is seated in a child restraint system.
The child’s head should also not lean
against or be close to the section of the
seatback where the side airbag and cur-
tain airbag are located. It is dangerous if
the side airbag or curtain airbag deploys.
Failure to follow all of these instructions
could lead to serious injury or death to the
child.
Work done on or in the vicinity of the side
airbag or curtain airbag components
should be done only by a certified Mit-
subishi EV dealer. There is a risk of a seri-
ous injury or death. Improper work
methods can cause accidental side airbag
or curtain airbag deployment, or render a
side airbag or curtain airbag inoperable.
Either of these situations could result in
serious injury or death.
WARNING
Deployment of side airbag and
curtain airbag
The side airbag and curtain airbag
ARE DESIGNED TO DEPLOY
when...
Moderate to severe impact to the middle of the
vehicle body’s side structure
When the vehicle detects rollover of the vehicle
(Curtain airbag only)
Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) - airbag
4-50 Seat and restraint systems
4
The seat belts in your vehicle are your pri-
mary means of protection in an accident. The
SRS side airbags and curtain airbags are
designed to provide additional protection.
Therefore, for your safety and the safety of all
occupants, be sure to always wear your seat
belts properly.
In certain types of side collisions, the side air-
bag and curtain airbag may not deploy, even
if the deformation of the body seems to be
large, because the vehicle’s body structure is
designed to absorb the impact and to deform
in order to help protect the occupants. There
are also cases where the side airbag and cur-
tain airbag may not deploy at the same time,
depending on the location of the impact.
Some typical situations where the side air-
bags and curtain airbags may not deploy are
shown in the illustrations.
Since the side airbags and curtain airbags do
not protect the occupant in all types of side
collisions, be sure to always wear the seat
belts properly.
The side airbag and curtain airbag are not
designed to deploy in situations where they
cannot provide protection to the occupants.
Some typical situations are shown in the
illustration.
The side airbag and curtain airbag
MAY NOT DEPLOY when...
Side impact in an area away from the passenger
compartment
Motorcycle or other similar small vehicle
collision with the side of vehicle
Collision with a utility pole, tree or other
narrow object
The side airbag and curtain airbag
ARE NOT DESIGNED TO
DEPLOY when...
Oblique side impact
Vehicle rolls onto its side or roof (Side airbag
only)
Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) - airbag
Seat and restraint systems 4-51
4
Since the side airbags and curtain airbags do
not protect the occupant in all types of colli-
sions, be sure to always wear your seat belts
properly.
N00408501796
Head-on collision
Rear end collision to your vehicle
Pitch end over end
SRS servicing
WARNING
Any maintenance performed on or near
the components of the SRS should be per-
formed only by a certified Mitsubishi EV
dealer. Do not permit anyone else to do
any service, inspection, maintenance or
repair on any SRS components or wiring.
Similarly, no part of the SRS should ever
be handled, removed or disposed by any-
one except a certified Mitsubishi EV
dealer.
Improper work methods on the SRS com-
ponents or wiring could result in an acci-
dental airbag deployment or could make
the SRS inoperable. Either of these situa-
tions could result in serious injury or
death.
Do not modify your steering wheel or any
other SRS component or related vehicle
part. For example, replacement of the
steering wheel, or modifications to the
front bumper or body structure can
adversely affect SRS performance and
may lead to injury.
If your vehicle has received any damage,
you should have the SRS inspected by a
certified Mitsubishi EV dealer to make
sure it is in proper working order.
Do not modify your front seats, center pil-
lar or center console. Such modifications
can adversely affect SRS performance and
may lead to injury.
Also, if you discover any tear or open
seam in the seat fabric near the side air-
bag, have the seat inspected by a certified
Mitsubishi EV dealer.
If you have found any scratch, crack or
damage to the portion of the front and
rear pillars and roof side rail, you should
have the SRS inspected by a certified
Mitsubishi EV dealer.
NOTE
When you transfer ownership of the vehicle
to another person, we urge you to alert the
new owner that it is equipped with the SRS
and refer that owner to the applicable sec-
tions in this owner’s manual.
If you decide to junk or scrap your vehicle,
we urge you to first take it to a certified
Mitsubishi EV dealer so that the SRS can be
made safe for disposal.
If any of the following parts needs to be
modified for use by a handicapped person,
the advanced airbag system will be greatly
affected. Please consult a certified
Mitsubishi EV dealer.
• Driver’s seat
• Front passenger seat
• Front seat belt
WARNING
Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) - airbag
4-52 Seat and restraint systems
4
N00408600354
Occupant restraint warning labels for the SRS
are located in the vehicle as shown in the
illustration.
• Steering wheel
• Instrument panel
[For vehicles sold in U.S.A.]
To contact Mitsubishi Motors North
America, Inc.
call 1-888-648-7820 or write to:
Mitsubishi Motors North America, Inc.
Customer Relations Department
P.O. Box 689040
Franklin, TN 37068
NOTE
[For vehicles sold in Canada]
To contact Mitsubishi Motor Sales of
Canada, Inc.
call 1-888-576-4878 or write to:
Mitsubishi Motor Sales of Canada, Inc.
Customer Relations Department
P.O. Box 41009
4141 Dixie Road
Mississauga, ON L4W 5C9
Warning label
* - Located in the passenger’s side as well.
5
Features and controls
Break-in recommendations ..............................................................5-3
Keys .................................................................................................5-3
Free-hand Advanced Security Transmitter (F.A.S.T.-key) ..............5-4
Door locks ......................................................................................5-24
Power door locks ...........................................................................5-26
Child safety locks for rear door .....................................................5-28
Liftgate (except for vehicles equipped with the power liftgate) ....5-28
Power liftgate (if so equipped) .......................................................5-30
Inside liftgate release .....................................................................5-36
Theft-alarm system ........................................................................5-37
Power window control ...................................................................5-40
Sunroof (if so equipped) .................................................................5-43
Parking brake .................................................................................5-45
Steering wheel height and reach adjustment ..................................5-48
Inside rearview mirror ...................................................................5-49
Outside rearview mirrors ...............................................................5-52
Electrical parking switch ...............................................................5-55
Selector Lever (Joystick type) .......................................................5-56
S-AWC (Super-All Wheel Control) (if so equipped) .....................5-61
4-wheel drive operation .................................................................5-63
Inspection and maintenance following rough road operation ........5-64
Cautions on the handling of 4-wheel drive vehicles ......................5-65
EV switch .......................................................................................5-66
SAVE/CHARGE mode switch ......................................................5-68
SPORT mode switch ......................................................................5-71
Acoustic vehicle alerting system (AVAS) ......................................5-72
Service brake .................................................................................5-73
Brake auto hold ..............................................................................5-74
Hill start assist ...............................................................................5-76
Brake assist system ........................................................................5-77
Anti-lock braking system (ABS) ...................................................5-78
Electric power steering system (EPS) ...........................................5-80
Active stability control (ASC) .......................................................5-81
Cruise control (if so equipped) .......................................................5-84
Adaptive Cruise Control System (ACC) (if so equipped)..............5-88
Forward Collision Mitigation System (FCM) (if so equipped)......5-99
Blind Spot Warning (BSW)
(with Lane Change Assist) (if so equipped) .............................5-108
Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA) (if so equipped)....................... 5-114
Lane Departure Warning System (LDW) (if so equipped)........... 5-118
Tire pressure monitoring system (TPMS) ...................................5-121
Rear-view camera (if so equipped)...............................................5-125
Multi Around Monitor (if so equipped)........................................5-128
Instrument cluster ........................................................................5-137
Multi-information display ...........................................................5-140
Indicator light, warning light, and
information screen display list .................................................5-160
Indicators .....................................................................................5-186
Warning lights ..............................................................................5-187
Information screen display ..........................................................5-189
Combination headlights and dimmer switch ...............................5-190
Turn signal lever ..........................................................................5-198
Hazard warning flasher switch ....................................................5-198
ECO mode switch ........................................................................5-199
Front fog light switch ..................................................................5-199
Wiper and washer switch .............................................................5-200
5
Features and controls
Wiper deicer switch (if so equipped)............................................ 5-204
Electric rear window defogger switch ......................................... 5-204
Heated steering wheel switch (if so equipped)............................. 5-205
Horn switch ................................................................................. 5-206
Link System ................................................................................. 5-206
USB input terminal ...................................................................... 5-207
Sun visors .................................................................................... 5-208
12 V power outlets ...................................................................... 5-209
USB port (for charging) (if so equipped) ..................................... 5-210
120 V AC power supplies (if so equipped).................................. 5-211
HomeLink
®
Wireless Control System (if so equipped)............... 5-214
Interior lights ............................................................................... 5-220
Storage spaces ............................................................................. 5-223
Cup holders ................................................................................. 5-226
Bottle holders .............................................................................. 5-226
Cargo area cover (if so equipped) ............................................... 5-227
Assist grips .................................................................................. 5-228
Coat hooks ................................................................................... 5-229
Luggage hooks ............................................................................ 5-229
Break-in recommendations
Features and controls 5-3
5
N00508701379
Advanced automobile manufacturing tech-
niques permit you to operate your new vehi-
cle without requiring a long break-in period
of low-speed driving.
However, you can add to the future perfor-
mance and economy of your vehicle by
observing the following precautions during
the first 300 miles (500 km).
Drive your vehicle at moderate speeds during
the break-in period.
Do not overload the vehicle. Stay within
the seating capacity. (Refer to “Cargo load
precautions” on page 6-11.)
Refrain from towing a trailer or other
vehicle (Refer to “Trailer towing” on page
6-13).
N00508801817
Two F.A.S.T.-keys and two emergency keys
are provided.
Keep one F.A.S.T.-key and one emergency
key in a safe place together as a set of spare
keys.
Break-in recommendations Keys
1- F.A.S.T.-key
(with electronic immobilizer and key-
less entry system function)
2- Emergency key
3- Key number plate
Type 1
Type 2
NOTE
The key (except for the emergency key) is a
precision electronic device with a built-in
signal transmitter. Please observe the follow-
ing in order to prevent damage.
• Do not leave where it may be exposed to
heat caused by direct sunlight, such as on
top of the dashboard.
• Do not take the remote control transmitter
apart.
• Do not excessively bend the key or subject
it to strong impacts.
• Keep the remote control transmitter dry.
• Keep away from magnetic objects such as
key rings.
• Keep away from devices that produce mag-
netism, such as audio systems, computers
and televisions.
• Keep away from devices that emit strong
electromagnetic waves, such as cellular
phones, wireless devices and high fre-
quency equipment (including medical
devices).
• Do not clean with ultrasonic cleaners.
• Do not leave the key where it may be
exposed to high temperature or high humid-
ity.
Free-hand Advanced Security Transmitter (F.A.S.T.-key)
5-4 Features and controls
5
N00503101219
The Free-hand Advanced Security Transmit-
ter (F.A.S.T.-key) enables the doors and the
liftgate to be locked and unlocked, the Plug-
in Hybrid EV System to be started and the
operation mode to be changed simply by car-
rying it.
The F.A.S.T.-key can also be used as the
remote control transmitter of the keyless
entry system.
Refer to “Free-hand Advanced Security
Transmitter (F.A.S.T.-key): Keyless entry
system” on page 5-19.
If you lose your key, to prevent the theft of
the vehicle immediately contact a certified
Mitsubishi EV dealer.
If you notify a certified Mitsubishi EV dealer
of the key number, they can make a new key.
The key number is stamped on the key num-
ber plate. Keep the key number plate in a
safe place separate from the key itself.
If you wish to obtain an additional key,
please contact a certified Mitsubishi EV
dealer. A maximum of four key can be pro-
grammed for your vehicle.
Also, to use the new keys, it is necessary to
register the key with both the electronic
immobilizer and keyless entry system.
Refer to “Electronic immobilizer (Antitheft
starting system): Customer F.A.S.T.-key pro-
gramming” on page 5-17.
No keys other than those registered in
advance can be used to start the Plug-in
Hybrid EV System.
Refer to “Free-hand Advanced Security
Transmitter (F.A.S.T.-key): “Electronic
immobilizer (Anti-theft starting system)” on
page 5-17.
When the theft-alarm is in the system opera-
tional status, the alarm operates if a door or
liftgate is opened after using the key, the
door lock knob or the power door lock
switch to unlock the vehicle.
NOTE
The system does not enter the preparation
status if the keyless entry system or the
F.A.S.T.-key operation was not used to lock
the vehicle.
Free-hand Advanced Secu-
rity Transmitter (F.A.S.T.-
key)
NOTE
The F.A.S.T.-key must be carried by the
driver. The F.A.S.T.-key is required for
vehicle operations such as locking and
unlocking the doors and the liftgate,
starting the Plug-in Hybrid EV System
and changing the operation mode. When
leaving the vehicle, make sure you are
carrying the F.A.S.T.-key and then lock
the vehicle.
WARNING
Individuals who use implantable pace-
makers or implantable cardiovascular-
defibrillators should keep away from the
external and internal transmitters. The
electromagnetic waves used in the
F.A.S.T.-key may affect the operation of
implantable pacemakers and implantable
cardiovascular-defibrillators.
Free-hand Advanced Security Transmitter (F.A.S.T.-key)
Features and controls 5-5
5
The operations possible with the F.A.S.T.-
key can be modified as stated below.
(Keyless entry operations are possible.)
For details, contact a certified Mitsubishi
EV dealer.
• Enabling only the locking and unlocking
of the doors and the liftgate
• Enabling only the starting of the Plug-in
Hybrid EV System
• Deactivating the F.A.S.T.-key
N00503201278
When a person enters the operating range of
the F.A.S.T.-key while carrying the F.A.S.T.-
key and presses the driver’s or front passen-
ger’s door lock/unlock switch, the liftgate
LOCK switch or the liftgate OPEN switch,
verification of the ID code is performed.
The doors and the liftgate can be locked and
unlocked and the Plug-in Hybrid EV System
can be started only when the ID codes of the
vehicle and F.A.S.T.-key match.
A- External transmitter
B- Internal transmitter
WARNING
Individuals using other electro-medical
apparatus besides implantable pacemak-
ers and implantable cardiovascular-defi-
brillators should check with the
manufacturer of the apparatus to confirm
the effect of the electromagnetic waves
used by the F.A.S.T.-key. The electromag-
netic waves may affect the operations of
the electro-medical apparatus.
NOTE
The F.A.S.T.-key uses weak electromagnetic
waves.
In cases such as the following, operation
may be improper or unstable.
• The vehicle is near a facility that emits
strong electromagnetic waves, such as a TV
transmitting tower, a power station, a radio
station or an airport
• The key is carried together with other com-
munication devices such as cellular phones
or radios, or electrical appliances such as
computers
• The F.A.S.T.-key touches or is covered by a
metal object
• A keyless entry system is being used
nearby
• The battery of the F.A.S.T.-key is run down
• The vehicle is in a location with strong
electromagnetic waves or noise
Use the emergency key to lock and unlock
the driver’s door in such circumstances.
Refer to “To operate without using the
F.A.S.T.-key” on page 5-16.
The F.A.S.T.-key is constantly performing
reception operations in its communication
with the vehicle. This means that the battery
is always running down, regardless of how
often the F.A.S.T.-key is used. The battery
life is approximately 1 to 3 years, depending
on the usage conditions.
Since the F.A.S.T.-key is constantly perform-
ing reception operations, the reception of
strong electromagnetic waves can accelerate
the running down of the battery. Do not place
near to electrical appliances such as televi-
sions or computers.
Operating range of the
F.A.S.T.-key
NOTE
Free-hand Advanced Security Transmitter (F.A.S.T.-key)
5-6 Features and controls
5
The operating range is within approximately
2.3 feet (70 cm) of the driver’s and front pas-
senger’s door lock/unlock switch, the liftgate
OPEN switch, and the liftgate LOCK switch.
NOTE
When the battery of the F.A.S.T.-key has run
down or there are strong electromagnetic
waves or noise in the area, the operating
range could decrease or operations could
become unstable.
Operating range for locking and
unlocking the doors and the lift-
gate
*: Front of the vehicle
:
Operating range
NOTE
The door or liftgate switch can only be used
for locking or unlocking when a matching
F.A.S.T.-key is detected.
The system may not operate if the F.A.S.T.-
key is too close to the windshield, door win-
dows or liftgate.
Even if the F.A.S.T.-key is within approxi-
mately 2.3 feet (70 cm) of the driver’s and
front passenger’s door lock/unlock switch,
the liftgate OPEN switch, and the liftgate
LOCK switch, the system may not operate if
the key is close to the ground or in a high
position.
If the F.A.S.T.-key is within the operating
range, even a person not carrying the
F.A.S.T.-key can lock and unlock the doors
or the liftgate by pressing the driver’s or
front passenger’s door lock/unlock switch,
the liftgate LOCK switch or the liftgate
OPEN switch.
NOTE
Free-hand Advanced Security Transmitter (F.A.S.T.-key)
Features and controls 5-7
5
N00503301080
The operating range is the interior of the
vehicle.
N00503401502
While carrying the F.A.S.T.-key, press the
driver’s or front passenger’s door lock/unlock
switch (A), or the liftgate LOCK switch (B)
within the operating range to lock all the
doors and the liftgate.
The turn signal lights will blink once and the
buzzer will sound once.
Also refer to “Doors locks”, “Power door
locks”, “Liftgate” and “Power liftgate” on
pages 5-24, 5-26, 5-28 and 5-30 respectively.
Operating range for starting the
Plug-in Hybrid EV System and
changing the operation mode
*: Front of the vehicle
:
Operating range
NOTE
Even if the F.A.S.T.-key is within the operat-
ing range, it may not be possible to start the
Plug-in Hybrid EV System and change the
operation mode if the key is in a storage
space such as the glove compartment, on top
of the instrument panel, or in the door pocket
or luggage compartment.
Even if the F.A.S.T.-key is inside the vehicle,
it may not be possible to start the Plug-in
Hybrid EV System and change the operation
mode if the key is too close to a door or door
window.
To operate using the F.A.S.T.-
key
To lock
NOTE
NOTE
On the vehicles equipped with the mirror
retractor switch, the outside rearview mirrors
automatically retract when all doors and lift-
gate are locked using the driver’s or front
passenger’s door lock/unlock switch (A) or
the liftgate LOCK switch (B).
In cases such as the following, the F.A.S.T.-
key does not operate.
Driver’s and front passenger’s door lock/unlock
switches
Liftgate switches
Free-hand Advanced Security Transmitter (F.A.S.T.-key)
5-8 Features and controls
5
While carrying the F.A.S.T.-key within the
operating range, you can unlock the doors
and the liftgate by using the F.A.S.T.-key
operation.
The dome light will turn on for 30 seconds.
The turn signal lights will blink twice and the
buzzer will sound twice.
Also refer to “Door locks”, “Power door
locks”, “Liftgate” and “Power liftgate” on
pages 5-24, 5-26, 5-28 and 5-30 respectively.
Press the driver’s door lock/unlock switch
(A) to unlock only the driver’s door.
Within approximately 2 seconds, press the
driver’s door lock/unlock switch one more
time to unlock all the doors and the liftgate.
Press the front passenger’s door lock/unlock
switch (B) or the liftgate OPEN switch (C) to
unlock all the doors and the liftgate.
• There is a F.A.S.T.-key in the passenger
compartment.
• A door or the liftgate is open or ajar.
• The operation mode is not in OFF.
The liftgate OPEN switch (C) can be used to
confirm that the vehicle is locked properly.
Press the liftgate OPEN switch within
approximately 3 seconds of locking.
If the liftgate OPEN switch is pressed 3 sec-
onds or more after the vehicle is locked, the
doors and the liftgate are unlocked.
The time within which locking confirmation
is possible can be adjusted. See a certified
Mitsubishi EV dealer for details.
On a vehicle equipped with the Smartphone-
link Display Audio (SDA), the function can
be adjusted on the screen. For details, refer
to the separate owner’s manual.
To unlock
NOTE
NOTE
On the vehicles equipped with the mirror
retractor switch, the outside rearview mirrors
automatically extend when the driver’s door
is unlocked using the driver’s lock/unlock
switch (A), front passenger’s door
lock/unlock switch (B) or the liftgate open
switch (C).
Settings can be changed so that all doors and
the liftgate are unlocked automatically by
pressing the driver’s door lock/unlock switch
once.
Refer to “Setting of door and liftgate unlock
function” on page 5-20.
Driver’s door lock/unlock switch
Front passenger’s door lock/unlock switch
Liftgate OPEN switch
Free-hand Advanced Security Transmitter (F.A.S.T.-key)
Features and controls 5-9
5
N00513501199
NOTE
If the doors and the liftgate are unlocked
using the driver’s or front passenger’s door
lock/unlock switch when all doors and the
liftgate are locked and no doors or the lift-
gate are opened within approximately 30
seconds, the doors and the liftgate will auto-
matically re-lock.
The amount of time after unlocking until the
vehicle re-locks automatically can be
adjusted. See a certified Mitsubishi EV
dealer for details.
On a vehicle equipped with the Smartphone-
link Display Audio (SDA), the functions can
be adjusted on the screen. For details, refer
to the separate owner’s manual.
The F.A.S.T.-key does not operate when the
operation mode is not in OFF.
The doors and the liftgate cannot be
unlocked by using the liftgate OPEN switch
for approximately 3 seconds after locking.
The time within which locking confirmation
is possible can be adjusted. See a certified
Mitsubishi EV dealer for details.
On a vehicle equipped with the Smartphone-
link Display Audio (SDA), the function can
be adjusted on the screen. For details, refer
to the separate owner’s manual.
Functions settings can be modified as stated
below.
See a certified Mitsubishi EV dealer for
details.
On a vehicle equipped with the Smartphone-
link Display Audio (SDA), the functions can
be adjusted on the screen. For details, refer
to the separate owner’s manual.
• Activating the operation confirmation func-
tion (blinking of the turn signal lights) only
during locking, or only during unlocking.
• Deactivating the operation confirmation
function (blinking of the turn signal lights)
and buzzer.
• Modifying the number of blinks in the
operation confirmation function (blinking
of the turn signal lights).
• Making the buzzer sound when the
F.A.S.T.-key is removed from the passenger
compartment when all the doors and the
liftgate are closed.
NOTE
Power switch
WARNING
When the vehicle is left in a closed or
poorly ventilated area, never leave the
Plug-in Hybrid EV system running and
make sure that the ready indicator is not
illuminated.
While the ready indicator is illuminated,
even if the engine is not running, the
engine may automatically start later
depending on the condition of the Plug-in
Hybrid EV system and/or the main drive
lithium-ion battery.
If the engine runs in a closed or poorly
ventilated area, carbon monoxide gas,
which is odorless and extremely poison-
ous, could build up and cause serious
injury or death.
Free-hand Advanced Security Transmitter (F.A.S.T.-key)
5-10 Features and controls
5
To prevent vehicle theft, no F.A.S.T.-keys
other than those registered in advance can be
used to start the Plug-in Hybrid EV System.
(Electronic immobilizer function)
While carrying the F.A.S.T.-key, the power
switch can be used to start the Plug-in Hybrid
EV System.
The indicator light on the power switch turns
off.
The operation mode cannot be put in OFF
when the selector lever is in any position
other than the “P” (PARK) position.
Allows operation of electrical accessories.
The indicator light on the power switch illu-
minates orange.
All electrical accessories can be used.
The indicator light on the power switch illu-
minates blue.
The indicator light illuminates for a few sec-
onds and goes off when the Plug-in Hybrid
EV System is operating.
CAUTION
The indicator light (A) will flash orange
when there is a problem or malfunction in
Free-hand Advanced Security Transmitter.
Never drive if the indicator light on the
power switch is flashing orange. Immedi-
ately contact a certified Mitsubishi EV
dealer.
If the power switch operation is not smooth
and feels like it is sticking, do not operate the
switch.
Immediately contact a certified Mitsubishi
EV dealer.
A
NOTE
When operating the power switch, press the
switch all the way in. If the switch is not
fully pressed, the Plug-in Hybrid EV System
may not start or the operation mode may not
change. If the power switch is pressed cor-
rectly, there is no need to hold the power
switch down.
When the battery in the F.A.S.T.-key has
worn out, or the F.A.S.T.-key is out of the
vehicle, a warning display will appear.
Operation mode of the power
switch and its function
OFF
ACC
ON
NOTE
If the operation mode of the power switch is
put in ON while the charge connector is con-
nected, the indicator light on the power
switch illuminates blue for a few seconds
and goes off automatically.
Your vehicle is equipped with an electronic
immobilizer. To start the Plug-in Hybrid EV
System, the ID code which the F.A.S.T.-key
sends must match the one registered to the
immobilizer computer. (Refer to “Electronic
immobilizer (Anti-theft starting system)” on
page 5-17)
Free-hand Advanced Security Transmitter (F.A.S.T.-key)
Features and controls 5-11
5
N00568001123
If you press the power switch without press-
ing the brake pedal while the vehicle is sta-
tionary, you can change the operation mode
in the order of OFF, ACC, ON, OFF.
N00568101124
After approximately 30 minutes has elapsed
with the operation mode in ACC, the function
automatically cuts out the power for the audio
system and other electric devices that can be
operated with that mode.
When the power switch is pressed after acti-
vation of ACC power auto-cutout function,
the power is supplied again to those devices.
Changing the operation mode
CAUTION
When the Plug-in Hybrid EV System is not
operating, put the operation mode in OFF.
Leaving the operation mode in ON or ACC
for a long time when the Plug-in Hybrid EV
System is not operating may cause the 12 V
starter battery to be discharged, making it
impossible to start the Plug-in Hybrid EV
System.
When the 12 V starter battery is discon-
nected, the current operation mode is memo-
rized. After reconnecting the 12 V starter
battery, the memorized mode is selected
automatically. Before disconnecting the 12 V
starter battery for repair or replacement,
make sure to put the operation mode in OFF.
Be careful if you are not sure which opera-
tion mode the vehicle is in when the 12 V
starter battery is run down.
The operation mode cannot be changed from
OFF to ACC or ON if the F.A.S.T.-key is not
detected to be in the vehicle. Refer to “Oper-
ating range for starting the Plug-in Hybrid
EV System and changing the operation
mode” on page 5-7.
When there is the F.A.S.T. -key in the vehi-
cle and the operation mode is not changed,
the battery in the F.A.S.T.-key may have
worn out.
Refer to “Warning activation” on page 5-12.
NOTE
If the operation mode cannot be changed to
OFF, perform the following procedure.
1. Press the electrical parking switch and
lock the wheels, and then change the
operation mode to OFF.
CAUTION
2. One of the other causes could be low 12
V starter battery voltage. If this occurs,
the keyless entry system and the
F.A.S.T.-key operation will also not oper-
ate. Contact a certified Mitsubishi EV
dealer.
ACC power auto-cutout function
NOTE
It is possible to modify functions as follows:
• The time until the power cuts out can be
changed to approximately 60 minutes.
• The ACC power auto-cutout function can
be deactivated.
For details, we recommend you to consult a
certified Mitsubishi EV dealer.
On vehicles equipped with the Smartphone-
link Display Audio (SDA), screen operations
can be used to make the adjustment.
Refer to the separate owner’s manual for
details.
NOTE
Free-hand Advanced Security Transmitter (F.A.S.T.-key)
5-12 Features and controls
5
N00503501297
With the F.A.S.T.-key, warnings are given through buzzers and displays on the information screen in the multi-information display in order to pre-
vent mistaken operations or vehicle theft.
When a warning operates, be sure to check the vehicle and the F.A.S.T.-key. A warning is also displayed if there is a problem in the F.A.S.T.-key.
Warning activation
Item Display Buzzer Solution Note
Detection of failure Inner buzzer sounds
once
There is a problem in the F.A.S.T.-
key.
—
Inner buzzer sounds
once
There is a fault in the electronic
immobilizer (Anti-theft starting
system).
Put the operation mode in OFF
and then start the Plug-in Hybrid
EV System again.
If the warning is not canceled,
contact a certified Mitsubishi EV
dealer.
Fall of battery voltage Inner buzzer sounds
once
The battery of the F.A.S.T.-key is
run down.
The warning is not activated if the
battery is completely dead.
Free-hand Advanced Security Transmitter (F.A.S.T.-key)
Features and controls 5-13
5
F.A.S.T.-key take-out
monitoring system
Inner buzzer sounds
once
Outer buzzer sounds
intermittently
When the vehicle is parked with
the operation mode in any mode
other than OFF, if you close the
door after opening any of the
doors and taking the F.A.S.T.-key
out of the vehicle, a warning is
issued until the F.A.S.T.-key is
detected in the vehicle.
•The F.A.S.T.-key take-out moni-
toring system does not function if
the F.A.S.T.-key is removed
through a window without open-
ing a door.
This setting can be changed.
Contact a certified Mitsubishi EV
dealer for details.
•The warning may display even if
the F.A.S.T.-key is in the operating
range for starting the Plug-in
Hybrid EV System and changing
the operation mode. The surround-
ing environment or electromag-
netic waves may make it
impossible to verify the ID codes
of the F.A.S.T.-key and vehicle.
Key lock-in preven-
tion system
Inner buzzer sounds
once
Outer buzzer sounds
approximately 3 sec-
onds intermittently
When the operation mode is in
OFF, the F.A.S.T.-key is left in the
passenger compartment, all the
doors and the liftgate are closed,
and someone tries to lock the vehi-
cle by pressing the driver’s or
front passenger’s door lock/unlock
switch, or the liftgate LOCK
switch, a warning is issued and
you cannot lock the doors and lift-
gate.
Make sure you have the F.A.S.T.-
key with you before locking the
doors. Even if you leave the
F.A.S.T.-key inside the vehicle, it
is possible that the doors will lock
depending on the surrounding
environment and wireless signal
conditions.
Item Display Buzzer Solution Note
Free-hand Advanced Security Transmitter (F.A.S.T.-key)
5-14 Features and controls
5
N00588100022
1. Check that the EV charging cable is not
connected to your vehicle.
2. Fasten the seat belt.
3. Make sure the parking brake is applied.
4. Press and hold the brake pedal down
firmly with your right foot.
5. When you press the power switch while
depressing the brake pedal, the READY
indicator in the meter blinks and the acti-
vation of Plug-in Hybrid EV System
starts.
6. When the READY indicator changes
from blinking to staying on, the startup of
Plug-in Hybrid EV System is activated
and the vehicle is now ready to drive.
Door ajar prevention
system
Inner buzzer sounds
once
Outer buzzer sounds
approximately 3 sec-
onds intermittently
When the operation mode is in
OFF, and someone tries to lock the
vehicle by pressing the driver’s or
front passenger’s door lock/unlock
switch, or the liftgate LOCK
switch while one of the doors or
the liftgate is not fully closed, a
warning is issued and you cannot
lock the doors and liftgate.
—
Operation mode OFF
reminder system
Inner buzzer sounds
once
Outer buzzer sounds
approximately 3 sec-
onds intermittently
When the operation mode is in any
mode other than OFF, and some-
one tries to lock the vehicle by
pressing the driver’s or front pas-
senger’s door lock/unlock switch,
or the liftgate LOCK switch, a
warning is issued and you cannot
lock the doors and liftgate.
—
Item Display Buzzer Solution Note
Starting the Plug-in Hybrid EV
System
CAUTION
When the Plug-in Hybrid EV System warn-
ing light comes on while the READY indica-
tor is on, avoid high-speed driving and have
your vehicle inspected by a certified Mit-
subishi EV dealer as soon as possible. (Refer
to “Plug-in Hybrid EV System warning
light” on page 5-189.)
Never attempt to start the Plug-in Hybrid EV
System by pushing or pulling the vehicle.
CAUTION
Free-hand Advanced Security Transmitter (F.A.S.T.-key)
Features and controls 5-15
5
N00588200023
1. Stop your vehicle completely.
2. Apply the parking brake firmly while
depressing the brake pedal.
3. After pressing the electrical parking
switch, press the power switch to stop
Plug-in Hybrid EV System. (Refer to
“Electrical Parking switch” on page 5-55)
N00568301070
Insert the F.A.S.T.-key into the key slot in the
instrument panel. Starting the Plug-in Hybrid
EV System and changing the operation mode
should be now possible.
Remove the F.A.S.T.-key from the key slot
after starting the Plug-in Hybrid EV System
or changing the operation mode.
CAUTION
Do not press the power switch while holding
the select lever at the operated position.
NOTE
Continue to depress the brake pedal until the
READY indicator in the meter stays on.
After the Plug-in Hybrid EV System has not
started for a while, the brake pedal effort
needed to start the Plug-in Hybrid EV Sys-
tem may become greater.
If this occurs, depress the brake pedal more
than usual.
You can drive your vehicle even if the engine
is stopped.
Plug-in Hybrid EV System can be started in
any operation mode.
If the READY indicator does not come on,
check the select position indicator. If the
indicator is not indicating “P”, press the elec-
trical parking switch to display “P” position.
If the READY indicator does not come on,
turn the power switch to OFF once and, after
a while, press the power switch to start Plug-
in Hybrid EV System.
Stopping the Plug-in Hybrid
EV System
WARNING
Never stop Plug-in Hybrid EV System
during running except in emergency. The
effectiveness of the brake becomes very
poor and the steering wheel becomes very
heavy, which can easily lead to an acci-
dent.
NOTE
Do not operate the power switch during run-
ning except in emergency. If you have to stop
Plug-in Hybrid EV System in emergency
during running, continue to press the power
switch for three seconds or longer or press
the power switch three times or more
quickly. Plug-in Hybrid EV System stops,
the operation mode turns to ACC, and the
selector lever position shifts to the “P” posi-
tion at very slow speed.
If you press the power switch when the
selector lever position is other than “P” posi-
tion while your vehicle is stopped, the selec-
tor lever position automatically shifts to “P”
position, Plug-in Hybrid EV System stops,
and the power mode turns to “OFF”.
If the parking lock mechanism is faulty, a
warning is displayed on the information
screen in the multi-information display.
When this warning is displayed, Plug-in
Hybrid EV System cannot be stopped unless
you apply the parking brake and then press
the power switch. Park on a flat place with
the parking brake securely applied. Have
your vehicle inspected by a certified Mit-
subishi EV dealer.
If the F.A.S.T.-key is not operat-
ing properly
NOTE
Free-hand Advanced Security Transmitter (F.A.S.T.-key)
5-16 Features and controls
5
Warning display
If the operation mode is in OFF and the
driver’s door is opened with the F.A.S.T.-key
in the key slot, a warning is issued with the
warning display and the buzzer buzzing for
approximately 3 seconds to remind you to
remove the key.
N00514800017
N00515201187
The emergency key is built into the F.A.S.T.-
key.
When the F.A.S.T.-key cannot be used, such
as when the battery of the F.A.S.T.-key or the
vehicle has run down, the emergency key can
be used to lock and unlock the driver’s door.
To use the emergency key (A), unlock the
lock knob (B) and remove it from the
F.A.S.T.-key (C).
NOTE
Do not insert into the key slot anything other
than the F.A.S.T.-key. This could cause dam-
age or a malfunction.
Remove the object or additional key from the
F.A.S.T.-key before inserting the key into the
key slot. The vehicle may not be able to
receive the registered ID code from the regis-
tered key. Therefore, the Plug-in Hybrid EV
System may not start and the operation mode
may not change.
The F.A.S.T.-key is fixed in the key slot
when inserted in the illustrated direction.
Simply pull out the key to remove it from the
key slot.
F.A.S.T.-key reminder
To operate without using the
F.A.S.T.-key
Emergency key
NOTE
Only use the emergency key in an emer-
gency. When the battery of the F.A.S.T.-key
has run down, replace the battery as soon as
possible and use it as a F.A.S.T.-key again.
After using the emergency key, be sure to
reinsert it into the F.A.S.T.-key.
Free-hand Advanced Security Transmitter (F.A.S.T.-key)
Features and controls 5-17
5
Turn the emergency key toward the front of
the vehicle to lock the door. After checking
that the door is locked, turn the emergency
key back to the center and remove it.
N00529601182
The electronic immobilizer is designed to sig-
nificantly reduce the possibility of vehicle
theft. The purpose of the system is to immo-
bilize the vehicle if an invalid start is
attempted. A valid start attempt can only be
achieved (subject to certain conditions) using
a F.A.S.T.-key “registered” to the immobi-
lizer system.
All of the keys provided with your new vehi-
cle have been programmed to the vehicle’s
electronics.
N00561001065
Only the F.A.S.T.-keys that have been pro-
grammed to the vehicle’s electronics can be
used to start the vehicle.
If you lose the F.A.S.T.-key, you can order a
F.A.S.T.-key from a certified Mitsubishi EV
dealer by referring to the key number.
To prevent vehicle theft, take your vehicle
and the remaining F.A.S.T.-keys to a certified
Mitsubishi EV dealer to have the ID codes
reprogrammed.
N00561101079
To add a F.A.S.T.-key, you must already have
two registered F.A.S.T.-keys. You need to
register the ID code to the vehicle.
Registering the ID code can be done by a cer-
tified Mitsubishi EV dealer. Or it can be done
by yourself (except for vehicles sold in Can-
ada).
For you to register the ID code yourself, fol-
low the “Customer F.A.S.T.-key program-
ming” procedure below.
If you choose to have a certified Mitsubishi
EV dealer register the ID code, take your
vehicle and all remaining F.A.S.T.-keys to a
certified Mitsubishi EV dealer.
N00561201344
You can program new F.A.S.T.-keys to the
system if you have two valid (already regis-
tered) F.A.S.T.-keys and a blank (not regis-
tered) F.A.S.T.-key.
For F.A.S.T.-key programming, follow the
procedures below.
Locking and unlocking the driver’s door
1- Insert or remove the emergency key
2- Lock
3- Unlock
Electronic immobilizer (Anti-
theft starting system)
CAUTION
Do not make any alterations or additions to
the immobilizer system. Alterations or addi-
tions could cause failure of the immobilizer.
Replacement F.A.S.T.-keys
Additional F.A.S.T.-keys
NOTE
You are provided with two F.A.S.T.-keys, but
you may register up to four F.A.S.T.-keys.
You can obtain blank F.A.S.T.-keys specially
cut for your vehicle from a certified Mitsubi-
shi EV dealer.
Customer F.A.S.T.-key program-
ming (Except for vehicles sold in
Canada)
Free-hand Advanced Security Transmitter (F.A.S.T.-key)
5-18 Features and controls
5
1. Open the driver’s door.
2. While carrying the first valid F.A.S.T.-
key, put the operation mode in ON. (Per-
form the following procedure within 30
seconds.)
3. Insert the new F.A.S.T.-key into the key
slot in the illustrated direction.
4. With the first valid F.A.S.T.-key, press the
UNLOCK button for 4 to 8 seconds and
press the LOCK button during this time.
5. Release in sequence the LOCK and
UNLOCK buttons within 8 seconds of
pressing the LOCK button in step 4. (Per-
form the following procedure within 30
seconds.)
6. With the second valid F.A.S.T.-key, press
the UNLOCK button for 4 to 8 seconds
and press the LOCK button during this
time.
7. Release in sequence the LOCK and
UNLOCK buttons within 8 seconds of
pressing the LOCK button in step 6. The
immobilizer display on the information
screen in the multi-information display
will blink (Perform the following proce-
dure within 20 seconds.)
When registration of ID code is complete,
the buzzer will sound three times and the
immobilizer display will come on for 30
seconds.
If an error occurs, F.A.S.T.-key program-
ming will be terminated and the buzzer
will sound for 3 seconds.
8. If you wish to register another F.A.S.T.-
key, repeat the process from step 1 after
the operation mode is put in OFF.
9. When all F.A.S.T.-keys are registered,
remove the F.A.S.T.-key from the key
slot.
NOTE
Keep the driver’s door open until F.A.S.T.-
key programming is finished. Do not open or
close other doors.
NOTE
F.A.S.T.-key programming will be termi-
nated if the operation mode is put in OFF
before the immobilizer display starts blink-
ing.
NOTE
The immobilizer display will go off immedi-
ately if the operation mode is put in OFF.
Perform the operation when the interrupt dis-
play screen is not showing. The interrupt dis-
play screen may prevent you from seeing the
immobilizer display.
It is not possible to register a F.A.S.T.-key if
the immobilizer display goes off during the
procedure.
Free-hand Advanced Security Transmitter (F.A.S.T.-key)
Features and controls 5-19
5
N00515501409
Press the remote control transmitter buttons
to lock or unlock the doors and the liftgate.
It can also help you signal for attention by
setting off the panic alarm.
Press the LOCK button (1) to lock all the
doors and the liftgate.
The turn signal lights will also blink once.
Press the UNLOCK button (2) to unlock the
driver’s door only.
Within approximately 2 seconds, press the
UNLOCK button one more time to unlock all
the doors and liftgate.
The dome light will turn on for 30 seconds.
The turn signal lights will also blink twice.
The front side-marker and parking lights will
also turn on for approximately 30 seconds.
Refer to “Welcome light” on page 5-197.
Keyless entry system
1-
LOCK ( ) button
2-
UNLOCK ( ) button
3- Power liftgate button (if so equipped)
4- PANIC button
5- Operation indicator light
6- Charging timer cancel switch (if so
equipped)
Type 1
Type 2
NOTE
For the operation of the power liftgate button
(3), refer to “Power liftgate” on page 5-30.
For the operation of the Charging timer can-
cel switch (6), refer to “MITSUBISHI
Remote Control” on page 3-38.
The indicator light (5) comes on each time a
button is pressed.
On vehicles equipped with the mirror retrac-
tor switch, the outside rearview mirrors auto-
matically retract or extend when the doors
and the liftgate are locked or unlocked using
the remote control transmitter buttons.
Refer to “Features and controls: Outside
rearview mirrors” on page 5-52.
If the following conditions are observed after
pressing the LOCK (1) or UNLOCK (2) but-
ton on the remote control transmitter, the
battery in the F.A.S.T.-key may need to be
replaced.
• The doors and the liftgate cannot be locked
or unlocked.
• The panic alarm cannot be operated.
• The indicator light (5) is dim or does not
come on.
Refer to “Procedure for replacing the remote
control transmitter battery” on page 5-23.
To lock
NOTE
If you press the LOCK button (1) twice, the
horn will sound once.
To unlock
NOTE
If the UNLOCK button (2) is pressed and no
doors or the liftgate are opened within
approximately 30 seconds, the doors and the
liftgate will automatically re-lock.
On vehicle equipped with the Smartphone-
link Display Audio (SDA), the functions can
be adjusted on the screen. For details, refer
to the separate owner’s manual.
Free-hand Advanced Security Transmitter (F.A.S.T.-key)
5-20 Features and controls
5
N00544501137
The horn and turn signal lights of the keyless
entry system answerback function can be
changed as required. This is done with the
operation mode in OFF.
N00597200045
The answerback function can be set in the
following three ways.
Each time the answerback function is set, a
chime will sound to tell you the condition of
the answerback function.
To change the setting, refer to “Customizing
the Free-hand Advanced Security Transmitter
(F.A.S.T.-key)” on page 5-22.
N00597300046
The answerback function from the turn signal
lights can be turned ON or OFF separately.
Each time the answerback function is set, a
chime will sound to tell you the condition of
the answerback function.
To change the setting, refer to “Customizing
the Free-hand Advanced Security Transmitter
(F.A.S.T.-key)” on page 5-22.
N00597400047
The buzzer answerback function can be
turned ON or OFF as required.
N00544601268
The door and liftgate unlock function can be
set to the following two conditions.
Each time the door and liftgate unlock func-
tion is set, a chime will sound to tell you the
condition of the door and liftgate unlock
function.
The door and liftgate unlock function can be
set so that all doors and liftgate unlock when
the UNLOCK button (2) is pressed once.
Refer to “Setting of door and liftgate unlock
function” on page 5-20.
Answerback function
NOTE
On a vehicle equipped with the Smartphone-
link Display Audio (SDA), the functions can
be adjusted on the screen. For details, refer
to the separate owner’s manual.
Horn deactivation/reactivation
NOTE
Number of
chimes
Condition
One chime The horn will not sound.
Two chimes The horn will sound.
Four chimes
The horn will sound if the-
LOCK button (1) is pressed
twice within 1 second.
Turn signal light deactivation/reac-
tivation
Number of
chimes
To lock To unlock
One chime One flash Two flashes
Two chimes One flash No flash
Three chimes No flash Two flashes
Four chimes Two flashes One flash
Five chimes No flash One flash
Six chimes Two flashes No flash
Seven chimes No flash No flash
Buzzer deactivation/reactivation
Setting of door and liftgate unlock
function
Number of
chimes
To lock To unlock
Free-hand Advanced Security Transmitter (F.A.S.T.-key)
Features and controls 5-21
5
To change the setting, refer to “Customizing
the Free-hand Advanced Security Transmitter
(F.A.S.T.-key)” on page 5-22.
N00579500020
After unlocking the doors and the liftgate, the
power liftgate can be operated by pressing the
power liftgate button (3).
Refer to “Power liftgate” on page 5-30.
N00544701197
If you are near your vehicle and feel threat-
ened, you can activate the alarm to call atten-
tion as follows:
1. Press the PANIC button (4) for more than
1 second.
2. The headlights will blink on and off and
the horn will sound intermittently for
approximately 3 minutes.
3. To turn off the alarm, press any button on
the remote control transmitter.
Number
of chimes
Condition
One chime
[Factory
setting]
When the UNLOCK button,
driver’s or front passenger’s
door lock/unlock switch, or
liftgate OPEN switch is
pressed one time, all doors and
the liftgate unlock.
Two
chimes
When the UNLOCK button or
the driver’s door lock/unlock
switch is pressed one time,
only the driver’s door unlocks.
When the UNLOCK button or
the driver’s door lock/unlock
switch is pressed two times in
succession, all doors and the
liftgate unlock.
Operating the power liftgate
Using the panic alarm
NOTE
The F.A.S.T.-key can be used from approxi-
mately 40 feet (12 m) away. However, this
distance may change if your vehicle is near a
TV transmitting tower, a power station, or a
radio station.
Free-hand Advanced Security Transmitter (F.A.S.T.-key)
5-22 Features and controls
5
N00596600042
You can change the settings for the following functions according to your preferences. When changing a setting, perform the following steps.
1. Put the operation mode in OFF.
2. Open the driver’s door and turn the combination headlights and dimmer switch to the “OFF” position.
3. Complete steps i to iv of the procedure. Steps ii to iv should be completed within 8 seconds.
Customizing the Free-hand Advanced Security Transmitter (F.A.S.T.-key)
Item Step i Step ii Step iii Step iv Notification
Horn deactiva-
tion/reactivation
Press and hold the
LOCK button (1) for 4 to
8 seconds.
While holding the
LOCK button (1), press
the UNLOCK button (2).
While holding the
LOCK button (1),
release the UNLOCK
button (2).
Release the LOCK but-
ton (1).
Chimes
Page 5-20
Turn signal lights
deactivation/reac-
tivation
Press and hold the
UNLOCK button (2) for
4 to 8 seconds.
While holding the
UNLOCK button (2),
press the LOCK button
(1).
While holding the
LOCK button (1),
release the UNLOCK
button (2).
Release the LOCK but-
ton (1).
Chimes
Page 5-20
Setting the door
and liftgate unlock
function
Press and hold the
LOCK button (1) for 4 to
8 seconds.
While holding the
LOCK button (1), press
the UNLOCK button (2).
While holding the
UNLOCK button (2),
release the LOCK button
(1).
Release the UNLOCK
button (2).
Chimes
Page 5-20
Free-hand Advanced Security Transmitter (F.A.S.T.-key)
Features and controls 5-23
5
N00562001121
N00562101207
NOTE
Be sure to press the buttons correctly when performing the procedures. If you perform the procedures incorrectly, the settings could be changed uninten-
tionally.
General information
Your F.A.S.T.-key operates on a radio fre-
quency subject to Federal Communications
Commission (FCC) Rules (For vehicles sold
in U.S.A.) and Industry Canada Rules (For
vehicles sold in Canada). This device com-
plies with Part 15 of FCC Rules and Industry
Canada licence-exempt RSS standard(s).
Operation is subject to the following two con-
ditions.
•This device may not cause harmful
interference.
•This device must accept any interference
received, including interference that
may cause undesired operation.
CAUTION
Changes or modifications not expressly
approved by the manufacturer for compli-
ance could void the user’s authority to oper-
ate the equipment.
Procedure for replacing the
remote control transmitter bat-
tery
WARNING
Do not swallow a coin type battery.
• This product contains coin type battery.
If a coin type battery is swallowed, it can
cause severe internal burns and can lead
to death.
There have been cases where a swallowed
battery has caused severe internal burns
in just 2 hours.
• Keep new and used batteries away from
children.
• If the remote control transmitter case
does not close securely, stop using the
product and keep it away from children.
• If you think batteries might have been
swallowed or placed inside any part of a
person’s body, seek immediate medical
attention.
To prevent an explosion or leakage of
flammable liquid or gas:
• Do not replace the battery with an incor-
rect type. Replace only with the same or
equivalent type.
• Do not dispose of a battery into a fire or
incinerator, or by mechanically crushing
or cutting the battery.
• Do not use, store, or take a battery any
place where it may be exposed to
extremely high temperature or extremely
low air pressure.
CAUTION
When the remote control transmitter case is
opened, be careful to keep water, dust, etc.
out. Also, do not touch the internal compo-
nents.
WARNING
Door locks
5-24 Features and controls
5
1. Before replacing the battery, remove static
electricity from your body by touching a
metal grounded object.
2. Remove the emergency key from the key.
Refer to “Emergency key” on page 5-16.
3. With the Mitsubishi mark facing you,
insert the cloth-covered tip of a flat blade
screwdriver into the notch in the case and
use it to open the case.
4. Remove the used battery.
5. Install a new battery with the +side (A)
up.
6. Close the case firmly.
7. Install the emergency key removed in step
2.
8. Check the keyless entry system to see that
it works.
N00509201560
Dispose of used battery according to regula-
tions for the disposal of battery.
NOTE
Be sure to perform the procedure with the
Mitsubishi mark facing you. If the
Mitsubishi mark is not facing you when you
open the case, the transmitter may come out.
CAUTION
NOTE
You may purchase a replacement battery at
an electric appliance store.
A certified Mitsubishi EV dealer can replace
the battery for you if you prefer.
Door locks
WARNING
Make sure all doors are tightly closed and
locked while driving.
+ side
- side
Coin type bat-
tery CR2032
• Locked doors, in combination with the
use of seat belts, can help reduce the risk
of ejection in an accident.
• Locked doors can help keep passengers,
especially small children, from opening
doors and falling out of moving vehicles.
• Locked doors can help prevent outsiders
from gaining access to your vehicle when
you slow or come to a stop.
Lock your vehicle whenever you leave it.
Children who get into unlocked vehicles
may not be able to get out. Children
trapped inside vehicles can quickly be
overcome by heat and suffer serious
injury or death due to heat stroke.
Never leave a child alone in the vehicle. In
addition to the risk of heat stroke, chil-
dren can activate switches and controls,
resulting in an injury or fatal accident.
When closing a door, make sure that the
door is fully closed and the door-ajar
warning display goes out on the informa-
tion screen on the multi-information dis-
play. If the door is ajar it could open while
driving and cause an accident.
WARNING
Door locks
Features and controls 5-25
5
The driver’s door can be locked and unlocked
using the emergency key.
Refer to “Emergency key” on page 5-16.
Turn the emergency key toward the front of
the vehicle to lock the door. After checking
that the door is locked, turn the emergency
key back to the center and remove it.
Move the lock knob to the lock position to
lock the door.
All doors should be kept locked while driv-
ing.
The driver’s door can be unlocked without
using the lock knob by pulling on the inside
door handle.
To lock and unlock with the
emergency key (driver’s door)
1- Insert or remove the emergency key
2- Lock
3- Unlock
NOTE
When locking or unlocking with the emer-
gency key, only the driver’s door will be
locked or unlocked.
To lock or unlock all doors and liftgate, use
the power door lock switch, the keyless entry
system or the F.A.S.T.-key operation.
Refer to “Power door locks” on page 5-26,
“Keyless entry system” on page 5-19 and
“To operate using the F.A.S.T.-key” on page
5-7.
On vehicles equipped with the charging lid
lock, the charging lid can be locked or
unlocked at the same time when driver's door
is locked or unlocked using the emergency
key.
However, the charging lid cannot be
unlocked while the operation mode of the
power switch is in ON.
To lock or unlock the door from
the inside
1- Lock
2- Unlock
Power door locks
5-26 Features and controls
5
1. Move the inside lock knob to the locked
position.
2. Be sure the keys are not inside the vehi-
cle. Close the door.
N00517301065
If the key operation mode is in any mode
other than OFF, when you push the lock knob
forward with the driver’s door or passenger’s
door open, the lock knob will automatically
return to the unlocked position.
N00503801160
If the driver’s door is opened while the Plug-
in Hybrid EV System is stopped and the oper-
ation mode is in any mode other than OFF,
the operation mode ON buzzer will sound
intermittently to remind you put the operation
mode in OFF.
The warning display will be displayed on the
information screen in the multi-information
display.
N00509301675
NOTE
On vehicles equipped with the charging lid
lock, the charging lid can be locked or
unlocked at the same time when driver's door
is locked or unlocked using the lock knob.
However, the charging lid cannot be
unlocked while the operation mode of the
power switch is in ON.
To lock the door without using
the key
Lock out protection
Operation mode ON reminder
system
Power door locks
NOTE
When locking or unlocking with the key on
the driver’s door, only the driver’s door will
lock or unlock.
Repeated continuous operation between lock
and unlock could activate the power door
locking system’s built-in protection circuit,
and prevent the system from operating. If
this occurs, wait approximately 1 minute
before operating the power door lock switch.
Power door locks
Features and controls 5-27
5
All of the doors and the liftgate can be locked
or unlocked by pressing the power door lock
switch on the driver’s or the front passenger
door.
N00563401278
All doors and the liftgate will unlock when
the operation mode is put in OFF.
All doors and the liftgate will unlock when
the electrical parking switch is pressed with
the operation mode in ON.
To lock and unlock the doors
and liftgate
Using the power door lock switch
1- Lock
2- Unlock
NOTE
On vehicles equipped with the charging lid
lock, the charging lid can be locked or
unlocked at the same time when driver's door
is locked or unlocked using the power door
lock switch.
However, the charging lid cannot be
unlocked while the operation mode of the
power switch is in ON.
To unlock the doors and liftgate
You can select the functions to unlock the
doors and liftgate either using the power
switch or using the electrical parking
switch.
These functions are not activated when the
vehicle is shipped from the factory. To acti-
vate or deactivate these functions, please
contact a certified Mitsubishi EV dealer.
Using the power switch
Using the electrical parking switch
NOTE
On a vehicle equipped with the Smartphone-
link Display Audio (SDA), the functions can
be adjusted on the screen. For details, refer
to a separate owner’s manual.
Child safety locks for rear door
5-28 Features and controls
5
N00509401298
Child safety locks help prevent rear passen-
gers, especially children, from opening the
rear door using the inside door handle.
A lock lever for the child safety lock is pro-
vided on each rear door.
When the lever is in the lock position (1), the
rear door cannot be opened using the inside
door handle.
To open the rear door when the child safety
lock lever is in the lock position, pull the out-
side door handle.
When the lever is in the release position (2),
the child safety lock is released and the rear
door can be opened using the inside door han-
dle.
N00510101341
Child safety locks for rear
door
1- To lock
2- To release
WARNING
Always keep the doors tightly closed and
locked when driving. An unlocked door
may be accidentally opened by a passen-
ger, especially by a child who could fall
out. Also, if the doors are not locked, there
is a greater risk of someone being thrown
from the vehicle in an accident.
Liftgate (except for vehicles
equipped with the power
liftgate)
WARNING
It is dangerous to drive with the liftgate
open since carbon monoxide (CO) gas con-
tained in engine exhaust gases can enter
the passenger compartment.
CO is an invisible, odorless gas that can
cause unconsciousness and even death.
When opening and closing the liftgate,
make sure that there are no people nearby
and be careful not to hit your head or
pinch your hands, neck, etc.
If snow or ice has accumulated on the lift-
gate, remove it before opening the liftgate.
Otherwise the liftgate may abruptly close
due to the weight of the snow or ice.
When opening the liftgate, always fully
open it. A partially opened liftgate can
unexpectedly close due to its own weight.
When the vehicle is parked on a slope, the
effort required to open or close the liftgate
may be greater or less than expected.
The liftgate may also open or close more
quickly.
CAUTION
Do not stand behind the exhaust pipe when
loading and unloading luggage with engine
running. Heat from the exhaust could lead to
burns.
To avoid damage to the liftgate, make sure
that area above and behind the liftgate is
clear before opening it.
NOTE
Locking and unlocking the doors by using
power door locks (driver and front passenger
side), keyless entry system, or F.A.S.T.-key
operation also locks and unlocks the liftgate.
WARNING
Liftgate (except for vehicles equipped with the power liftgate)
Features and controls 5-29
5
1. After unlocking, push the liftgate open
switch (A) and raise the liftgate.
1. Pull the liftgate grip (B) downward as
illustrated and release it before the liftgate
closes completely. Gently close the lift-
gate from the outside so that it is com-
pletely closed.
To open
CAUTION
Make sure there is no one standing nearby
when opening the liftgate.
NOTE
The liftgate cannot be raised if it is not raised
immediately after pressing the liftgate open
switch.
If this happens, raise the liftgate again after
pressing the liftgate open switch.
It is not possible to open the liftgate while
the 12 V starter battery is disconnected. If
necessary, use the inside liftgate release.
When the 12 V starter battery is reconnected,
all doors and the liftgate will be locked.
Unlock them before trying to open the lift-
gate.
On vehicles equipped with the mirror retrac-
tor switch, the outside rearview mirrors auto-
matically extend when the liftgate and all
doors are unlocked using the liftgate open
switch (A).
To close
NOTE
CAUTION
To avoid injuring your hand or arm, do not
attempt to close the liftgate without releasing
the liftgate grip (B).
Before starting the vehicle, be sure to con-
firm that the liftgate is locked. If the liftgate
opens while driving the vehicle, objects
stored in the luggage compartment could fall
out into the road.
NOTE
Gas struts (C) are installed in the locations
illustrated in order to support the liftgate.
Please observe the following in order to pre-
vent damage or faulty operation:
• Do not touch, push or pull the gas struts
when closing the liftgate.
• Do not attach any plastic material, tape,
etc., to the gas struts.
• Do not tie string, etc., around the gas struts.
• Do not hang objects on the gas struts.
Power liftgate (if so equipped)
5-30 Features and controls
5
N00575900039
Before operating the power liftgate, unlock
the power liftgate by pushing the power door
lock switch or the unlock button on the
F.A.S.T.-key.
Refer to “Free-hand Advanced Security
Transmitter (F.A.S.T.-key)” and “Power door
locks” on pages 5-4 and 5-26 respectively.
N00576000040
Power liftgate (if so equipped)
Operating the power liftgate
WARNING
The luggage area was not designed for
people to ride in. Do not let your children
ride in or play in the luggage area. Riding
or playing in the luggage area could result
in a serious accident and/or injury.
Before driving, make sure the power lift-
gate is securely closed.
If you drive with the power liftgate open,
exhaust gas may enter the vehicle and
cause carbon monoxide poisoning.
To avoid injury, the power liftgate should
not be operated by children.
When opening and closing the power lift-
gate, make sure that there are no people
nearby and be careful not to hit your head
or pinch your hands, neck, etc.
Make sure the power liftgate is completely
open before loading and unloading lug-
gage.
CAUTION
Do not stand behind the exhaust pipe when
loading and unloading luggage with engine
running.
The heat from the exhaust could cause burns.
Before driving, make sure the power liftgate
is securely closed. If the liftgate opens while
driving, objects stored in the luggage com-
partment could fall out into the road.
Do not install any accessory other than Mit-
subishi Motors Genuine parts on the power
liftgate. The weight of the accessory may
cause faulty operation of the liftgate.
Before closing the liftgate, make sure there is
no foreign object around the striker (A).
If a foreign object matter gets into the striker,
it could prevent the power liftgate from clos-
ing securely.
WARNING
NOTE
When opening and closing the power lift-
gate, do not place your hands near the arm
(B) and gas struts (C).
To prevent damage to the gas struts:
• Do not push or pull on the gas struts.
• Do not wrap, attach or hang anything on the
gas struts.
Power liftgate (if so equipped)
Features and controls 5-31
5
N00576500032
When the power liftgate main switch (A) is
on, the power liftgate can be operated using
either the power liftgate switch on the
F.A.S.T.-key, the driver’s side power liftgate
switch or the open/close switches on the
power liftgate.
Refer to “Operating conditions” on page
5-31.
N00576100054
The power liftgate can be opened automati-
cally when all of the following conditions are
met.
<Using the F.A.S.T.-key>
The operation mode is in OFF.
The power liftgate is completely closed.
The power liftgate is unlocked.
Automatic operation
WARNING
To avoid accidental or unintended opera-
tion of the power liftgate, turn off the
power liftgate main switch when not oper-
ating the power liftgate.
Do not turn off the power liftgate main
switch while the power liftgate is opening
or closing.
CAUTION
Do not apply excessive force to the power
liftgate when opening or closing it. Doing so
could damage to the power liftgate.
NOTE
Do not start the Plug-in Hybrid EV System
while the power liftgate is operating. The
sudden operation prevention mechanism
could operate, making the power liftgate stop
intermittently while it moves.
The power liftgate cannot be opened when
the 12 V starter battery is discharged or dis-
connected.
The liftgate must be then opened using the
inside liftgate release.
Refer to “Inside liftgate release” on page
5-36.
If the keyless entry system or close switch is
operated when the power liftgate main
switch is off, the warning buzzer sounds 4
times to notify the driver that the power lift-
gate cannot be operated.
The power liftgate does not operate normally
under the following conditions:
• When parked on an incline
• In strong winds
• When the power liftgate is covered with
snow
Repeated continuous opening and closing
operation of the power liftgate will activate a
built-in protection circuit and switch the
power liftgate to manual operation.
If one of the power liftgate switches is oper-
ated while the power liftgate is operating, the
power liftgate will reverse and return to the
full open or close position.
If the select position is moved from “P”
(PARK) position to another position while
the power liftgate is operating or completely
open, a warning buzzer will sound for
approximately 10 seconds to notify the
driver that the power liftgate is open.
If the 12 V starter battery or fuse is replaced
while the power liftgate is open, it cannot be
closed automatically.
In this case close the power liftgate manu-
ally.
Operating conditions
NOTE
Power liftgate (if so equipped)
5-32 Features and controls
5
<Using the driver’s side power liftgate
switch>
The operation mode is in ON with the
select position in the “P” (PARK) posi-
tion, or the operation mode is in OFF or
ACC.
The power liftgate is completely closed.
The power liftgate is unlocked.
The power liftgate can be closed automati-
cally when all of the following conditions are
met.
<Using the F.A.S.T.-key>
The operation mode is in OFF.
The power liftgate is completely open.
Nothing is touching the auto reverse sen-
sors (A) on the power liftgate.
<Using the driver’s side power liftgate switch
or the close switch on the power liftgate>
The operation mode is in ON with the
select position in the “P” (PARK) posi-
tion, or the operation mode is in OFF or
ACC.
The power liftgate is completely open.
Nothing is touching the auto reverse sen-
sors on the power liftgate.
After unlocking the doors and the power lift-
gate, the power liftgate can be operated by
pressing the switch (A) of the F.A.S.T.-key or
the driver’s side power liftgate switch (B).
<Using the F.A.S.T.-key>
Operating the power liftgate using
the F.A.S.T.-key or the driver’s
side power liftgate switch
Power liftgate (if so equipped)
Features and controls 5-33
5
If the power liftgate switch is pressed twice in
a row, the power liftgate operates after the
warning buzzer sounds and the hazard warn-
ing flasher blinks.
The power liftgate operates as follows:
If the power liftgate switch is pressed once
while the power liftgate is operating, the
warning buzzer sounds and the liftgate will
reverse and return to the full open or closed
position.
<Using the driver’s side power liftgate
switch>
If the driver’s side power liftgate switch is
pressed for more than 1 second, the power
liftgate will operate after the buzzer sounds
and the hazard warning flasher blinks.
The power liftgate operates as follows.
If the driver’s side power liftgate switch is
pressed once while the power liftgate is oper-
ating, the warning buzzer will sound and the
power liftgate will move in the direction
opposite to the one in which it was operating.
The power liftgate can be opened by pressing
the open switch (C).
If the open switch is pressed while the power
liftgate and all doors are unlocked, the power
liftgate will open after the warning buzzer
sounds and the hazard warning flasher blinks.
•While closed: The warning buzzer sounds
and the power liftgate com-
pletely opens.
•While open: The warning buzzer sounds
and the power liftgate com-
pletely closes.
NOTE
If the power liftgate switch is pressed three
or more times in a row, the power liftgate
may not operate normally.
If this occurs, wait a short time before again
pressing the power liftgate switch twice.
•While closed: The warning buzzer sounds
and the power liftgate com-
pletely opens.
•While open: The warning buzzer sounds
and the power liftgate com-
pletely closes.
WARNING
When operating the power liftgate, make
sure that there are no people near the
power liftgate and that there is sufficient
space behind and above the vehicle.
Opening the power liftgate using
the open switch
NOTE
When you are carrying the F.A.S.T.-key with
the power liftgate is locked, the power lift-
gate can be opened by pressing the open
switch even if the power liftgate is locked.
For vehicles equipped with the mirror retrac-
tor switch, the outside rearview mirrors auto-
matically extend when the power liftgate and
all doors are unlocked using the liftgate open
switch (C).
Power liftgate (if so equipped)
5-34 Features and controls
5
The power liftgate can be closed by pressing
the close switch (D) on the power liftgate.
If the close switch on the power liftgate is
pressed, the power liftgate will close after the
warning buzzer sounds and the hazard warn-
ing flasher blinks.
If the close switch is pressed once while the
power liftgate is closing, the warning buzzer
sounds and the power liftgate opens.
N00576200039
If the auto reverse sensors (A) on either side
of the power liftgate detect that something is
being trapped by the closing power liftgate,
the warning buzzer will sound once and the
liftgate will automatically reverse direction
and return to the full open position.
After the power liftgate has opened automati-
cally, if it is detected that the power liftgate is
dropping due to factors such as accumulated
snow, the power liftgate will close automati-
cally.
A warning buzzer will sound continuously
while the drop prevention mechanism is oper-
ating.
Closing the power liftgate using
the close switch
NOTE
If the close switch is again pressed once
while the power liftgate is operating in the
opening direction, the warning buzzer will
sound once and the power liftgate will close.
Auto reverse
WARNING
The auto reverse mechanism will not oper-
ate just before the power liftgate becomes
fully closed. Therefore, be careful not to
trap a hand, part of your body or an
object at this time.
When the power liftgate is closed manu-
ally, the auto reverse mechanism will not
operate.
If the auto reverse mechanism has been
repeatedly activated, the power liftgate
may stop and then, depending on its posi-
tion, may abruptly open or close. Once the
power liftgate is completely closed or
open, automatic operation will be
resumed.
CAUTION
Do not damage the auto reverse sensor, when
loading or unloading luggage. If the sensor is
damaged, the power liftgate will not close
automatically.
Drop prevention mechanism
NOTE
If snow has accumulated on the power lift-
gate, remove it before operating the power
liftgate.
WARNING
Power liftgate (if so equipped)
Features and controls 5-35
5
If the Plug-in Hybrid EV System is started
while the power liftgate is operating, the
power liftgate may intermittently move or
stop moving to prevent the power liftgate
from moving abruptly. Approximately 10
seconds after the power liftgate has fully
closed or opened, power liftgate operation
will again resume.
N00576300043
When the power liftgate main switch is off,
the power liftgate can be manually opened
and closed.
After unlocking the power liftgate, push the
power liftgate open switch (A) and pull up
the power liftgate.
To close the power liftgate, pull the power
liftgate grip (B) downward and release it
before the power liftgate is completely
closed, and then gently close the power lift-
gate from the outside.
Do not install any accessory other than Mit-
subishi Motors Genuine parts on the power
liftgate. The drop prevention mechanism
may be activated due to the weight of the
accessory.
The drop prevention mechanism could be
activated if you attempt to close the liftgate
manually immediately after the power lift-
gate has been completely opened automati-
cally.
Sudden operation prevention
mechanism
CAUTION
The auto reverse will not operate while the
sudden operation prevention mechanism is
activated.
NOTE
Manual operation
WARNING
When the power liftgate is closed manu-
ally, the auto reverse mechanism will not
operate even if something is trapped
under the liftgate.
CAUTION
Make sure there is no one around the power
liftgate when opening it.
NOTE
The liftgate cannot be opened if it is not
raised immediately after pressing the power
liftgate open switch.
If this happens, raise the liftgate again after
pressing the liftgate open switch.
When the 12 V starter battery is discharged
or disconnected, the power liftgate cannot be
opened even manually. At that time, the lift-
gate can be opened only by using the inside
liftgate release. Refer to “Inside liftgate
release” on page 5-36.
Inside liftgate release
5-36 Features and controls
5
N00576400031
The power liftgate easy closer is designed to
help the power liftgate close securely.
If the power liftgate is closed to a position
where it is detected as being ajar, it closes
automatically.
N00523101130
The inside liftgate release is designed to pro-
vide a way to open the liftgate if the 12 V
starter battery is dead or disconnected.
The liftgate release lever (see illustration) is
mounted on the liftgate.
You and your family should familiarize your-
selves with the location and operation of the
liftgate release lever.
CAUTION
The auto reverse mechanism will not operate
when the power liftgate is closed manually.
Therefore be especially careful not to trap a
hand or finger.
Do not fully close the power liftgate with
your hand still on the power liftgate grip.
Doing so could trap and injure your hand or
arm.
Power liftgate easy closer
WARNING
Keep your hands and fingers away from
the power liftgate while the power liftgate
easy closer is activated. To return the
power liftgate to the slightly ajar position
while the power liftgate easy closer is acti-
vated, press the power liftgate open
switch.
CAUTION
Do not touch the latch (A) on the inside of
the power liftgate. The power liftgate easy
closer could operate and catch your fingers.
NOTE
The power liftgate easy closer operates even
when the power liftgate main switch is OFF.
Repeated continuous operation of the handle
could activate the protection circuit and tem-
porarily prevent the power liftgate easy
closer from operating.
If this occurs, wait approximately 1 minute
before operating the power liftgate easy
closer again.
Inside liftgate release
Theft-alarm system
Features and controls 5-37
5
1. Open the lid (A) inside of the liftgate.
2. Move the lever (B) to unlock the liftgate.
3. Push out on the liftgate to open it.
N00510201296
The theft-alarm system is designed to provide
protection from unauthorized entry into the
vehicle. This system is operated in three
stages: the first is the “armed” stage, the sec-
ond is the “alarm” stage, and third is the “dis-
armed” stage. If triggered, the system
provides both audible and visual alarm sig-
nals.
N00510301255
Park the vehicle and stop the engine. Arm the
system as described below.
1. Put the operation mode in OFF.
2. Make sure that the engine hood is closed.
3. Lock all doors and the liftgate by using
the keyless entry system or the F.A.S.T.-
key operation.
At this time, the theft-alarm indicator (A)
in the instrument cluster flashes for con-
firmation.
4. The system has entered the armed stage
after approximately 20 seconds, when the
theft-alarm indicator (A) flashing
becomes slower.
To open
Vehicles with power
liftgate
Vehicles without
power liftgate
CAUTION
Always keep the release lever lid on the lift-
gate closed when driving so that your lug-
gage cannot accidentally bump the lever and
open the liftgate.
Theft-alarm system
CAUTION
Do not modify or add parts to the theft-alarm
system. Doing so could cause the theft-alarm
to malfunction.
Armed stage
Arm the system and leave
Theft-alarm system
5-38 Features and controls
5
The theft-alarm indicator (A) continues to
flash while the system is in the armed
stage.
N00510401227
The alarm will be activated if any of the fol-
lowing occur while the vehicle is parked and
the system is armed.
One of the doors and the liftgate is opened
without using the keyless entry system or
the F.A.S.T.-key operation.
The engine hood is opened.
Also, for vehicles equipped with the interior
alarm sensor, the alarm will be activated if
any of the following occur.
NOTE
If the engine hood is open, the theft-alarm
indicator (A) illuminates and the system can-
not enter the armed stage.
The system enters the armed stage approxi-
mately 20 seconds after the engine hood is
closed.
The system will be disarmed if, while the
theft-alarm indicator (A) is illuminated, all
doors and the liftgate are unlocked by using
the keyless entry system or the F.A.S.T.-key
operation.
The system will be disarmed if, while the
theft-alarm indicator is illuminated, the oper-
ation mode is put in ON
The system will not be armed if a door, the
liftgate or the engine hood is not completely
closed. If this happens, rearm the system as
described above.
The theft-alarm system can be activated
when people are riding inside the vehicle or
when the windows are open. To prevent acci-
dental activation of the alarm, do not set the
system to the system armed mode while peo-
ple are riding in the vehicle.
For vehicles equipped with the interior alarm
sensor, if the turn signal lights do not flash
after the locking and unlocking operation
using the keyless entry system or the
F.A.S.T.-key operation, the theft-alarm sys-
tem may be malfunctioning.
Have the vehicle inspected by a certified
Mitsubishi EV dealer.
If the answerback function (flashing of the
turn signal lights by locking and unlocking
the doors and the liftgate) is deactivated, the
turn signal lights do not flash after the lock-
ing and unlocking operation.
For information on the answerback function,
refer to “Keyless entry system” on pages
5-19 and “To operate using the F.A.S.T.-key”
on page 5-7.
For vehicles equipped with the interior alarm
sensor, the theft-alarm system could be acti-
vated in the following situations.
• Using a car washer.
• Taking the vehicle on a ferry.
• Parking in an automated car park.
• Leaving someone or a pet in the vehicle.
• Leaving a window or the sunroof open.
• Leaving an unstable object such as a stuffed
toy or accessory in the vehicle.
NOTE
• During a continuous impact or vibration by
hail, thunder, etc.
According to the situations, deactivate the
vehicle inclination detection function and
the interior intrusion detection function.
Refer to “Theft-alarm system: To deactivate
the vehicle inclination detection function
and the interior intrusion detection func-
tion” on page 5-39.
For vehicles equipped with the interior alarm
sensor, the sensitivity of the interior intru-
sion detection function can be adjusted. For
further details, please contact a certified
Mitsubishi EV dealer.
Alarm stage
NOTE
Theft-alarm system
Features and controls 5-39
5
Attempt an unauthorized moving of the
vehicle. (the vehicle inclination detection
function)
Detect a motion in the vehicle. (the inte-
rior intrusion detection function)
Disconnect the 12 V starter battery termi-
nal.
N00582500037
When the alarm is activated:
1. The headlights blink on and off for 3 min-
utes.
After 3 minutes the headlights automati-
cally shut off.
2. The horn (the siren for vehicles equipped
with the interior alarm sensor) will sound
intermittently for 3 minutes.
N00582600038
The alarm can be deactivated in the following
ways.
By using the keyless entry system or the
F.A.S.T.-key operation to lock or unlock
the doors and liftgate.
Put the operation mode in ON.
N00582700039
The vehicle inclination detection function and
the interior intrusion detection function can
be deactivated when parking in automated car
parks or leaving pets in the vehicle.
1. Put the operation mode in OFF.
2. Raise and hold the wiper and washer
switch to the “MIST” position for approx-
imately 3 seconds. The buzzer will sound
twice and the function will be deactivated.
To activate the function again, raise and hold
the wiper and washer switch to the “MIST”
position for approximately 3 seconds.
The buzzer will sound once and the function
will be activated.
Type of alarm
Horn or siren sounds!
Headlights blink on and off!
NOTE
The alarm will continue to operate for 3 min-
utes. At the end of that period, the alarm will
automatically shut off to save 12 V starter
battery power. The system will then be
rearmed until the proper disarming step is
taken.
The alarm will resume if unauthorized
actions are taken again, even if the alarm has
stopped.
Alarm deactivation
To deactivate the vehicle inclina-
tion detection function and the
interior intrusion detection func-
tion (vehicles equipped with the
interior alarm sensor)
NOTE
The function will be activated again if the
following operation is performed.
• If the doors and the liftgate are unlocked
using the keyless entry system or the
F.A.S.T.-key operation.
Power window control
5-40 Features and controls
5
N00510501231
The system will be disarmed if the following
operation is performed.
The operation mode is put in ON.
All doors and the liftgate are unlocked by
using the keyless entry system or the
F.A.S.T.-key operation.
N00510601144
Use the following procedure to test the sys-
tem:
1. Lower the driver’s window.
2. Arm the system as explained in “Armed
stage”.
3. Make sure that the theft-alarm indicator
comes on and flashes for approximately
20 seconds.
4. Wait a few seconds and then unlock the
driver’s side door by using the inside door
lock knob. Open the door.
5. Make sure that the horn (the siren for
vehicles equipped with the interior alarm
sensor) sounds intermittently and the
headlights blink when a door is opened.
6. Disarm the system by unlocking all doors
and the liftgate by using the keyless entry
system or the F.A.S.T.-key operation.
N00510801423
• If the operation mode is put in ON or ACC.
Disarmed stage
NOTE
If the UNLOCK button on the remote control
transmitter, or the driver’s or front passen-
ger’s door lock/unlock switch is pressed
when all doors and the liftgate are closed and
no door is opened within approximately 30
seconds, re-arming will automatically occur.
NOTE
Disarm...by using the keyless entry system or
F.A.S.T.-key operation
The amount of time after unlocking until the
vehicle relocks automatically can be
adjusted. See a certified Mitsubishi EV
dealer for details.
On a vehicle equipped with the Smartphone-
link Display Audio (SDA), the functions can
be adjusted on the screen. For details, refer
to a separate owner’s manual.
Once the system has been disarmed, it can-
not be rearmed except by repeating the arm-
ing procedure.
Testing the theft-alarm system
NOTE
Power window control
1- Open (down)
2- Close (up)
NOTE
Never try to operate the main switch and
sub-switch in different directions at the same
time. This will freeze the window in posi-
tion.
Operating the power windows repeatedly
with the Plug-in Hybrid EV System stopped
will run down the 12 V starter battery. Use
the window switches only while the Plug-in
Hybrid EV System is operating.
Power window control
Features and controls 5-41
5
N00548701209
The main switch located on the driver’s door
can be used to operate all the windows.
A window can be opened or closed by operat-
ing the corresponding switch.
Press the switch down to open the window,
and pull up the switch to close it.
If the switch is fully pressed down/pulled up,
the door window automatically opens/closes
completely.
If you want to stop the window movement,
operate the switch lightly in the reverse direc-
tion.
N00548800102
Each sub-switch can be used for it’s own pas-
senger door window, unless the driver’s win-
dow lock switch is activated.
WARNING
Before operating the power windows,
make sure that nothing can be trapped
(head, hands, fingers, etc.) in the window.
Never leave the vehicle without carrying
the key.
Never leave children or unreliable adults
unattended inside the vehicle.
Main switch
1- Driver’s door window switch
2- Front passenger door window switch
3- Left rear door window switch
4- Right rear door window switch
5- Lock switch
NOTE
If the switch is operated continuously, the
power window protection function will acti-
vate and the door window may not be opened
and closed automatically even if the switch
is fully pressed down/pulled up.
In such a case, pull up the door window
switch until the window has been fully
closed.
You should now be able to operate the door
window in a normal fashion.
Sub switch
1- Close
2- Open
Power window control
5-42 Features and controls
5
N00548901168
The power windows can be run up or down
when the operation mode is in ON.
The door windows can be opened or closed
for a 30-second period after the Plug-in
Hybrid EV System is stopped. However, once
the driver’s door or the front passenger’s door
is opened, the power windows cannot be
operated.
N00549001209
When this switch is in the lock mode, the pas-
senger door switches cannot be used to open
or close the door windows, and the main
switch will open or close only the driver’s
door window. To unlock the switch, push it
again.
N00528801204
If a hand or head is trapped, for safety the
door window is automatically lowered a little.
After the obstruction is removed, pull up the
switch again to close the door window.
NOTE
The rear door windows open only half-way.
Power window timer function
Lock switch
1- Lock
2- Unlock
WARNING
Before driving with a child in the vehicle,
be sure to lock the window switch to make
it inoperative. Children tampering with
the switch could easily trap their hands or
heads in the window.
Safety mechanism
WARNING
If the 12 V starter battery terminals are
disconnected or the fuse for electric win-
dow is replaced, the safety mechanism will
be canceled.
If a hand or head got trapped, a serious
injury could result.
CAUTION
The safety mechanism is deactivated just
before the door window closes. This allows
the door window to close completely. There-
fore be especially careful that fingers are not
trapped in the door window opening.
The safety mechanism is deactivated while
the switch is pulled up. Therefore be espe-
cially careful that fingers are not trapped in
the door window opening.
Do not deliberately trap your hands or head
in order to activate the safety mechanism.
Your hand or head could be trapped and per-
sonal injury could result.
Sunroof (if so equipped)
Features and controls 5-43
5
N00551400014
Wind buffeting can be described as the per-
ception of pressure on the ears or a booming
or rumbling sound. Your vehicle may exhibit
wind buffeting when driving with one or both
rear door windows down or partially opened.
This is a normal occurrence that can be mini-
mized. If the buffeting occurs with the rear
door windows open, open the front door win-
dows as well as the rear door windows to
minimize the condition.
N00511001741
The sunroof can be opened and closed with
the operation mode in ON.
Press the switch (1), the sunroof automati-
cally opens.
To stop the moving sunroof, press the switch.
Press the switch (3), the sunroof automati-
cally closes.
To stop the moving sunroof, press the switch.
When the switch (2) is pressed, the rear of the
sunroof raises for ventilation.
Press the switch (3).
NOTE
The safety mechanism can be activated if the
driving conditions or other circumstances
cause the door windows to be subjected to a
physical shock similar to that caused by
trapped hand or head.
If the 12 V starter battery terminals are dis-
connected or the fuse for power window is
replaced, the safety mechanism will be can-
celed and the door window will not automat-
ically open/close completely.
If the window is open, repeatedly raise
appropriate window switch until that win-
dow has been fully closed.
Following this, release the switch, raise the
switch once again and hold it in this condi-
tion for at least 1 second, then release it. You
should now be able to operate all windows in
the normal function.
What to do if you hear wind
buffeting when driving
Sunroof (if so equipped)
To open
NOTE
The sunroof stops just before reaching the
fully open position. If the vehicle is driven
with the sunroof in this position, wind buf-
feting is lower than with the sunroof fully
open.
To close
To tilt up
To tilt down
NOTE
Be sure to tilt down the sunroof before clos-
ing the sunshade.
Sunroof (if so equipped)
5-44 Features and controls
5
The sunroof can be operated when the opera-
tion mode is in ON. The sunroof can be
opened or closed for a 30- second period after
the Plug-in Hybrid EV System is stopped.
However, when the driver’s door or the front
passenger door is opened, the sunroof cannot
be operated. Start the Plug-in Hybrid EV Sys-
tem again to operate.
If a hand or head is trapped in the closing
sunroof opening, the safety mechanism will
cause the sunroof to re-open automatically.
The opened sunroof will become operational
again after a few seconds.
If the safety mechanism is activated 5 or
more times consecutively, normal closing of
the sunroof will be aborted.
As an emergency measure, the sunroof can be
closed bit by bit until the sunroof is com-
pletely closed by repeatedly pressing the
switch (2).
After that, the sunroof can be set the initial-
ized state in the following procedure.
1. Move the sunroof in slide open position.
2. Press the tilt up switch (2) continually in
10 seconds.
3. The sunroof will be moved to tilt up posi-
tion automatically bit by bit.
4. The initialize is completed when the sun-
roof is stopped at tilt up position.
If the sunroof does not return to normal,
consult a certified Mitsubishi EV dealer.
The sunshade can be opened or closed manu-
ally while the sunroof is closed.
Sunroof timer function
Safety mechanism
CAUTION
The safety mechanism is deactivated while
the switch (2) is pressed. Therefore be espe-
cially careful that fingers are not trapped in
the sunroof opening.
Do not deliberately trap your hands or head
in order to activate the safety mechanism.
Personal injury and malfunction of the sun-
roof could result.
NOTE
The safety mechanism can be activated if the
driving conditions or other circumstances
cause the sunroof to be subjected to a physi-
cal shock similar to that caused by a trapped
hand or head.
Sunshade
WARNING
Do not stick your head, hands or anything
else in the sunroof opening.
Before operating the sunroof, make sure
that nothing can be trapped (head, hands,
fingers, etc.).
Never leave a child unreliable adults unat-
tended inside the vehicle.
CAUTION
Do not attempt to close the sunshade when
the sunroof is opened.
Be careful that hands are not trapped when
closing the sunshade.
Parking brake
Features and controls 5-45
5
N00591500033
To park the vehicle, first bring it to a com-
plete stop, firmly apply the parking brake,
and then shift the select position to the “P”
(PARK) to lock the wheels.
Make sure the brake warning light is illumi-
nated.
The Electric parking brake is the system that
applies the parking brake by the electric
motor.
N00591600063
When the parking brake is applied, the brake
warning light in the instrument cluster and
the indicator light (A) on the Electric parking
brake switch will come on.
NOTE
When leaving the vehicle unattended, be
sure to close the sunroof and carry the key.
Do not try to operate the sunroof if it is fro-
zen closed (after snowfall or during extreme
cold).
Do not sit on or place heavy luggage on the
sunroof or roof opening edge.
Do not apply any force that may cause dam-
age to the sunroof.
Release the switch when the sunroof has
reached a completely open or completely
closed position.
If the sunroof does not operate when the sun-
roof switch is operated, release the switch
and check whether something is trapped by
the sunroof. If nothing is trapped, have the
sunroof checked at a certified Mitsubishi EV
dealer.
Be careful when tilting up the sunroof if a ski
carrier or a roof carrier is installed. Depend-
ing on the model of ski carrier or roof carrier,
the sunroof may contact the carrier when the
sunroof is tilted up.
Be sure to close the sunroof completely
when washing the vehicle or when leaving
the vehicle.
Do not put any wax on the weatherstrip
(black rubber) around the sunroof opening. If
it is waxed, the weatherstrip cannot maintain
a weatherproof seal with the sunroof.
After washing the vehicle or after rain be
sure to wipe off any water that is on the sun-
roof before operating it.
Operating the sunroof repeatedly with the
Plug-in Hybrid EV System stopped will run
down the 12 V starter battery. Operate the
sunroof only while the Plug-in Hybrid EV
System operating.
Parking brake
Electric parking brake
NOTE
You may hear an operation noise from the
vehicle body when operating the Electric
parking brake. This does not indicate a mal-
function and the Electric parking brake is
operating normally.
NOTE
When the 12 V starter battery is weak or
dead, the Electric parking brake cannot be
applied or released. Refer to “Jump-starting
the Plug-in Hybrid EV system” on page 8-2.
You may feel the brake pedal moving when
operating the Electric parking brake.
This does not indicate a malfunction.
To apply
1. Stop the vehicle completely.
2. Pull up the Electric parking brake switch
while depressing the brake pedal.
NOTE
Parking brake
5-46 Features and controls
5
When parking on a hill, set the parking brake,
and turn the front wheels toward the curb on a
downhill, or away from the curb on an uphill.
CAUTION
While the vehicle is in motion, do not apply
the Electric parking brake. Doing so may
cause overheating and/or premature wear of
brake parts, reducing brake performance.
NOTE
In the following conditions, the brake warn-
ing light will illuminate for approximately
15 seconds and then go off.
• While the Electric parking brake is applied,
the operation mode of the power switch is
put in OFF.
• While the operation mode of the power
switch is in OFF, the Electric parking brake
switch is pulled up.
If the Electric parking brake must be applied
in an emergency situation, pull and hold the
Electric parking brake switch to apply the
Electric parking brake. At that time, the fol-
lowing warning display will appear in the
multi-information display and a buzzer will
sound, however you should continue to pull
and hold the Electric parking brake switch.
When parking on steep grades, pull up the
Electric parking brake switch twice (once
more after the operation is completed once).
The maximum effect of the parking brake
will be obtained.
If the parking brake does not hold the vehicle
stationary after the foot brake is released,
contact a certified Mitsubishi EV dealer.
When the operation mode of the power
switch is other than ON, if the Electric park-
ing brake is applied, the Electric parking
brake indicator light comes on for a while.
NOTE
If the Electric parking brake switch is repeat-
edly operated in a short time, the following
warning display will appear in the multi-
information display and the Electric parking
brake will temporarily stop working. In such
case, wait for approximately 1 minute until
the warning display disappears, and operate
the Electric parking brake switch again.
The brake warning light and the indicator
light on the Electric parking brake switch
may blink. This does not indicate a malfunc-
tion if the lights go off when/if the Electric
parking brake is released.
Depending on the situation, the Electric
parking brake may be applied automatically.
Refer to “Brake auto hold” on page 5-74.
NOTE
Parking brake
Features and controls 5-47
5
N00591700051
When the accelerator pedal is depressed
slowly while all of the following conditions
are met, the Electric parking brake is auto-
matically released.
The Plug-in Hybrid EV System is operat-
ing.
The select position is in the “D” (DRIVE)
or the “R” (REVERSE) position.
The driver’s seat belt is fastened.
When the parking brake is released, the brake
warning light and the indicator light on the
Electric parking brake switch go off.
Before driving, be sure that the parking brake
is released and brake warning light is off.
To release
Manual operation
1. Make sure that the operation mode of
the power switch is ON.
2. Press down the Electric parking brake
switch while depressing the brake pedal.
Automatic operation
CAUTION
After the Electric parking brake switch has
been operated to apply or release the Electric
parking brake, if the brake warning light and
the indicator on the Electric parking brake
switch remain blinking or the Electric park-
ing brake warning light remain illuminated,
the Electric parking brake system may be
malfunctioning and the Electric parking
brake may not be applied or released. Imme-
diately park your vehicle in a safe place and
contact the nearest certified Mitsubishi EV
dealer.
If a vehicle is driven without releasing the
parking brake, the brake will overheat,
resulting in ineffective braking and possible
brake failure.
If the brake warning light does not go off
after the parking brake has been released, the
brake system may be malfunctioning.
Contact the nearest certified Mitsubishi EV
dealer.
If the acceleration of the vehicle seems
abnormally slow after the vehicle has been
parked with the Electric parking brake
applied in cold weather, stop the vehicle in a
safe place, then apply and release the Elec-
tric parking brake. If the vehicle acceleration
is still slow, contact the nearest certified
Mitsubishi EV dealer.
NOTE
When the operation mode of the power
switch is other than ON, the parking brake
cannot be released.
If the Electric parking brake does not auto-
matically release, it may be released by man-
ual operation.
When in other than “P” (PARK) position, if
you try to release the Electric parking brake
without depressing the brake pedal, the
warning display will appear.
CAUTION
Steering wheel height and reach adjustment
5-48 Features and controls
5
N00591800052
Warning light
Warning display
If there is a malfunction in the system, the
warning light will come on. In addition, the
warning display appears on the information
screen in the multi-information display.
Under normal conditions, the warning light
only comes on when the operation mode of
the power switch is put in ON and goes off a
few seconds later.
N00511501267
To adjust the steering wheel to the desired
position, move the lever upward or down-
ward while moving the steering wheel to the
desired position.
If you start driving without releasing the
Electric parking brake, the warning display
will appear.
If the driver’s foot contacts the accelerator
pedal in the condition that the Electric park-
ing brake can release by an automatic opera-
tion, the Electric parking brake may be
released automatically.
Warning display
NOTE
CAUTION
When the Electric parking brake warning
light does not illuminate or remains illumi-
nated when the operation mode of the power
switch is put in ON, or comes on while driv-
ing, the Electric parking brake may not be
applied or released.
Immediately contact the nearest certified
Mitsubishi EV dealer. For details, refer to
“Electric parking brake warning light” on
page 5-188.
When parking your vehicle while the Elec-
tric parking brake warning light is illumi-
nated, park the vehicle on level and stable
ground, shift the select position to “P”
(PARK) and place chocks, blocks, or stones
behind and in front of the tires to prevent the
vehicle from moving.
Steering wheel height and
reach adjustment
A- Wheel lock
B- Release
WARNING
After adjusting, make sure the lock lever
is secured in the locked (A) position.
Do not attempt to adjust the steering
wheel while driving. This can be danger-
ous.
Inside rearview mirror
Features and controls 5-49
5
N00511601444
Adjust the inside rearview mirror only after
making any seat adjustments so as to have a
clear view to the rear of the vehicle.
Adjust the inside mirror to maximize the
view through the rear window.
It is possible to move the mirror up and down
to adjust its position.
It is possible to move the mirror up/down and
left/right to adjust its position.
Inside rearview mirror
WARNING
Do not attempt to adjust the inside rear-
view mirror while driving. This can be
dangerous.
Be sure to adjust the mirrors before driv-
ing.
Type 1
Type 2
To adjust the vertical mirror
position
To adjust the mirror position
Inside rearview mirror
5-50 Features and controls
5
The day/night knob (A) at the bottom of the
mirror can be used to adjust the mirror to
reduce the glare from the headlights of vehi-
cles behind you during night driving.
When the headlights of the vehicles behind
you are very bright, the reflection factor of
the rearview mirror is automatically changed
to reduce the glare.
Normally, use the automatic mode. When the
operation mode of the power switch is put in
ON, the green indicator (1) illuminates and
the reflection factor of the mirror is automati-
cally changed.
N00589200033
When the operation mode of the power
switch is put in ON, the vehicle’s directional
heading (N, NE, E, SE, S, SW, W and NW)
will be displayed in the visual display (A).
To turn off the electronic compass, press the
switch (1) for approximately 5 seconds.
To reduce the glare
Type 1
1- Daytime position
2- Night position
Type 2
NOTE
Do not hang items on, or spray glass cleaner
on the sensors (2), as reduced sensitivity
could result.
If you want to stop automatic mode, press
the switch (3) and the indicator (1) will go
off.
To return to automatic mode, press the
switch again or put the operation mode of the
power switch in ON after putting the opera-
tion mode in OFF.
Electronic compass (if so equipped)
To operate the compass
NOTE
Inside rearview mirror
Features and controls 5-51
5
N00589400022
Drive the vehicle in a circle at approximately
5 mph (8 km/h) or less until the direction is
displayed in the visual display.
N00589500023
Under certain circumstances, as during a long
distance cross-country trip, it will be neces-
sary to adjust for compass variance.
Compass variance is the difference between
the earth’s magnetic north and the true geo-
graphic north. If not adjusted to account for
this compass variance, your compass could
give false readings.
N00589600024
1. Find your current geographic location and
the correct corresponding zone number on
the zone map.
2. Press the switch (1) for approximately 7
seconds until the zone number is dis-
played in the visual display.
NOTE
If the massage (“C”) is displayed in the
visual display, calibrate the compass accord-
ing to the instruction.
Refer to “To calibrate the compass” on page
5-51.
The electronic compass may not show the
correct direction in the following places
where the earth’s magnetic field is disrupted.
In these cases, the correct direction will be
displayed once the vehicle returns to a place
where the earth’s magnetic field is stable.
• Vehicle in tunnels or parked in buildings.
• Expressways, near railroads, underneath
railroad cables, or over subways
• Near transformer stations or high voltage
power lines
• Up or down a steep hill
Installing items such as a ski rack, antenna,
or even some body repair work can cause
changes to the vehicle’s magnetic field.
In these situations, the compass will need to
be recalibrated to the vehicle’s magnetic
field.
To calibrate the compass
NOTE
You can also calibrate the compass in your
vehicle on your everyday routine and after
several turns.
Compass variance
To adjust for compass variance
Outside rearview mirrors
5-52 Features and controls
5
3. Press the switch (1) until the correct zone
number is found and release the switch.
The visual display will show a compass
direction within a few seconds.
N00589700025
1. Press the switch (1) for approximately 10
seconds until the “C” is displayed in the
visual display.
2. Drive the vehicle in a circle at approxi-
mately 5 mph (8 km/h) or less until the
direction is displayed in the visual display.
N00512201232
Adjust the outside rearview mirrors only after
making any seat adjustments so as to have a
clear view to the rear of the vehicle.
CAUTION
Adjust for compass variance when the vehi-
cle is safety parked.
NOTE
The compass adjustment mode will automat-
ically shut off, if no adjustment is made
within approximately 10 seconds.
If adjusting the zone setting did not correct
the compass heading error, or if the zone is
already properly set for your area, re-cali-
brate the compass according to the instruc-
tion.
Refer to “To re-calibrate the compass” on
page 5-52.
To re-calibrate the compass
Outside rearview mirrors
WARNING
Do not attempt to adjust the outside rear-
view mirrors while driving. This can be
dangerous.
Be sure to adjust the mirrors before driv-
ing.
Your passenger’s side mirror is convex.
The objects you see in the mirror will look
smaller and farther away than they
appear in a regular flat mirror.
Do not use this mirror to estimate the dis-
tance of vehicles following you when
changing lanes.
Outside rearview mirrors
Features and controls 5-53
5
N00549101183
The outside rearview mirrors can be adjusted
when the operation mode of the power switch
is put in ON or ACC.
Move the lever (A) to the same side as the
mirror you wish to adjust.
Press the switch (B) to adjust the mirror posi-
tion.
N00549201285
The outside mirror can be retracted toward
the side window to prevent damage when
parking in tight locations.
Push the mirror toward the back of the vehi-
cle with your hand to retract it in. When
extending the mirror, pull it out toward the
front of the vehicle until it clicks to lock in
place.
With the operation mode of the power switch
in ON or ACC, push the mirror retractor
switch to retract the mirrors. Push it again to
extend the mirrors to their original positions.
After putting the operation mode of the
power switch in OFF, it is possible to retract
and extend the mirrors using the mirror
retractor switch for approximately 30 sec-
onds.
To adjust the mirror position
L- Left outside mirror adjustment
R- Right outside mirror adjustment
1- Up
2- Down
3- Right
4- Left
Except for vehicles equipped
with the mirror retractor
switch
Vehicles equipped with the
mirror retractor switch
NOTE
After adjusting, return the lever to the
“•”(OFF) position.
To retract the mirror
Except for vehicles equipped with the
mirror retractor switch
For vehicles equipped with the mirror
retractor switch
Retracting and extending the mir-
rors using the mirror retractor
switch
Outside rearview mirrors
5-54 Features and controls
5
The mirrors automatically retract or extend
when the doors and liftgate are locked or
unlocked using the keyless entry system or
the F.A.S.T-key operation.
Refer to “Keyless entry system” on page 5-19
or “To operate using the F.A.S.T.-key” on
page 5-7.
N00549301358
When the rear window defogger switch is
pressed with the ready indicator illuminating,
the outside rearview mirrors are defogged or
defrosted. Current will flow through the
heater element inside the mirrors, thus clear-
ing away frost or condensation.
The indicator light (A) will illuminate while
the defogger is on.
The heater will be turned off automatically in
approximately 15 to 20 minutes depending on
the ambient temperature.
CAUTION
It is possible to retract and extend the mirrors
by hand. After retracting a mirror using the
mirror retractor switch, however, you should
extend it by using the switch again, not by
hand. If you extended the mirror by hand
after retracting it using the switch, it would
not properly lock in position. As a result, the
mirror could move because of the wind or
vibration while you are driving, and this may
prevent the driver’s rearward visibility.
NOTE
Be careful not to get your hands trapped
while a mirror is moving.
If you move a mirror by hand or it moves
after hitting a person or object, you may not
be able to return it to its original position
using the mirror retractor switch. If this hap-
pens, push the mirror retractor switch to
place the mirror in its retracted position and
then push the switch again to return the mir-
ror to its original position.
When freezing has occurred and mirrors fail
to operate as intended, please refrain from
repeated pushing of the retractor switch as
this action can result in burn-out of the mir-
ror motor circuits.
Retracting and extending the mir-
rors without using the mirror
retractor switch (automatic exten-
sion function)
NOTE
Functions can be modified as stated below.
Please consult a certified Mitsubishi EV
dealer.
On vehicles equipped with the Smartphone-
link Display Audio (SDA), screen operations
can be used to make the adjustment. Refer to
the separate owner’s manual for details.
• Automatically extend when the operation
mode of the power switch is put in ON with
the driver’s door closed, and automatically
retract when the operation mode of the
power switch is put in OFF with the
driver’s door opened.
• Automatically extend when the vehicle
speed reaches approximately 19 mph (30
km/h).
• Deactivate the automatic extension func-
tion.
Heated outside rearview mirror
Electrical parking switch
Features and controls 5-55
5
N00586000030
To park the vehicle, bring it to a complete
stop, firmly apply the parking brake, and then
press the electrical parking switch to lock the
wheels. The indicator on the switch will illu-
minate in green and the select position indica-
tor on the information screen will display
“P”.
NOTE
The heated outside rearview mirror can be
set so that it can turn on automatically only
once if the ambient temperature becomes
low, when the operation mode is put in ON.
For further information, please contact a cer-
tified Mitsubishi EV dealer.
On vehicles equipped with the Smartphone-
link Display Audio (SDA), screen operations
can be used to make the adjustment.
Refer to the separate owner’s manual for
details.
Electrical parking switch
WARNING
Never press the electrical parking switch
while the vehicle is in motion.
Doing so while the vehicle is moving at low
speed may also cause shifting to the “P”
(PARK) position and stop the vehicle
abruptly. This can damage the vehicle
and/or could result in injury to occupants.
To avoid unintended actuation of the “P”
(PARK) position switch, never place an
object on the switch.
Unintentional shifting to the “P” (PARK)
position can lead to an accident.
CAUTION
If a problem occurs with the electrical park-
ing switch system, a warning will be dis-
played on the information screen in the
multi-information display. If this warning is
displayed, have your vehicle immediately
inspected by a certified Mitsubishi EV
dealer.
Do not spill liquid, such as a beverage, on
the electrical parking switch. This can cause
the electrical parking switch to malfunction.
Selector Lever (Joystick type)
5-56 Features and controls
5
If the vehicle is stationary and the driver’s
door is opened while the select position is not
in the “P” (PARK) position, a buzzer will
sound to remind you to press the electrical
parking switch.
N00583600048
N00583700049
The selector lever always returns to its home
() position when it is released.
The position you select with the selector lever
will be illuminated on the shift position panel
shown in the illustration below.
Move the selector lever slowly and securely
in the following method.
To select “D” (DRIVE) or “R”
(REVERSE):
Move the selector lever in the direction of
the arrow.
To select “N” (NEUTRAL):
Move the selector lever in the direction of
the arrow and hold it for a while.
To select “B” (REGENERATIVE
BRAKE):
Move the selector lever in the direction of
the arrow.
NOTE
When shifting to or from the “P” (PARK)
position, you may hear an operation noise
and/or feel vibration. This is normal.
If the electrical parking switch and the selec-
tor lever are repeatedly operated in a short
time period, shifting from or to the “P”
(PARK) position will temporarily be
restricted to protect the system.
If this occurs, wait for a while and then oper-
ate the electrical parking switch or the selec-
tor lever again.
Electrical Parking switch
reminder buzzer
Selector Lever (Joystick
type)
Selector lever operation
Home
position
Selector Lever (Joystick type)
Features and controls 5-57
5
The “B” (REGENERATIVE BRAKE) posi-
tion can only be selected while the shift posi-
tion is in “D” (DRIVE) position. When the
selector lever is moved to the “B” position,
the regenerative brake force will become
stronger. When the selector lever is again
moved to the “B” position, the maximum
regenerative brake force will be used.
To return to the “D” position, use the selector
lever to select the “D” position.
NOTE
If you move the selector lever to “B”
(REGENERATIVE BRAKE) position twice
too quickly, the maximum regenerative brake
force may not be used.
WARNING
Do not replace the selector lever knob
with anything other than a Mitsubishi
Motors Genuine part. In addition, do not
hang, attach or place any object, pouch or
bag around the selector lever. The selector
lever may unintentionally move resulting
in an accident.
Before moving the selector lever to the
“D” (DRIVE) or “R” (REVERSE) posi-
tion from the “P” (PARK) or “N” (NEU-
TRAL) position, always depress the brake
pedal firmly with your right foot and
never depress the accelerator pedal. Fail-
ure to follow this recommendation could
result in abrupt, unintended vehicle move-
ment and/or damage to vehicle compo-
nents.
NOTE
While the Adaptive Cruise Control system
(ACC) is operating, the level of the regenera-
tive brake cannot be changed by shifting to
the “B” (REGENERATIVE BRAKE) posi-
tion or operating the regenerative braking
level selector.
When operating the selector lever, always
make sure that the select position indicator
on the multi-information display changes to
the selected select position.
If the following operation is performed, a
buzzer may sound and the select position
may automatically be shifted to the “N”
(NEUTRAL) position.
• If the Electrical parking switch is pressed
while the vehicle is in motion.
• If the selector lever is moved to the “R”
(REVERSE) position while the vehicle is
moving forward.
WARNING
• If the selector lever is moved to the “D”
(DRIVE) position while the vehicle is mov-
ing backward.
• If the selector lever is moved to the “B”
(REGENERATIVE BRAKE) position after
shifted to the “R” position.
If the following operation is performed using
the selector lever, a buzzer will sound and
the selector lever operation will be canceled.
• While the select position is in the “P” posi-
tion, the selector lever is moved without
depressing the brake pedal.
• While the select position is in the “P” or
“N” position, the selector lever is moved to
the “B” position.
• When the operation mode of the power
switch is in ON and the ready indicator is
not illuminated, the selector lever is moved
to the “D” (DRIVE) or “R” (REVERSE)
position.
If the selector lever is moved and held for
approximately 10 seconds or longer, a buzzer
will sound. The buzzer will stop when the
selector lever is released.
If the driver's door is opened while the vehi-
cle is stationary with the shift position in any
position other than “P” or the vehicle is mov-
ing slowly and the ready indicator is illumi-
nated, a warning buzzer will sound. The
buzzer will stop sounding when the driver's
door is closed or the electrical parking
switch is pressed to shift to the “P” position.
NOTE
Selector Lever (Joystick type)
5-58 Features and controls
5
N00583800040
When the operation mode of the power
switch is put in ON, the selected select posi-
tion is shown on the multi-information dis-
play.
N00583900054
This position locks the wheels to prevent the
vehicle from moving.
This position is used to back up.
This position should only be used when the
vehicle is stationary for an extended length of
time while driving, such as in a traffic jam.
This position is for normal driving.
Use this position when strong regenerative
braking is required, such as on a steep down-
hill.
Two regenerative brake force levels can be
selected by operating the selector lever.
Refer to “Selector lever operation” on page
5-56, “Regenerative braking” on page 3-4
and “When driving down a long hill” on page
6-5.
Select position display
NOTE
When the “B” (REGENERATIVE BRAKE)
position is selected, the regenerative braking
force level is also displayed.
Select positions
“P” PARK
WARNING
Before leaving the vehicle, make sure that
the electrical parking switch has been
pressed, “P” is displayed on the informa-
tion display in the meter cluster and the
parking brake is firmly applied to prevent
the vehicle from rolling away.
“R” REVERSE
“N” NEUTRAL
WARNING
Never move the selector lever to the “N”
(NEUTRAL) position while the vehicle is
moving. The regenerative braking will be
lost.
Always depress the brake pedal firmly
with your right foot when shifting into or
out of “N” (NEUTRAL) to avoid unin-
tended vehicle movement.
“D” DRIVE
“B” REGENERATIVE BRAKE
WARNING
While driving on a slippery road, do not
use the “B” (REGENERATIVE BRAKE)
position. Abruptly releasing the accelera-
tor pedal can apply strong regenerative
braking causing the vehicle to skid which
could result in an accident.
If a large regenerative braking force is
applied by using the selector lever or the
regenerative braking level selector, the
stop lights will be automatically illumi-
nated.
Selector Lever (Joystick type)
Features and controls 5-59
5
N00586100044
While the “D” (DRIVE) or “B” (REGENER-
ATIVE BRAKE) position is selected, the
regenerative braking force level can be
changed by pulling one of the regenerative
braking force paddle selectors toward you.
One of six regenerative braking force levels,
B0 (without regenerative braking), or B1
(weakest level) to B5 (strongest level), can be
selected.
When stronger regenerative braking is
applied, more energy will be charged to the
main drive lithium-ion battery.
Refer to “Regenerative braking” on Page 3-4.
To decrease the regenerative braking
force: Pull the “+” selector.
The regenerative braking force will
become weaker by one level with each
operation.
To increase the regenerative braking
force: Pull the “−” selector.
The regenerative braking force will
become stronger by one level with each
operation.
To return to the normal regenerative brak-
ing force level (B2), pull and hold the “+”
selector for two seconds or more. When
the regenerative braking force is returned
to the default level (B2), “D” will be dis-
played on the multi-information display.
NOTE
When the main drive lithium-ion battery
level is full or nearly full, or the main drive
lithium-ion battery temperature is too high or
too low, the regenerative braking force may
temporarily be reduced or eliminated and
stronger effort may be required to operate the
brakes.
Regenerative braking force
level selector (paddle type)
− +
WARNING
When a stronger regenerative braking
force level is selected and the vehicle is
driven on a slippery road, if the accelera-
tor pedal is abruptly released, strong
regenerative braking force will be applied
which could cause the vehicle to skid and
result in an accident.
Always select a suitable regenerative
braking force level for the road condition.
NOTE
The regenerative braking force level may not
change when the lateral regenerative braking
force level selectors are operated at the same
time.
Repeated continuous operation of the regen-
erative braking force level selector will con-
tinuously change the regenerative braking
force levels.
Selector Lever (Joystick type)
5-60 Features and controls
5
N00586200029
When the regenerative braking force level
selector is operated or the “B” (REGENERA-
TIVE BRAKE) is selected, the selected
regenerative braking force level will be
shown on the multi-information display.
N00584000036
For short waiting periods, such as at traffic
lights, the vehicle can be left in select posi-
tion and held stationary with the service
brake.
For longer waiting periods with the Plug-in
Hybrid EV system operating, put the select
position in the “N” (NEUTRAL) position and
apply the parking brake, while holding the
vehicle stationary with the service brake.
Prior to moving off after having stopped the
vehicle, make sure that the select position is
in “D” (DRIVE) position.
If you turn on the SPORT mode, the regener-
ative braking force level will automatically
switch to B5. After the regenerative braking
force level is switched, the regenerative
braking level can be adjusted by the regener-
ative braking level selector.
If you turn on the cruise control while a
weaker braking force level (B0 or B1) is
selected, the regenerative braking force level
will automatically return to the normal level
(B2). Also, while the cruise control is operat-
ing, the regenerative braking force levels B0
and B1 cannot be selected.
A buzzer will sound if you attempt to select
these levels.
On vehicles equipped with the Adaptive
Cruise Control system (ACC), and while the
Adaptive Cruise Control system (ACC) is
operating, the regenerative braking force
level cannot be changed from the normal
level (B2). If the regenerative braking force
level selector is operated, a buzzer will
sound.
NOTE
Regenerative braking level display
Operation of the transaxle
CAUTION
Before selecting a select position with the
Plug-in Hybrid EV system operating and the
vehicle stationary, firmly depress the brake
pedal to prevent the vehicle from creeping.
The vehicle will begin to move as soon as the
transaxle is engaged, and the brakes should
only be released when you are ready to drive
away.
Always depress the brake pedal with the
right foot.
Using the left foot could cause delayed
driver reaction or driver confusion.
Operating the accelerator pedal while the
other foot is resting on the brake pedal will
affect braking efficiency and may cause pre-
mature brake pad wear.
Waiting
CAUTION
Never hold the vehicle stationary on a hill
with the accelerator. This could cause trans-
axle failure. Always apply the parking brake
and/or service brake to hold the vehicle.
CAUTION
S-AWC (Super-All Wheel Control) (if so equipped)
Features and controls 5-61
5
To park the vehicle, first bring it to a com-
plete stop, firmly apply the parking brake,
and then press the electrical parking switch.
When leaving the vehicle unattended, always
stop the Plug-in Hybrid EV system and bring
the key.
N00541301075
S-AWC is an integrated vehicle dynamics
control system that helps enhance driving
performance, cornering performance, and
vehicle stability over a wide range of driving
conditions through integrated management of
the twin motor 4WD, the Active Yaw Control
(AYC), the Anti-lock braking system (ABS)
and the Active stability control (ASC).
This system improves vehicle performance
and fuel economy during acceleration and
deceleration using motors provided at front
and rear wheels, respectively, controlling and
optimizing the distribution of a drive force
between the front and rear wheels.
N00541501022
The AYC is a system, with a left-right differ-
ential limiting function and yaw control func-
tion, that controls the left-right
driving/braking force by managing the brake.
The left-right differential limiting function is
a function that enhances driving performance
and vehicle stability by preventing idle spin-
ning of a wheel when driving on slippery
road or when the road surfaces of left and
right wheels are different.
The yaw control function is a function that
enhances vehicle cornering performance and
vehicle stability with management of vehicle
turning power (yaw moment) by controlling
the braking force when the vehicle does not
turn in response to steering input, such as
when the steering wheel is turned quickly or
when driving on slippery road.
Parking
S-AWC (Super-All Wheel
Control)
(if so equipped)
CAUTION
Do not over-rely on the S-AWC. Even the S-
AWC cannot prevent the natural laws of
physics from acting on the vehicle. This sys-
tem, like any other system, has limits and
cannot help you to maintain traction and con-
trol of the vehicle in all circumstances. Reck-
less driving can lead to accidents. It is the
driver’s responsibility to drive carefully.
This means taking into account the traffic,
road and environmental conditions.
Twin Motor 4WD
Active Yaw Control (AYC)
Left-right differential limiting
function
Yaw control function
CAUTION
Control of the braking force does not
enhance the stopping performance of the
vehicle, therefore, pay careful attention to
the safety of your surroundings when driv-
ing.
S-AWC (Super-All Wheel Control) (if so equipped)
5-62 Features and controls
5
N00598300027
Select the drive mode from the following
three types to suit the driving conditions.
N00598400028
When the operation mode of the power
switch is in ON, operate the drive mode
switch (A) to change the S-AWC drive mode.
N00598500029
Example: “SNOW” mode is selected.
The currently selected drive mode is dis-
played on the multi-information display.
In addition, when the drive mode is changed,
the selected mode appears on the interrupt
display screen of the information screen in
the multi-information display.
The drive mode display will appear on the
information screen for a few seconds, and
then the original screen will return.
S-AWC drive mode
Drive mode Function
NORMAL
This mode can be used on
both dry and wet roads. The
distribution of driving/brak-
ing torque to each wheel is
automatically controlled
according to the driving con-
dition.
SNOW
This mode is for driving on
slippery road surfaces, such
as snow-covered roads and
improves stability on a slip-
pery road.
LOCK
This mode is for driving
where maximum traction is
required. This mode is suit-
able for driving on rough
roads or driving in sand or
fresh snow.
Drive mode switch
CAUTION
Make sure that all four tires are the same
specified size, type, and brand, and have no
significant difference in the amount of wear
for all four wheels. Otherwise, the S-AWC
system may not work properly, and a EV sys-
tem warning (service required) may be dis-
played.
NOTE
Even if the S-AWC drive mode is selected,
after turning the operation mode of the
power switch OFF and turning to ON again,
the S-AWC drive mode is set to “NOR-
MAL”.
The drive mode can be switched while driv-
ing or stopped.
S-AWC drive mode display
4-wheel drive operation
Features and controls 5-63
5
N00542501133
The S-AWC operation status can be displayed
on the information screen in the multi-infor-
mation display.
To display the status, press the multi-informa-
tion display switch to change the information
screen.
Refer to “Information screen (With the opera-
tion mode in ON)” on page 5-145.
The S-AWC operation status is displayed.
N00530601267
Your vehicle has been designed primarily for
use on pavement.
But its unique 4 -wheel drive system allows
you to occasionally travel on unpaved roads,
to campgrounds, picnic sites, and similar
locations.
Not only does this ensure better handling on
dry, paved roads but also permits better trac-
tion when driving on slippery, wet or snow-
covered roads and when moving out of mud.
But it is not suitable for heavy off road use or
towing in rough conditions.
It is particularly important to note that 4-
wheel drive may not give sufficient hill
climbing ability and regenerative braking on
steep slopes. You should try to avoid driving
on steep slopes.
Also, you must exercise caution when driving
on sand and mud and when driving through
water because sufficient traction may not be
available in certain circumstances.
Please avoid driving the vehicle through areas
where the tires may get stuck in deep sand or
mud.
S-AWC operation display
Display example
Yaw control function display
The amount of the yaw moment is displayed
as a bar graph.
A,D- Clockwise yaw moment about the
vehicle’s center of gravity
B,C- Counterclockwise yaw moment about
the vehicle’s center of gravity
Torque distribution function display
The torque distribution between the front and
rear wheels is displayed in section E of the
meter as a bar graph.
If the red line is on the front, the torque of the
front motor will be high, and if it is behind it
the torque of the rear motor will be high.
WARNING
Always concentrate on your driving first.
Keep your eyes and mind on the road. Dis-
tractions while driving can lead to an acci-
dent.
4-wheel drive operation
WARNING
Do not over-rely on the 4-wheel drive vehi-
cles. Even 4-wheel drive vehicles have lim-
its to the system and ability to maintain
control and traction. Reckless driving may
lead to accidents. Always drive carefully,
taking account of the road conditions.
Improperly operating this vehicle on or
off-pavement can cause an accident or
rollover in which you and your passengers
could be seriously injured or killed.
• Follow all instructions and guidelines in
the owner’s manual.
• Keep your speed low and do not drive
faster than conditions.
Inspection and maintenance following rough road operation
5-64 Features and controls
5
Set the drive mode to “SNOW” in accordance
with the road conditions, and then gradually
depress the accelerator pedal for a smooth
start.
Set the drive mode to “LOCK” and then grad-
ually depress the accelerator pedal for a
smooth start. Keep the pressure on the accel-
erator pedal as constant as possible, and drive
at low speed.
Your vehicle may not provide sufficient hill
climbing ability and regenerative braking on
steep slope. Avoid driving on steep slopes
even though the vehicle is an 4-wheel drive
vehicle.
N00530701109
After operating the vehicle in rough road con-
ditions, be sure to perform the following
inspection and maintenance procedures:
Check that the vehicle has not been dam-
aged by rocks, gravel, etc.
Carefully wash the vehicle with water.
NOTE
Driving on rough roads can be hard on a
vehicle. Before you leave the pavement, be
sure all scheduled maintenance and service
has been done, and that you have inspected
your vehicle. Pay special attention to the
condition of the tires, and check the tire pres-
sures.
Mitsubishi Motors is not responsible to the
operator for any damage or injury caused or
liability incurred by improper and negligent
operation of a vehicle. All techniques of
vehicle operation depend on the skill and
experience of the operator and other partici-
pating parties. Any deviation from the rec-
ommended operating instructions above is at
their own risk.
Note that the stopping distance required of
the 4-wheel drive vehicle differs very little
from that of the front-wheel drive vehicle.
When driving on a snow-covered road or a
slippery, muddy surface, make sure that you
keep a sufficient distance between your vehi-
cle and the one ahead of you.
The driving posture should be more upright;
adjust the seat to a good position for easy
steering and pedal operation. Be sure to wear
the seat belt.
After driving on rough roads, check each
part of the vehicle and wash it thoroughly
with water. Refer to the “Inspection and
maintenance following rough road opera-
tion” section and “Vehicle care and Mainte-
nance” sections.
When moving out of mud, sand or fresh
snow, pressing the accelerator pedal may not
allow the power drive unit output to increase.
In such situations, switching to “LOCK”
with the drive mode switch and temporarily
turning off the Active stability control (ASC)
with the ASC OFF switch.
Refer to “Operation under adverse driving
conditions: If your vehicle becomes stuck in
sand, mud or snow” page 8-19.
On snowy or icy roads
CAUTION
Avoid sudden braking, sudden acceleration
and sharp turning. Skidding occurs and con-
trol of the vehicle could be lost.
NOTE
The use of snow tires is recommended.
Maintain a safe distance between vehicles,
avoid sudden braking, and use regenerative
braking.
NOTE
Driving on sandy or rough
roads
Climbing/descending sharp
grades
Inspection and maintenance
following rough road opera-
tion
Cautions on the handling of 4-wheel drive vehicles
Features and controls 5-65
5
Drive the vehicle slowly while lightly
depressing the brake pedal in order to dry
out the brakes. If the brakes still do not
function properly, contact a certified Mit-
subishi EV dealer as soon as possible to
have the brakes checked.
Remove the insects, dried grass, etc. clog-
ging the radiator core.
Check the inside of the vehicle. If water
entry is found, dry the carpet etc.
Inspect the headlights. If water is in the
headlight housing, have it drained at a
certified Mitsubishi EV dealer.
N00530801243
Since the driving torque can be applied to the
four wheels, the driving performance of the
vehicle when operating in 4-wheel drive is
greatly affected by the condition of the tires.
Pay close attention to the tires.
Install only the specified tires on all
wheels. Refer to “Tires and wheels” on
page 11-8.
Be sure all four tires and wheels are the
same size and type.
When it is necessary to replace any of the
tires or wheels, replace all four.
All tires should be rotated before the wear
difference between the front and rear tires
is recognizable.
Good vehicle performance cannot be
expected if there is a difference in wear
between tires. Refer to “Tire rotation” on
page 9-19.
Check the tire inflation pressure regularly.
Cautions on the handling of
4-wheel drive vehicles
Tires and wheels
CAUTION
Always use tires of the same size, type, and
brand that have no wear differences. Using
tires of different size, type, brands or degree
of wear, will increase the differential oil tem-
perature and result in possible damage to the
driving system. Further, the drive train will
be subject to excessive loading, possibly
leading to oil leakage, component seizure, or
other serious failures.
Towing
CAUTION
Do not tow 4-wheel drive vehicles with the
front or rear wheels on the ground (Type A
or Type B) as illustrated. This could result in
damage to the drivetrain, or unstable towing.
If you tow 4-wheel drive vehicles, use Type
C or Type D equipment.
Jacking up a 4-wheel drive
vehicle
WARNING
While jacking up the vehicle;
EV switch
5-66 Features and controls
5
N00591900066
To drive the vehicle without starting the
engine as much as possible, the EV priority
mode can be used.
This mode helps drive the vehicle at a place
needed for concern of noises and exhaust gas
emissions, such as residential areas etc.
To switch to the EV priority mode, press the
EV switch with operation mode of the power
switch in ON.
If the EV switch is pressed, you can drive the
vehicle by using only the EV drive mode as
much as possible, even if the accelerator
pedal is roughly depressed.
To cancel the EV priority mode, press the EV
switch again.
When the operation mode of the power
switch is put in OFF, the EV priority mode
will be canceled.
When switching to the EV priority mode, a
screen showing the EV priority mode is dis-
played on the information screen in the multi-
information display.
The EV priority mode indication on the upper
left of the screen also indicates the engine
operating state. When the engine is not run-
ning, it is displayed in blue, and when the
engine is running, it is displayed in gray.
• Do not turn on the Plug-in Hybrid EV
system.
• Do not turn the jacked-up wheel.
The tire on the ground may turn and the
vehicle may roll off the jack.
Do not touch the high voltage area.
Doing so can result in electrocution and
serious injury or death.
EV switch
WARNING
1: Engine is not running (blue)
2: Engine is running (gray)
EV switch
Features and controls 5-67
5
NOTE
While driving the vehicle in EV priority
mode, if the engine automatically starts
while the vehicle is accelerating, the vehicle
may accelerate more quickly.
In the following conditions, the EV priority
mode cannot be used even if the EV switch is
pressed, a buzzer will sound and the message
will appear in the multi-information display.
• When the remaining power in the main
drive lithium-ion battery is low.
Charge the main drive lithium-ion battery.
• When the cruise control or the Adaptive
Cruise Control system (ACC) is operating.
If you want to use the EV priority mode,
cancel the cruise control or the ACC.
• When the main drive lithium-ion battery
temperature is too cold.
• When using the EV priority mode is limited
to protect the Plug-in Hybrid EV System.
While the following message is displayed in
the multi-information display, the EV prior-
ity mode cannot be used even if the EV
switch is pressed, a buzzer will sound.
In any of the situations listed below, the EV
priority mode will be automatically canceled
and the message will appear in the multi-
information display.
• When the remaining power in the main
drive lithium-ion battery becomes low.
Charge the main drive lithium-ion battery.
NOTE
• When the vehicle speed of the cruise con-
trol or the ACC is set.
If you want to use the EV priority mode,
cancel the cruise control or the ACC.
• When the main drive lithium-ion battery
temperature becomes cold.
• When the protecting device of the Plug-in
Hybrid EV System is operated.
When the SAVE/CHARGE mode switch or
the SPORT mode switch is pressed on while
driving in the EV priority mode, the mode
changes to the selected mode.
If the EV switch is pressed, the mode is
returned to the EV priority mode.
However, the mode may not return to the EV
priority mode depending on the remaining
power in the main drive lithium-ion battery.
NOTE
SAVE/CHARGE mode switch
5-68 Features and controls
5
N00597900026
The battery save mode or the battery charge
mode can be used by pressing the
SAVE/CHARGE mode switch while the
operation mode of the power switch is in ON.
If the SAVE/CHARGE mode switch is
pressed, you can change the mode in the
order of SAVE, CHARGE, OFF, SAVE.
N00598000024
To save the remaining power in the main
drive lithium-ion battery while driving, the
battery save mode can be used. This mode
helps preserve the electrical power in the
main drive lithium-ion battery for later use,
such as in a residential area, or to use at your
destination. The battery save mode can also
be used to reduce electric power consumption
from the main drive lithium-ion battery dur-
ing high-speed driving.
When the battery save mode is activated, the
engine will start in order to preserve the
remaining power of the main drive lithium-
ion battery and the vehicle will operate in the
series hybrid mode or the parallel hybrid
mode depending on the remaining power in
the main drive lithium-ion battery.
To cancel battery save mode, press the
SAVE/CHARGE mode switch twice.
When the operation mode of the power
switch is put in OFF, the battery save mode
will be canceled.
In any of the situations listed below, the EV
priority mode continues even if the engine is
automatically started.
• When the accelerator pedal is fully
depressed.
• When the vehicle speed is over 80 mph
(130 km/h).
• When the defogger switch is pressed.
If the ambient temperature is low, the engine
may start for heating when the Plug-in
Hybrid EV system is started with air condi-
tioner performed.
If you want to stop the engine running, select
the EV priority mode with the operation
mode of the power switch in ON before start-
ing the Plug-in Hybrid EV system.
In the EV priority mode, the accelerator
pedal response may be negative even if the
accelerator pedal is depressed or released.
The motor output in the EV priority mode
may decrease due to the deteriorated main
drive lithium-ion battery or the ambient tem-
perature falls. In such a case, start the engine
by canceling the EV priority mode to secure
the motor output.
SAVE/CHARGE mode
switch
NOTE
Battery save mode
SAVE/CHARGE mode switch
Features and controls 5-69
5
If the battery save mode is activated, the fol-
lowing image is displayed on the information
screen in the multi-information display.
N00598100025
To charge the main drive lithium-ion battery
while driving, the battery charge mode can be
used. It is recommended to use this mode
before driving up long hills or mountain
roads.
When the battery charge mode is activated,
the engine will start to charge the main drive
lithium-ion battery to nearly full.
To cancel the battery charge mode, press the
SAVE/CHARGE mode switch once.
When the operation mode of the power
switch is put in OFF, the battery charge mode
will be canceled.
If the battery charge mode is activated, the
following image is displayed on the informa-
tion screen in the multi-information display.
NOTE
The engine may stop when the vehicle stops
or is running.
Even if the battery save mode is selected, the
engine may not start depending on the condi-
tion of the remaining main drive lithium-ion
battery capacity or the Plug-in Hybrid EV
system control.
In the following conditions, the battery save
mode cannot be used even if the battery save
mode is selected, a buzzer will sound and the
message will appear in the multi-information
display.
• When the engine coolant temperature is
high.
• When the remaining fuel quantity is low.
In any of the situations listed below, the bat-
tery save mode will be automatically can-
celed and the message will appear in the
multi-information display.
• When the engine coolant temperature
becomes high.
• When the remaining fuel quantity becomes
low.
When one of the following switches is
pressed while driving in the battery save
mode, the mode changes to the selected
mode.
• SAVE/CHARGE mode switch
• EV switch
• SPORT mode switch
Refer to “Battery charge mode” on page
5-69, “EV switch” on page 5-66 or “SPORT
mode switch” on page 5-71.
If the SAVE/CHARGE mode switch is
pressed once, the mode is returned to the bat-
tery save mode.
Battery charge mode
NOTE
WARNING
Before leaving the vehicle, be sure that the
operation mode of the power switch is put
in OFF.
Refer to “Parking” on page 6-6.
The engine can start at any time when the
battery charge mode is activated.
SAVE/CHARGE mode switch
5-70 Features and controls
5
• Never use the battery charge mode in a
closed or poorly ventilated area, such as
in a garage, or an area surrounded by
snow banks. Carbon monoxide gas,
which is odorless and extremely poison-
ous, could build up and cause serious
injury or death.
• Use the battery charge mode only in a
well-ventilated and open area.
Never use the battery charge mode where
combustible materials such as dry grass or
leaves can come in contact with a hot
exhaust, since a fire could occur.
CAUTION
While the battery charge mode is activated,
do not cover the front of the vehicle with
anything including a car cover. Doing so
could cause the engine to overheat.
NOTE
Even if the battery charge mode is selected,
the engine may not start depending on the
condition of the remaining main drive lith-
ium-ion battery capacity or the Plug-in
Hybrid EV system control.
In the following conditions, the battery
charge mode cannot be used even if the bat-
tery charge mode is selected, a buzzer will
sound and the message will appear in the
multi-information display.
WARNING
• When the engine coolant temperature is
high.
• When the remaining fuel quantity is low.
In any of the situations listed below, the bat-
tery charge mode will be automatically can-
celed and the message will appear in the
multi-information display.
• When the engine coolant temperature
becomes high.
• When the remaining fuel quantity becomes
low.
When driving a continuous uphill road with
4 % gradient or more at a speed of 62 mph
(100 km/h) or higher, it is recommended to
activate the battery charge mode at least
20 minutes before reaching the uphill road.
Depending on the road and/or vehicle condi-
tion, it may not be possible to maintain a
high speed.
NOTE
At high ambient temperatures, even if the
battery charge mode is activated for a pro-
longed time, the main drive lithium-ion bat-
tery may not charge.
The charging time close to full charge of the
main drive lithium-ion battery becomes lon-
ger depending on the condition of the main
drive lithium-ion battery, a driving condition
or a environment.
The engine may stop near full charge.
Using battery charge mode will increase fuel
consumption.
Laws in some communities may prohibit
leaving the engine running while the vehicle
is stationary. Before using the battery charge
mode while the vehicle is stationary, check
local regulations.
Check the remaining fuel level while the bat-
tery charge mode is activated, since the fuel
will be consumed.
When the EV switch or the SPORT mode
switch is pressed while driving in the battery
charge mode, the mode changes to the
selected mode.
Refer to “EV switch” on page 5-66 or
“SPORT mode switch” on page 5-71.
If the SAVE/CHARGE mode switch is
pressed twice, the mode is returned to the
battery charge mode.
NOTE
SPORT mode switch
Features and controls 5-71
5
N00598200026
To drive powerfuly and sporty on mountain
roads and uphill slope, the SPORT mode can
be used.
Quick acceleration in response to operation of
the accelerator pedal and quick deceleration
by strong regenerative braking force are pos-
sible.
To switch to the SPORT mode, press the
SPORT mode switch while the READY indi-
cator is on.
To cancel the sport mode, press the switch
again.
When the operation mode of the power
switch is put in OFF, the SPORT mode will
be canceled.
If the SPORT mode is activated, the follow-
ing display appears on the information screen
in the multi-information display.
SPORT mode switch
WARNING
If a large regenerative braking force is
applied, the stop lights will be automati-
cally illuminated.
NOTE
When SPORT mode is selected, the engine
will starts frequently, even if there is a large
amount of remaining power in the main drive
lithium-ion battery. Also, since the response
to the operation of the accelerator pedal will
improve, you may feel a shock if you depress
the accelerator pedal as usual.
When the SPORT mode is selected, the
regenerative braking force level automati-
cally switches to B5. After switching, you
can change to your desired regenerative
braking force level with the regenerative
braking force level selector.
Refer to “Regenerative braking level selector
(paddle type)” on page 5-59.
When you select the SPORT mode in the fol-
lowing situations, the large regenerative
braking force may temporarily be reduced or
eliminated.
• When the main drive lithium-ion battery
temperature is high or low.
• When the main drive lithium-ion battery
level is full or nearly full.
If you turn on the cruise control or the Adap-
tive Cruise Control System (ACC) while
driving in the SPORT mode, the regenerative
braking force level will be “D” (B2).
When the SPORT mode is returned by can-
celing the cruise control or the ACC, the
regenerative braking force level returns to
B5.
When the remaining fuel level is low, the
SPORT mode cannot be used even if the
SPORT mode switch is pressed.
If you want to use the SPORT mode, refuel
the vehicle.
NOTE
Acoustic vehicle alerting system (AVAS)
5-72 Features and controls
5
N00571901041
While driving at low speeds, such as in park-
ing lots, the acoustic vehicle alerting system
(AVAS) alerts people who may not hear your
vehicle approaching.
The system sounds when the vehicle speed is
approximately 22 mph (35 km/h) or less.
The system will not operate under the follow-
ing conditions:
When the vehicle speed is approximately
22 mph (35 km/h) or more.
When the select position is in the “P”
(PARK) position.
When the engine is running.
Under normal conditions, the indicator light
in the instrument cluster illuminates when the
operation mode of the power switch is put in
ON and goes off a few seconds later. Always
confirm the indicator light goes off before
driving.
While the following message is displayed in
the multi-information display, the SPORT
mode cannot be used even if the SPORT
mode switch is pressed, a buzzer will sound.
When the remaining fuel level becomes low,
the SPORT mode will be automatically can-
celed and the message will appear in the
multi-information display.
If you want to use the SPORT mode, refuel
the vehicle.
When the following switch is turned on
while driving in the SPORT mode, the mode
changes to the selected mode.
• EV switch
• SAVE/CHARGE mode switch
• Drive mode switch
• ECO mode switch
NOTE
Acoustic vehicle alerting
system (AVAS)
WARNING
Always pay special attention to pedestri-
ans. Even if the acoustic vehicle alerting
system (AVAS) sounds, pedestrians may
not notice your vehicle.
NOTE
If the indicator light blinks, the operation
mode of the power switch is put in OFF, and
the operation mode is put in ON once again.
It is not a malfunction if the indicator light
goes off. If the indicator light blinks again,
however, have the vehicle inspected at a cer-
tified Mitsubishi EV dealer as soon as possi-
ble.
Service brake
Features and controls 5-73
5
N00517501315
Overuse of the brake can cause weakening,
resulting in poor brake response and prema-
ture wear of the brake pads.
When driving down a long or steep hill, use
regenerative braking.
N00517601459
Your vehicle is equipped with power brakes
for more braking force with less brake pedal
effort.
Your brakes are designed to operate at full
capacity, even if the power assist is not being
used.
If the power assist is not being used, the effort
needed to press the brake pedal is greater.
If you should lose the power assist for some
reason, the brakes will still work.
If the power brake unit or either of the two
brake hydraulic systems stops working prop-
erly, the rest of the brake system will still
work, but the vehicle will not slow down as
quickly.
You will know this has happened if you find
you need to press the brake down farther, or
harder when slowing down or stopping, or if
the brake warning light and the warning dis-
play in the multi-information display come
on.
N00550701134
The disc brakes have an alarm that makes a
metallic squeal when the brake pads have
worn down enough to need service.
If you hear this sound, have the brake pads
replaced at a certified Mitsubishi EV dealer.
Service brake
Brake pedal
WARNING
Do not leave any objects near the brake
pedal or let a floor mat slide under it;
doing so could prevent the full pedal
stroke that would be necessary in an
emergency. Make sure that the pedal can
be operated freely at all times. Make sure
the floor mat is securely held in place.
CAUTION
It is important not to drive the vehicle with
your foot resting on the brake pedal when
braking is not required. This practice can
result in very high brake temperatures, pre-
mature lining wear, and possible damage to
the brakes.
Power brakes
WARNING
Never coast downhill with the operation
mode of the power switch in OFF. Make
sure that the ready indicator is illumi-
nated whenever your vehicle is in motion.
If you put the operation mode in OFF
while driving, the power brake booster
will stop working and your brakes will not
work as well.
If the power assist is lost or if either brake
hydraulic system stops working properly,
take your vehicle to a certified Mitsubishi
EV dealer immediately.
NOTE
At times, you may hear the brake electric
vacuum pump for the power brakes operat-
ing when the ready indicator illuminates or
the brake pedal is depressed.
This sound is normal and does not indicate a
problem.
Brake pad wear alarm
Brake auto hold
5-74 Features and controls
5
N00592000107
When the vehicle is stopped at traffic lights
etc., the vehicle can be held stationary with
the brake auto hold system even if you
release your foot from the brake pedal.
When the accelerator pedal is depressed, the
brakes are released.
If the brake auto hold switch is pressed while
all of the following conditions are met, the
system will change to the standby state and
the indicator light (A) on the switch comes
on.
The operation mode of the power switch
is in ON.
The driver’s seat belt is fastened.
The driver’s door is closed.
WARNING
Driving with worn brake pads will make it
harder to stop, and can cause an accident.
Brake auto hold
WARNING
Do not overly rely on the brake auto hold
system. On steep slope, depress the brake
pedal firmly because the system may not
hold the vehicle stationary.
Never leave the vehicle while it is being
stopped by the brake auto hold system.
When leaving the vehicle, apply the park-
ing brake and shift the select position to
the “P” (PARK) position.
Do not use brake auto hold system when
driving on slippery roads. The system may
not hold the vehicle stationary and could
result in an accident.
NOTE
While operating the brake auto hold system,
you may hear an operation noise to increase
braking force when the system detected the
movement of the vehicle. This does not indi-
cate a malfunction.
How to use brake auto hold
To turn on brake auto hold
NOTE
When the brake auto hold system cannot be
used, a buzzer will sound and the following
warning will appear on the information
screen in the multi-information display.
Brake auto hold
Features and controls 5-75
5
When the vehicle is stopped by depressing
the brake pedal with the select position in any
position other than “P” (PARK) or “R”
(REVERSE), the brake auto hold activates
and the vehicle will be held stationary.
The brake auto hold indicator light in the
instrument cluster will come on while the
system activates.
• If this warning appears, confirm that all of
the conditions for system operation are met
and that there is no malfunction in the sys-
tem.
• If this warning appears, fasten the driver’s
seat belt.
If any of the following occur while the sys-
tem is standby state, the brake auto hold sys-
tem will be turned off automatically and the
indicator light on the switch goes off.
A buzzer will sound and the message will
appear on the information screen in the
multi-information display.
• When the driver’s seat belt is unfastened.
• When the driver’s door is opened.
• When there is a malfunction in the system
NOTE
If keeping pressing the brake auto hold
switch after setting the brake auto hold to
ON (stand by), the brake auto hold will
return to OFF as a protection function is
operated.
After returning to OFF, the brake auto hold
will not be switched to ON (Stand by) even if
the brake auto hold switch is pressed. To set
the brake auto hold to ON, restart the Plug-in
Hybrid EV system and press the brake auto
hold switch again.
NOTE
To activate brake auto hold
CAUTION
Release the brake pedal only after the brake
auto hold indicator light has illuminated.
NOTE
In the following situations, the brake auto
hold system may not operate temporarily.
• The vehicle is stopped on a slippery road.
or
Hill start assist
5-76 Features and controls
5
Depress the acceleration pedal with the select
position in any position other than “P”
(PARK) or “N” (NEUTRAL).
The brakes are released, and the brake auto
hold indicator light in the instrument cluster
will go off.
Press the brake auto hold switch to turn off
the brake auto hold. The indicator light on the
switch goes off.
If you want to turn off the system while the
brake auto hold indicator light is illuminated,
press the switch with depressing the brake
pedal.
N00562601101
The hill start assist makes it easy to start off
on a steep uphill slope by preventing the
vehicle from moving backwards. It keeps the
braking force for approximately 2 second
when you move your foot from the brake
pedal to the accelerator pedal.
• The vehicle was stopped while the steering
wheel was turned all the way to the left or
right.
• The vehicle is being turned on a parking lot
turntable.
If this occurs, the brake auto hold system
will return to the normal operation if you
depress the accelerator pedal and the vehicle
starts moving again.
If the following operation is performed, the
brake auto hold will be deactivated and the
brake auto hold indicator light in the instru-
ment cluster goes off.
• When shifting the select position to the “P”
(PARK) or “R” (REVERSE) position with
depressing the brake pedal.
• When the Electric parking brake is applied
by using the Electric parking brake switch.
While the vehicle is held stationary with the
brake auto hold system, the Electric parking
brake will be automatically applied under the
following conditions, and a buzzer will
sound and the message will appear on the
information screen in the multi-information
display.
• After approximately 10 minutes has elapsed
with applying the brake auto hold system.
• When the driver’s seat belt is unfastened.
• When the driver’s door is opened.
• When the operation mode of the power
switch is put in OFF.
NOTE
• When the system detects the vehicle sliding
down a slope.
If the Electric parking brake cannot be
applied automatically due to the system mal-
function, the message will appear on the
information screen in the multi-information
display. Depress the brake pedal.
To start the vehicle
NOTE
To turn off brake auto hold
NOTE
If the brake auto hold system is turned off
without the brake pedal being depressed, a
buzzer will sound and the message will
appear on the information screen in the
multi-information display.
Hill start assist
Brake assist system
Features and controls 5-77
5
N00562701102
1. Stop the vehicle completely using the
brake pedal.
2. Release the brake pedal and the hill start
assist will maintain the braking force
applied while stopped for approximately 2
seconds.
3. Depress the accelerator pedal and the hill
start assist will gradually decrease the
braking force as the vehicle starts moving.
N00562801116
If an abnormal condition occurs in the sys-
tem, the following display/indicator will turn
on.
Warning display
N00567301129
The brake assist system is a device assisting
drivers who cannot depress the brake pedal
firmly such as in emergency stop situations
and provides greater braking force.
CAUTION
Do not overly rely on the hill start assist to
prevent backwards movement of the vehicle.
Under certain circumstances, even when hill
start assist is activated, the vehicle may
move backwards if the brake pedal is not suf-
ficiently depressed, if the vehicle is heavily
loaded, or if the road is very steep or slip-
pery.
The hill start assist is not designed to keep
the vehicle stopped in place on uphill slopes
for more than 2 seconds.
When facing uphill, do not rely on using the
hill start assist to maintain a stopped position
as an alternative to depressing the brake
pedal.
Doing so could cause an accident.
Do not put the operation mode of the power
switch in OFF or ACC while the hill start
assist is operating. The hill start assist could
stop operating, which could result in an acci-
dent.
To operate
NOTE
The hill start assist is activated when all of
the following conditions are met.
• The Plug-in Hybrid EV System is operat-
ing.
(The hill start assist will not be activated
while the Plug-in Hybrid EV System is
starting or immediately after the Plug-in
Hybrid EV System is started.)
• The select position is in any position other
than “P” (PARK) or “N” (NEUTRAL).
• The vehicle is completely stationary, with
the brake pedal depressed.
• The parking brake is released.
The hill start assist will not operate if the
accelerator pedal is depressed before the
brake pedal is released.
The hill start assist also operates when
reversing on an uphill slope.
Warning display
-
ASC indicator
CAUTION
If the warning is displayed, the hill start
assist will not operate. Start off carefully.
Park your vehicle in a safe place and stop the
Plug-in Hybrid EV System.
Restart the Plug-in Hybrid EV System and
check whether the indicator/display goes out,
in which case the hill start assist is again
working normally.
If they remain displayed or reappear fre-
quently, it is not necessary to stop the vehicle
immediately, but the vehicle should be
inspected by a certified Mitsubishi EV dealer
as soon as possible.
Brake assist system
Anti-lock braking system (ABS)
5-78 Features and controls
5
If the brake pedal is depressed suddenly, the
brakes will be applied with more force than
usual.
N00517901348
The anti-lock braking system (ABS) helps
prevent the wheels from locking up when
braking. This helps maintain vehicle drivabil-
ity and steering wheel handling.
When using the ABS (sudden braking),
steering is slightly different from normal
driving conditions. Use the steering wheel
carefully.
Always keep a safe distance from the
vehicle in front of you. Even if your vehi-
cle is equipped with the ABS, leave a
greater braking distance when:
• Driving on gravel or snow-covered
roads.
• Driving on uneven road surfaces.
Operation of ABS is not restricted to situ-
ations where brakes are applied suddenly.
This system may also prevent the wheels
from locking when you drive over man-
holes, steel roadwork plates, road mark-
ings, or any uneven road surface.
When the ABS is in use, you may feel the
brake pedal vibrating and hear a unique
sound. You may also feel as if the pedal
resists being pressed.
In this situation, simply hold the brake
pedal down firmly. Do not pump the
brake, which will result in reduced
braking performance.
CAUTION
The brake assist system is not a device
designed to exercise braking force greater
than its capacity. Make sure to always keep a
sufficient distance between your vehicle and
a vehicle in front of you without relying too
much on the brake assist system.
NOTE
Once the brake assist system is operational,
it maintains great braking force even if the
brake pedal is lightly released.
To stop its operation, completely remove
your foot from the brake pedal.
The brake assist system may become opera-
tional when the brake pedal is fully
depressed even if it has not been depressed
suddenly.
When the brake assist system is in use while
driving, you may feel as if the depressed
brake pedal is soft, the pedal moves in small
motions in conjunction with the operation
noise, or the vehicle body and the steering
wheel vibrate. This occurs when the brake
assist system is operating normally and does
not indicate faulty operation. Continue to
depress the brake pedal.
You may hear an operation noise when the
brake pedal is suddenly or fully depressed
while stationary. This does not indicate a
malfunction and the brake assist system is
operating normally.
When the anti-lock brake system warning
light or only active stability control warning
light illuminate, the brake assist system in
not functioning.
Anti-lock braking system
(ABS)
Driving hints
NOTE
CAUTION
The ABS cannot prevent accidents. It is your
responsibility to take safety precautions and
to drive carefully.
To prevent failure of the ABS, be sure all 4
wheels and tires are the same size and the
same type.
Do not install any aftermarket limited slip
differential (LSD) on your vehicle. The ABS
may stop functioning properly.
Anti-lock braking system (ABS)
Features and controls 5-79
5
N00531601714
Warning light
Warning display
If there is a malfunction in the system, the
ABS warning light will come on and the
warning display will appear on the informa-
tion screen in the multi-information display.
Under normal conditions, the ABS warning
light only comes on when the operation mode
of the power switch is put in ON and goes off
a few seconds later.
N00531701728
Avoid hard braking and high-speed driv-
ing. Stop the vehicle in a safe place.
Test the system by restarting the Plug-in
Hybrid EV system and driving at a speed
of approximately 12 mph (20 km/h) or
higher.
If the warning light / display then remains
off during driving, there is no abnormal
condition.
However, if the warning light / display do
not disappear, or if they come on again
when the vehicle is driven, have the vehi-
cle checked by a certified Mitsubishi EV
dealer as soon as possible.
Warning light
Warning display
NOTE
A whining sound is emitted from the engine
compartment when driving immediately
after starting the Plug-in Hybrid EV system.
These are the normal sounds the ABS makes
when performing a self-check. It does not
indicate a malfunction.
The ABS can be used after the vehicle has
reached a speed over approximately 6 mph
(10 km/h). It stops working when the vehicle
slows below 3 mph (5 km/h).
ABS warning light / display
CAUTION
Any of the following indicates that the ABS
is not functioning and only the standard
brake system is working. (The standard
brake system is functioning normally.) If this
happens, take your vehicle to a certified Mit-
subishi EV dealer.
• When the operation mode of the power
switch is put in ON, the warning light does
not come on or it remains on and does not
go off
• The warning light comes on while driving
• The warning display appears while driving
If the warning light / display
illuminate while driving
If only the ABS warning light / dis-
play illuminate
If the ABS warning light / display
and brake warning light / display
illuminate at the same time
Electric power steering system (EPS)
5-80 Features and controls
5
The ABS and brake force distribution func-
tion may not work, so hard braking could
make the vehicle unstable.
Avoid hard braking and high-speed driving.
Stop the vehicle in a safe place and contact a
certified Mitsubishi EV dealer.
N00529201120
After driving on snow or icy roads, remove
any snow and ice which may have be left
around the wheels. On vehicles that have an
ABS, be careful not to damage the wheel
speed sensors (A) or the cables located at
each wheel.
N00568401130
The power steering system operates while the
Plug-in Hybrid EV System is operating. It
helps reduce the effort needed to turn the
steering wheel.
The power steering system has mechanical
steering capability in case the power assist is
lost. If the power assist is lost for some rea-
son, you will still be able to steer your vehi-
cle, but you will notice it takes much more
effort to steer. If this happens, have your vehi-
cle inspected at a certified Mitsubishi EV
dealer.
NOTE
The ABS warning light and brake warning
light illuminate at the same time and the
warning displays appear alternately on the
information screen in the multi-information
display.
After driving on icy roads
Electric power steering sys-
tem (EPS)
Front Rear
WARNING
Do not stop the Plug-in Hybrid EV System
while the vehicle is moving. Stopping the
Plug-in Hybrid EV System would make
the steering wheel extremely hard to turn,
possibly resulting in an accident.
NOTE
During repeated full-lock turning of the
steering wheel (for example, while you are
manoeuvring the vehicle into a parking
space), a protection function may be acti-
vated to prevent overheating of the power
steering system. This function will make the
steering wheel gradually harder to turn. In
this event, limit your turning of the steering
wheel for a while. When the system has
cooled down, the steering effort will return
to normal.
If you turn the steering wheel while the vehi-
cle is stationary with the headlights on, the
headlights may become dim. This behavior
is not abnormal. The headlights will return to
their original brightness after a short while.
Active stability control (ASC)
Features and controls 5-81
5
If there is a malfunction in the system, the
warning display will appear on the informa-
tion screen in the multi-information display.
N00559101186
The Active stability control (ASC) takes
overall control of the anti-lock braking sys-
tem (ABS), traction control function and skid
control function to help maintain the vehicle’s
control and traction. Please read this section
in conjunction with the page on the ABS,
traction control function and skid control
function.
Anti-lock braking system (ABS) P.5-78
Traction control function P.5-81
Skid control function P.5-81
N00559200021
On slippery surfaces, the traction control
function prevents the drive wheels from spin-
ning excessive, thus helping the vehicle to
start moving from a stopped condition. It also
provides sufficient driving force and steering
performance as the vehicle turns while press-
ing the acceleration pedal.
N00559301061
The skid control function is designed to help
the driver maintain control of the vehicle on
Electric power steering system
warning display
CAUTION
If the warning display appears while the
Plug-in Hybrid EV System is operating, have
the vehicle inspected by a certified Mitsubi-
shi EV dealer as soon as possible. It may
become harder to turn the steering wheel.
Active stability control
(ASC)
CAUTION
Do not over-rely on the ASC. Even the ASC
cannot prevent the natural laws of physics
from acting on the vehicle. This system, like
any other system, has limits and cannot help
you to maintain traction and control of the
vehicle in all circumstances. Reckless driv-
ing can lead to accidents. It is the driver’s
responsibillty to drive carefully, This means
taking into account the traffic, road and envi-
ronmental conditions.
Be sure to use the same specified type and
size of tire on all four wheels. Otherwise, the
ASC may not work properly.
Do not install any aftermarket limited slip
differential (LSD) on your vehicle. The ASC
may stop functioning properly.
NOTE
An operation noise may be emitted from the
engine compartment in the following situa-
tions. The sound is associated with checking
the operations of the ASC. At this time, you
may feel a shock from the brake pedal if you
depress it. These do not indicate a malfunc-
tion.
• When the operation mode of the power
switch is put in ON.
• When the vehicle is driven for a while after
starting the Plug-in Hybrid EV System.
When the ASC is activated, you may feel a
vibration in the vehicle body or hear a whin-
ing sound from the engine compartment.
This indicates that the system is operating
normally. It does not indicate a malfunction.
When the ABS warning light is illuminated,
the ASC is not active.
Traction control function
CAUTION
When driving a vehicle on a snowy or icy
road, be sure to install snow tires and drive
the vehicle at moderate speeds.
Skid control function
NOTE
Active stability control (ASC)
5-82 Features and controls
5
slippery roads or during rapid steering
maneuvers. It works by controlling the power
drive unit output and the brake on each
wheel.
N00559401349
The ASC is automatically activated when the
operation mode of the power switch is put in
ON. You can deactivate the system by press-
ing down the ASC OFF switch for 3 seconds
or longer.
When the ASC is deactivated, the indica-
tor will turn on. To reactivate the ASC,
momentarily press the ASC OFF switch; the
indicator is turned off.
NOTE
The skid control function operates at speeds
of approximately 9 mph (15 km/h) or higher.
ASC OFF switch
CAUTION
For safety reasons, the ASC OFF switch
should be operated when your vehicle is
stopped.
Be sure to keep the ASC on while driving in
normal circumstances.
Never deactivate the ASC unless necessary
to move out of mud, sand or fresh snow.
Reactivate the ASC immediately when done.
If you depress the accelerator pedal exces-
sively while the ASC is deactivated, the
vehicle may suddenly lurch forward/back-
ward causing injury to nearby people, dam-
age to nearby objects, or the wheels may spin
excessively causing damage to the vehicle.
NOTE
Using the ASC OFF switch turns off both the
stability control function and the traction
control function.
When moving out of mud, sand or fresh
snow, pressing the accelerator pedal may not
allow the power drive unit output to increase.
In such situations, switching to “LOCK”
with the drive mode switch and temporarily
turning off ASC with the ASC OFF switch
will make it easier to move out your vehicle.
Refer to “Operation under adverse driving
conditions: If your vehicle becomes stuck in
sand, mud or snow” page 8-19.
If you continue to press the ASC OFF switch
after the ASC is turned off, the “mistaken
operation protection function” will activate
and the ASC will turn back on.
CAUTION
Active stability control (ASC)
Features and controls 5-83
5
N00559501236
N00546601132
If an abnormal condition occurs in the sys-
tem, the following display/indicator will turn
on.
Warning display
ASC operation display or ASC
OFF indicator
-
ASC operation display/ASC indicator
The display/indicator will blink when
the ASC is operating.
-
ASC OFF indicator
This indicator will turn on when the
ASC is turned off with the ASC OFF
switch.
CAUTION
When display/indicator blinks, ASC is
operating, which means that the road is slip-
pery or that your vehicle’s wheels are begin-
ning to slip. If this happens, drive slower.
If the temperature in the braking system con-
tinues to increase due to continuous brake
control on a slippery road surface, the
indicator will blink.
To prevent the brake system from overheat-
ing, the brake control of the traction control
function will be temporarily suspended.
The power drive unit output control of the
traction control function and normal brake
operation will not be affected.
Park your vehicle in a safe place. When the
temperature in the braking system has come
down, the indicator will be turned off and
the traction control function will start operat-
ing again.
NOTE
The indicator may come on when you
start the Plug-in Hybrid EV System. This
means that the 12 V starter battery voltage
momentarily dropped when the Plug-in
Hybrid EV System was started. It does not
indicate a malfunction, provided that the dis-
play goes out immediately.
CAUTION
ASC warning display
-
ASC indicator
-
ASC OFF indicator
CAUTION
The system may be malfunctioning.
Park your vehicle in a safe place and stop the
Plug-in Hybrid EV System. Restart the Plug-
in Hybrid EV System and check whether the
display/indicator goes out. If they go out,
there is no abnormal condition. If they do not
go out or if they turn on frequently, it is not
necessary to stop the vehicle immediately,
but you should have your vehicle inspected
by a certified Mitsubishi EV dealer as soon
as possible.
Cruise control (if so equipped)
5-84 Features and controls
5
N00518301697
Cruise control is an automatic speed control
system that keeps a set speed. It can be acti-
vated at speeds from approximately 25 mph
(40 km/h). Cruise control does not work at
speeds below approximately 25 mph
(40 km/h).
N00518401483
1. With the operation mode of the power
switch in ON, press the CRUISE CON-
TROL ON/OFF switch (A) to turn on the
cruise control.
Cruise control (if so equipped)
CAUTION
When you do not wish to drive at a set speed,
turn off the cruise control for safety.
Do not use cruise control when driving con-
ditions will not allow you to stay at the same
speed, such as in heavy traffic or on roads
that are winding, icy, snow-covered, wet,
slippery, on a steep downhill slope.
NOTE
Cruise control may not be able to keep your
speed on uphills or downhills.
Your speed may decrease on a steep uphill.
You may use the accelerator pedal if you
want to stay at your set speed.
Your speed may increase to more than the set
speed on a steep downhill. You have to use
the brake to control your speed. As a result,
the set speed driving is deactivated.
The regenerative braking level B0 or B1 can-
not be selected under the cruise control.
The buzzer sounds if you try to select these
levels.
Cruise control switches
A- CRUISE CONTROL ON/OFF switch
Used to turn on and off the cruise control.
B- “SET -” switch
Used to reduce the set speed and to set the
desired speed.
C- “RES +” switch
Used to increase the set speed and to
return to the original set speed.
D- “CANCEL” switch
Used to deactivate the set speed driving.
NOTE NOTE
When operating the cruise control switches,
press the cruise control switches correctly.
The set speed driving may be deactivated
automatically if two or more switches of the
cruise control are pressed at the same time.
To activate
Cruise control (if so equipped)
Features and controls 5-85
5
The cruise indicator display appears on
the information screen in the multi-infor-
mation display.
Indicator display
2. Accelerate or decelerate to your desired
speed, then push down and release the
“SET -” switch (B). The “SET” indicator
appears on the information display in the
multi-information screen. The vehicle will
then maintain the desired speed.
N00518501426
There are two ways to increase the set speed.
Push up and hold the “RES +” switch (C)
while driving at the set speed, and your speed
will then gradually increase.
When you reach your desired speed, release
the switch. Your new cruising speed is now
set.
To increase your speed in small amounts,
push up the “RES +” switch (C) for less than
approximately 1 second and release it.
Each time you press the “RES +” switch (C),
your vehicle will go approximately 1 mph
(1.6 km/h) faster.
While driving at the set speed, use the accel-
erator pedal to reach your desired speed and
then push down the “SET -” switch (B) and
release the switch momentarily to set a new
desired cruising speed.
N00518601355
There are two ways to decrease the set speed.
NOTE
When you release the “SET -” switch (B),
the vehicle speed will be set.
To increase the set speed
“RES +” switch
Accelerator pedal
To decrease the set speed
Cruise control (if so equipped)
5-86 Features and controls
5
Push down and hold the “SET -” switch (B)
while driving at the set speed, and your speed
will slow down gradually.
When you reach your desired speed, release
the switch. Your new cruising speed is now
set.
To slow down your speed in small amounts,
push down the “SET -” switch (B) for less
than approximately 1 second and release it.
Each time you push down the “SET -” switch
(B), your vehicle will slow down by approxi-
mately 1 mph (1.6 km/h).
While driving at the set speed, use the brake
pedal, which disengages the cruise control,
then push down the “SET -” switch (B) and
release the switch momentarily to set a new
desired cruising speed.
N00541701125
Depress the accelerator pedal as you would
normally. When you release the pedal, you
will return to your set speed.
“SET -” switch Brake pedal
To temporarily increase or
decrease the speed
To temporarily increase the speed
NOTE
In some driving conditions, the set speed
driving may be deactivated. If this happens,
refer to “To activate” on page 5-84 and
repeat the speed setting procedure.
Cruise control (if so equipped)
Features and controls 5-87
5
Depress the brake pedal to decrease the
speed. To return to the previously set speed,
push up the “RES +” switch (C).
Refer to “To resume the set speed” on page
5-87.
N00518801621
The set speed driving can be deactivated as
follows:
Press the CRUISE CONTROL ON/OFF
switch (A) (Cruise control will be turned
off.)
Press the CANCEL switch (D).
Depress the brake pedal.
The set speed driving is deactivated automati-
cally in any of the following ways.
When your speed slows to approximately
10 mph (15 km/h) or more below the set
speed because of a hill, etc.
When your speed slows to approximately
25 mph (40 km/h) or less.
When the active stability control (ASC)
starts operating.
Refer to “Active stability control (ASC)”
on page 5-81.
N00518901417
If the set speed driving is deactivated by the
condition described in “To deactivate” on
page 5-87, you can resume the previously set
speed by push up the “RES +” switch (C)
while driving at a speed of approximately 25
mph (40 km/h) or higher.
The “SET” indicator appears on the informa-
tion screen in the meter cluster.
To temporarily decrease the speed
To deactivate
WARNING
Although the set speed driving will be
deactivated when shifting to the “N”
(NEUTRAL) position, never move the
selector lever to the “N” (NEUTRAL)
position while driving.
You would have no regenerative braking
and could cause a serious accident.
CAUTION
When the set speed driving is deactivated
automatically in any situation other than
those listed above, there may be a system
malfunction.
Press the CRUISE CONTROL ON/OFF
switch to turn off the cruise control and have
your vehicle inspected by a certified Mit-
subishi EV dealer.
To resume the set speed
Adaptive Cruise Control System (ACC) (if so equipped)
5-88 Features and controls
5
Under either of the following conditions,
however, using the switch does not allow you
to resume the previously set speed. In these
situations, repeat the speed setting procedure:
The CRUISE CONTROL ON/OFF
switch is pressed.
The operation mode of the power switch
is put in OFF.
The cruise indicator goes off.
N00576800077
Adaptive Cruise Control System (ACC)
maintains a set speed with no need for you to
use the accelerator pedal. Using a sensor (A),
the system also measures the relative speed
and distance between your vehicle and a vehi-
cle in front, and maintains a set following dis-
tance between your vehicle and the vehicle in
front by automatically decelerating your vehi-
cle if it becomes too close to the vehicle in
front.
The cruising set speed can be set from 25
mph (40 km/h) to 110 mph (180 km/h). The
distance can be selected from three levels.
If the vehicle in front decelerates, the ACC
will automatically apply limited braking to
maintain the distance, and if the front vehicle
then accelerates, the ACC will automatically
accelerate your vehicle up to the set speed. If
your vehicle is approaching too close to the
front vehicle, a buzzer will sound and a warn-
ing is shown in the multi-information display.
When the ACC detects no vehicle ahead, the
set speed will be maintained.
Conventional cruise control mode without the
distance control can also be selected.
Stop lights are illuminated during automatic
braking.
Adaptive Cruise Control
System (ACC)
(if so equipped)
WARNING
Before using the ACC, read this entire sec-
tion to understand the limitations of this
system. Failure to follow instructions
could result in an accident.
Never rely solely on the ACC. The ACC is
not a collision avoidance system or an
automatic driving system. It is designed to
use only limited braking and is never a
substitute for your safe and careful driv-
ing. Always be ready to apply the brakes
manually.
NOTE
While the ACC is operating, the regenerative
braking level cannot be changed.
If you attempt to change the level, a buzzer
will sound.
If the ACC is turned on while the “B”
(REGENERATIVE BRAKE) position is
selected, the shift position will be automati-
cally changed to the “D” (DRIVE) position.
Adaptive Cruise Control System (ACC) (if so equipped)
Features and controls 5-89
5
N00577000034
N00577100051
While the ACC is turned on, indicators for
the ACC are shown in the multi-information
display.
Cruise control switch
1- “ACC ON/OFF” switch
Used to turn on and off the ACC sys-
tem.
2- “SET -” switch
Used to set a desired speed or to reduce
the set speed.
3- “RES +” switch
Used to resume the control function
after cancelling the ACC or the conven-
tional cruise control.
Also used to increase the set speed.
4- “CANCEL” switch
Used to cancel the control function of
the ACC or the cruise control.
5- ACC distance switch
Used to set or change the following dis-
tance between your vehicle and a vehi-
cle in front.
NOTE
When operating the cruise control switches,
press the cruise control switches correctly.
The ACC may be deactivated automatically
if two or more switches of the cruise control
are pressed at the same time.
ACC Indicators
1- ACC indicator:
Indicating that the ACC is turned on.
2- Control state indicator:
Indicating that ACC is activated.
3- Set speed indicator:
Indicating the set speed.
If the set speed is not set, “---” is
shown.
4- Front vehicle indicator:
Indicating when the ACC detects a
vehicle ahead.
When a front vehicle is detected while
the ACC is activated, the ‘Active’ front
vehicle indicator shown in the illustra-
tion below will illuminate.
When a front vehicle is detected while
the ACC is not activated or the ACC is
canceled, the ‘Stand by’ front vehicle
indicator will illuminate.
Display
State
Stand by Active
Vehicle in
front detected
Adaptive Cruise Control System (ACC) (if so equipped)
5-90 Features and controls
5
N00577200078
When the operation mode of the power
switch is in ON, press the “ACC ON/OFF”
switch.
The ACC indicators will appear in the multi-
information display.
Press the “ACC ON/OFF” switch to turn off
the ACC.
5-Following distance indicator:
Indicating the following distance.
Two states: “Stand by” and “Active”
When a front vehicle is detected while
the ACC is activated, the ‘Active’ fol-
lowing distance indicator shown in the
illustration below will illuminate.
When a front vehicle is detected while
the ACC is not activated or the ACC is
canceled, the ‘Stand by’ following dis-
tance indicator will illuminate.
Following
distance set-
ting symbol
State
Stand by Active
Long
Middle
Short
How to use ACC
To turn on ACC
NOTE
Every time the operation mode is put in OFF,
the ACC is turned off.
To turn off ACC
NOTE
The ACC can be turned off even while the
ACC is active.
Every time the operation mode is put in OFF,
the ACC is turned off and the set speed is
erased.
Adaptive Cruise Control System (ACC) (if so equipped)
Features and controls 5-91
5
With the ACC turned on, push down the
“SET -” switch while driving, and when your
vehicle reaches your desired speed, release
the “SET -” switch. The ACC will activate
and initiate the speed control to maintain the
set speed.
The set indicator comes on, the set speed is
indicated and the following distance indicator
changes to the ‘active’ display. Also a buzzer
will sound.
You can set the speed anywhere from approx-
imately 25 mph (40 km/h) to 110 mph (180
km/h).
While a vehicle in front is being detected and
your vehicle speed is between approximately
6 mph (10 km/h) and 25 mph (40 km/h), you
can activate the ACC. In this case, the set
speed will be set at 25 mph (40 km/h).
The ACC cannot otherwise be activated while
your vehicle is traveling less than 25 mph (40
km/h) or greater than 110 mph (180 km/h).
N00581300025
The speed of your vehicle will be maintained
at the speed you have set. The speed can be
set between approximately 25 mph (40 km/h)
and 110 mph (180 km/h).
To activate ACC control
NOTE
When any of the following conditions are
present, the ACC will not activate.
• When your vehicle speed is lower than
approximately 6 mph (10 km/h) or greater
than 110 mph (180 km/h).
• When your vehicle is driven at speeds
between approximately 6 mph (10 km/h)
and 25 mph (40 km/h) and the ACC is not
detecting a vehicle in front.
• When ASC is in the OFF position.
• While ABS, ASC or TCL is activated.
• When the select position is in the “P”
(PARK), the “R” (REVERSE) or the “N”
(NEUTRAL) position.
• While the brake pedal is depressed.
• While the parking brake is applied.
• When the ACC system has judged that the
performance for detecting a front vehicle is
degraded.
• When an abnormality in the ACC system
has been detected.
When ACC detects no vehicle
in front within the set distance
NOTE
If the vehicle speed exceeds the set speed on
a down slope, the system will automatically
apply the brake to maintain the vehicle set
speed.
NOTE
Adaptive Cruise Control System (ACC) (if so equipped)
5-92 Features and controls
5
N00581400055
The ACC will maintain the distance to the
front vehicle and will apply the brakes auto-
matically when the system judges braking is
necessary. The distance can be selected from
three levels.
When the front vehicle stops, the ACC will
automatically apply the brakes to stop your
vehicle.
A few seconds after your vehicle has stopped,
the ACC will release the brakes and your
vehicle will start to move or creep slowly.
You must apply the brakes to keep your vehi-
cle stationary.
When the ACC no longer detects a vehicle in
front, the buzzer will sound, the vehicle sym-
bol in the display will disappear and your
vehicle will slowly accelerate to the set
speed.
When ACC detects a vehicle in
front within the set distance
WARNING
Never leave the vehicle while it is being
stopped by the ACC.
NOTE
If the brake pedal is not depressed within 2
seconds after your vehicle has been stopped
by the ACC, a warning buzzer will sound,
the above warning will be shown in the
multi-information display to alert the driver,
and the ACC control will be canceled.
When depressing the brake pedal while the
automatic brake is applied, the brake pedal
will feel firm. This is normal. Depress the
brake pedal harder to apply greater braking
force.
During the automatic braking, operation
sounds may be heard. This is normal.
WARNING
Your vehicle may accelerate up to the set
speed in the following situations. Apply
the brake, if necessary, to slow down.
NOTE
Adaptive Cruise Control System (ACC) (if so equipped)
Features and controls 5-93
5
N00576900049
While the ACC is activated, if your vehicle is
approaching too closely to the vehicle in
front, the ACC gives a warning by sounding a
buzzer and displaying a message. Apply the
brakes to maintain the appropriate distance to
the vehicle in front.
• When your vehicle no longer follows the
vehicle in front, e.g. at a freeway exit or
when your vehicle or the vehicle in front
changes its lane.
• When driving on a curve.
When the vehicle in front has changed its
course or lane, if a stationary vehicle
appears in front your vehicle, the ACC
will not decelerate your vehicle.
Approach alarm
WARNING
WARNING
When the ACC is not being used, turn off
the system to avoid unexpected ACC acti-
vation.
Never operate the ACC from outside the
vehicle.
The ACC will not decelerate your vehicle
and/or give the approach alarm in the fol-
lowing cases.
• When an object other than a vehicle,
such as a pedestrian, is in front.
• When a malfunction is detected in the
system.
The ACC will not decelerate your vehicle
in the following cases, but will give the
approach alarm.
• When the front vehicle is stationary or
moving at an extremely slow speed.
• When your brake system has a problem,
such as overheating.
The ACC may not be able to maintain the
set speed or the distance to a vehicle in
front and may not alert the driver, if the
system cannot detect the front vehicle
properly. Typical situations include:
• When a vehicle cuts into your path at a
close distance.
• When a vehicle in front is not completely
in your path.
• When a vehicle in front is towing a
trailer.
• When a motorcycle or a bicycle is in
front.
• When a vehicle in front is a truck loaded
with freight that protrudes rearward
from the cargo bed.
• When the height of a vehicle in front is
extremely low or the road clearance of
the vehicle is extremely high.
• When driving on a road with alternating
up and down surfaces.
• When driving on a curve.
• When driving on a bumpy or rough road.
• When driving in a tunnel.
• When driving in construction zones.
• When the rear of your vehicle is weighed
down with the weight of passengers and
luggage.
• For up to two minutes after starting driv-
ing.
WARNING
Adaptive Cruise Control System (ACC) (if so equipped)
5-94 Features and controls
5
N00581500056
There are two ways to increase the set speed.
The set speed will increase by 1 mph (1
km/h) every time you push up the “RES +”
switch while the ACC is activated. If you
hold the switch pushed up, the set speed
increases in 5 mph (5 km/h) increments.
• When driving in curved sections of road
including their entrance/outlet or run-
ning beside a closed lane in a traffic work
or similar zone.
• When the surface of the sensor is covered
with dirt, snow, ice, etc.
• When a front vehicle or an oncoming
vehicle is splashing water, snow or dirt.
• When driving on a winding road.
Never use the ACC in the following situa-
tions:
• In heavy traffic.
• On winding roads.
• On slippery roads, such as icy, snow-cov-
ered or dirt roads.
• In adverse weather conditions, such as
rain, snow or sand storms, etc.
• On steep downslopes.
WARNING
• When the inclination of a road fre-
quently changes.
• When the approach alarm frequently
sounds.
• When your vehicle is towed or is towing
another vehicle.
• When your vehicle is on a chassis dyna-
mometer or free rollers.
• When tire inflation pressures are not
adequate.
• When the radar sensor and/or its sur-
rounding area are damaged or deformed.
CAUTION
To maintain proper performance of the ACC:
• Always clean the surface of the radar sen-
sor.
• Avoid impacting the radar sensor or its sur-
rounding area.
• Do not put a sticker on the radar sensor or
its surrounding area.
• Do not paint the radar sensor.
• Do not install a grill guard.
• Do not modify the radar sensor or its sur-
rounding area.
• Always use tires of the same size, same
type, and same brand, and which have no
significant wear differences.
• Do not modify the vehicle’s suspension.
WARNING
To increase the set speed
By using the “RES +” switch:
NOTE
There is some time lag until the vehicle
begins accelerating to the new set speed after
the set speed has been changed.
Adaptive Cruise Control System (ACC) (if so equipped)
Features and controls 5-95
5
When the accelerator pedal is depressed
while driving with the ACC control working,
you can accelerate the vehicle beyond the
presently set speed.
When the vehicle speed reaches your desired
speed, push down and release the “SET -”
switch and release the accelerator pedal; the
new speed is then set in the system.
N00581600031
There are two ways to decrease the set speed.
The set speed will decrease by 1 mph (1
km/h) every time you push down the “SET -”
switch while the ACC is activated. If you
hold the switch pushed down, the set speed
decreases in 5 mph (5 km/h) increments.
The set speed can be changed even while
your vehicle is following a vehicle in front
using the ACC. In this case, however,
although the set speed itself is increased,
your vehicle will not accelerate.
When the switch is held, a buzzer will sound
every time the set speed changes
By using the accelerator pedal:
NOTE
WARNING
The ACC braking control and approach
alarm functions will not work while the
accelerator pedal is depressed.
NOTE
The set speed indicator in the multi-informa-
tion display will show “---” while the accel-
erator pedal is depressed.
If the “SET -” button is not pushed down
while depressing the accelerator pedal, your
vehicle speed will return to the set speed,
after the accelerator pedal is released. When
the accelerator pedal is released, the ACC
braking control and approach alarm func-
tions may not immediately work.
To decrease the set speed
By using the “SET -” switch:
NOTE
There is some time lag until the vehicle
begins decelerating after the set speed has
been changed.
The set speed can be changed even while
your vehicle is following a vehicle in front
using the ACC. In this case, however,
although the set speed itself is decreased,
your vehicle will not decelerate.
When the switch is held, a buzzer will sound
every time the set speed changes
Adaptive Cruise Control System (ACC) (if so equipped)
5-96 Features and controls
5
By depressing the brake pedal while the ACC
is activated, the ACC control is canceled and
your vehicle speed will decrease.
At the point where the vehicle speed reaches
your desired speed, push down and release
the “SET -” switch; the new speed is then set
in the system.
N00582800027
Simply depress the accelerator pedal to tem-
porarily accelerate the vehicle. Releasing the
pedal automatically slows down the vehicle
to the set speed and ACC restarts its control.
N00581700087
There are two ways to cancel the ACC con-
trol.
By pressing the “CANCEL” switch.
By depressing the brake pedal.
By using the brake pedal:
NOTE
The ACC control will not resume after
releasing the brake pedal.
To temporarily accelerate the
vehicle
WARNING
The ACC braking control and approach
alarm functions will not work while the
accelerator pedal is depressed.
NOTE
The set speed indication on the display turns
to “---” when the accelerator pedal is
depressed. This indication remains as long as
the pedal is in a depressed position.
In certain conditions, the braking control and
alarming functions of ACC may not work for
a short while after releasing the accelerator
pedal.
To cancel ACC control
NOTE
You can also cancel the ACC control by
pressing the “ACC ON/OFF” switch. If this
switch is pressed while the ACC is “ON”,
the ACC will be turned off.
Adaptive Cruise Control System (ACC) (if so equipped)
Features and controls 5-97
5
When the ACC is canceled, the “SET” indi-
cator goes off and the following distance indi-
cator turns to the ‘standby’ display. The front
vehicle indicator also turns to the ‘standby’
display when a front vehicle is detected.
In any of the situations listed below, the ACC
control is automatically canceled, a buzzer
sounds and a message is shown in the multi-
information display.
When your vehicle stops.
When the ASC is turned off.
While ABS, ASC or TCL is activated.
When the select position is in the “P”
(PARK), the “R” (REVERSE) or the “N”
(NEUTRAL) position.
When the parking brake is applied.
When the ACC system determines that its
performance has been degraded, a buzzer will
sound and a message will be displayed in the
multi-information display.
This can occur when
Foreign objects, such as dirt, snow or ice,
adhere to the surface of the radar sensor.
In adverse weather conditions, such as
rain, snow or sand storms, etc.
A front vehicle or an oncoming vehicle is
splashing water, snow or dirt.
Driving on a nonbusy road with a few
vehicles and obstacles in front.
The brake system is overheating due to
continuous brake control on long down-
hill slope.
If the display keeps showing the message,
there is a possibility that the ACC has a mal-
function. Contact a certified Mitsubishi EV
dealer.
N00581800046
After the ACC control has been canceled with
the ACC turned on, the ACC control can be
resumed by pushing up and releasing the
“RES +” switch.
To resume the control
NOTE
When any of the following conditions are
present, the ACC control cannot be resumed.
• When your vehicle speed is lower than
approximately 6 mph (10 km/h) or higher
than 110 mph (180 km/h).
Adaptive Cruise Control System (ACC) (if so equipped)
5-98 Features and controls
5
N00581900034
With the ACC turned on, the distance
between your vehicle and a vehicle ahead can
be selected from three levels by pushing the
ACC distance switch. Each time the ACC
distance switch is pushed, the following dis-
tance will change from “Long” to “Middle”,
to “Short”, and return to “Long” again.Every
time the ACC is turned to ON, the following
distance is reset to “Long”.
The following distance indicator shows the
level of the following distance:
“Long”
“Middle”
“Short”
N00582000058
Press and hold the “ACC ON/OFF” switch
while the operation mode of the power switch
is put in ON. A buzzer will sound and the
multi-information display will show the fol-
lowing indicator.
The conventional cruise control is turned off
when the operation mode is put in OFF.
For operation of the cruise control, refer to
“Cruise control” on page 5-84.
• When your vehicle is driven at speeds
between approximately 6 mph (10 km/h)
and 25 mph (40 km/h) and the ACC is not
detecting a vehicle in front.
• When ASC is in the OFF position.
• While ABS, ASC or TCL is activated.
• When the select position is in the “P”
(PARK), the “R” (REVERSE) or the “N”
(NEUTRAL) position.
• While the brake pedal is depressed.
• While the parking brake is applied.
• When the ACC system has judged that the
performance for detecting a front vehicle is
degraded.
• When an abnormality in the ACC system
has been detected.
NOTE
To change the following dis-
tance
NOTE
Actual distance will vary depending on your
vehicle speed and the front vehicle speed.
The distance will become longer when the
vehicle speeds are higher.
To activate conventional cruise
control
Forward Collision Mitigation System (FCM) (if so equipped)
Features and controls 5-99
5
N00590700038
When the ACC system detects an abnormal-
ity in the system, the ACC system will be
turned off, a buzzer will sound and a message
will be displayed in the multi-information
display. If the message remains after the oper-
ation mode of the power switch is put in OFF
and then turned back to ON, contact a certi-
fied Mitsubishi EV dealer.
N00582100091
For vehicles sold in U.S.A.
FCC ID:OAYARS3-B
This device complies with Part 15 of FCC
Rules. Operation is subject to the following
two conditions.
(1) This device may not cause harmful inter-
ference, and
(2) this device must accept any interference
received, including interference that may
cause undesired operation.
For vehicles sold in Canada
IC: 4135A-ARS3B
This device complies with Industry Canada
licence-exempt RSS standard(s). Operation is
subject to the following two conditions: (1)
this device may not cause interference, and
(2) this device must accept any interference,
including interference that may cause unde-
sired operation of the device.
N00577300109
The Forward Collision Mitigation System
(FCM) is designed to help reduce the risk of a
collision with a vehicle or a pedestrian
straight ahead of your vehicle. The FCM uses
a sensor (A) to determine the distance and
relative speed to a vehicle and a pedestrian in
NOTE
The conventional cruise control does not
sound or display the approach alarm, will not
adjust your vehicle speed, and does not con-
trol the distance between your vehicle and a
vehicle in front.
Warning display
General information
CAUTION
Changes or modifications not expressly
approved by the party responsible for com-
pliance could void the user’s authority to
operate the equipment.
Forward Collision Mitiga-
tion System (FCM)
(if so
equipped)
Forward Collision Mitigation System (FCM) (if so equipped)
5-100 Features and controls
5
front. The FCM is not designed as an auto-
matic driving system or as a collision avoid-
ance system.
When your vehicle is approaching a vehicle
or a pedestrian straight ahead in your path
and the FCM judges that there is the risk of a
collision, the system will give audible and
visual warnings.
When the FCM judges that a collision with
the vehicle or the pedestrian straight-ahead is
imminent, the system will automatically
apply moderate braking to warn you to apply
the brakes immediately.
When the FCM judges that a collision with
the vehicle or the pedestrian straight-ahead is
highly unavoidable, the system will apply
emergency braking to reduce the severity of
the collision and, if possible, to avoid the col-
lision.
Stop lights are illuminated during automatic
braking.
WARNING
Before using the FCM, read this entire
section to fully understand the limitations
of this system. Failure to follow instruc-
tions could result in an accident.
The FCM is designed to help avoid certain
frontal collisions or reduce the crash
speed in such collisions. It is not a substi-
tute for your safe and careful driving.
Under certain circumstances, the system
may not operate or may not detect cor-
rectly a vehicle or a pedestrian in front.
When your vehicle is approaching a vehi-
cle or a pedestrian too closely, take all nec-
essary actions to avoid a collision, such as
braking and steering, regardless of
whether the FCM is activated or not.
Never rely on the FCM to prevent a colli-
sion.
Never attempt to test the operation of the
FCM. Doing so could cause an accident,
resulting in serious injury or death.
WARNING
Forward Collision Mitigation System (FCM) (if so equipped)
Features and controls 5-101
5
N00577400038
If the system judges that there is a risk of
your vehicle colliding with a vehicle or a
pedestrian in front, this function warns you of
the potential hazard with visual and audible
alarms.
When this function is triggered, a buzzer
sounds and, at the same time, a “BRAKE”
message appears on the information screen of
the multi-information display.
The FCM will also prepare to provide quick
brake response and greater brake force when
you apply the brakes.
The forward collision warning function oper-
ates when the following vehicle speed:
Against a vehicle: Approximately 10 mph
(15 km/h) to 87 mph (140 km/h).
Against a pedestrian: Approximately 5
mph (7 km/h) to 40 mph (65 km/h).
N00577700187
When the FCM judges that a collision with
the vehicle or the pedestrian straight-ahead is
imminent, the FCM will automatically apply
moderate braking to warn the driver to apply
the brakes immediately.
If the FCM judges that the collision is highly
unavoidable, it will automatically apply
emergency braking to reduce the severity of
the collision and, if possible, to avoid the col-
lision.
When the FCM applies emergency braking, a
buzzer sounds and a warning message is dis-
played in the information screen of the multi-
information display.
The FCM braking function operates when the
following vehicle speed:
Against a vehicle: Approximately 3 mph
(5 km/h) to 50 mph (80 km/h)
Against a pedestrian: Approximately 3
mph (5 km/h) to 40 mph (65 km/h)
Forward collision warning
function
FCM braking function
WARNING
If the ASC is turned off, the FCM braking
function will not operate. Refer to “Active
stability control (ASC)” on page 5-81.
If the brake pedal is not depressed within
2 seconds after your vehicle has been
stopped by the FCM, a warning buzzer
will sound and the brakes activated by the
FCM will automatically be released.
Apply the brakes as necessary to keep
your vehicle stationary.
The FCM will not activate and will not
provide either warning or braking in cer-
tain situations. Some of these include:
• When the select position is in the “P”
(PARK) or “R” (REVERSE) position.
• When an object other than a vehicle or a
pedestrian is in front.
• When the FCM has detected a problem
in the system.
• When a vehicle or a pedestrian suddenly
cuts in front of your vehicle.
• When the vehicle in front is moving at a
speed much lower than your vehicle’s
speed.
The FCM may or may not detect a motor-
cycle, bicycle or wall depending on the sit-
uation. The FCM is not designed to detect
these objects.
The forward collision warning function
and/or the FCM braking function may not
activate in certain situations. Some of
these include:
Forward Collision Mitigation System (FCM) (if so equipped)
5-102 Features and controls
5
• When a vehicle suddenly appears just in
front of your vehicle.
• When a vehicle cuts into your path at a
close distance.
• When a vehicle ahead is not completely
in your path.
• When your vehicle changed lanes, and
your vehicle approached immediately
behind the vehicle ahead.
• When a vehicle ahead is towing a trailer.
• When a vehicle ahead is a truck loaded
with freight that protrudes rearward
from the cargo bed.
• When the height of a vehicle ahead is
extremely low or its road clearance is
extremely high.
• When a vehicle ahead is extremely dirty.
• When a vehicle ahead is covered with
snow.
• When a vehicle ahead has a large glass
surface.
• When a vehicle ahead does not have
reflectors (light reflector) or the position
of the reflector is low.
• When a vehicle ahead is a car carrier or
a similar shaped vehicle.
• When accelerating and decelerating
quickly.
• When driving on a slippery road covered
by rain water, snow, ice, etc.
• When driving on a road with alternating
up and down steep slopes.
WARNING
• When driving on a curve.
• When driving on a bumpy or rough road.
• When driving in dark areas, such as in a
tunnel or at night.
• When the system recognizes driver’s
steering, accelerating, braking or gear
shifting actions as evasive actions to
avoid collision.
• When the rear of your vehicle is weighed
down with the weight of passengers and
luggage.
• Up to several seconds after starting driv-
ing.
• In adverse weather conditions, such as
rain, snow, fog or sand-storm.
• When the windshield of the sensor por-
tion is covered with dirt, water droplets,
snow and ice, etc.
• When a vehicle ahead or an oncoming
vehicle is splashing water, snow or dirt.
• When using a windshield washer.
• If windshield wipers are not Mitsubishi
Motors Genuine parts or equivalent.
• When the sensor becomes extremely hot
or cold.
• If the 12 V starter battery becomes weak
or runs down.
• When the sensor is affected by strong
light, such as direct sunlight or the head-
lights of an oncoming vehicle.
The FCM may not detect a pedestrian in
certain situations. Some of these include:
WARNING
• If the pedestrian is shorter than approxi-
mately 3.2 feet (1 m) or taller than
approximately 6.5 feet (2 m).
• If the pedestrian is wearing loose-fitting
clothes.
• If part of a pedestrian’s body is hidden,
such as when holding an umbrella, large
bag, etc.
• If a pedestrian bends forward, sits or lies
on the road.
• When a pedestrian is pushing/pulling
something, such as a stroller, bicycle or
wheelchair.
• When pedestrians gather in a group.
• When a pedestrian clothing appears to
be nearly the same color or brightness as
its surroundings.
• When a pedestrian is very close to an
object, such as a vehicle.
• When a pedestrian is in a dark area, such
as at night or in a tunnel.
• When a pedestrian is walking fast or
running.
• When a pedestrian suddenly rushes in
front of the vehicle.
• When the position of a pedestrian is close
to the edge of the vehicle.
When the system recognizes driver’s
steering or accelerating actions as evasive
actions to avoid a collision, FCM control
and alarm functions may be canceled.
WARNING
Forward Collision Mitigation System (FCM) (if so equipped)
Features and controls 5-103
5
In certain situations, though there is little
or no risk of a collision, the FCM may
activate. Examples include:
• When overtaking a vehicle.
• When driving on a curve.
• When there is a road side object (B) that
reflects the radar sensor signal, such as a
road sign.
• When approaching a gate, a railroad
crossing, an underpass, a narrow bridge,
manhole lid or a speed bump.
• When driving under an overpass or
pedestrian bridge.
• When driving in a narrow tunnel.
• When driving in a parking structure.
• When approaching a slope where the
incline changes significantly.
• When trying to stop your vehicle very
close to a vehicle or an object in front.
WARNING
• When passing a vehicle, a pedestrian or
an object closely.
• When a vehicle in the next lane becomes
positioned directly in front of your vehi-
cle due to winding road conditions.
• When passing through an area that
objects may contact the vehicle, such as
thick grass, tree branches, or a banner.
• When there are patterns on the road that
may be mistaken for a vehicle or a pedes-
trian.
• When a vehicle cuts into your path in the
detecting range of the sensor.
• When an oncoming vehicle is positioned
straight ahead of your vehicle on a
curved road.
WARNING
• When the FCM detects a long object car-
ried on your vehicle, such as skis or a
roof carrier.
• When driving through fog, steam, smoke
or dust.
The FCM should be tuned off if any of fol-
lowing situations occur:
• When using an automatic car wash.
• When the tires are not properly inflated.
• When your vehicle is towed or your vehi-
cle tows another vehicle.
• When your vehicle is carried on a truck.
• When your vehicle is on a chassis dyna-
mometer or free rollers.
• If the windshield on or surrounding the
sensor is cracked or scratched.
NOTE
When depressing the brake pedal while auto-
matic braking is applied, the brake pedal will
feel firm. This is normal. Depress the brake
pedal harder to apply greater braking force.
During the automatic braking, operating
sounds may be heard. This is normal.
WARNING
Forward Collision Mitigation System (FCM) (if so equipped)
5-104 Features and controls
5
N00577800133
This switch is used to turn on or off the FCM
and also to select the distance which will trig-
ger the forward collision warning function.
Every time the operation mode of the power
switch is put in ON, the FCM will automati-
cally be turned on.
To turn off the FCM, press and hold the FCM
ON/OFF switch. The following message will
appear in the multi-information display and
the indicator will come on in the instru-
ment cluster.
To turn on the FCM again, press and hold the
FCM ON/OFF switch. The indicator on
the instrument cluster will go off, and a cur-
rent distance mode for the forward collision
warning will be shown in the multi-informa-
tion display.
The distance to the vehicle ahead which trig-
gers the forward collision warnings can be
selected from three levels, “FAR”, “MID-
DLE” or “NEAR”.
To change the distance mode, press the FCM
ON/OFF switch. Every time the switch is
pressed, the distance mode will be switched.
The selected distance mode is shown on the
information screen of the multi-information
display.
When “FAR” is selected
When “MIDDLE” is selected
FCM ON/OFF switch
To turn on/off the FCM To change forward collision warn-
ing distance
Forward Collision Mitigation System (FCM) (if so equipped)
Features and controls 5-105
5
When “NEAR” is selected
N00594800053
If there is a malfunction in the system, a
warning will appear on the information
screen of the multi-information display
depending on the situation.
N00597600036
When the FCM system determines that its
performance has been degraded, the FCM
will become inoperative.
This can occur when
Foreign objects, such as dirt, snow, ice,
mist or dew condensation adhere to the
windshield of the sensor portion.
In adverse weather conditions, such as
rain, snow, sand storms, etc.
A front vehicle or an oncoming vehicle is
splashing water, snow or dirt.
The following message will appear on the
information screen of the multi-information
display and the indicator will come on in
the instrument cluster.
When the sensor performance returns, the
FCM functions will resume operation.
If the message continues showing, there is a
possibility that the sensor has a malfunction.
Contact a certified Mitsubishi EV dealer for
inspection of the sensor.
NOTE
Actual distance which triggers the forward
collision warnings will vary depending on
your vehicle speed and the front vehicle
speed. The distance will become longer
when the vehicle speeds are higher.
The distance which will trigger the FCM
braking function cannot be adjusted.
System problem warning
When the sensor cannot detect
accurately
NOTE
The “DRIVER ASSISTANCE CAMERA
BLOCKED” message may temporarily
appear on the information screen when the
sensor cannot detect a vehicle, a pedestrian
or an object within range. This is not a mal-
function. When a vehicle or an object comes
within range, the FCM function will resume
and the message will go off.
The “DRIVER ASSISTANCE CAMERA
BLOCKED” message may appear on the
information screen when driving on a non-
busy road with a few vehicles and obstacles
in front.
Forward Collision Mitigation System (FCM) (if so equipped)
5-106 Features and controls
5
N00595100079
If the system becomes temporarily unavail-
able for some reason, the following message
may appear on the information screen of the
multi-information display, the indicator
will come on in the instrument cluster, and
the FCM will automatically be turned off.
If the message continues showing, there is a
possibility that the FCM has a malfunction.
Contact a certified Mitsubishi EV dealer for
inspection of the system.
N00595200054
If the system becomes temporarily unavail-
able due to the high or low temperature of the
sensor, the following message will appear on
the information screen of the multi-informa-
tion display, the indicator will come on in
the instrument cluster, and the FCM will
automatically be turned off.
After the temperature of the sensor has been
in range, the system will automatically return
to operation.
If the message continues showing, there is a
possibility that the FCM has a malfunction.
Contact a certified Mitsubishi EV dealer for
inspection of the sensor.
N00595300071
If the FCM detects a malfunction in the sys-
tem, either of the following messages will
appear on the information screen of the multi-
information display, the indicator will
come on in the instrument cluster, and the
FCM will automatically be turned off.
If the message remains even after the opera-
tion mode of the power switch is put in OFF
and then turned back to ON, please contact a
certified Mitsubishi EV dealer.
When the system cannot operate
temporarily
Sensor is too hot or cold FCM deactivation due to fault
Forward Collision Mitigation System (FCM) (if so equipped)
Features and controls 5-107
5
N00593400078
The sensor (A) is located inside the wind-
shield as shown in the illustration.
The sensor is shared in the following sys-
tems:
FCM
Lane Departure Warning (LDW)
Automatic High Beam (AHB)
NOTE
If the sensor or its surrounding area becomes
extremely high temperature when parking
the vehicle under a blazing sun, the “FCM
SERVICE REQUIRED” message may
appear.
After the temperature of the sensor or its sur-
rounding area has been in range, if the mes-
sage remains even after restarting the Plug-in
hybrid EV system, please contact a certified
Mitsubishi EV dealer.
Handling of the sensor
CAUTION
To maintain proper performance of the FCM,
LDW and AHB;
• Always keep clean the windshield.
If the inside of the windshield where the
sensor is installed becomes dirty or fogged,
contact a certified Mitsubishi EV dealer.
• Do not apply an impact or load on the sen-
sor or its surrounding area.
• Do not put anything including a sticker or
film to the outer side of the windshield in
front of or surrounding area of the sensor.
Also, do not put anything including a
sticker or film to the inner side of the wind-
shield under the sensor.
• Do not attempt to detach or disassemble the
sensor.
• If the windshield is misted, remove the mist
from the windshield by using the defogger
switch.
• Maintain the wiper blades in good condi-
tion. Refer to “Wiper blades” on page 9-44.
When replacing the wiper blades, use only
Mitsubishi Motors Genuine parts or equiva-
lent.
• Do not dirty or damage the sensor.
• Do not spray glass cleaner on the sensor.
Also, do not spill liquid, such as a bever-
age, to the sensor.
• Do not install an electronic device, such as
antenna, or a device that emits strong elec-
tric waves, near the sensor.
CAUTION
Blind Spot Warning (BSW) (with Lane Change Assist) (if so equipped)
5-108 Features and controls
5
FDA Assertion number: 1520863-000
For vehicles sold in U.S.A.
For vehicles sold in Canada
N00592200066
The Blind Spot Warning (BSW) is a driving
aid system that alerts the driver when another
vehicle which may not be visible through the
outside rearview mirror is traveling in the
next lane behind your vehicle.
When a vehicle in the next lane is traveling at
same speed or faster in the detection areas,
the Blind Spot Warning light in the corre-
sponding outside rearview mirror will illumi-
nate. If the turn signal lever is operated to the
side where the Blind Spot Warning light is
illuminated, the Blind Spot Warning light will
blink and the system will beep three times to
alert the driver.
Depending on the relative speed between
your vehicle and a vehicle in the next lane,
the Blind Spot Warning system will detect up
to approximately 230 feet (70 m) from your
vehicle. (Lane Change Assist)
• Always use tires of the same size, same
type and same brand, and which have no
significant wear differences.
• Do not modify the vehicle’s suspensions.
If the windshield on the sensor or in the sur-
rounding area of the sensor is cracked or
scratched, the sensor may not detect an
object properly. This could cause a serious
accident. Turn off the FCM and have your
vehicle inspected as soon as possible at a
certified Mitsubishi EV dealer.
If you need to replace the windshield, con-
tact a certified Mitsubishi EV dealer.
The sensor emits infrared rays when the
operation mode is in ON. Do not look into
the sensor by using optical goods such as a
magnifying glass. The infrared ray might
injure your eyes.
Laser radar specifications
Laser classification
Max average power 45 mW
Pulse duration 33 ns
Wavelength 905 nm
Divergent angle
(horizon x vertical)
28° x 12°
CAUTION
Laser classification label
Laser explanatory label
Blind Spot Warning (BSW)
(with Lane Change Assist)
(if
so equipped)
Blind Spot Warning (BSW) (with Lane Change Assist) (if so equipped)
Features and controls 5-109
5
N00592300096
The BSW uses two sensors (A) located inside
the rear bumper.
The detection areas are shown as illustrated.
WARNING
Before using the BSW, read this entire sec-
tion to fully understand the limitations of
this system. Failure to follow instructions
could result in an accident.
Never rely solely on the BSW system when
changing lanes. BSW is an aid only. It is
not a substitute for your safe and careful
driving. Always check visually behind and
all around your vehicle for other vehicles.
The performance of the BSW may vary
depending on driving, traffic and/or road
conditions.
Detection areas
WARNING
In certain situations, the BSW may not
detect a vehicle in the detection areas or
the detection may be delayed. Some of
these include;
• When a small motorcycle or a bicycle is
behind your vehicle.
• When a vehicle is traveling alongside of
your vehicle at nearly the same speed for
prolonged periods of time.
Blind Spot Warning (BSW) (with Lane Change Assist) (if so equipped)
5-110 Features and controls
5
N00593500154
When the BSW switch is pressed while the
operation mode of the power switch is ON,
the BSW indicator light in the instrument
cluster comes on and the BSW becomes in
stand by state. When the BSW switch is
pressed again, the BSW indicator light in the
instrument cluster goes off and the BSW
turns off.
Indicator light
If you turn the BSW ON/OFF, the Rear Cross
Traffic Alert (RCTA) also turns ON/OFF at
the same time.
• When the heights of the next lane and
your lane are different.
• Immediately after the BSW has been
turned on.
• Immediately after the power switch is
turned on.
• Under adverse weather conditions, such
as rain, snow, strong winds or sand
storms.
• When your vehicle becomes too close to
another vehicle.
• While multiple vehicle are overtaking
your vehicle.
• When driving near a pot hole and tram-
line.
• When a surrounding vehicle or an
oncoming vehicle is splashing water,
snow or dirt.
• When driving on a curve including the
beginning and the end of the curve.
• When driving on a road with alternating
up and down steep slopes.
• When driving on a bumpy or rough road.
• When the rear of your vehicle is weighed
down or your vehicle is leaning to the
right or left due to the weight of passen-
gers and luggage or the improper adjust-
ment of tire pressure.
• When the bumper surface around the
sensor is covered with dirt, snow and ice,
etc.
WARNING
• When the sensor is extremely hot or cold
(while the vehicle is parked for a long
period of time under a blazing sun or in
cold weather).
• When a bicycle carrier or accessory is
installed to the rear of the vehicle.
CAUTION
To maintain proper performance of the BSW,
follow the instructions below.
• Always keep the bumper surface around the
sensor clean.
• Avoid impacting the sensor or its surround-
ing area.
• Do not put a sticker on the sensor or its sur-
rounding bumper surface.
• Do not paint the sensor or its surrounding
bumper surface.
• Do not modify the sensor or its surrounding
area.
If the bumper has experienced an impact, the
sensor may have been damaged and the BSW
may not function properly. Have the vehicle
inspected at a certified Mitsubishi EV dealer.
To operate
WARNING
NOTE
When the operation mode is set to OFF, the
selected condition just before setting to OFF
is retained.
The BSW operates when all of the following
conditions are met.
Blind Spot Warning (BSW) (with Lane Change Assist) (if so equipped)
Features and controls 5-111
5
When the Blind Spot Warning indicator light
in the instrument cluster is on, if a vehicle is
approaching your vehicle in the detection
area, the Blind Spot Warning light in the out-
side rearview mirror illuminates.
If the turn signal lever is operated to the side
where the Blind Spot Warning light is illumi-
nated, the Blind Spot Warning light will blink
and the system will beep three times to alert
the driver.
N00592400026
If a problem occurs with the system, a visual
warning specific to the type of the problem is
given together with an audible alarm.
The warnings are combined with the “Rear
Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA)” system.
N00592700029
When the warning display appears, the BSW
does not operate normally because there are
some malfunctions in the system or the sen-
sor. Have the vehicle inspected at a certified
Mitsubishi EV dealer as soon as possible.
• The operation mode of the power switch is
put in ON.
• The select position is in positions other than
“P” (PARK) and “R” (REVERSE).
• The speed of your vehicle is approximately
6 mph (10km/h) or higher.
When the sensor detects an
approaching vehicle
NOTE NOTE
The Blind Spot Warning light in the outside
rearview mirror may come on or blink in the
following conditions.
• When driving very near the guardrail or the
concrete wall.
• When driving on the entrance and outlet of
the tunnel or very near the wall or near the
evacuation area inside the tunnel.
• When turning at an intersection in a town
area.
• Under adverse weather conditions (rain,
snow, sand storms etc.).
• When your vehicle drives with blowing up
the water, snow or sand etc. on the road.
• When driving near a curb, pot hole and
tramline.
Set the BSW to OFF when towing.
The Blind Spot Warning light in the outside
rearview mirror may not be visible due to
strong direct sunlight or the glare from the
headlights of vehicles behind you during
night driving.
System problem warning
When there is a malfunction in the
system or the sensor
NOTE
When the warning display appears, the BSW
will be deactivated.
Blind Spot Warning (BSW) (with Lane Change Assist) (if so equipped)
5-112 Features and controls
5
N00592800020
When the warning display appears, the sensor
is temporarily not available for some reason
such as the environmental condition or
increase of the sensor temperature. When the
warning display does not disappear after
waiting for a while, contact a certified Mit-
subishi EV dealer.
N00592900089
When the warning display appears, the sensor
cannot detect a vehicle traveling side by side
or an approaching vehicle, because foreign
objects, such as dirt, snow or ice, adhere to
the bumper surface around the sensor.
Remove a dirt, freezing or foreign material on
the bumper surface around the sensor.
When the warning display does not disappear
after having cleaned the bumper surface
around the sensor, contact a certified Mitsubi-
shi EV dealer.
When the sensor is temporarily
not available
When there are foreign objects on
the sensor
Blind Spot Warning (BSW) (with Lane Change Assist) (if so equipped)
Features and controls 5-113
5
N00593900103
For vehicles sold in U.S.A.
General information
Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA) (if so equipped)
5-114 Features and controls
5
For vehicles sold in Canada
Applicable law: Canada 310
This device complies with Industry Canada
licence-exempt RSS standard(s). Operation is
subject to the following two conditions: (1)
this device may not cause interference, and
(2) this device must accept any interference,
including interference that may cause unde-
sired operation of the device.
Frequency bands: 24.05 - 24.25GHz
Output power: less than 20 milliwatts
N00593000146
The Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA) is an
aid system for backing up. When the RCTA
system detects vehicles approaching from
sides while your vehicle is reversing, the
Blind Spot Warning lights in outside rearview
mirrors on both sides will blink and a buzzer
will sound to alert the driver. A warning mes-
sage will also appear on the information
screen of the multi-information display.
Rear Cross Traffic Alert
(RCTA)
(if so equipped)
WARNING
Before using the RCTA, read this entire
section to fully understand the limitations
of this system. Failure to follow instruc-
tions could result in an accident.
Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA) (if so equipped)
Features and controls 5-115
5
The detection area is shown as illustrated.
Never rely solely on the RCTA when back-
ing up. The RCTA is an aid system. It is
not a substitute for your safe and careful
driving. Always check visually behind and
all around your vehicle for other vehicles,
persons, animals or obstructions.
The performance of the RCTA may vary
depending on driving, traffic and/or sur-
rounding conditions.
NOTE
The Blind Spot Warning lights in the outside
rearview mirrors on both sides will blink,
even when only one vehicle is approaching
from one side.
WARNING
Detection areas
CAUTION
In certain situations, the RCTA may not
detect a vehicle in the detection areas. Some
of these situations include;
• When the reversing speed of your vehicle is
approximately 11 mph (18 km/h) or higher.
• When a approaching vehicle speed is
approximately 4 mph (7 km/h) or less.
• If the sensor detection area is blocked by a
nearby object, such as wall or parked vehi-
cle.
• When a vehicle is approaching from
straight behind your vehicle.
• When your vehicle is exiting from an
angled parking spot.
• Immediately after the RCTA has been
turned on.
• Immediately after the operation mode of
the power switch has been put in ON.
• When the bumper surface around the sensor
is covered with dirt, snow and ice, etc.
• When the sensor becomes extremely hot or
cold, such as after the vehicle has been
parked for a prolonged time under the blaz-
ing sun or in cold weather.
If the bumper has experienced an impact, the
sensor may have been damaged and the
RCTA may not function properly. Have the
vehicle inspected at a certified Mitsubishi
EV dealer.
CAUTION
Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA) (if so equipped)
5-116 Features and controls
5
1. Press the BSW switch while the operation
mode of the power switch is put in ON.
(Refer to “Blind Spot Warning (BSW): To
operate” on page 5-110.)
2. When the select position is put in the “R”
(REVERSE) position, the RCTA will
operate.
If the system detects a problem, a warning is
displayed on the information screen in the
multi-information display.
Refer to “Blind Spot Warning (BSW): Sys-
tem problem warning” on page 5-111.
To operate
NOTE
Set the RCTA to OFF when towing.
The Blind Spot Warning light in the outside
rearview mirror may not be visible due to
strong direct sunlight or the glare from the
headlights of vehicles behind you during
night driving.
When a problem is detected in
the system
Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA) (if so equipped)
Features and controls 5-117
5
N00594000114
For vehicles sold in U.S.A.
General information
Lane Departure Warning System (LDW) (if so equipped)
5-118 Features and controls
5
For vehicles sold in Canada
Applicable law: Canada 310
This device complies with Industry Canada
licence-exempt RSS standard(s). Operation is
subject to the following two conditions: (1)
this device may not cause interference, and
(2) this device must accept any interference,
including interference that may cause unde-
sired operation of the device.
Frequency bands: 24.05 - 24.25GHz
Output power: less than 20 milliwatts
N00577900118
The Lane Departure Warning system (LDW)
is a driving aid system to help prevent unin-
tentional lane departure. The LDW is
designed to read lane markers by using a sen-
sor (A) under certain conditions. The LDW
will give you both visual and audible warn-
ings when your vehicle is leaving or has left
the lane.
Lane Departure Warning
System (LDW)
(if so equipped)
WARNING
Never rely solely on the LDW. The LDW is
not a collision avoidance system and is not
a substitute for your safe and careful driv-
ing.
Before using the LDW, read this entire
section to understand the limitations of
this system. Failure to follow instructions
could result in an accident.
To turn on/off the LDW
NOTE
The LDW is turned on when the vehicle is
shipped from the factory.
The currently selected LDW setting (on or
off) is stored even when the ignition switch
is turned to the “OFF” position or the opera-
tion mode is put in OFF.
Lane Departure Warning System (LDW) (if so equipped)
Features and controls 5-119
5
To turn on the LDW, press the LDW switch.
The the “LDW” indicator will appear on the
information screen of the multi information
display.
To turn off the LDW, press the LDW switch.
The “LDW” indicator on the information
screen of the multi information display will
then go out.
To return the LDW to “ON”, press the LDW
switch again.
N00581100078
The LDW, when turned ON, is capable of
recognizing the lane in which your vehicle is
travelling and issuing an audible warning
when your vehicle begins to leave that travel
lane. When operating, the “LDW” indicator
on the multi-information display will be
changed to indicator (green). The LDW
will not operate, however, and the “LDW”
indicator will be appeared if any of following
conditions have occurred:
The vehicle speed is less than approxi-
mately 38 mph (60 km/h).
The turn signal lever is being operated or
has been operated in the past 7 seconds.
The hazard warning light is being oper-
ated or has been operated in the past 7
seconds.
N00581200053
While the “LDW” indicator in the informa-
tion display is lit in green, if your vehicle is
leaving or has left the lane, a buzzer will
sound intermittently, “LANE DEPARTURE”
will appear in the information display and
the indicator will be flashing in amber.
Operation of the LDW Lane departure warning
NOTE
The warnings will not continue for more than
3 seconds, even if your vehicle continues
leaving the lane.
If the lane markers are only on one side of
the road, the LDW will operate only for the
appropriate side where the lane markers are
drawn.
WARNING
The LDW will not function when no lane
marker exists, such as at an intersection
or near a toll booth.
Lane Departure Warning System (LDW) (if so equipped)
5-120 Features and controls
5
N00578100032
If a problem occurs with the system, a visual
warning specific to the type of the problem is
given together with an audible alarm.
The alarm shown below is displayed if the
system becomes temporarily unavailable due
to the high or low temperature of the sensor.
After temperature of the sensor has been in
range, the system will automatically return to
operation.
If the alarm continues showing, there is a pos-
sibility that the LDW has a malfunction. Con-
tact a certified Mitsubishi EV dealer for
inspection of the system.
The LDW may not operate correctly in the
following situations and the LDW may not
give warnings or may give false warnings:
• When lane markers are not clearly visi-
ble due to rain, snow, fog, dark area, etc.
• When the road surface is shiny.
• When old lane markers remain on the
road surface.
• When the lane markers are double lines
or the shape of the lane markers are
complicated.
• When driving in an extremely narrow
lane.
• When the distance between your vehicle
and a vehicle in front is short.
• When driving into the sun light.
• When driving on curves.
• When driving on bumpy roads.
• When driving in construction zones.
• When passing through a place where the
brightness suddenly changes, such as at
the entrance to or exit of a tunnel.
• When the headlights of an oncoming
vehicle are very bright.
• When the rear of your vehicle is weighed
down with the weight of passengers and
luggage.
• When the headlights of your vehicle are
not clean or are not properly aimed.
• When the front windshield is not clean.
• When the front windshield wipers do not
clean the windshield properly.
WARNING
CAUTION
To maintain proper function of the LDW:
• Always keep the windshield and the head-
lights clean.
• Do not put anything, such as a sticker, on
the front windshield in front of the sensor.
• Avoid applying a shock or load to the sen-
sor.
• Do not attempt to detach or disassemble the
sensor.
• Use only Mitsubishi Motors Genuine parts
when replacing the windshield wipers.
NOTE
When driving conditions are not suitable to
use the LDW, turn off the LDW.
System problem warning
Sensor is too hot or cold
Tire pressure monitoring system (TPMS)
Features and controls 5-121
5
The alarm shown below is displayed if the
system becomes temporarily unavailable due
to the dirty windshield of the sensor.
After having cleaned the windshield, the sys-
tem will automatically return to operation.
If the alarm continues showing, there is a pos-
sibility that the LDW has a malfunction. Con-
tact a certified Mitsubishi EV dealer for
inspection of the sensor.
If the LDW is deactivated due to a malfunc-
tion in the system, the either alarm shown
below is displayed. Contact a certified Mit-
subishi EV dealer for inspection of the sys-
tem.
N00530201700
The tire pressure monitoring system (TPMS)
uses tire inflation pressure sensors (A) on the
wheels to monitor the tire inflation pressures.
The system only indicates when a tire is sig-
nificantly under-inflated.
Windshield is dirty LDW deactivation due to fault
NOTE
If the sensor or its surrounding area becomes
extremely high temperature when parking
the vehicle under a blazing sun, the “LDW
SERVICE REQUIRED” message may
appear.
If the message remains even after the tem-
perature of the sensor or its surrounding area
has been in range, please contact a certified
Mitsubishi EV dealer.
Tire pressure monitoring
system (TPMS)
NOTE
The TPMS is not a substitute for regularly
checking tire inflation pressures.
Be sure to check the tire inflation pressures
as described in “Tires” on page 9-12.
The tire inflation pressure sensor (A) is
installed in the illustrated location.
• On vehicles with Type 1 sensor which has
the metallic air valve (B), replace grommet
and washer (C) with the new ones when the
tire is replaced.
Tire pressure monitoring system (TPMS)
5-122 Features and controls
5
N00532701392
When the operation mode is put in ON, the
TPMS warning light normally illuminates
and goes off a few seconds later.
If one or more of the vehicle tires is signifi-
cantly under-inflated, the warning light will
remain illuminated while the operation mode
is put in ON.
Refer to “If the warning light / display illumi-
nates while driving” on page 5-123 and take
the necessary measures.
• On vehicles with Type 2 sensor which has
the rubber air valve (D), replace rubber air
valve (D) with new one when the tire is
replaced.
For details, please contact a certified
Mitsubishi EV dealer.
TPMS warning light / display
NOTE
Type 1
Type 2
NOTE
In addition, the warning display is displayed
on the information screen in the multi-infor-
mation display.
CAUTION
If the TPMS warning light does not illumi-
nate when the operation mode is put in ON,
it means that the TPMS is not working prop-
erly. Have the system inspected by a certified
Mitsubishi EV dealer.
In such situations, a malfunctioning of the
system may be preventing the monitoring of
the tire pressure. Avoid sudden braking,
sharp turning and high-speed driving.
If a malfunction is detected in the TPMS, the
TPMS warning light will blink for approxi-
mately 1 minute and then remain continu-
ously illuminated. The warning light will
issue further warnings each time the Plug-in
Hybrid EV system is restarted as long as the
malfunction exists.
Check to see whether the warning light goes
off after few minutes driving.
If it then goes off during driving, there is no
problem.
However, if the warning light does not go
off, or if it blinks again when the Plug-in
Hybrid EV system is restarted, have the
vehicle inspected by a certified Mitsubishi
EV dealer.
In such situations, a malfunctioning of the
system may be preventing the monitoring of
the tire pressure. For safety reasons, when
the warning light appears while driving,
avoid sudden braking, sharp turning and
high-speed driving.
NOTE
In addition, the warning display is displayed
on the information screen in the multi-infor-
mation display.
CAUTION
Tire pressure monitoring system (TPMS)
Features and controls 5-123
5
Each tire, should be checked monthly when
cold and inflated to the inflation pressure rec-
ommended by the vehicle manufacturer on
the vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure
label. (If your vehicle has tires of a different
size than the size indicated on the vehicle
placard or tire inflation pressure label, you
should determine the proper tire inflation
pressure for those tires.)
As an added safety feature, your vehicle has
been equipped with a TPMS that illuminates
a low tire pressure telltale when one or more
of your tires is significantly under-inflated.
Accordingly, when the low tire pressure tell-
tale illuminates, you should stop and check
your tires as soon as possible, and inflate
them to the proper pressure. Driving on a sig-
nificantly under-inflated tire causes the tire to
overheat and can lead to tire failure.
Under-inflation also reduces fuel efficiency
and tire tread life, and may affect the vehi-
cle’s handling and stopping ability. Please
note that the TPMS is not a substitute for
proper tire maintenance, and it is the driver’s
responsibility to maintain correct tire pres-
sure, even if under-inflation has not reached
the level to trigger illumination of the TPMS
low tire pressure telltale.
Your vehicle has also been equipped with a
TPMS malfunction indicator to indicate when
the system is not operating properly. The
TPMS malfunction indicator is combined
with the low tire pressure telltale.
When the system detects a malfunction, the
telltale will flash for approximately one min-
ute and then remain continuously illuminated.
This sequence will continue upon subsequent
vehicle start-ups as long as the malfunction
exists.
When the malfunction indicator is illumi-
nated, the system may not be able to detect or
signal low tire pressure as intended.
TPMS malfunctions may occur for a variety
of reasons, including the installation of
replacement or alternate tires or wheels on the
vehicle that prevent the TPMS from function-
ing properly. Always check the TPMS mal-
function telltale after replacing one or more
tires or wheels on your vehicle to ensure that
the replacement or alternate tires and wheels
allow the TPMS to continue to function prop-
erly.
N00532801582
1. If the TPMS warning light illuminates,
avoiding hard braking, sharp steering
maneuvers and high speeds. You should
stop and adjust the tires to the proper
inflation pressure as soon as possible.
Refer to “Tires” on page 9-12.
2. If the TPMS warning light remains illumi-
nated after you have been driving for
approximately 20 minutes after you adjust
the tire inflation pressure, one or more of
the tires may have a puncture. Inspect the
tire and if it has a puncture, have it
repaired by a certified Mitsubishi EV
dealer as soon as possible.
If the warning light / display
illuminates while driving
NOTE
In addition, the warning display is displayed
on the information screen in the multi-infor-
mation display.
When inspecting or adjusting the tire pres-
sure, do not apply excessive force to the
valve stem to avoid breakage.
After inspecting or adjusting the tire pres-
sure, always reinstall the valve cap on the
valve stem.
Without the valve cap, dirt or moisture could
get into the valve, resulting in damage to the
tire inflation pressure sensor.
Do not use metal valve caps, which may
cause a metal reaction, resulting in corrosion
and damage of the tire inflation pressure sen-
sors.
Once adjustments have been made, the warn-
ing light will go off after a few minutes of
driving.
Tire pressure monitoring system (TPMS)
5-124 Features and controls
5
The TPMS may not work normally in the fol-
lowing circumstances:
A wireless facility or device using the
same frequency is near the vehicle.
Snow or ice is stuck inside the fenders
and/or on the wheels.
The tire inflation pressure sensor’s battery
is dead.
Wheels other than Mitsubishi Motors
Genuine wheels are being used.
Wheels that are not fitted with tire infla-
tion pressure sensors are being used.
Wheels whose ID codes are not memo-
rized by the vehicle are used.
A window tint that affects the radio wave
signals is installed.
N00532901219
If new wheels with new tire inflation pressure
sensors are installed, their ID codes must be
programmed into the TPMS. Have tire and
wheel replacement performed by a certified
Mitsubishi EV dealer to avoid the risk of
damaging the tire inflation pressure sensors.
If the wheel replacement is not done by a cer-
tified Mitsubishi EV dealer, it is not covered
by your warranty.
N00584300055
In case that 2 sets of tire inflation pressure
sensor ID are registered in the receiver, the
valid tire ID set can be changed by following
procedure.
1. Operate the multi-information display
switch to switch the information screen to
the menu screen.
WARNING
If the warning light / display illuminates
while you are driving, avoid hard braking,
sharp steering maneuvers and high
speeds.
Driving with an under-inflated tire
adversely affects vehicle performance and
can result in an accident.
CAUTION
The warning light / display may not illumi-
nate immediately in the event of a tire blow-
out or rapid leak.
NOTE
To avoid the risk of damage to the tire infla-
tion pressure sensors, have any punctured
tire repaired by a certified Mitsubishi EV
dealer. If the tire repair is not done by a certi-
fied Mitsubishi EV dealer, it is not covered
by your warranty.
Do not use an aerosol puncture-repair spray
on any tire.
Such a spray could damage the tire inflation
pressure sensors.
Using the tire repair kit may damage the tire
inflation pressure sensor. The vehicle must
promptly be inspected and repaired by a cer-
tified Mitsubishi EV dealer after using the
tire repair kit.
NOTE
Tire inflation pressures vary with the ambi-
ent temperature. If the vehicle is subjected to
large variations in ambient temperature, the
tire inflation pressures may be under-inflated
(causing the warning light / display come on)
when the ambient temperature is relatively
low. If the warning light / display comes on,
adjust the tire inflation pressure.
Whenever the tires and wheels
are replaced with new ones
CAUTION
The use of non-genuine wheels will prevent
the proper fit of the tire inflation pressure
sensors, resulting air leakage or damage of
the sensors.
Tire ID set change
Rear-view camera (if so equipped)
Features and controls 5-125
5
Refer to “Multi-information display
switch” on page 5-142.
Refer to “Changing the function settings”
on page 5-153.
2. Lightly press the multi-information dis-
play switch to select “ ” (tire
ID set change).
3. Hold down the multi-information display
switch for approximately 3 seconds or
more. The setting changes to the selected
tire ID set.
4. The valid tire ID set is changed, and the
number of the TPMS SET indicator is
changed.
N00533001291
Your TPMS operates on a radio frequency
subject to Federal Communications Commis-
sion (FCC) Rules (For vehicles sold in
U.S.A.) and Industry Canada Rules (For vehi-
cles sold in Canada). This device complies
with part 15 of FCC Rules and Industry Can-
ada licence-exempt RSS standard(s).
Operation is subject to the following two con-
ditions.
This device may not cause harmful inter-
ference.
This device must accept any interference
received, including interference that may
cause undesired operation.
N00546201415
When the select position is in the “R”
(REVERSE) position with the operation
mode of the power switch in ON, the rear-
view image will be displayed on the screen of
the Smartphone-link Display Audio (SDA).
When the select position is shifted out of the
“R” (REVERSE) position, the rear-view
image will go off.
NOTE
Each time this procedure is done, the tire ID
set is changed. (1 - 2 - 1 - 2 …)
The tire ID set is NOT changed, in case that
only 1 set of ID is registered.
General information
CAUTION
Changes or modifications not expressly
approved by the manufacturer for compli-
ance could void the user’s authority to oper-
ate the equipment.
Rear-view camera (if so
equipped)
Rear-view camera (if so equipped)
5-126 Features and controls
5
The rear-view camera (A) is in the liftgate, at
the left side of the liftgate handle.
Reference lines and upper surface of the rear
bumper (A) are displayed on the screen.
Red line (B) indicates approximately 20
inches (50 cm) behind the rear bumper.
Two Green lines (C) indicate approxi-
mately 8 inches (20 cm) outside of the
vehicle body.
Short transverse lines (1 to 3) indicate dis-
tance from the rear bumper.
WARNING
Never rely solely on the rear-view camera
to clear the area behind your vehicle.
Always check visually behind and all
around your vehicle for persons, animals,
obstructions or other vehicles. Failure to
do so can result in vehicle damage, serious
injury or death.
The rear-view camera is an aid system for
backing up, but it is not a substitute for
your visual confirmation.
The view on the screen is limited, and
objects outside the view, such as under the
bumper or around either corner of the
bumper end, cannot be seen on the screen.
Location of rear-view camera
CAUTION
If the camera lens gets dirty, a clear image
cannot be obtained. As necessary, rinse the
lens with clean water and gently wipe with a
clean, soft cloth.
To avoid damaging the camera;
• Do not rub the cover excessively or polish
it by using an abrasive compound.
• Do not disassemble the camera.
• Do not splash hot water directly on the lens.
• Do not spray the camera and its surround-
ings with high-pressure water.
• Make sure that the liftgate is securely
closed when backing up.
Reference lines on the screen
1: Approximately at the rear edge of the
rear bumper (if so equipped)
2: Approximately 39 inches (100 cm)
3: Approximately 79 inches (200 cm)
CAUTION
The rear-view camera uses a wide-angle
lens. As a result, images and distances shown
on the screen are not exact.
Never rely solely on the reference lines. The
reference lines indicating distance and vehi-
cle width are based on a level, flat road sur-
face.
Actual distance may be different from dis-
tance indicated by the lines on the screen,
depending on the loading condition of the
vehicle and road surface condition.
Also, your vehicle width indicated by the
reference lines may be different from the
actual vehicle width.
For example;
Rear-view camera (if so equipped)
Features and controls 5-127
5
In the following cases, objects shown on the
screen will appear to be farther off than they
actually are.
• When the rear of the vehicle is weighed
down with the weight of passengers and
luggage in the vehicle.
A: Actual objects
B: Objects shown on the screen
• When there is an upward slope behind the
vehicle.
A: Actual objects
B: Objects shown on the screen
CAUTION
• When there is a downward slope behind the
vehicle, objects shown on the screen will
appear to be closer than they actually are.
A: Actual objects
B: Objects shown on the screen
CAUTION
• When the vehicle is approaching a truck,
the reference lines indicate that your vehi-
cle will clear the truck. In reality, the truck
is in your path.
CAUTION
Multi Around Monitor (if so equipped)
5-128 Features and controls
5
N00587200084
The Multi Around Monitor system uses four
cameras, “Front-view camera”, “Side-view
cameras (right and left)” and “Rear-view
camera”, and displays composite views from
those cameras on a screen in the Smartphone-
link Display Audio (SDA).
The Multi Around Monitor system will assist
the driver to park the vehicle in a narrow or
parallel parking space.
• When there is an object behind the vehicle
that has upper sections projecting in the
direction of the vehicle, the reference lines
on the screen will indicate that point A is
the farthest point and point B is the closest
point to the vehicle. In reality, point A and
B are actually the same distance from the
vehicle, and point C is farther off than point
A and B.
NOTE
Mirror image is displayed on the screen.
The display language of the screen is possi-
ble can be changed.
For details, please refer to the separated
owner’s manual.
Under certain circumstances, it may become
difficult to see an image on the screen, even
when the system is functioning correctly.
• In a dark area, such as at night.
• When water drops or condensation are on
the lens.
CAUTION
• When sun light or headlights shine directly
into the lens.
Multi Around Monitor (if so
equipped)
WARNING
Before using the Multi Around Monitor
system, read this entire section to fully
understand the limitations of this system.
Failure to follow instructions could result
in an accident.
The Multi Around Monitor system is an
aid system to help observe around the
vehicle. It is not a substitute for your
visual confirmation.
Never rely solely on the Multi Around
Monitor system. The view on the screen is
limited, and objects outside the view can-
not be seen on the screen.
NOTE
CAUTION
Before using the Multi Around Monitor,
make sure that all doors and the liftgate are
closed and the outside mirrors are unfolded.
If an outside mirror is folded and/or if a front
door and/or the liftgate is open, the areas dis-
played on the Multi Around Monitor will not
be appropriate.
Location of each camera
A- Rear-view camera
B- Front-view camera
C- Side-view camera
CAUTION
If the camera lens gets dirty, a clear image
cannot be obtained. As necessary, rinse the
lens with clean water and gently wipe with a
clean, soft cloth.
Multi Around Monitor (if so equipped)
Features and controls 5-129
5
To avoid damaging the camera;
• Do not rub the cover excessively or polish
it by using an abrasive compound.
• Do not disassemble the camera.
• Do not splash hot water directly on the lens.
• Do not spray the camera and its surround-
ings with high-pressure water.
• Make sure that the liftgate is securely
closed when backing up.
Do not attach anything on the camera and/or
surrounding areas. Doing so will disturb the
camera.
CAUTION
Multi Around Monitor (if so equipped)
5-130 Features and controls
5
N00587300027
The range of view of the Multi Around Monitor cameras is limited to the area shown in the illustrations. It cannot show around the both sides and
the lower part of the front and rear bumpers, etc. While driving, be sure to visually confirm safety around the vehicle.
Range of view of the Multi Around Monitor
Range of view of the Multi Around Monitor cameras
A: Front-view camera
B: Side-view camera (Right)
C: Side-view camera (Left)
D: Rear-view camera
Multi Around Monitor (if so equipped)
Features and controls 5-131
5
N00587400073
Two different types of views are displayed on
the left side and the right side respectively.
Views of the surroundings of the vehicle and
behind the vehicle are displayed.
Views of the passenger’s side of the vehicle
and behind the vehicle are displayed.
Views of the surroundings of the vehicle and
the front of the vehicle are displayed.
Views of the passenger’s side of the vehicle
and the front of the vehicle are displayed.
Types of views of the Multi
Around Monitor
Bird’s eye-view/Rear-view mode
Side-view/Rear-view mode
Bird’s eye-view/Front-view mode
Side-view/Front-view mode
CAUTION
The camera uses a special lens. As a result,
images and distances shown on the screen
are not exact.
NOTE
Because the cameras have a special lens, the
lines on the ground between parking spaces
may not look parallel on the screen.
Under certain circumstances, it may become
difficult to see an image on the screen, even
when the system is functioning correctly.
• In a dark area, such as at night.
Multi Around Monitor (if so equipped)
5-132 Features and controls
5
N00587500087
The Multi Around Monitor can only be used
when the operation mode of the power switch
is put in ON.
When you place the select position is the “R”
(REVERSE) position, the bird’s eye-
view/rear-view is displayed on the screen of
the SDA. When you move the selector lever
to any other position, the display disappears.
When the camera switch (A) is pressed, the
bird’s eye-view/front-view is displayed.
If the camera switch is pressed, the mode of
Multi Around Monitor is switched, Bird’s
eye-view/Rear-view mode Side-
view/Rear-view mode
If the camera switch is pressed, the mode of
Multi Around Monitor is switched, Bird’s
eye-view/Front-view mode Side-
view/Front-view mode OFF
• When water drops or condensation are on
the lens.
• When sun light or headlights shine directly
into the lens.
• When a fluorescent light shines directly
into the lens.
If the atmospheric temperature is extremely
hot or extremely cold, the camera images
may not be clear.
There is no abnormality.
If a wireless device is installed near the cam-
era, the camera images may cause electrical
system interference and the system may stop
functioning properly.
How to use the Multi Around
Monitor
Operation with the selector lever
NOTE NOTE
The passenger’s side screen can be switched
to the side-view by pressing the camera
switch.
Operation with the switch
NOTE
If there is no operation for 3 minutes after
the Multi Around Monitor is displayed by
pressing the switch with the select position
in other than “R” (REVERSE), the display
disappears.
Switching of the screen (Select
position is “R” (REVERSE))
Switching of the screen (Select
position is other than “R”
(REVERSE))
NOTE
When you place the select position is the “R”
(REVERSE) position with the front-view
mode displayed on the driver’s side screen,
the driver’s side screen switches to the rear-
view mode. When you shift the select posi-
tion to any other position, the driver’s side
screen switches to the front-view mode.
When the camera switch is pressed at the
vehicle speed of approximately 6 mph (10
km/h) or higher, only the side-view can be
displayed on the passenger’s side screen.
Multi Around Monitor (if so equipped)
Features and controls 5-133
5
N00587600062
In any mode other than the Bird’s eye-view
mode, the lines in the screen give the follow-
ing information. Use them only as a guide.
Reference lines for the distance and the vehi-
cle width and upper surface of the front bum-
per (A) are displayed on the screen.
The Red line (B) indicates approximately
20 inches (50 cm) from the front edge of
the front bumper.
The Two Green lines (C) indicate the
approximate vehicle width.
The Orange lines (D) indicates an
expected course when the vehicle moves
forward with the steering wheel turned. It
disappears when the steering wheel is in
the neutral position.
The approximate distance from the vehi-
cle body is as follows:
N00587700047
Reference lines for the distance and the vehi-
cle width and upper surface of the rear bum-
per (A) are displayed on the screen.
The Red line (B) indicates approximately
20 inches (50 cm) behind the rear edge of
the rear bumper.
The Two Green lines (C) indicate the
approximate vehicle width.
The Orange line (D) indicates an expected
course when the vehicle is reserved with
the steering wheel turned. It disappears
when the steering wheel is in the neutral
position.
The approximate distance from the vehi-
cle body is as follows:
The front-view will not be displayed when
the vehicle speed exceeds approximately 6
mph (10 km/h).
The display of the view may be delayed dur-
ing switching of the screen.
How to read the screen
CAUTION
If the camera and/or its surrounding area
have experienced an impact, the Multi
Around Monitor system may not function
correctly. Have the vehicle inspected by a
certified Mitsubishi EV dealer.
Front-view mode
NOTE
1- Approximately 39 inches (100 cm) from
the front edge of the front bumper
NOTE
When the expected course lines are dis-
played in the front-view, the expected course
lines are also displayed in the bird’s eye-
view (Front: solid line, Rear: broken line).
Rear-view mode
NOTE
Multi Around Monitor (if so equipped)
5-134 Features and controls
5
1- Approximately 39 inches (100 cm)
from the rear edge of the rear bumper
2- Approximately 79 inches (200 cm)
from the rear edge of the rear bumper
CAUTION
The rear-view camera uses a wide-angle
lens. As a result, images and distances shown
on the screen are not exact.
Never rely solely on the reference lines. The
reference lines indicating distance and vehi-
cle width are based on a level, flat road sur-
face.
Actual distance may be different from dis-
tance indicated by the lines on the screen,
depending on the loading condition of the
vehicle and road surface condition.
Also, your vehicle width indicated by the
reference lines may be different from the
actual vehicle width.
For example;
In the following cases, objects shown on the
screen will appear to be farther off than they
actually are.
• When the rear of the vehicle is weighed
down with the weight of passengers and
luggage in the vehicle.
A: Actual objects
B: Objects shown on the screen
• When there is an upward slope behind the
vehicle.
A: Actual objects
B: Objects shown on the screen
CAUTION
• When there is a downward slope behind the
vehicle, objects shown on the screen will
appear to be closer than they actually are.
A: Actual objects
B: Objects shown on the screen
CAUTION
Multi Around Monitor (if so equipped)
Features and controls 5-135
5
• When the vehicle is approaching a truck,
the reference lines indicate that your vehi-
cle will clear the truck. In reality, the truck
is in your path.
CAUTION
• When there is an object behind the vehicle
that has upper sections projecting in the
direction of the vehicle, the reference lines
on the screen will indicate that point A is
the farthest point and point B is the closest
point to the vehicle. In reality, point A and
B are actually the same distance from the
vehicle, and point C is farther off than point
A and B.
CAUTION
NOTE
When the expected course lines are dis-
played in the rear-view, the expected course
lines are also displayed in the bird’s eye-
view (Front: broken line, Rear: solid line).
Multi Around Monitor (if so equipped)
5-136 Features and controls
5
N00587900023
Reference lines for the vehicle width and the
front end of the vehicle are displayed on the
screen.
N00588000021
An overhead view in which the vehicle is
looked down is displayed so that you can eas-
ily identify the location of your vehicle and
the course to enter the parking space.
Side-view mode
1- Approximate vehicle width including
the door mirror.
2- Approximate location of the axle center
of the front wheel.
3- Approximate 20 inches (50 cm) from the
front edge of the front bumper.
Bird’s eye-view mode
CAUTION
The bird’s eye-view is a composite image
from images captured by the “Front-view
camera”, “Side-view cameras (right and
left)” and “Rear-view camera”. As a result,
objects may appear to be farther away than
they actually are. Also, an object may appear
to be in a direction and/or location different
from actual. In addition, blind spots exist in
proximity of the vehicle.
Even if the screen indicates that there is a
space between your vehicle and an object,
there may actually be less or no space.
Always check visually behind and all around
your vehicle.
The view at a section near each corner on the
Bird's eye-view is combined from the edge
of the view captured by each camera. As
result, an object indicated in the section may
be unclear, and it may disappear/reappear on
the screen.
NOTE
In the Bird’s eye-view mode, since the views
captured by the four cameras, “Front-view
camera”, “Side-view cameras (right and
left)” and “Rear-view camera” are processed
based on a level flat road surface, an image
may be displayed as follows:
• An object appears to have fallen down and
looks longer or larger.
Instrument cluster
Features and controls 5-137
5
N00519001457
N00519101298
The speedometer shows the vehicle speed in
miles per hour (mph) or kilometers per hour
(km/h).
• An object having a height from the road
surface may seem to appear from the joint
of the view composition processing
regions.
The brightness of the views from each cam-
era may vary depending on the illuminance
conditions.
An object above the camera is not displayed.
The object displayed in the Front-view mode
or the Rear-view mode may not be displayed
in the Bird’s eye-view mode.
The view in the Bird’s eye-view mode may
be displaced from its true position when the
mounting location and angle of each camera
are changed.
The lines on the road may appear to be dis-
placed or bent at the joint of the views.
NOTE
Instrument cluster
1- Energy usage indicator P.5-138
2- Multi-information display P.5-140
Information screen display list
P.5-161
3- Speedometer P.5-137
4- Rheostat illumination button
P.5-139
Speedometer
Type A
Type B
Instrument cluster
5-138 Features and controls
5
N00572101066
Indicates that the vehicle cannot be driven
(READY OFF).
When the vehicle is ready for running, the
needle of the energy usage indicator moves to
the horizontal position.
The EV zone shows the motor output during
EV drive mode (driving with the engine
stopped).
The EV zone consists of two zones that (1)
and (2) in the illustration.
The zone (1) shows the state that the EV
drive mode can be maintained and the zone
(2) shows the state that the engine starts in
high possibility.
As the motor output increases, the movement
range of the needle of the energy usage indi-
cator increases.
In addition, the needle of the energy usage
indicator indicates the horizontal position
when the engine is stopped or there is no
electric energy by the motor output or the
regenerative brake.
Indicates the charging power generated by the
regenerative braking.
The more the needle moves, the more electric
energy is charged.
The needle of the energy usage indicator may
not enter the charge zone when the main drive
lithium-ion battery is close to full charge.
Energy usage indicator
EV zone
Charge
zone
Ready OFF position
Engine out-
put zone
Charging power gauge
Ready OFF position
EV zone
NOTE
Depending on the state of the vehicle (such
as during heating of air conditioner), the
engine may start even if the needle of the
energy usage indicator is indicated before the
zone 2 (zone that the engine starts in high
possibility).
Even when the EV priority mode is selected
and the engine does not start, the needle of
the energy usage indicator may indicate the
zone 2 (zone that the engine starts in high
possibility).
While the EV priority mode is selected, even
if the needle of the energy usage indicator
enters the zone 2, the engine will not start
unless over the specified point by pressing
the accelerator pedal.
Depending on the vehicle condition, the
movement of the needle of the energy usage
indicator may be different or fluctuated.
Economical driving can be done by operat-
ing in a state that the swing of the needle is
small within the zone 1.
Charge zone
Instrument cluster
Features and controls 5-139
5
Also, if the needle of the energy usage indica-
tor indicates the engine output zone, the nee-
dle will not indicate the charge zone even
when the main drive lithium-ion battery is
charged with regenerative braking.
Indicates the instantaneous engine output
(kW).
N00554901336
Each time you press this button, there is a
sound and the brightness of the instruments
changes.
NOTE
You can check the charging power generated
by regenerative braking with the charging
power gauge in the multi-information dis-
play even while the engine is running.
The charging power generated by regenera-
tive braking is indicated by both the charge
zone in the energy usage indicator and the
charging power gauge in the multi-informa-
tion display.
Engine output zone
Meter illumination control
1- Brightness level
2- Rheostat illumination button
NOTE
You can adjust to 8 different levels for when
the front side-marker lights are illuminated
and when they are not.
The light switch is in a position other than
the “OFF” position and it is sufficiently dark
outside the vehicle, the meter illumination
switches automatically to the adjusted
brightness.
The brightness level of the instruments is
stored when the operation mode of the power
switch is put in OFF.
If you press and hold the button for longer
than approximately 2 second when the front
side-marker lights are illuminated, the
brightness level changes to the maximum
level. Pressing and holding the button for
longer than approximately 2 second again
returns the brightness level to the previous
level.
The following cases may occur in the Smart-
phone-link Display Audio (SDA) when the
meter illumination brightness level is at the
maximum.
• The screen color does not switch to night-
time setting.
• The switch lights do not illuminate.
NOTE
Multi-information display
5-140 Features and controls
5
N00555001523
The multi-information display displays warn-
ings, the odometer, trip odometer, average
fuel consumption, EV cruising range, total
cruising range, EVHV driving rate, energy
flow, etc.
It is also possible to change elements such as
the language and units used on the multi-
information display.
[With operation mode of the power switch in
OFF]
Multi-information display
1-
Warning display screen P.5-147
2- Information screen P.5-143
Interrupt display screen P.5-146
3- Main drive lithium-ion battery level
display screen P.5-147
4- Odometer P.5-148
5-
“ ” or “ ” mark indicator
P.5-146
6- Door ajar warning display screen
P.5-147
NOTE
The main drive lithium-ion battery level dis-
play screen appears when any of the doors or
the liftgate is opened during charging.
Multi-information display
Features and controls 5-141
5
[With operation mode of the power switch in ON]
1- NORMAL mode indicator display
screen P.5-61
2- SNOW mode indicator display screen
P.5-61
3- LOCK mode indicator display screen
P.5-61
4- ECO mode indicator display P.5-199
5- SPORT mode indicator display
P.5-71
6- Battery charge mode display screen
P.5-69
7- Battery save mode display screen
P.5-68
8- EV priority mode display screen
P.5-66
9-
Warning display screen P.5-147
10- Lane Departure Warning system
(LDW) display screen (if so equipped)
P.5-118
11- Cruise control display screen (if so
equipped) P.5-84
12- Adaptive Cruise Control System (ACC)
display screen (if so equipped)
P.5-88
13- Main drive lithium-ion battery level
display screen P.5-147
14- Odometer P.5-148
15-
“ ” or “ ” mark indicator P.5-146
16- Information screen P.5-144
17- Select position display P.5-58
18- Fuel remaining display screen
P.5-147
19- Outside temperature display screen
P.5-148
20- Charging power gauge P.5-148
NOTE
The fuel units, outside temperature units,
display language, and other settings can be
changed.
Refer to “Changing the function settings” on
page 5-153.
Multi-information display
5-142 Features and controls
5
N00555101247
Each time the multi-information display
switch is operated, the buzzer sounds and the
multi-information display changes between
information such as warnings, trip odometer,
average fuel consumption, EV cruising range,
total cruising range, EVHV driving rate,
energy flow, etc.
It is also possible to change elements such as
the language and units used on the multi-
information display by operating the multi-
information display switch.
Multi-information display
switch
Multi-information display
Features and controls 5-143
5
N00555301210
Each time you lightly press the multi-information display switch, the display screen switches in the following order.
Information screen (With the operation mode in OFF)
*: When there is a warning display
1-
Trip odometer P.5-149
2-
Trip odometer P.5-149
3- ECO score display P.5-153
4- Predicted charging time P.3-22, 3-32
5- Service reminder P.5-149
6- Redisplay of a warning display screen P.5-146
*
Multi-information display
5-144 Features and controls
5
N00555801332
When the operation mode is put in ON, the display screen switches in the following order.
Information screen (With the operation mode is changed from OFF to ON)
*: When the inspection time has arrived
1- Screen when the operation mode is OFF
2- System check screen P.5-150
3- Screen when the operation mode is ON
4- Service reminder P.5-149
Multi-information display
Features and controls 5-145
5
N00556201333
Each time you lightly press the multi-information display switch, the display screen switches in the following order.
Information screen (With the operation mode in ON)
*: When there is a warning display
1-
Trip odometer P.5-149
2-
Trip odometer P.5-149
3- EV cruising range display/Total cruising range display P.5-151
4- Average fuel consumption display P.5-151
EVHV driving rate display P.5-152
5- Energy flow display P.5-152
6- ECO score display P.5-153
7- S-AWC operation display P.5-63
8- Service reminder P.5-149
9- Function setting screen P.5-153
10- Redisplay of a warning display screen P.5-146
Multi-information display
5-146 Features and controls
5
N00556301291
When there is information to be announced,
such as a system fault, the tone sounds and
the information screen is switched to the
warning display screen.
Refer to the warning list and take the neces-
sary measures.
Refer to “Warning display list” on page
5-162.
When the cause of the warning display is
eliminated, the warning display goes out
automatically.
Even if the cause of the warning display is
not eliminated, you can return to the screen
that was displayed before the warning dis-
play.
If you press the multi-information display
switch, the display screen switches to the
screen display from before the warning and
the warning (A) is displayed.
Warning display screens with a “ ” or “ ”
mark displayed in the upper right of the
screen can be switched. If you want to switch
the display, press the multi-information dis-
play switch as follows.
“ ”: Press lightly.
“ ”: Press for approximately 2 seconds or
more.
N00579600047
When the warning is displayed, if you
lightly press the multi-information display
switch a few times, the warning display
screen you switched from is redisplayed.
N00579700022
The operation status of each system is dis-
played on the information screen.
For further details, refer to the appropriate
page in the warning display list.
NOTE
While driving, the service reminder are not displayed even if you operate the multi-information display switch. Always stop the vehicle in a safe place
before operating.
While driving, the function setting screen is not displayed even if you operate the multi-information display switch.
Always park the vehicle in a safe place, firmly apply the parking brake and press the electrical parking switch before operating the function setting screen.
Refer to “Changing the function settings” on page 5-153.
When there is information to be announced, such as a system fault, the tone sounds and the screen display is switched.
Refer to “Interrupt display screen” on page 5-146.
Interrupt display screen
Warning display
Returning to the display screen from
before the warning display
If you want to switch the display
Redisplay of a warning display
screen
Other interrupt displays
Multi-information display
Features and controls 5-147
5
Refer to “Other interrupt displays” on page
5-181.
N00555201251
This is displayed when you press the multi-
information display switch and return from
the warning display screen to the previous
screen.
This mark is also displayed if there is another
warning other than the one displayed.
When the cause of the warning display is
eliminated, the warning goes out automat-
ically.
N00529700027
If any of the doors or the liftgate is not com-
pletely closed, this displays the open door or
liftgate.
If the speed increases to approximately 5 mph
(8 km/h) or higher with a door ajar, a tone
will sound 4 times to inform you that a door
is ajar.
N00588300024
Indicates the remaining power in the main
drive lithium-ion battery.
N00556601207
Shows the amount of fuel remaining.
Warning display screen
NOTE
When the warning is displayed, the warn-
ing display screen can be redisplayed on the
information screen.
Refer to “Information screen (with the opera-
tion mode in OFF)” on page 5-143.
Refer to “Information screen (with the opera-
tion mode in ON)” on page 5-145.
Door ajar warning display
screen
CAUTION
Always make sure that the warning display
goes out before beginning to drive.
Main drive lithium-ion battery
level display screen
Fuel remaining display screen
F- Full
E- Empty
NOTE
It may take several seconds to stabilize the
display after refilling the tank.
If fuel is added with the operation mode in
ON, the remaining fuel display may incor-
rectly indicate the fuel level.
The arrow (A) indicates that the fuel tank
filler door is located on the left side of the
vehicle. (Refer to “Filling the fuel tank” on
page 3-51.)
Multi-information display
5-148 Features and controls
5
N00578300092
When the fuel level runs low, the information
screen switches to the interrupt display of the
fuel remaining warning display and the mark
(B) on the fuel remaining display flashes. If
the warning display appears, refuel as soon as
possible.
N00597700037
Shows instantaneous charging power gener-
ated by the regenerative braking.
N00556501118
Shows the temperature outside the vehicle.
N00574901026
Shows the total distance traveled.
Fuel remaining warning display
CAUTION
If the vehicle is runs out of fuel, the engine
will not start even in a situation need to be
generated electricity, the following condi-
tions will occur.
• The driving performance falls (since only
the electrical power stored in the main drive
lithium-ion battery can be used for the driv-
ing).
• The effectiveness of the heater is insuffi-
cient.
• The catalytic converter may be damaged
due to excessive high temperature.
NOTE
On hills or curves, the display may be incor-
rect due to the movement of fuel in the tank.
Battery save mode or battery charge mode
canceled or may not be activated even if the
battery save mode switch or the battery
charge mode switch is pressed, depending on
the remaining quantity of the main drive lith-
ium-ion battery or the control condition of
the system.
Charging power gauge
CAUTION
NOTE
The charging power gauge does not include
the electricity generated by the engine.
The charging power gauge does not indicate
the vehicle driving condition in the battery
charge mode.
The movement of the gauge decreases as the
main drive lithium-ion battery level is nearly
full.
Outside temperature display
screen
NOTE
The display setting can be changed to the
preferred units (°F or °C).
Refer to “Changing the function settings” on
page 5-153.
Depending on factors such as the driving
conditions, the displayed temperature may
vary from the actual outside temperature.
Odometer
Multi-information display
Features and controls 5-149
5
N00575001066
Shows the distance traveled between two
points.
To return the display to 0, hold down the
multi-information display switch for approxi-
mately 2 seconds or more. Only the currently
displayed value will be reset.
Example
If trip odometer is displayed, only trip
odometer will be reset.
Both trip odometers and can
count up to 9999.9 miles/kilometers.
When a trip odometer goes past 9999.9
miles/kilometers, it returns to 0.0 miles/
kilometers.
When disconnecting the 12 V starter bat-
tery terminal, the memories of trip odom-
eter displays and are cleared, and
their displays return to “0.0 miles/kilome-
ters”.
N00556701341
Displays the approximate time until the next
recommended periodic inspection. “---” is
displayed when the inspection time has
arrived.
1. Shows the time until the next periodic
inspection.
2. This informs you that a periodic inspec-
tion is due. Contact a certified Mitsubishi
EV dealer to have the system checked.
At that time, when the operation mode is
changed from OFF to ON, the warning
display is displayed for a few seconds on
the information screen.
Trip odometer
Usage examples for trip odometer , trip
odometer
It is possible to measure two currently
traveled distances, from home using
trip odometer and from a particular
point on the way using trip odometer
.
To reset the trip odometer
Service reminder
NOTE
The service reminder time can be modified
by a certified Mitsubishi EV dealer, to adjust
for severe usage, etc. Refer to “Severe main-
tenance schedule” in your vehicle’s Warranty
and Maintenance Manual. For further infor-
mation, please contact a certified Mitsubishi
EV dealer.
NOTE
Shows the distance in units of 100 miles (100
km) and the time in units of 1 month.
Multi-information display
5-150 Features and controls
5
3. After your vehicle is inspected at a certi-
fied Mitsubishi EV dealer, it displays the
time until the next periodic inspection.
The “---” display can be reset while the oper-
ation mode of the power switch is in OFF.
When the display is reset, the time until the
next periodic inspection is displayed and the
warning display is no longer displayed when
the operation mode is changed from OFF to
ON.
1. When you lightly press the multi-informa-
tion display switch, the information
screen switches to the service reminder
display screen.
2. Press and hold the multi-information dis-
play switch (for approximately 2 seconds
or more) to display “ ” and make it
flash. (If there is no operation for approxi-
mately 10 seconds with this indicator
flashing, the display returns to the previ-
ous screen.)
3. With this indicator flashing, if you lightly
press the multi-information display
switch, the screen switches from “---” to
“CLEAR”. After that, the time until the
next periodic inspection is shown.
N00578400035
When the operation mode is put in ON, the
system check screen is displayed for approxi-
mately 4 seconds. If there is no fault, the
information screen is displayed.
If there is a fault, the screen changes to warn-
ing display.
Refer to “Warning display list” on page
5-162.
To reset
CAUTION
The customer is responsible for making sure
that regular inspections and maintenance and
periodic inspections and maintenance are
performed.
Inspections and maintenance must be per-
formed to prevent accidents and malfunc-
tions.
NOTE
The “---” display cannot be reset while the
operation mode is in ON.
When “---” is displayed, after a certain dis-
tance and a certain period of time, the dis-
play is reset and the time until the next
periodic inspection is displayed.
If you accidentally reset the display, consult
a certified Mitsubishi EV dealer for assis-
tance.
System check screen
NOTE
The system check screen display varies
depending on your equipment.
Multi-information display
Features and controls 5-151
5
N00588400054
This displays the approximate driving range
(how many more miles or kilometers you can
drive).
EV cruising range display (A)
This displays the distance that can be traveled
with the remaining power in the main drive
lithium-ion battery.
Total cruising range display (B)
This displays the distance that can be traveled
with the remaining power in the main drive
lithium-ion battery and the remaining amount
of fuel.
N00575301043
This displays the average fuel consumption
from the last reset to the present.
EV cruising range display/Total
cruising range display
NOTE
The EV cruising range may vary depending
on driving conditions and your personal driv-
ing habits.
The EV cruising range is calculated from the
following information.
• Current remaining power in the main drive
lithium-ion battery.
• The Most recent electric power consump-
tion rate.
• Operation status of the air-conditioner.
If the preceding driving condition is in the
following situations, the EV cruising range
display may show less distance than before
even though there are almost the same level
remaining power in the main drive lithium-
ion battery.
• When much electricity is consumed from
the main drive lithium-ion battery, such as
in a traffic jam, hill-climbing or high-speed
driving.
• When the air conditioner is operating.
Treat the distance displayed as just a rough
guideline.
In addition, disconnecting the 12 V starter
battery cable will reset the EV cruising range
and the EV cruising range display may show
the different distance from the previous dis-
tance.
The learned value for the EV cruising range
can be reset by operating the multi-informa-
tion display switch.
If the EV cruising range display shows
extremely different distance, please reset the
learned value to the initialized value.
For details, refer to “Reset of EV/Total cruis-
ing range” on page 5-158.
NOTE
When the main drive lithium-ion battery is
charged or the vehicle is refueled, the cruis-
ing range display is updated. However, if the
charge level is low or the refueling amount is
small, it cannot be updated correctly. Fully
charge the main drive lithium-ion battery or
refill to full tank whenever possible.
On rare occasions, the value displayed for
the driving range may change if you are
parked on an extremely steep incline. This is
due to the movement of fuel in the tank and
does not indicate any malfunction.
The display setting can be changed to the
preferred units (miles or km).
Refer to “Changing the function settings” on
page 5-153.
When the EV cruising range falls below
approximately 1 mile (1 km), the EV cruis-
ing range display shows “---”.
When the total cruising range falls below
approximately 30 miles (50 km), the total
cruising range display shows “---”.
When the EV cruising range and total cruis-
ing range cannot be accurately measured
because there is some fault in the vehicle,
these display shows “---”.
Average fuel consumption dis-
play
NOTE
Multi-information display
5-152 Features and controls
5
There are 2 types of mode settings of manual
reset and automatic reset.
Refer to “Changing the reset mode for aver-
age fuel consumption” on page 5-154.
For information on how to change the aver-
age fuel consumption display setting, refer to
“Changing the function settings” on page
5-153.
N00588500026
This displays the ratios of the time traveled
with electric power and the time traveled with
both electric power and engine power.
The ratio of the time traveled with electric
power is displayed with a bar graph (blue)
and in a percentage.
N00588600043
This displays the flow of energy.
NOTE
The average fuel consumption display can be
reset separately in both auto reset mode and
manual reset mode.
“---” is displayed when the average fuel con-
sumption cannot be measured.
The initial (default) setting is “Auto reset
mode”.
Average fuel consumption may vary depend-
ing on the driving conditions (road condi-
tions, how you drive, etc.) The actual fuel
consumption may differ from the fuel con-
sumption displayed, so treat the fuel con-
sumption displayed as just a rough guideline.
Disconnecting the 12 V starter battery cable
will erase from memory the manual reset
mode or auto reset mode setting for the aver-
age fuel consumption display.
The display setting can be changed to the
preferred units {mpg (US), mpg (UK),
L/100km or km/L}.
Refer to “Changing the function settings” on
page 5-153.
EVHV driving rate display
NOTE
When the main drive lithium-ion battery is
fully charged, EVHV driving rate is reset
and display becomes 100 %.
Energy flow display
A- Engine
B- Main drive lithium-ion battery
C- Tire
Blue arrow- Flow of electric energy
Amber arrow- Flow of other energy
Multi-information display
Features and controls 5-153
5
N00578800068
ECO score indicates the points you have
scored on fuel-efficient driving by the num-
ber of leaves as follows:
[When the operation mode is ON]
The display shows the score you achieved in
the last several minutes.
[When the operation mode is put in OFF]
The display shows the overall ECO score the
function has counted from the time when the
operation mode is set to “ON” to the time
when it is set to “OFF”.
N00556801342
1. Park your vehicle in a safe place.
Firmly apply the parking brake and press
the electrical parking switch and shift to
the “P” (PARK) position.
2. When you lightly press the multi-informa-
tion meter switch, the information screen
switches to the function setting screen.
Refer to “Information screen” on page
5-145.
Display of energy flow (example)
When driving with electric energy
When driving with fuel (gasoline)
energy
When driving with both electric
energy and fuel (gasoline) energy
When charging the main drive lith-
ium-ion battery
When there is no energy flow
NOTE
During charging, the energy flow display for
charging is displayed. For details, refer to
“Energy flow display during charging” on
page 3-44.
ECO Score
Changing the function settings
ECO drive level
Low High
Multi-information display
5-154 Features and controls
5
3. Press and hold the multi-information dis-
play switch (for approximately 2 seconds
or more) to switch from the setting mode
screen to the menu screen.
4. Select the item to change on the menu
screen and change to the desired setting.
For further details on the operation meth-
ods, refer to the following sections.
Refer to “Changing the reset mode for
average fuel consumption” on page 5-154.
Refer to “Changing the fuel consumption
display unit” on page 5-155.
Refer to “Changing the temperature unit”
on page 5-156.
Refer to “Changing the display language”
on page 5-156.
Refer to “Changing the language on other
system to match the multi-information
display” on page 5-157.
Refer to “Operation sound setting” on
page 5-157.
Refer to “Changing the time until “REST
REMINDER” is displayed” on page
5-158.
Refer to “Changing the turn signal sound”
on page 5-158.
Refer to “Tire ID set change” on page
5-124.
Refer to “Reset of EV/Total cruising
range” on page 5-158.
Refer to “Returning to the factory set-
tings” on page 5-159.
N00557001279
You can change the mode condition for the
average fuel consumption to “Auto reset” or
“Manual reset.”
1. Press and hold the multi-information dis-
play switch (for approximately 2 seconds
or more) to switch from the setting mode
screen to the menu screen.
Refer to “Changing the function settings”
on page 5-153.
CAUTION
For safety, stop the vehicle before operating.
While driving, even if you operate the multi-
information display switch, the function set-
ting screen is not displayed.
NOTE
To return the menu screen to the function set-
ting screen, press and hold the multi-infor-
mation display switch (for approximately 2
seconds or more).
If no operations are made within approxi-
mately 30 seconds of the menu screen being
displayed, the display returns to the function
setting screen.
NOTE
NOTE
If the 12 V starter battery is disconnected,
these function settings are reset from mem-
ory and is automatically to the factory set-
tings (except the tire ID set).
You cannot select an item that is displayed
dimly on the menu.
Changing the reset mode for aver-
age fuel consumption
Multi-information display
Features and controls 5-155
5
2. Lightly press the multi-information dis-
play switch to select “AVG” (average fuel
consumption setting).
3. Press and hold the multi-information dis-
play switch (for approximately 2 seconds
or more) to switch in sequence from A or
1 (Auto reset) M, 2 or P (Manual reset)
A or 1 (Auto reset).
The setting is changed to the selected
reset condition.
If you press and hold the multi-informa-
tion meter switch when the average fuel
consumption is displayed, these calcula-
tions will be reset to zero.
When the operation mode is changed
from ACC or OFF to ON, the mode set-
ting changes automatically from manual
to auto.
When the average fuel consumption is
being displayed, if you hold down the
multi-information display switch, these
calculations will be reset to zero.
When the operation mode has been in
ACC or OFF for approximately 4 hours or
more, the average fuel consumption dis-
play will automatically reset.
N00557101209
The fuel consumption display unit can be
changed. The distance and amount units are
also changed to match the selected fuel con-
sumption unit.
1. Press and hold the multi-information dis-
play switch (for approximately 2 seconds
or more) to change from the setting mode
screen to the menu screen.
Refer to “Changing the function settings”
on page 5-153.
2. Lightly press the multi-information dis-
play switch to select “AVG UNIT” (fuel
consumption display unit setting).
3. Press and hold the multi-information dis-
play switch (for approximately 2 seconds
or more) to display “AVG UNIT” (fuel
consumption display unit setting).
4. Lightly press the multi-information dis-
play switch to switch to select the units.
5. Press and hold the multi-information dis-
play switch (for approximately 2 seconds
or more) to change the setting to the
selected unit.
Manual reset mode
Auto reset mode
NOTE
The average fuel consumption display can be
reset separately in both auto reset mode and
manual reset mode.
Disconnecting the 12 V starter battery cable
will erase from memory the manual reset
mode or auto reset mode setting for the aver-
age fuel consumption display.
The initial (default) setting is “Auto reset
mode”.
Changing the fuel consumption
display unit
Multi-information display
5-156 Features and controls
5
The distance and speed units are also changed
in the following combinations to match the
selected fuel consumption unit.
N00557201271
The temperature display unit can be switched.
1. Press and hold the multi-information dis-
play switch (for approximately 2 seconds
or more) to switch from the setting mode
screen to the menu screen.
Refer to “Changing the function settings”
on page 5-153.
2. Lightly press the multi-information dis-
play switch to select “ ” (temperature
unit setting).
3. Press and hold the multi-information dis-
play switch (for approximately 2 seconds
or more) to switch in from °F to °C, or
from °C to °F.
The setting is changed to the selected tem-
perature unit.
N00557301214
The language of the multi-information dis-
play can be changed.
1. Press and hold the multi-information dis-
play switch (for approximately 2 seconds
or more) to change from the setting mode
screen to the menu screen.
Refer to “Changing the function settings”
on page 5-153.
2. Lightly press the multi-information dis-
play switch to select “LANGUAGE” (lan-
guage setting).
3. Press and hold the multi-information dis-
play switch (for approximately 2 seconds
or more) to display “LANGUAGE” (lan-
guage setting).
4. Lightly press the multi-information dis-
play switch to select the desired language.
NOTE
The display units for the average fuel con-
sumption and the driving range are changed,
but the units for the indicating needle (speed-
ometer), the odometer and the trip odometer
will remain unchanged.
If the 12 V starter battery is disconnected,
the memory of the unit setting is erased and
is automatically set to {mpg (US) or L/100
km}.
Fuel
economy
Distance
(driving range)
mpg (US) mile (s)
mpg (UK) mile (s)
km /L km
L /100 km km
Changing the temperature unit
NOTE
The temperature value on air conditioner
panel is switched in conjunction with outside
temperature display unit of the multi-infor-
mation display.
However, “°F” or “°C” are not shown to tem-
perature display of an air conditioner.
On vehicles equipped with the Smartphone-
link Display Audio (SDA), the temperature
value shown on the air conditioner screen of
SDA is switched in conjunction with outside
temperature display unit of the multi-infor-
mation display.
If the 12 V starter battery is disconnected,
the memory of the unit setting is erased and
is automatically set to °F (°C).
Changing the display language
Multi-information display
Features and controls 5-157
5
5. Press and hold the multi-information dis-
play switch (for approximately 2 seconds
or more) to change the setting to the
selected language.
N00529801357
The language used in Multi Around Monitor
(if so equipped) can be changed automatically
to the same language as that shown in the
multi-information display.
1. Press and hold the multi-information dis-
play switch (for approximately 2 seconds
or more) to switch from the setting mode
screen to the menu screen. Refer to
“Changing the function settings” on page
5-153.
2. Lightly press the multi-information dis-
play switch to select “ ” (language
cooperative control).
3. Press and hold the multi-information dis-
play switch to switch from A/1 (language
cooperation: enabled) to M/2/P (language
cooperation: disabled), or from M/2/P to
A/1. The setting is changed to the selected
condition.
N00557401185
You can turn off the operation sounds of the
multi-information display switch and rheostat
illumination button.
1. Press and hold the multi-information dis-
play switch (for approximately 2 seconds
or more) to switch from the setting mode
screen to the menu screen.
Refer to “Changing the function settings”
on page 5-153.
NOTE
If the 12 V starter battery is disconnected,
the memory of the language setting is erased
and is automatically set to ENGLISH.
If “---” is selected in the language setting, a
warning message is not displayed when there
is a warning display or interrupt display.
Changing the language on other
system to match the multi-infor-
mation display
NOTE
If the 12 V starter battery is disconnected,
the language cooperative control is automati-
cally set to “A or 1” (language cooperation:
enabled).
The language cooperation setting can be
switched in the following manner.
• When “A or 1” (language cooperation:
enabled) has been selected, the language for
Multi Around Monitor (if so equipped) is
automatically changed to the language
selected for the multi-information display.
However, this changing function may not
work depending on the language selected
for the multi-information display.
• When “M, 2 or P” (language cooperation:
disabled) has been selected, the language
for Multi Around Monitor (if so equipped)
is not automatically changed to match the
language selected for the multi-informa-
tion display.
The language on the audio system’s display
does not automatically change when you
select A or 1 (language cooperation:
enabled) in the language cooperation control.
Operation sound setting
NOTE
Multi-information display
5-158 Features and controls
5
2. Lightly press the multi-information dis-
play switch to select “ ” (operation
sound setting).
3. Press and hold the multi-information dis-
play switch (for approximately 2 seconds
or more) to switch from ON (operation
sound on) to OFF (operation sound off),
or from OFF to ON.
The setting is changed to the selected con-
dition.
N00557501199
The time until the display appears can be
changed.
1. Press and hold the multi-information dis-
play switch (for approximately 2 seconds
or more) to switch from the setting mode
screen to the menu screen.
Refer to “Changing the function settings”
on page 5-153.
2. Lightly press the multi-information dis-
play switch to select “ALARM” (rest time
setting).
3. Press and hold the multi-information dis-
play switch (for approximately 2 seconds
or more) to display “ALARM” (rest time
setting).
4. Lightly press the multi-information dis-
play switch to select the time until the dis-
play appears.
5. Press and hold the multi-information dis-
play switch (for approximately 2 seconds
or more) to change the setting to the
selected time.
N00563501110
It is possible to change the turn signal sound.
1. Press and hold the multi-information dis-
play switch (for approximately 2 seconds
or more) to switch from the setting mode
screen to the menu screen.
Refer to “Changing the function settings”
on page 5-153.
2. Lightly press the multi-information dis-
play switch to select . (changing the
turn signal sound)
3. Press and hold the multi-information dis-
play switch (for approximately 2 seconds
or more) to switch from 1 (turn-signal
sound 1) to 2 (turn-signal sound 2), or
from 2 to 1.
The setting changes to the selected turn
signal sound.
N00597800038
The learned value for EV cruising range reset
to the initialized value.
1. Press and hold the multi-information dis-
play switch for approximately 2 seconds
or more to switch from the setting mode
screen to the menu screen.
Refer to “Changing the function settings”
on page 5-153.
NOTE
If the 12 V starter battery is disconnected,
the memory of the operation sound setting is
erased and is automatically set to “ON”
(operation sound on).
The operation sound setting only deactivates
the operation sound of the multi-information
display switch and rheostat illumination but-
ton. The warning display and other sounds
cannot be deactivated.
Changing the time until “REST
REMINDER” is displayed
NOTE
If the 12 V starter battery is disconnected,
the memory of the unit setting is erased and
is automatically set to the “OFF”.
The drive time is reset when the operation
mode is in OFF.
Changing the turn signal sound
Reset of EV/Total cruising range
Multi-information display
Features and controls 5-159
5
2. Lightly press the multi-information dis-
play switch to select
“ ” (Reset of EV
cruising range).
3. When you press and hold the multi-infor-
mation display switch for approximately 3
seconds or more, the buzzer sounds and
the learned value reset to the default val-
ues.
N00557601288
Many of the function settings can be returned
to their factory settings.
1. Press and hold the multi-information dis-
play switch (for approximately 2 seconds
or more) to switch from the setting mode
screen to the menu screen.
Refer to “Changing the function settings”
on page 5-153.
2. Lightly press the multi-information dis-
play switch to select
“ ” (return to the fac-
tory settings).
3. Press and hold the multi-information dis-
play switch (for approximately 5 seconds
or more), the buzzer sounds and all of the
function settings are returned to the fac-
tory settings.
Returning to the factory settings
NOTE
The factory settings are as follows.
• Average fuel consumption reset mode: A
(Auto reset)
• Fuel consumption display unit: mpg (US)
or (L/100 km)
• Temperature unit: °F (Fahrenheit) or {°C
(Celsius)}
• Display language: ENGLISH
• Cooperative language setting: A (language
cooperation: enabled)
• Operation sounds: ON (Operation sound
on)
• “REST REMINDER” display: OFF
• Turn signal sound: Turn signal sound 1
The tire ID set cannot be returned to the fac-
tory settings.
The learned value for EV cruising range does
not return to the initialized value.
Indicator light, warning light, and information screen display list
5-160 Features and controls
5
N00557701061
N00557801437
Indicator light, warning light, and information screen display list
Indicator and warning light list
1- Position indicator P.5-186
2- Front fog light indicator P.5-186
3- Turn signal indicators/Hazard warning
lights P.5-186
4- High beam indicator P.5-186
5- Ready indicator P.5-187
6- Theft-alarm indicator P.5-37
7- 12 V starter battery charging system
warning light P.5-188
8- Plug-in Hybrid EV System warning
light P.5-189
9- Charging indicator P.5-187
10- Regenerative brake warning light
P.5-189
11- Blind Spot Warning (BSW) indicator
light (if so equipped) P.5-110
12- Automatic High Beam (AHB) indicator
(if so equipped) P.5-193
13- Acoustic Vehicle Alerting System
(AVAS) indicator P.5-72
14- Forward Collision Mitigation System
(FCM) OFF indicator (if so equipped)
P.5-104
15- LED headlight warning light (if so
equipped) P.5-192
16- Information screen display list
P.5-161
17- Active stability control (ASC) indicator
P.5-83
18- Active stability control (ASC) OFF
indicator P.5-83
Indicator light, warning light, and information screen display list
Features and controls 5-161
5
N00557901135
When there is information to be announced, such as light reminder, the tone sounds and the screen switches to the displays shown below. Refer to
the appropriate page and take the necessary measures.
When the cause of the warning display is eliminated, the warning display goes out automatically.
Refer to “Warning display list” on page 5-162.
Refer to “Other interrupt displays” on page 5-181.
19- Anti-lock braking system (ABS) warn-
ing light P.5-79
20- Supplemental Restraint System (SRS)
warning light P. 4-42
21- Engine malfunction indicator (“SER-
VICE ENGINE SOON” or “Check
engine light”) P.5-188
22- Driver’s seat belt warning light
P.4-20
23- Tire pressure monitoring system
(TPMS) warning light P.5-122
24- Brake auto hold indicator P.5-74
25- Brake warning light P.5-187
26- Electric parking brake warning light
P.5-188
Information screen display list
NOTE
In the following cases, a warning may be displayed on the information screen and the buzzer may sound for a few seconds, at times.
This is caused by the system picking up interference such as strong electromagnetic waves or noise, and is not a functional problem.
• An extremely strong electromagnetic wave is received from a source such as an illegal radio set, a spark from a wire, or a radar station.
• Abnormal voltage or a static electricity discharge is generated by the operation of your vehicle’s electronics (including after-market parts).
If the warning display has occurred a number of times, take your vehicle to a certified Mitsubishi EV dealer and have the system checked.
Indicator light, warning light, and information screen display list
5-162 Features and controls
5
N00558001410
Warning display list
Screen Cause Do this (Reference)
One or more failure is occurring in the Plug-in
Hybrid EV System.
Have your vehicle inspected by a certified
Mitsubishi EV dealer.
One or more failure is occurring in the Plug-in
Hybrid EV System.
Park your vehicle in a safe place as soon as possible
and contact a certified Mitsubishi EV dealer to have
the system checked.
The parking lock unit is in failure. The Plug-in
Hybrid EV System cannot be kept in standstill con-
dition without applying the parking brake.
Park the vehicle at a safe, flat place and apply the
parking brake. Contact a certified Mitsubishi EV
dealer to have the system checked.
Refer to “Electrical parking switch” on page 5-55.
You are attempting to set the operation mode to
“ON” when the charge connector is connected to the
charge port.
Disconnect the charge connector from the charge
port before operating the power switch.
Charging was interrupted due to system failure or
EV charging cable failure.
There is the system failure or the EV charging cable
is faulty. Immediately stop using the cable and con-
tact a certified Mitsubishi EV dealer to have the sys-
tem checked.
Indicator light, warning light, and information screen display list
Features and controls 5-163
5
Normal charging
• Charging was interrupted due to poor connection of
the EV charging cable or power failure.
Quick charging
• Charging was stopped by your operation.
• Charging was interrupted after the predetermined
set time.
• Charging was interrupted due to a poor connection
of the EV charging cable or a electrical power fail-
ure.
• Charging was interrupted because there is a prob-
lem in the vehicle or the quick charger.
Normal charging
• Connect the EV charging cable correctly.
Refer to “Normal charging” on page 3-20.
• If charging is interrupted due to a power failure,
charging will resume automatically when the power
source is reset.
Quick charging
• Connect the EV charging cable correctly.
Refer to “Quick charging” on page 3-32.
• If charging is interrupted due to a power failure,
start charging procedure again from the beginning
after the power source is reset.
• If the warning display appear in the meter of the
vehicle or on the quick charger display, follow the
instructions and take the necessary measures.
The main drive lithium-ion battery temperature is
too cold.
In the daytime, wait for the temperature to rise.
When the temperature in the vicinity of the main
drive lithium-ion battery has risen, start up.
(Except for vehicles equipped with main drive lith-
ium-ion battery warming system)
Keep driving if you can drive at the same speed as
surrounding vehicles.
If you cannot drive the same speed as surrounding
vehicles, stop the vehicle in a safe place.
(Vehicles equipped with main drive lithium-ion bat-
tery warming system)
The battery charge mode switch is pressed when the
main drive lithium-ion battery temperature is cold.
You do not have to take any actions, but the time
needed to charge the main drive lithium-ion battery
will become longer.
Screen Cause Do this (Reference)
Indicator light, warning light, and information screen display list
5-164 Features and controls
5
The main drive lithium-ion battery is extremely cold
temperature. The Plug-in Hybrid EV System will not
start until the main drive lithium-ion battery is warm
enough.
Even if the main drive lithium-ion battery is full
charge, connect EV charging cable (normal charger).
Then, the main drive lithium-ion battery warming
system is operated, the main drive lithium-ion bat-
tery is automatically warmed up. While the main
drive lithium-ion battery warning system is operat-
ing, “BATTERY TOO COLD” will be displayed.
(Vehicles equipped with main drive lithium-ion bat-
tery warming system)
Refer to “Charging from rated AC 120 V outlet” on
page 3-22.
Refer to “Cautions and actions to deal with intense
cold” on page 3-13.
The main drive lithium-ion battery is extremely cold
temperature.
Stop the vehicle at a safe place if the vehicle is under
running.
After the vehicle is in parking, in the daytime, wait
for the outside temperature to rise and re-start the
Plug-in Hybrid EV System if the outside temperature
has been risen.
Refer to “Cautions and actions to deal with intense
cold” on page 3-13.
Charging lid is open. Close the charge lid.
Refer to “Charging from rated AC 120 V outlet” on
page 3-22.
Screen Cause Do this (Reference)
Indicator light, warning light, and information screen display list
Features and controls 5-165
5
When the air conditioner stops because the main
drive lithium-ion battery level becomes low by using
the air conditioner during charging.
Turn the power switch to OFF once after charging
the main drive lithium-ion battery sufficiently, and
then turn the power switch to ON. The air condi-
tioner can be used again.
When the air conditioner can be used again in the
following conditions.
The main drive lithium-ion battery is enough
charged while the “A/C AND HEAT ARE NOT
AVAILABLE BATTERY CHARGE LOW” indica-
tion is displayed or the main drive lithium-ion bat-
tery is enough heated while the “BATTERY TOO
COLD” indication is displayed, etc.
Turn the power switch to OFF once, and then turn
the power switch to ON. The air conditioner can be
used again.
When the operation mode of the power switch is put
in ON during charging.
The electric devices can be used during charging.
Refer to “How to use electric device during charg-
ing” on page 3-42.
Screen Cause Do this (Reference)
Indicator light, warning light, and information screen display list
5-166 Features and controls
5
EV priority mode is not available because the main
drive lithium-ion battery level is low.
Refer to “EV switch” on page 5-66.
EV priority mode is not available because the cruise
control or the Adaptive Cruise Control System
(ACC) is operating.
EV priority mode is not available because the main
drive lithium-ion battery is too cold.
EV priority mode is not available because the EV
priority mode is limited to protect the Plug-in Hybrid
EV System or outside temperature is too cold.
EV priority mode is canceled because the main drive
lithium-ion battery level is low.
Screen Cause Do this (Reference)
Indicator light, warning light, and information screen display list
Features and controls 5-167
5
EV priority mode is canceled because the vehicle
speed of the cruise control or the Adaptive Cruise
Control System (ACC) is set.
Refer to “EV switch” on page 5-66.
EV priority mode is canceled because the main drive
lithium-ion battery temperature has become too cold.
EV priority mode is canceled because the protecting
device of the Plug-in Hybrid EV System is operated.
There is preparing to open the fuel tank filler door. Wait until the preparation is complete.
Refer to “Filling the fuel tank” on page 3-51.
Preparation to refuel has been completed and the fuel
tank filler door opened.
Please begin refueling.
For information on how to refuel, refer to “Filling
the fuel tank” on page 3-51.
There is a fault in the refueling system. Contact a certified Mitsubishi EV dealer to have the
system checked.
Refer to “Filling the fuel tank” on page 3-51.
Screen Cause Do this (Reference)
Indicator light, warning light, and information screen display list
5-168 Features and controls
5
The fuel tank filler door is open. Check the fuel tank filler cap is closed and then close
the fuel tank filler door.
Refer to “Filling the fuel tank” on page 3-51.
SPORT mode is not available because the remaining
fuel quantity is low.
Refer to “SPORT mode switch” on page 5-71.
SPORT mode is canceled because the remaining fuel
quantity has become low.
Battery save mode or battery charge mode is not
available because the engine coolant temperature is
high or the remaining fuel quantity is low.
Refer to “SAVE/CHARGE mode switch” on page 5-68.
Battery save mode or battery charge mode is can-
celed because the engine coolant temperature has
become high or the remaining fuel quantity has
become low.
You have forgotten to turn off the lights. Refer to “Light auto-cutout function (headlights and
other lights)” on page 5-192.
Screen Cause Do this (Reference)
Indicator light, warning light, and information screen display list
Features and controls 5-169
5
The washer fluid is running low. Replenish the container with washer fluid.
Refer to “Washer fluid” on page 9-10.
Refer to “Capacity” on page 11-9.
There is a malfunction in the LED headlights. Contact a certified Mitsubishi EV dealer to have the
system checked.
Refer to “LED headlight warning light” on page
5-192.
The system has received the customer key program-
ming request correctly and is currently processing
the registration request.
Refer to “Customer F.A.S.T.-key programming (Except
for vehicles sold in Canada)” on page 5-17.
Screen Cause Do this (Reference)
Indicator light, warning light, and information screen display list
5-170 Features and controls
5
There is a fault in the F. A. S. T. -key. Refer to “Free-hand Advanced Security Transmitter
(F.A.S.T.-key)” on page 5-4.
The F. A. S. T. -key is not detected. Insert the F. A. S. T. -key into the key slot. Refer to
“If the F. A. S. T. -key is not operating properly” on
page 5-15.
Screen Cause Do this (Reference)
Indicator light, warning light, and information screen display list
Features and controls 5-171
5
You have forgotten to remove the F. A. S. T. -key
from the key slot.
Remove the F. A. S. T. -key from the key slot.
There is a fault in the EPS. Have the vehicle inspected by a certified Mitsubishi
EV dealer as soon as possible.
Refer to “Electric power steering system (EPS)” on
page 5-80.
The RBS (regenerative brake system) cannot be
used.
Contact a certified Mitsubishi EV dealer to have the
system checked.
There is a fault in the Anti-lock braking system. Avoid sudden braking and high-speed driving, park
the vehicle in a safe place, and take corrective mea-
sures. Refer to “ABS warning light/display” on page
5-79.
The tire pressure in one of the tires is low. Refer to “TPMS warning light/display” on page 5-122.
There is a fault in the Tire Pressure Monitoring Sys-
tem.
Screen Cause Do this (Reference)
Indicator light, warning light, and information screen display list
5-172 Features and controls
5
One of the doors or the liftgate is not completely
closed.
The open door is displayed.
Close the door or liftgate.
Refer to “Door ajar warning display screen” on page
5-147.
The engine hood is open. Close the engine hood.
Refer to “Engine hood” on page 9-4.
There is a fault in the electronic immobilizer (Anti-
theft starting system).
Put the operation mode in OFF, and then start the
Plug-in Hybrid EV System again.
If the warning is not canceled, please contact a certi-
fied Mitsubishi EV dealer.
The driver's door is open when the operation mode is
in any mode other than OFF.
Put the operation mode in OFF.
Refer to “Operation mode ON reminder system” on
page 5-26.
An attempt was made to lock all the doors and the
liftgate when the operation mode is in any mode
other than OFF.
Put the operation mode in OFF.
Refer to “Operation mode OFF reminder system” on
page 5-12.
There is a fault in the electrical system. Park your vehicle in a safe place as soon as possible
and contact a certified Mitsubishi EV dealer to have
the system checked.
Screen Cause Do this (Reference)
Indicator light, warning light, and information screen display list
Features and controls 5-173
5
The engine is overheated. Park the vehicle in a safe place and take corrective
measures.
Refer to “Engine overheating” on page 8-4.
The seat belt is not fastened when the operation
mode is in ON.
Wear your seat belt properly.
Refer to “Driver’s seat belt reminder/warning light
and display” on page 4-20.
There is a fault in the fuel system. Contact a certified Mitsubishi EV dealer to have the
system checked.
The vehicle is being driven with the parking brake
still applied.
Release the parking brake. Refer to “Brake warning
display” on page 5-189.
The brake fluid level is low.
There is a fault in the brake system.
Park the vehicle in a safe place and inspect it.
If the light still illuminates after the inspection, con-
tact a certified Mitsubishi EV dealer for assistance.
Refer to “Brake warning display” on page 5-189.
When the brake pedal has been repeatedly depressed
over a short period of time, the brake warning light
may come on and the brake warning buzzer may
sound, and this warning may be displayed.
If the this warning display is disappeared and brake
warning light goes out and the buzzer stops a few
seconds after stopping brake operation, there is no
abnormality.
Screen Cause Do this (Reference)
Indicator light, warning light, and information screen display list
5-174 Features and controls
5
There is a fault in the Electric parking brake. Immediately have your vehicle inspected at a certi-
fied Mitsubishi EV dealer.
Refer to “Electric parking brake” on page 5-45.
The parking brake cannot be applied temporarily due
to repeated operation of the Electric parking brake
switch within a short time.
Refer to “Electric parking brake” on page 5-45.
You try to release the Electric parking brake switch
without depressing the brake pedal.
Refer to “Electric parking brake” on page 5-45.
The Electric parking brake has been automatically
applied.
Refer to “Brake auto hold” on page 5-74.
The brake auto hold is automatically canceled. Refer to “Brake auto hold” on page 5-74.
The brake auto hold is not available. Refer to “Brake auto hold” on page 5-74.
Screen Cause Do this (Reference)
Indicator light, warning light, and information screen display list
Features and controls 5-175
5
The brake auto hold system does not turn on because
the driver’s seat belt is not fastened.
Press the brake auto hold switch after fastening the
driver’s seat belt.
Refer to “Brake auto hold” on page 5-74.
The brake auto hold system does not turn off because
the brake pedal is not pressed.
Depress the brake pedal more firmly than usual with
the right foot. Then, press the brake auto hold switch.
Refer to “Brake auto hold” on page 5-74.
There is a fault in the engine oil circulation system. Park your vehicle in a safe place as soon as possible
and contact a certified Mitsubishi EV dealer to have
the system checked.
Refer to “Oil pressure warning display” on page
5-190.
There is a fault in the SRS airbag or the pre-tensioner
system.
Contact a certified Mitsubishi EV dealer to have the
system checked, immediately.
Refer to “SRS warning light/display” on page 4-42.
There is a fault in the Active stability control (ASC). Contact a certified Mitsubishi EV dealer to have the
system checked.
Refer to “Active stability control (ASC)” on page
5-81.
There is a fault in the Hill start assist. Have the vehicle checked at a certified Mitsubishi
EV dealer.
Refer to “Hill start assist” on page 5-76.
Screen Cause Do this (Reference)
Indicator light, warning light, and information screen display list
5-176 Features and controls
5
The fuel is running low. Refuel as soon as possible.
Refer to “Fuel remaining display screen” on page
5-147.
The outside temperature is 37 °F (3 °C) or less. Be careful driving on frozen ground.
The ground may be frozen even when this warning is
not displayed, so drive carefully.
The Adaptive Cruise Control System (ACC) has
detected the approach of the vehicles in front.
Increase the following distance by depressing the
brake pedal or making other decelerating control.
Refer to “Adaptive Cruise Control System (ACC):
Approach alarm” on page 5-93.
The Forward Collision Mitigation System (FCM)
has detected the danger of collision.
Take appropriate action such as depressing the brake
to avoid collision.
Refer to “Forward collision warning function” on
page 5-101.
The Adaptive Cruise Control System (ACC)
detected a stop of the vehicle in front and stopped
your vehicle, but the brake will be released soon.
Depress the brake pedal as soon as your vehicle
comes to a stop.
Refer to “When ACC detects a vehicle in front
within the set distance” on page 5-92.
The Electric parking brake cannot be applied auto-
matically.
Depress the brake pedal as soon as possible.
Refer to “Brake auto hold” on page 5-74.
Screen Cause Do this (Reference)
Indicator light, warning light, and information screen display list
Features and controls 5-177
5
Conditions for the start of control are not met, the
Adaptive Cruise Control System (ACC) cannot start
the control.
Refer to “How to use ACC” on page 5-90.
The Adaptive Cruise Control System (ACC) cannot
start the control because the speed is out of speed
range.
The Adaptive Cruise Control System (ACC) cannot
start the control because not detected the approach of
the vehicles in front.
The Adaptive Cruise Control System (ACC) control
is automatically canceled and the system is placed in
the ‘standby’ state.
The Adaptive Cruise Control System (ACC) is tem-
porarily unavailable due to conditions such as the
adhesion of contaminants to the sensor.
This is not a malfunction.
Refer to “To cancel ACC control” on page 5-96.
There is a fault in the Adaptive Cruise Control Sys-
tem (ACC).
Contact a certified Mitsubishi EV dealer to have the
system checked.
Refer to “Warning display” on page 5-99.
Screen Cause Do this (Reference)
Indicator light, warning light, and information screen display list
5-178 Features and controls
5
FCM braking function of the Forward Collision Mit-
igation System (FCM) has been activated.
Refer to “FCM braking function” on page 5-101.
The Forward Collision Mitigation System (FCM) is
temporarily unavailable for some reason.
Refer to “Forward Collision Mitigation System (FCM):
System problem warning” on page 5-105.
There is a fault in the Forward Collision Mitigation
System (FCM).
Contact a certified Mitsubishi EV dealer to have the
system checked.
Refer to “Forward Collision Mitigation System: Sys-
tem problem warning” on page 5-105.
The Lane Departure Warning system (LDW) has
detected that your vehicle is about to leave or has left
the lane.
Refer to “Lane Departure Warning system (LDW)” on
page 5-118.
There is a fault in the Lane Departure Warning sys-
tem (LDW).
Contact a certified Mitsubishi EV dealer to have the
system checked.
Refer to “Lane Departure Warning system (LDW):
System problem warning” on page 5-120
The Blind Spot Warning (BSW) sensor is temporar-
ily not available for some reason such as the environ-
mental condition or increase of the sensor
temperature.
When the warning display does not disappear after
waiting for a while, contact a certified Mitsubishi EV
dealer.
Refer to “Blind Spot Warning (BSW): When the sen-
sor is temporarily not available” on page 5-112.
Screen Cause Do this (Reference)
Indicator light, warning light, and information screen display list
Features and controls 5-179
5
The Blind Spot Warning (BSW) does not operate
normally because there are some malfunctions in the
sensor or the system.
Immediately have your vehicle inspected at a certi-
fied Mitsubishi EV dealer.
Refer to “Blind Spot Warning (BSW): When there is
a malfunction in the system or the sensor” on page
5-111.
Foreign objects, such as dirt, snow or ice, adhere to
the bumper surface around the sensor.
Remove a foreign object on the bumper surface
around the sensor.
When the warning display does not disappear after
having cleaned the bumper surface around the sen-
sor, contact a certified Mitsubishi EV dealer.
Refer to “Blind Spot Warning (BSW): When there
are foreign objects on the sensor.” on page 5-112.
The Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA) is detected the
vehicle approaching your vehicle.
Pay special attention to the rear of your vehicle.
Refer to “Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA)” on page
5-114.
There is a fault in the sensor. Contact a certified Mitsubishi EV dealer.
Refer to “Forward Collision Mitigation System
(FCM): System problem warning” on page 5-105.
Refer to “Lane Departure Warning System (LDW):
System problem warning” on page 5-120.
Refer to “Automatic High Beam (AHB): System
problem warning” on page 5-196.
Screen Cause Do this (Reference)
Indicator light, warning light, and information screen display list
5-180 Features and controls
5
The Forward Collision Mitigation System (FCM),
Lane Departure Warning system (LDW) and Auto-
matic High Beam (AHB) is temporarily unavailable
due to the high or low temperature of the sensor.
After the temperature of the sensor has been in
range, the system will automatically return to opera-
tion.
Refer to “Forward Collision Mitigation System
(FCM): System problem warning” on page 5-105.
Refer to “Lane Departure Warning System (LDW):
System problem warning” on page 5-120.
Refer to “Automatic High Beam (AHB): System
problem warning” on page 5-196.
The sensor is temporarily unavailable due to condi-
tions such as the adhesion of contaminants to the
sensor or windshield.
This is not a malfunction.
Refer to “Forward Collision Mitigation System (FCM):
System problem warning” on page 5-105.
Refer to “Lane Departure Warning System (LDW): Sys-
tem problem warning” on page 5-120.
Refer to “Automatic High Beam (AHB): System prob-
lem warning” on page 5-196.
There is a fault in the system of Automatic High
Beam (AHB).
Contact a certified Mitsubishi EV dealer.
Refer to “Automatic High Beam (AHB): System
problem warning” on page 5-196.
Screen Cause Do this (Reference)
Indicator light, warning light, and information screen display list
Features and controls 5-181
5
N00558201470
Other interrupt displays
Screen Cause Do this (Reference)
When you pressed the power switch and
the operation mode become the ACC with-
out depress the brake pedal, this screen is
displayed.
This screen will be displayed repeatedly at
regular intervals while the operation mode
of the power switch is put in ACC.
Place the select position in the “P” (PARK)
position, depress the brake pedal more
firmly than usual with the right foot. Then,
press the power switch.
Refer to “Starting the Plug-in Hybrid EV
System” on page 5-14.
When Plug-in Hybrid EV System does not
start even if the operation mode of the
power switch is put in ON, this screen is
displayed.
When starting the Plug-in Hybrid EV Sys-
tem, you pressed the power switch without
select position in the “P” (PARK) position.
Place the select position in the “P” (PARK)
position by pressing the electrical parking
switch, depress the brake pedal more
firmly than usual with the right foot. Then,
press the power switch.
Refer to “Starting the Plug-in Hybrid EV
System” on page 5-14.
Driving power is restricted by the safety
system as the Plug-in Hybrid EV System
has become too hot or too cold.
You do not have to take any actions. The
restriction on the driving power will be
released when the Plug-in Hybrid EV Sys-
tem returns to the normal temperature.
Indicator light, warning light, and information screen display list
5-182 Features and controls
5
The vehicle had not been refueled approxi-
mately 4 gallons (15 liters) or more at one
time for nearly 3 months.
This display may appear frequently
depending on the use conditions of your
vehicle such as when the fuel has been
staying in the fuel tank for a long time.
Refill the 4 gallons (15 liters) more at one
time. This display will disappear.
If the fuel remaining display will be below
half, you can refill the fuel more than
4 gallons (15 liters) certainly.
If you cannot refill the fuel due to large
amount of the remaining fuel, start the
engine and drive the vehicle enough to
reduce the fuel level to approximately half
tank.
If the vehicle had not been refueled
approximately 4 gallons (15 liters) or more
at one time for three months, the engine
starts automatically for the maintenance of
the engine or the fuel system components
while the ready indicator is illuminated.
This display may appear frequently
depending on the use conditions of your
vehicle such as when the fuel has been
staying in the fuel tank for a long time.
When the engine is running, the main drive
lithium-ion battery is charged and the bat-
tery charge mode display ( )
is displayed, but the main drive lithium-ion
battery will not be full charge.
Refill the 4 gallons (15 liters) more at one
time. This display and battery charge mode
display will disappear, and the engine will
not automatically start for maintenance.
If the fuel remaining display will be below
half, you can refill the fuel more than
4 gallons (15 liters) certainly.
If you cannot refill the fuel due to large
amount of the remaining fuel, start the
engine and drive the vehicle enough to
reduce the fuel level to approximately half
tank.
Screen Cause Do this (Reference)
Indicator light, warning light, and information screen display list
Features and controls 5-183
5
The operation status of each system is displayed on the information screen. For further details, refer to the appropriate page for each system.
The accelerator pedal has been depressed
when the select position is in the “N”
(NEUTRAL) position.
When you start the vehicle, be sure to
check the select position display and make
sure the select position is in the “D”
(DRIVE) or “R” (REVERSE) position.
Then depress the accelerator pedal.
Refer to “Select Position display” on page
5-58.
The selector lever has been operated when
the select position is in “P” (PARK) posi-
tion and the brake pedal is not depressed.
Operate the selector lever while depressed
firmly on the brake pedal.
Screen System operation status Reference
When charging of the main drive lithium-
ion battery is completed.
Refer to “Normal charging” on page 3-20.
When “NORMAL” mode of S-AWC is
selected.
Refer to “S-AWC drive mode” on page 5-62.
Screen Cause Do this (Reference)
Indicator light, warning light, and information screen display list
5-184 Features and controls
5
When “SNOW” mode of S-AWC is
selected.
Refer to “S-AWC drive mode” on page 5-62.
When “LOCK” mode of S-AWC is
selected.
Refer to “S-AWC drive mode” on page 5-62.
When the mode is changed by the ECO
mode switch.
Refer to “ECO mode switch” on page 5-199.
When the EV priority mode is activated. Refer to “EV switch” on page 5-66.
When the battery save mode is activated. Refer to “Battery save mode” on page 5-68.
When the battery charge mode is acti-
vated.
Refer to “Battery charge mode” on page
5-69.
Screen System operation status Reference
Indicator light, warning light, and information screen display list
Features and controls 5-185
5
This informs you that a periodic inspection is due.
When the SPORT mode is activated. Refer to “SPORT mode switch” on page
5-71.
When the Forward Collision Mitigation
System (FCM) is activated or the timing
of an alarm is changed.
Refer to “FCM ON/OFF switch” on page
5-104.
When the Forward Collision Mitigation
System (FCM) is deactivated.
Refer to “FCM ON/OFF switch” on page
5-104.
Screen Do this
Have an inspection made by a certified Mitsubishi EV dealer. For further details, refer to
“Service reminder” on page 5-149.
Screen System operation status Reference
Indicators
5-186 Features and controls
5
The rest time can be set.
N00519900127
N00520000216
The arrows will flash in time with the corre-
sponding exterior turn signals when the turn
signal lever is used.
Both arrows will flash when the hazard warn-
ing flasher switch is pressed.
N00520100086
A blue light comes on when the headlights
are on high beam.
N00520201257
This indicator comes on while the front fog
lights are on.
N00551301065
This indicator light illuminates while the
parking lights are on.
Screen Do this
Park the vehicle in a safe place, stop the Plug-in Hybrid EV System, and take a rest.
Use this display as rough guide for taking rests during a long drive.
The interval from the start of your trip until this message is displayed can be set.
Refer to “Changing the function settings” on page 5-153.
The display and buzzer alert the driver when the set time is reached. If you continue to drive
without having a rest, the buzzer sounds approximately every 5 minutes to encourage you to
take a rest.
In the following cases, the time driven is reset and the display returns to the previous
display screen. After this, when the set time is reached again, the display and buzzer
encourage you to take a rest.
• The buzzer sounds 3 times.
• The operation mode is put in OFF.
• The multi-information display switch is held (for approximately 2 seconds or more).
Indicators
Turn signal indicators/Hazard
warning lights
NOTE
If the indicator flashes faster than usual or if
the indicator stays on without flashing, check
for a malfunctioning turn signal light bulb or
turn signal connection.
High beam indicator
Front fog light indicator
Position indicator
Warning lights
Features and controls 5-187
5
N00573201035
The ready indicator keeps flashing until Plug-
in Hybrid EV System is activated. When the
Plug-in Hybrid EV System has activated nor-
mally and the vehicle becomes ready to run,
the indicator stops flashing and stays lit.
Refer to “Starting the Plug-in Hybrid EV Sys-
tem” on page 5-14.
If the indicator keeps flashing, the vehicles
cannot drive.
N00573301049
This indicator flashes when the EV charging
cable (normal charger or quick charger) is
connected.
After that, the indicator switches to being
illuminated when charging starts and goes out
when charging is completed.
N00520300147
N00520401608
This light comes on when the operation mode
is put in ON, and goes off after a few seconds.
Always make sure that the light goes off
before driving.
A warning is also displayed in the multi-
information display.
The warning light also illuminates after start-
ing the Plug-in Hybrid EV system under the
following conditions.
When the parking brake is still applied.
When the brake fluid level is low.
When the brake system circuit is not
working properly.
When the vehicle is moving at more than 5
mph (8 km/h) and parking brake applied, a
buzzer will sound to inform the driver that the
parking brake is not properly release.
Before driving, be sure that the parking brake
is fully released and brake warning light is
off.
Ready indicator
Charging indicator
NOTE
Although it is possible to start the Plug-in
Hybrid EV System if quick charging has not
finished normally, the charging indicator is
continuously blinking.
Refer to “Charging troubleshooting guide”
on page 3-46.
Warning lights
Brake warning light and buzzer
CAUTION
If the brake warning light and the Anti-lock
braking system warning light are illuminated
at the same time, the braking force distribu-
tion function will not operate, so the vehicle
may be destabilized during sudden braking
under the following conditions.
• When the brake warning light does not go
out even when the parking brake is
released.
• When the brake warning light stays on
while driving.
• If the above occurs, avoid sudden braking
and high-speed driving. Park the vehicle in
a safe place, and contact a certified
Mitsubishi EV dealer as soon as possible.
The vehicle should be brought to a halt in the
following manner when brake performance
is deteriorated.
• Confirm that the vehicle slows down when
you press down on the brake pedal harder
than usual. In some cases, the brake pedal
may go all the way to the floor.
• Should the brakes fail, use regenerative
brake to reduce your speed and keep pull-
ing the Electric parking brake switch.
(Refer to “Electric parking brake” on page
5-45)
Depress the brake pedal to illuminate the
stop lights to alert the vehicles behind you.
Warning lights
5-188 Features and controls
5
N00591200072
This warning light will illuminate when there
is a fault in the Electric parking brake system.
Normally, this warning light illuminates
when the operation mode is put in ON, and
goes off in a few seconds.
N00520501843
This indicator is a part of the onboard diag-
nostic (OBD) system which monitors the
emissions or engine control system. If a prob-
lem is detected in one of these systems, this
indicator illuminates or flashes. When the
operation mode is put in ON, this indicator
normally comes on and goes off after the
Plug-in Hybrid EV system has started.
This indicator will come on if the fuel tank
filler cap is not properly tightened. If this
indicator comes on and stays on after refuel-
ing, stop the Plug-in Hybrid EV system and
check that the cap is properly tightened. (Turn
the cap clockwise until you hear clicking
sounds.)
If this indicator does not go off after several
seconds or lights up while driving, have the
system checked as soon as possible at a certi-
fied Mitsubishi EV dealer.
N00520601336
This light comes on in the event of a malfunc-
tion in the charging system or when the oper-
ation mode is put in ON. When the Plug-in
Hybrid EV System is started and the ready
indicator illuminates, the light should go out.
Electric parking brake warning
light
CAUTION
When the warning light remains on or does
not come on, there is the possibility that the
parking brake cannot be operated or
released. Immediately contact the nearest
certified Mitsubishi EV dealer. When the
warning light comes on during driving,
immediately stop the vehicle in a safe place,
and contact a certified Mitsubishi EV dealer.
If you inevitably have to park, park the vehi-
cle on level and stable ground, shift the
select position in “P” (PARK) position and
place chocks or blocks.
Engine malfunction indicator
(“SERVICE ENGINE SOON”
or “Check engine light”)
CAUTION
Driving for a long time with the engine mal-
function indicator on may cause more dam-
age to the emission control system. This
could also affect fuel economy and drivabil-
ity.
If this indicator does not come on when the
operation mode is put in ON, have the sys-
tem checked at a certified Mitsubishi EV
dealer.
If the engine malfunction indicator comes on
while the Plug-in Hybrid EV system is run-
ning, avoid driving at high speeds.
During vehicle operation with the indicator
on, the vehicle may not accelerate when you
depress the accelerator pedal.
NOTE
Do not disconnect the 12 V starter battery
cable when the engine malfunction indicator
(“SERVICE ENGINE SOON” or “Check
engine light”) is on.
The engine electronic control module stores
critical OBD information (especially exhaust
emission data), which may be lost if the 12 V
starter battery cable is disconnected while
the engine malfunction indicator is on. This
will make it difficult to diagnose the cause of
future problems.
12 V starter battery charging
system warning light
CAUTION
Information screen display
Features and controls 5-189
5
Check to make sure that the light has gone
out before driving.
N00588800032
This warning light will illuminate when there
is a fault at the Plug-in Hybrid EV System.
Refer to “Service precautions” on page 9-2.
Normally, this warning light illuminates
when the operation mode of the power switch
is put in ON, and goes off after a few seconds.
N00588900033
This warning light will illuminate when the
regenerative brake cannot be used, while the
Plug-in Hybrid EV System is running.
The warning is also displayed on the multi-
information display.
Normally, this warning light illuminates
when the operation mode of the power switch
is put in ON, and goes off after the Plug-in
Hybrid EV System is activated.
N00558301051
N00558401195
This warning is displayed if the vehicle is
being driven with the parking brake still
applied. The warning light in the instrument
cluster only comes on when the parking brake
is applied.
CAUTION
If the warning light stays on after the ready
indicator illuminates, there may be a prob-
lem with the charging system for the 12 V
starter battery.
• Immediately park your vehicle in a safe
place and contact a certified Mitsubishi EV
dealer to have the system checked.
• Do not charge the 12 V starter battery.
Plug-in Hybrid EV System
warning light
CAUTION
If the warning light illuminates and “EV
SYSTEM SERVICE REQUIRED STOP
SAFELY” warning is displayed on the multi-
information display while the Plug-in Hybrid
EV System is running, park your vehicle in a
safe place as soon as possible and contact a
certified Mitsubishi EV dealer to have the
system checked.
Regenerative brake warning
light
CAUTION
If the light illuminates while the Plug-in
Hybrid EV System is operating, we recom-
mend you to have the vehicle inspected by a
certified Mitsubishi EV dealer.
Information screen display
Brake warning display
CAUTION
If a vehicle is driven without releasing the
parking brake, the brakes will overheat,
resulting in ineffective braking and possible
brake failure.
If this warning is displayed, release the park-
ing brake.
Combination headlights and dimmer switch
5-190 Features and controls
5
When the operation mode of the power
switch is put in ON, if the brake fluid is low,
this warning is displayed.
The warning light in the instrument cluster
also illuminates.
N00558701130
If the engine oil pressure drops while the
Plug-in Hybrid EV System is running, the
warning display is displayed on the informa-
tion screen in the multi-information display.
N00522502004
CAUTION
If this warning stays on and does not go out
while driving, there is a danger of ineffective
braking. If this happens, park the vehicle in a
safe place, and contact a certified Mitsubishi
EV dealer.
If the brake warning display, brake warning
light, and the Anti-lock braking system
warning light are illuminated at the same
time, the braking force distribution function
will not operate, so the vehicle may be desta-
bilized during sudden braking. Avoid sudden
braking and high-speed driving. Park the
vehicle in a safe place, and contact a certified
Mitsubishi EV dealer.
The vehicle should be brought to a stop when
brake performance has deteriorated.
• Confirm that the vehicle slows down when
you press down on the brake pedal harder
than usual. In some cases, the brake pedal
may go all the way to the floor.
• Should the brakes fail, use regenerative
braking to reduce your speed and keep pull-
ing the Electric parking brake switch.
(Refer to “Electric parking brake” on page
5-45)
Depress the brake pedal to illuminate the
stop lights to alert the vehicles behind you.
Oil pressure warning display
CAUTION
If the vehicle is driven while the engine oil is
low, or the oil level is normal but the warn-
ing is displayed, the engine may overheat
and damage may result.
If the warning is displayed while the Plug-in
Hybrid EV System is running, park your
vehicle in a safe place as soon as possible
and check the engine oil level.
CAUTION
If this warning display comes on when the
engine oil level is proper, have your vehicle
checked at a certified Mitsubishi EV dealer.
NOTE
The oil pressure warning display does not
show the amount of oil. The oil level must be
checked using the dipstick.
Combination headlights and
dimmer switch
Headlights
NOTE
Do not leave the headlights and other lights
on for a long period of time when the Plug-in
Hybrid EV System is not running. The 12 V
starter battery will run down.
CAUTION
Combination headlights and dimmer switch
Features and controls 5-191
5
Rotate the switch to operate the lights.
The combinations of switch operations and
illuminated lights differ in accordance with
the following conditions.
[When the Plug-in Hybrid EV System is
started, and the parking brake is released]
[When the Plug-in Hybrid EV System is not
running, or when the Plug-in Hybrid EV Sys-
tem is running but the parking brake is not
released]
The Plug-in Hybrid EV System starts when
the lights are off.
When it rains, or when the vehicle has been
washed, the inside of the lens sometimes
becomes foggy. This is the same as when
window glass mists up on a humid day, and
does not indicate a problem. When the light
is switched on, the heat will dry out the fog.
However, if water collects inside the light,
have it checked by a certified Mitsubishi EV
dealer.
NOTE
Vehicles with “OFF” position
OFF
The daytime running lights illumi-
nated
AUTO
The daytime running lights illumi-
nated (when it is light outside the
vehicle)
Headlights and other lights turn on
and off automatically in accor-
dance with outside light level.
The daytime running lights illumi-
nated
Tail, front and rear side-marker
lights, license plate, instrument
panel lights and downlight on
Vehicles without “OFF” position
Headlights and other lights on
NOTE
Once the daytime running light come on,
they do not go out until the operation mode
is changed to OFF or ACC.
OFF All lights off
AUTO
Headlights and other lights turn on
and off automatically in accor-
dance with outside light level.
Parking, tail, front and rear side-
marker lights, license plate, instru-
ment panel lights and downlight on
Headlights and other lights on
Combination headlights and dimmer switch
5-192 Features and controls
5
N00532601681
If the operation mode is changed to OFF
or ACC and the driver’s door is opened
with the combination headlights and dim-
mer switch in the “ ” or “ ” position,
the lights automatically turn off.
If the operation mode is changed to OFF
or ACC and the driver’s door is not
opened with the combination headlights
and dimmer switch in the “ ” or “ ”
position, the lights automatically turn off
after approximately 3 minutes.
If the combination headlights and dimmer
switch is turned to the “ ” or “ ” posi-
tion again after stopping the Plug-in Hybrid
EV System, the approximately 3-minute
auto-cutout function described above will not
work. The lights (the parking lights, tail lights
and license plate lights) will stay on and will
not turn off automatically.
N00584500031
This warning light will illuminate when there
is a malfunction in the LED headlights.
NOTE
On vehicles with “OFF” position, the sensi-
tivity of the automatic on/off control can be
adjusted.
For further information, please contact a cer-
tified Mitsubishi EV dealer.
On vehicles equipped with the Smartphone-
link Display Audio (SDA), screen operations
can be used to make the adjustment.
Refer to the separate owner’s manual for
details.
Do not cover the sensor (A) for the automatic
on/off control by affixing a sticker or label to
the windshield.
If the lights do not turn on or off with the
switch in the “AUTO” position, manually
operate the switch. Have the system checked
by a certified Mitsubishi EV dealer.
Light auto-cutout function
(headlights and other lights)
NOTE
The light auto-cutout function can be deacti-
vated.
See a certified Mitsubishi EV dealer for
details.
For vehicles equipped with the Smartphone-
link Display Audio (SDA), adjustments can
be made using screen operations. For further
details, refer to the separate owner’s manual.
When you want to keep the lights
on:
LED headlight warning light (if
so equipped)
NOTE
If the warning light illuminates, there may be
a malfunction in the unit. Contact a certified
Mitsubishi EV dealer to have the system
checked.
Combination headlights and dimmer switch
Features and controls 5-193
5
N00549801265
If the driver’s door is opened with the opera-
tion mode is put in OFF or ACC, or if the
operation mode is changed to OFF while the
lights are on, the tone will sound to remind
you to turn off the lights.
In either case, the lights will turn off automat-
ically and so will the tone. Or you can turn
the light switch to the “OFF” position (if so
equipped) or “AUTO” position to stop the
tone.
N00549901178
To change the headlights from high beam to
low beam and vice versa, pull the turn signal
lever to (1). Switch the headlights to low
beam as a courtesy whenever there are
oncoming vehicles, or when there is traffic
moving ahead of you. An illuminated blue
light in the instrument cluster indicates when
the headlights are on high beam.
N00550001212
You can flash the high beams by pulling the
lever gently toward you (2). The lights will
go back to normal when you let go. While the
high beam is on, you will see a blue light on
the instrument panel.
N00591300073
The Automatic High Beam (AHB) turns the
high beam light on or off automatically
according to surrounding light conditions.
The sensor (A) detects lights, such as the
lights of an oncoming vehicle, a vehicle
ahead or street lights.
Headlight reminder buzzer
Dimmer (high/low beam
change)
Headlight flasher
NOTE
You can flash the high beams by pulling the
lever toward you, even if the light switch is
off.
If you turn the lights off with the head lights
set to high beam illumination, the headlights
are automatically returned to their low-beam
setting when the light switch is next turned
to the “ ” position.
Automatic High Beam (AHB) (if
so equipped)
WARNING
Do not rely solely on the AHB. Always
observe surrounding traffic and light con-
ditions. If necessary, manually turn the
high beams on or off.
Refer to “Dimmer (high/low beam
change)” on page 5-193.
Combination headlights and dimmer switch
5-194 Features and controls
5
N00593600096
1. Rotate the light switch to “ ” position
or “AUTO” position when the Plug-in
Hybrid EV System is running.
2. Press the AHB switch.
The AHB is activated and the indicator is
illuminated.
If the AHB switch is pressed again, the
AHB will be deactivated and AHB indica-
tor will go off.
1. Pull the turn signal lever toward you.
2. The AHB indicator will go off.
3. The AHB switch is pressed again, the
AHB will be activated.
1. Pull the turn signal lever toward you.
2. The AHB indicator will go off and the
high beam indicator illuminates.
3. The AHB switch is pressed again, the
AHB will be activated.
N00593700068
The high beam headlights illuminate when all
of the following conditions are met:
Your vehicle speed exceeds approxi-
mately 33 mph (53 km/h).
It is dark ahead of your vehicle.
There are no vehicles in front or oncom-
ing vehicles, or none of their exterior
lights are illuminating.
The low beam headlights illuminate when
any of the following conditions occur:
Your vehicle speed does not exceed
approximately 28 mph (45 km/h).
It is bright ahead of your vehicle.
An exterior light of a vehicle in front or
oncoming vehicle is illuminating.
How to use the AHB
NOTE
If the headlights are on when the light switch
is in the “AUTO” position, the AHB works.
You can switch the headlight beams
(high/low) manually by operating the lever
even if the AHB is working.
Refer to “Dimmer (high/low beam change)”
on page 5-193.
If the lever is operated manually, the AHB
indicator will go off and the AHB will be
deactivated.
Refer to “Manual switching” on page 5-194.
The AHB is not deactivated when you pull
the lever slightly (operation of the headlight
flasher).
Manual switching
Switching to low beam
Switching to high beam
Automatic switching conditions
Combination headlights and dimmer switch
Features and controls 5-195
5
The sensitivity of the sensor can be temporar-
ily lowering in the following ways.
1. Park your vehicle in a safe place and the
operation mode of the power switch is put
in OFF.
2. Press the AHB switch more than 15 times
within 5 seconds after operation mode is
turned on.
NOTE
The headlights may not be switched from
high beam to low beam under the following
circumstances.
• A vehicle in front or oncoming vehicle is
hindered by any object such as continuous
bends, elevated median/island, traffic signs,
roadside trees.
• Your vehicle passes an oncoming vehicle
suddenly on a bend with poor visibility.
• Another vehicle crosses ahead of your vehi-
cle.
The headlights may remain at low beam (or
be switched from high beam to low beam)
when a reflective object (e.g. street light,
traffic signal, noticeboard and signboard)
reflects light.
Any of the following factors may influence
the headlight beam switching timing:
• How brightly the exterior lights of a vehicle
in front or oncoming vehicle illuminate.
• Movement or direction of a vehicle in front
or oncoming vehicle.
• Only right or left exterior light of a vehicle
in front or oncoming vehicle is illuminat-
ing.
• A vehicle in front or oncoming vehicle is a
motorcycle.
• Road conditions (gradient, bends and road
surface).
• The number of occupants and luggage load.
The AHB recognises environmental condi-
tions by sensing a light source ahead of your
vehicle. Therefore, you may feel like some-
thing is not quite right when the headlight
beams are switched automatically.
The AHB may not detect a light vehicle such
as a bicycle.
The AHB may not detect an ambient bright-
ness precisely. This causes the traffic to be
dazzled by high beam or the low beam to be
maintained. In such cases, you should switch
the headlight beams manually.
• In bad weather (heavy rain, fog, snow or
sandstorm).
• The windshield is dirty or fogged up.
• The windshield is cracked or broken.
• The sensor is deformed or dirty.
• A light, which is similar to the headlights or
tail lights, is shining around your vehicle.
• A vehicle in front or oncoming vehicle is
driven without lights, the exterior lights are
dirty or discoloured, or the direction of the
headlight beams is adjusted improperly.
• It becomes dark and bright suddenly and
continuously around your vehicle.
• Your vehicle is driven on uneven surfaces.
• Your vehicle is driven on a winding road.
• A reflective object such as a noticeboard or
a mirror reflects a light ahead of your vehi-
cle.
NOTE
• When lights of the vehicle in front or head-
lights of an oncoming vehicle blend into the
other lights.
• The rear end of a vehicle in front (such as a
container truck) reflect a strong light.
• Your vehicle's headlight is broken or dirty.
• Your vehicle is inclined due to a flat tire or
towing.
• The warning display appears.
(Refer to “System problem warning” on
page 5-196.)
Observe the precautions below to maintain
good usage conditions:
• Do not attempt to disassemble the sensor.
• Do not affix a sticker or label on the wind-
shield near the sensor.
• Avoid overload.
• Do not modify your vehicle.
• When the windshield is replaced, use the
Mitsubishi Motors genuine parts.
To adjust the sensitivity of the sensor
NOTE
Combination headlights and dimmer switch
5-196 Features and controls
5
N00593800069
If a problem occurs with the system, the fol-
lowing warning display will appear to the
type of the problem.
If a failure is detected in the system, the fol-
lowing warning display will appear and the
AHB will automatically be turned off.
If the warning display remains even after the
operation mode of the power switch is put in
OFF and then turned back to ON, please con-
tact a certified Mitsubishi EV dealer.
[When the AHB is malfunctioning]
[When the sensor is malfunctioning]
If the AHB becomes temporarily unavailable
due to the high or low temperature of the sen-
sor, the following warning display will
appear.
After the temperature of the sensor has been
in range, the system will automatically return
to operation.
If the warning display does not disappear
after waiting for a while, there is a possibility
that the AHB has a malfunction. Contact a
certified Mitsubishi EV dealer for inspection
of the system.
If the AHB determines that its performance
has been degraded, the warning display will
appear.
This can occur when
Foreign objects, such as dirt, snow or ice,
adhere to the windshield of the sensor
portion.
In adverse weather conditions, such as
rain, snow, sand storms, etc.
A front vehicle or an oncoming vehicle is
splashing water, snow or dirt.
When the sensor performance returns, the
AHB will resume operation.
If the warning display does not disappear
after waiting for a while, there is a possibility
that the sensor has a malfunction. Contact a
certified Mitsubishi EV dealer for inspection
of the sensor.
System problem warning
The AHB deactivation due to fault
NOTE
If the sensor or its surrounding area becomes
extremely high temperature when parking
the vehicle under a blazing sun, the “AHB
SERVICE REQUIRED” warning display
may appear.
If the message remains even after the tem-
perature of the sensor or its surrounding area
has been in range, please contact a certified
Mitsubishi EV dealer.
Sensor is too hot or cold
Windshield is dirty
Combination headlights and dimmer switch
Features and controls 5-197
5
N00563201319
This function turns on the front side-marker
and parking lights for approximately 30 sec-
onds after the UNLOCK button on the
F.A.S.T.-Key is pressed when the combina-
tion headlights and dimmer switch is in the
“OFF” position (if so equipped) or “AUTO”
position. The welcome light function will
operate only when it is dark outside the vehi-
cle.
N00547301240
This function turns on the headlights in the
low beam setting for approximately 30 sec-
onds after the operation mode is put in OFF.
1. Turn the combination headlights and dim-
mer switch to the “OFF” position (if so
equipped) or “AUTO” position.
2. Put the operation mode in OFF.
3. Within 60 seconds of putting the opera-
tion mode in OFF, pull the turn signal
lever toward you.
4. The headlights will come on in the low
beam setting for approximately 30 sec-
onds. After the headlights go off, the
headlights can be turned on again in the
low beam setting for approximately 30
seconds by pulling the turn signal lever
toward you within 60 seconds of putting
the operation mode in OFF. To turn on the
headlights again after 60 seconds of put-
ting the operation mode in OFF, repeat the
process from step 1.
Welcome light
NOTE
While the welcome light function is operat-
ing, perform one of the following operations
to cancel the function.
• Press the LOCK button on the F.A.S.T.-
Key.
• Turn the combination headlights and dim-
mer switch to the “ ” or “ ” position.
• Put the operation mode in ON.
It is possible to modify functions as follows:
• The headlights can be set to come on in the
low beam setting.
• The welcome light function can be deacti-
vated.
For details, consult a certified Mitsubishi EV
dealer.
On vehicles equipped with the Smartphone-
link Display Audio (SDA), screen operations
can be used to make the adjustment.
Refer to the separate owner’s manual for
details.
Coming home light
NOTE
NOTE
While the coming home light function is
operating, perform one of the following
operations to cancel the function.
• Pull the turn signal lever toward you.
• Turn the combination headlights and dim-
mer switch to the “ ” or “ ” position
or put the operation mode in ON.
• Put the operation mode in ON.
It is possible to modify functions as follows:
• The time that the headlights remain on can
be changed.
• The coming home light function can be
deactivated.
For details, consult a certified Mitsubishi EV
dealer.
On vehicles equipped with the Smartphone-
link Display Audio (SDA), screen operations
can be used to make the adjustment.
Refer to separate owner’s manual for details.
Turn signal lever
5-198 Features and controls
5
N00522601620
When changing lanes, or making a gradual
turn, hold the lever in the “lane change” posi-
tion (1). It will return to the neutral position
when you let go. Use the full position (2)
when making a normal turn. The lever will
return to the neutral position when the turn is
complete. There may be times when the lever
does not return to the neutral position. This
usually happens when the steering wheel is
turned only slightly. You can easily return the
lever by hand.
Also, when you move the lever to (1) slightly
then release it, the turn signal lights and the
indicator light in the instrument cluster will
flash three times.
N00522701386
If you press the flasher switch, the front and
rear turn signals will flash intermittently, and
so will the hazard warning lights. This is an
emergency warning system and should not be
used when the vehicle is in motion, except for
emergencies.
If you need to leave your vehicle, the flashers
will keep working after the operation mode is
put in OFF.
Turn signal lever
NOTE
A light in the instrument panel flashes to
show when the front and rear turn signal
lights are working properly.
If this light flashes faster than usual, check
for a burned out turn signal light bulb or mal-
functioning connection in the signal.
If the panel light does not come on when the
lever is moved, check for a blown fuse or a
burned out bulb in the panel.
Have the system inspected by a certified
Mitsubishi EV dealer.
It is possible to modify functions as follows:
• Deactivate the turn signal light 3-flash
function for lane changes.
• Adjust the time required to operate the
lever for the 3-flash function.
See a certified Mitsubishi EV dealer for
details.
For vehicles equipped with the Smartphone-
link Display Audio (SDA), adjustments can
be made using screen operations. For further
details, refer to the separate owner’s manual.
It is possible to change the tone of a sound-
ing buzzer as the turn signal lights flash.
Refer to “Changing the turn-signal sound”
on page 5-158.
Hazard warning flasher
switch
NOTE
If the flashers are used for several hours, the
12 V starter battery will run down. This
could make it difficult or impossible to
restart your vehicle.
ECO mode switch
Features and controls 5-199
5
N00579300116
ECO mode is an eco-driving support system
which automatically controls the Plug-in
Hybrid EV System and air conditioning sys-
tem to improve fuel efficiency.
When ECO mode is active, your vehicle will
slowly accelerate even if pressing the acceler-
ator pedal.
Refer to “Dual-zone automatic climate con-
trol air conditioner” on page 7-4.
The ECO mode starts working by pressing
the ECO mode switch when the operation
mode is in ON.
Push the switch again and the ECO mode will
cancel.
While the ECO mode is working, an ECO
mode indicator will be turned on.
N00522801505
The front fog lights illuminate only when the
headlights are on low beam.
Turning the knob in the direction of the “ON”
position turns on the front fog lights as well
as the indicator in the instrument cluster. To
turn them off, turn the knob in the direction of
the “OFF” position.
The knob will return to the neutral position
when it is released.
ECO mode switch
NOTE
The ECO mode becomes OFF when you put
the operation mode in ON.
Even if the ECO mode is operating, you can
select normal operation of the air condi-
tioner.
For further information, please contact a cer-
tified Mitsubishi EV dealer.
On vehicles equipped with the Smartphone-
link Display Audio (SDA), it is possible to
change the setting by means of screen opera-
tions.
Refer to the separate owner’s manual for
details.
Front fog light switch
NOTE
If the headlights are switched to high beam,
the front fog lights will go out; they will illu-
minate again when the headlights are
switched back to low beam.
If the light switch is rotated to the “OFF”
position (if so equipped) or “ ” position
while the front fog lights are illuminated,
they will automatically turn off. They can be
turned back on again by rotating the combi-
nation headlights and dimmer switch back to
“ ” position, and turning the knob in the
direction of the “ON” position.
Do not use fog lights except in conditions of
fog, otherwise excessive light glare may
temporarily blind oncoming vehicle drivers.
Wiper and washer switch
5-200 Features and controls
5
N00523001810
The windshield wipers can be operated with
the operation mode is in ON or ACC.
If the blades are frozen to the windshield or
rear window, do not operate the wipers until
the ice has melted and the blades are freed,
otherwise the wiper motor may be damaged.
Can only be used when the operation mode is
in ON.
If the lever is put in the “AUTO” position, the
rain sensor (A) will detect the extent of rain
(or snow, other moisture, dust, etc.) and the
wipers will operate automatically.
Keep the lever in the “OFF” position if the
windshield is dirty and the weather is dry.
Wiper operation under these conditions can
scratch the windshield and damage the wip-
ers.
Wiper and washer switch
CAUTION
If the washer is used in cold weather, the
washer fluid sprayed against the glass may
freeze, which may hinder visibility. Warm
the glass with the defroster before using the
washer.
Windshield wipers
NOTE
To ensure a clear rearward view, the rear
window wiper will automatically perform
several continuous operations if the selector
lever is put in the “R” position while the
windshield wipers are operating.
Refer to “Rear window wiper and washer”
on page 5-203.
MIST- Misting function
The wipers will operate once.
OFF- Off
AUTO- Auto-wiper control
Rain sensor
The wipers will automatically
operate depending on the degree of
wetness on the windshield.
LO- Slow
HI- Fast
Rain sensor
CAUTION
With the operation mode in ON and the lever
in the “AUTO” position, the wipers may
automatically operate in the situations
described below.
• When cleaning the outside surface of the
windshield, if you touch the rain sensor.
Wiper and washer switch
Features and controls 5-201
5
If your hands get trapped, you could suffer
injuries or the wipers could malfunction. Be
sure to put the operation mode in OFF, or
move the lever to the “OFF” position to deac-
tivate the rain sensor.
With the lever in the “AUTO” (rain sensor)
position, it is possible to adjust the sensitivity
of the rain sensor by turning the knob (B).
• When cleaning the outside surface of the
windshield, if you wipe with a cloth the rain
sensor.
• When using an automatic car wash.
• A physical shock is applied to the wind-
shield.
• A physical shock is applied to the rain sen-
sor.
NOTE
To protect the rubber parts of the wipers, this
operation of the wipers does not take place
even if the lever is put in the “AUTO” posi-
tion when the vehicle is stationary and the
ambient temperature is approximately 32 °F
(0 °C) or lower.
Do not cover the sensor by affixing a sticker
or label to the windshield. Also, do not put
any water-repellent coating on the wind-
shield. The rain sensor would not be able to
detect the extent of rain, and the wipers
might stop working normally.
In the following cases, the rain sensor may
be malfunctioning. Have the vehicle checked
at a certified Mitsubishi EV dealer.
CAUTION
• When the wipers operate at a constant inter-
val despite changes in the extent of rain.
• When the wipers do not operate even
though it is raining.
The wipers may automatically operate when
things such as insects or foreign objects are
affixed to the windshield on top of the rain
sensor or when the windshield is frozen.
Objects affixed to the windshield will stop
the wipers when the wipers cannot remove
them. To operate the wipers again, move the
lever to the “LO” or “HI” position.
Also, the wipers may operate automatically
due to strong direct sunlight or electromag-
netic wave. To stop the wipers, move the
lever to the “OFF” position.
Contact a certified Mitsubishi EV dealer
when replacing the windshield glass.
NOTE
To adjust the sensitivity of the rain sensor
“+”- Higher sensitivity to rain
“-”- Lower sensitivity to rain
NOTE
Automatic wiper operation (rain sensitive)
can be changed to intermittent operation,
either vehicle speed sensitive or not vehicle
speed sensitive.
For further information, please contact a cer-
tified Mitsubishi EV dealer.
On vehicles equipped with the Smartphone-
link Display Audio (SDA), screen operations
can be used to make the adjustment.
Refer to the separate owner’s manual for
details.
Wiper and washer switch
5-202 Features and controls
5
Move the lever in the direction of the arrow
and release, to operate the wipers once.
Use this function when you are driving in
mist or drizzle.
The wipers will operate once if the lever is
raised to the “MIST” position and released
when the operation mode is in ON or ACC.
The wipers will continue to operate while the
lever is held in the “MIST” position.
The wipers will operate once if the lever is
moved to the “AUTO” position and the knob
(C) is turned in the “+” direction when the
operation mode is in ON.
N00504601442
The windshield washer can be operated with
the operation mode in ON or ACC.
The washer fluid will be sprayed onto the
windshield by pulling the lever toward you.
When the wipers are not in operation or in
intermittent operation, by pulling the lever
toward you, the wipers will operate several
times while the washer fluid is being sprayed.
Misting function
Windshield washer
NOTE
It is possible to modify functions as follows:
• Intelligent washer can be activated.
Refer to “Intelligent washer” on page
5-203.
• The wipers can be set to operate again after
approximately 6 seconds.
These functions are not activated when the
vehicle is shipped from the factory.
To activate or deactivate these functions,
please contact a certified Mitsubishi EV
dealer.
On vehicles equipped with the Smartphone-
link Display Audio (SDA), screen operations
can be used to make the adjustment.
Refer to the separate owner’s manual for
details.
Wiper and washer switch
Features and controls 5-203
5
By releasing the lever soon after pulling it
toward you, the washer fluid will be sprayed
several times while the wipers are operating
several times.
Intelligent washer will stop operating with
any operation of the lever.
N00523201506
The rear window wiper and washer can be
operated when the operation mode is in ON
or ACC.
Turn the knob to operate the rear window
wiper.
N00523501310
Intelligent washer
Rear window wiper and washer
OFF- Off
INT- The wiper operates continuously for
several seconds then operates inter-
mittently at intervals of approxi-
mately 8 seconds.
-
Washer fluid will be sprayed onto the
rear window glass while the knob is
turned fully in either direction.
When the washer fluid is sprayed, the
wiper will automatically operate 2 or
3 times.
NOTE
The rear window wiper will automatically
perform several continuous operations if the
selector lever is put in the “R” position while
the windshield wipers or the rear window
wiper is operating.(automatic operation
mode)
After the automatic operation, the rear win-
dow wiper will stop operating if the knob is
in the “OFF” position. If the knob is in the
“INT” position, the rear window wiper will
return to the intermittent operation.
It is possible to set the rear window wiper to
perform the automatic operation only if the
selector lever is put in the “R” position while
the rear window wiper is operating with the
knob in the “INT” position.
See a certified Mitsubishi EV dealer for
details.
If the knob is in the “OFF” position, turn the
knob to the “INT” position twice quickly to
operate the rear window wiper continuously.
(continuous operation mode)
Turn the knob to the “OFF” position to stop
the rear window wiper continuous operation.
The wiper intermittent operation time can be
adjusted.
See a certified Mitsubishi EV dealer for
details.
For vehicles equipped with the Smartphone-
link Display Audio (SDA), adjustments can
be made using screen operations. For further
details, refer to the separate owner’s manual.
The washer fluid reservoir is located in the
engine compartment.
Check the fluid level regularly and refill if
necessary. (Refer to “Washer fluid” on page
9-10.)
Precautions to observe when
using wipers and washers
CAUTION
If the washer is used in cold weather, the
washer fluid sprayed onto the glass might
freeze, blocking your view. Heat the glass
with the defroster before using the washer.
NOTE
Wiper deicer switch (if so equipped)
5-204 Features and controls
5
N00584400030
The electric rear window defogger switch can
be operated when the Plug-in Hybrid EV Sys-
tem is running.
When the front wipers have frozen to the
windshield at the parked positions, turning on
this switch will heat the windshield to make
the wipers operable. Press the electric rear
window defogger switch and the deicer will
operate.
N00523701585
The rear window defogger can be used when
the Plug-in Hybrid EV System is running.
The indicator light (A) will come on when
you press the electric rear window defogger
switch. Electric current will flow through the
heating wires on the rear window to help
clear away moisture or frost.
After approximately 15 to 20 minutes of
operation, the system will shut off automati-
cally.
To switch the defogger OFF before 15 to 20
minutes have passed, press the switch again.
The indicator light will go out and the defog-
ger will turn off.
If you need the defogger for more than 15 to
20 minutes, press the switch again. This will
add 15 to 20 more minutes.
NOTE
Do not use the wipers when the windshield is
dry. This could scratch the glass and wear the
wiper blades prematurely.
Before using the wipers in cold weather,
check to be sure that the wiper blades are not
frozen to the windshield or rear window.
Using the wipers while the blades are frozen
could cause the wiper motor to burn out.
If the moving wipers become blocked part-
way through a sweep by ice or other deposits
on the glass, the wipers may temporarily stop
operating to prevent the motor from over-
heating. In this case, park the vehicle in a
safe place, put the operation mode in OFF,
and then remove the ice or other deposits.
Because the wipers will start operating again
after the wiper motor cools down, check that
the wipers operate before using them.
Avoid using the washer for more than 20 sec-
onds at a time. Do not operate the washer
when the washer fluid reservoir is empty or
the pump may fail.
During cold weather, add a recommended
washer solution that will not freeze in the
washer fluid reservoir. Otherwise the washer
may not work or may be damaged.
Replace the wiper blades when they are
worn. Use the proper size replacement
blades. For further information, please con-
tact a certified Mitsubishi EV dealer.
Wiper deicer switch (if so
equipped)
NOTE
The wiper deicer is activated/deactivated,
depending on the operation of the rear win-
dow defogger. Refer to “Electric rear win-
dow defogger switch” on page 5-204.
Electric rear window defog-
ger switch
Heated steering wheel switch (if so equipped)
Features and controls 5-205
5
N00589100074
The heated steering wheel contains internal
heaters in the rim. Heating areas are shown in
the illustration.
: Heating area
The heated steering wheel can be operated
when the operation mode of the power switch
is in ON.
CAUTION
The rear window defogger is not designed to
melt snow. Remove any snow manually
before using the rear window defogger.
Use the rear window defogger only after the
Plug-in Hybrid EV System has started and is
running. Be sure to turn the defogger switch
off immediately after the window is clear to
save on 12 V starter battery power.
Do not place stickers, tape, or other items
that are attached with adhesive over the grid
wires on the rear window.
When cleaning the inside rear window, use a
soft cloth and wipe lightly over the grid
wires.
NOTE
Mist can also be removed from the outside
rearview mirrors when the rear window
defogger switch is pressed. (Refer to
“Heated outside rearview mirror” on page
5-54.)
On vehicles equipped with the wiper deicer,
when the rear window defogger switch is
pushed, the windshield becomes warm and
the wipers become operable. (Refer to
“Wiper deicer switch” on page 5-204.)
It is possible to change the setting to make
the rear window defogger operate automati-
cally when ambient temperature becomes
low while the engine is running, even if you
do not push the rear window defogger
switch.
It operates automatically only once after put-
ting the operation mode in ON.
If you choose this setting, the heated outside
rearview mirror and wiper deicer (if so
equipped) will also operate automatically at
the same time.
For further information, please contact a cer-
tified Mitsubishi EV dealer.
On vehicles equipped with the Smartphone-
link Display Audio (SDA), screen operations
can be used to make the adjustment.
Refer to the separate owner’s manual for
details.
NOTE
Heated steering wheel
switch
(if so equipped)
Horn switch
5-206 Features and controls
5
To turn on the heated steering wheel, push the
heated steering wheel switch. The heated
steering wheel will operate for approximately
30 minutes and then it will automatically turn
off.
The indicator light (A) will illuminate while
the heated steering wheel is operating.
N00523801238
To honk the horn, press around the “ ” mark
on the steering wheel.
N00563701183
The Link System takes control of the devices
connected via the USB input terminal or the
Bluetooth
®
device; the system allows the
connected device to be operated by using the
switches in the vehicle or voice commands.
For details on how to operate, refer to “USB
input terminal” on page 5-207 and the sepa-
rate owner’s manual.
Bluetooth
®
is a registered trademark of
BLUETOOTH SIG, INC.
WARNING
Persons who are unable to feel tempera-
ture change or skin pain due to age, ill-
ness, injury, medication, fatigue or other
physical conditions or who have sensitive
skin may suffer burns when using the
heated steering wheel. To reduce the risk
of burns, people with such conditions must
use care when using the heated steering
wheel.
CAUTION
If water or any other liquid is spilled on the
steering wheel, allow it to dry thoroughly
before attempting to use the heated steering
wheel. Turn the heated steering wheel off
immediately if it appears to be malfunction-
ing during use.
Also be aware that using the heated steering
wheel with the ready indicator off may run
the 12 V starter battery down.
Horn switch
Link System
USB input terminal
Features and controls 5-207
5
N00566701272
You can connect your USB memory device or
iPod* to play music files stored in the USB
memory device or iPod.
*: “iPod” is a registered trademark of Apple
Inc. in the United States and other countries.
This section explains how to connect and
remove a USB memory device or iPod.
Refer to the separate owner’s manual for
details on the types of connectable devices
and supported files, and how to play music
files.
The USB input terminal (A) is located in the
illustrated positions.
N00566801231
1. Park your vehicle in a safe place and put
the operation mode of the power switch in
OFF.
2. Open the USB input terminal cover.
3. Connect a commercially available USB
connector cable (A) to the USB memory
device (B).
4. Connect the USB connector cable to the
USB input terminal.
5. To remove the USB connector cable, put
the operation mode of the power switch in
OFF first and perform the installation
steps in reverse.
USB input terminal
USB input terminal locations
Instrument panel
How to connect a USB memory
device
Back of floor console box (if so equipped)
NOTE
Do not connect the USB memory device to
the USB input terminal directly.
The USB memory device may be damaged.
Sun visors
5-208 Features and controls
5
N00566901261
1. Park your vehicle in a safe place and put
the operation mode of the power switch in
OFF.
2. Open the USB input terminal cover.
3. Connect the connector cable to the iPod.
4. Connect the connector cable to the USB
input terminal.
5. To remove the connector cable, put the
operation mode of the power switch in
OFF first and perform the installation
steps in reverse.
N00524601448
Pull the sun visor downward (1) to reduce
front glare while driving. To reduce side
glare, turn the visor to the side (2).
A vanity mirror is fitted to the back of the sun
visor.
Operating the lid of the vanity mirror will
automatically turn on the mirror light (A).
How to connect an iPod
NOTE
Use a genuine connector cable from Apple
Inc.
Sun visors
Vanity mirror
CAUTION
If the lid of vanity mirror with light is kept
open for prolonged periods of time, the 12 V
starter battery will be discharged.
12 V power outlets
Features and controls 5-209
5
The holder (B) is located on the back of the
sun visor.
N00525001755
To use a “plug-in” type accessory, open the
cover or remove the cap, and insert the plug
in the power outlet.
Accessories can be operated when the opera-
tion mode of the power switch is in ON or
ACC.
Ticket holder
CAUTION
Do not leave plastic cards in the ticket
holder. Because the inside of the vehicle will
become hot if the vehicle is parked in strong
sunlight, the cards could deform or crack.
12 V power outlets
CAUTION
Be sure to use a “plug-in” type accessory
operating at 12 V and at 120 W or less.
When using the two sockets at the same
time, make sure the total power consumption
of the electrical accessories does not exceed
120 W at 12 V.
Also be aware that using electronic equip-
ment with the ready indicator off may run the
12 V starter battery down.
When the power outlet is not in use, be sure
to close the power outlet cover or replace the
cap. This will prevent the power outlet from
becoming clogged and short circuiting.
Type 1
Instrument panel
USB port (for charging) (if so equipped)
5-210 Features and controls
5
Accessories can be operated in all operation
modes of the power switch.
N00596400037
The USB port (for charging) can be used as a
power source of the USB appliances when the
operation mode of the power switch is put in
ON or ACC.
There are two USB ports (for charging)
located on the back of the floor console box.
When using the USB port (for charging),
open the lid and connect the USB connector
cable to it.
Type 2
Rear (if so equipped)
USB port (for charging) (if so
equipped)
CAUTION
When the USB port (for charging) is not in
use, be sure to close the lid, because the USB
port (for charging) might be short-circuited
by clogging foreign materials and the con-
nected devices and the USB port (for charg-
ing) might be damaged.
Insert the USB connector cable in the USB
port (for charging) firmly.
If the USB connector cable does not insert in
it firmly, it may become extremely hot and
the fuses may blow.
Be sure that the power consumption does not
exceed 10.5 W {The peak outlet current or
voltage of the USB port (for charging) is DC
5 V-2.1 A}.
The connected devices or the USB port (for
charging) may be damaged.
Do not use the reversible USB connector
cable that the USB connector board is
located in the centre.
The USB port (for charging) might be dam-
aged.
Long use of the electric appliance without
running the engine may run down the bat-
tery.
NOTE
The USB ports (for charging) can be used
only as a power source. These are not con-
nected to the audio devices of the vehicles.
Do not charge many mobile devices together
by using a multi-plug adapter of the USB
port (for charging).
If water or spill beverages has splashed on
the USB ports (for charging), stop using it
and have the vehicle checked by a certified
Mitsubishi EV dealer.
CAUTION
120 V AC power supplies (if so equipped)
Features and controls 5-211
5
N00591100068
120 V AC power supply can be used as a
power source of household appliances when
the ready indicator illuminates.
1. Press the 120 V AC power supply switch.
The indicator light (A) will come on and
power supply system is ready for use.
To cancel power supply, press the switch
again and the indicator light will go off.
2. Open the lid (B).
120 V AC power supplies (if
so equipped)
CAUTION
Be sure to use a “plug-in” type accessory
operating at 120 V and at 1500 W or less.
When using more than one power outlet at
the same time, make sure the total power
consumption of the electrical appliances
does not exceed 1500 W at 120 V.
Back of floor console box
Right side of cargo area
To use
120 V AC power supplies (if so equipped)
5-212 Features and controls
5
3. Insert the plug in the power outlet firmly.
Make sure the plug is connected correctly.
4. Disconnect the plug and close the lid after
using the electrical appliance.
WARNING
Never use the 120 V AC power supply to
charge an electric vehicle or a plug-in
hybrid vehicle. Also, never connect the
120 V AC power supply to a household
powerline or a distribution panel. This
may lead to electric shock or a malfunc-
tion.
Do not connect or disconnect the plug with
a wet hand. Doing so can cause an electric
shock.
Never pull the cable to remove the plug.
Pull straight with holding the plug of an
electrical appliance.
Do not disassemble or modify the 120 V
AC power supply.
When using electrical appliance while
driving, make sure that it is firmly
secured. Flying objects entering the pas-
senger compartment during sudden brak-
ing or sharp turning could result in a
serious accident and/or injury.
Refer to “Luggage hooks” on page 5-229.
Do not use an electrical appliance which
emits steam while the windows are closed.
Lack of visibility due to steam could lead
to an accident. Also, doing so may damage
other electrical components.
While using the 120 V AC power supply,
even if the engine is not running, the
engine may automatically start later
depending on the condition of the Plug-in
Hybrid EV system and/or the main drive
lithium-ion battery.
• Before using the 120 V AC power supply
while the vehicle is stationary, to prevent
the vehicle from moving abruptly, apply
the parking brake firmly and press the
electrical parking switch and make sure
that the select position indicator on the
multi-information displays “P” (PARK).
Also, to avoid activating the selector
lever, do not place a power cord on or
near the lever.
WARNING
• Never use the 120 V AC power supply in
a closed or poorly ventilated area, such
as in a garage, or an area surrounded by
snow banks. Carbon monoxide gas,
which is odorless and extremely poison-
ous, could build up and cause serious
injury or death.
• Do not park your vehicle in areas where
combustible materials such as dry grass
or leaves can come in contact with a hot
exhaust, since a fire could occur.
• When using the 120 V AC power supply
while it is raining or snowing, do not
leave the door or liftgate open. Wetting
the 120 V AC power supply may cause
overheating resulting in a fire and/or
electrical shock.
Never use a multi-plug adapter or conver-
sion adapter. Using them may cause over-
heating resulting in fire.
If you use an electrical appliance that
emits light, your visibility at night may be
affected which could impede safe driving.
Do not spill a beverage on the 120 V AC
power supply. This may cause overheating
resulting in a fire and/or electrical shock.
Do not let children touch the 120 V AC
power supply.
The cooling fan in the engine compart-
ment may automatically operate when
using the 120 V AC power supply. Keep
your hands and clothes away from the
cooling fan.
WARNING
120 V AC power supplies (if so equipped)
Features and controls 5-213
5
Never use the 120 V AC power supply
when lightning or thunder is observed or
expected.
Never use the 120 V AC power supply for
electromedical apparatus.
CAUTION
When the 120 V AC power supply is not in
use, be sure to cancel power supply by press-
ing the 120 V AC power supply switch, dis-
connect the plug and close the lid. This will
prevent the 120 V AC power supply from
becoming clogged and short circuiting.
Do not stand behind the exhaust pipe as the
engine may automatically start depending on
the condition. Heat from the exhaust could
lead to burns.
Make sure that the plug is inserted all the
way into the 120 V AC power supply before
using an electrical appliance.
Do not use an electrical appliance in the
vehicle which emits heat such as a heater.
Heat damage to interior parts could result.
Do not connect a malfunctioning electrical
appliance to the 120 V AC power supply.
Doing so could damage the 120 V AC power
supply.
WARNING
NOTE
12 V power outlets and 120 V AC power
supplies can be used simultaneously. Refer
to “12 V power outlets” on page 5-209.
If the plug of the electrical appliance was
loose or wobbled when inserted in the outlet,
replace the 120 V AC power supply by a cer-
tified Mitsubishi EV dealer.
Never leave the vehicle, perform refueling or
washing the vehicle while using the 120 V
AC power supply.
You may hear operating sounds such as
sounds from the cooling fan near luggage
area when using the 120 V AC power supply.
This is normal.
Never use electrical appliance which is vul-
nerable to vibration or heat in the cabin.
When exposed to the strong direct sunlight,
the cabin will become extremely hot. It could
cause product failure.
Do not use the 120 V AC power supply with
the vehicle covered by a car cover.
When closing the window, door or liftgate,
be careful not to trap the power supply cord
of the electrical appliance.
120 V AC power supply cannot be used in
the following cases.
• When Plug-in Hybrid EV System warning
light is illuminated.
• When the main drive lithium-ion battery
level display indicates 0.
• When the “PROPULSION POWER IS
REDUCED” warning display appears.
Electrical appliance may not operate nor-
mally or electricity supply stops under the
following conditions. You may hear an oper-
ation noise. This is normal.
• When the power consumption of the electri-
cal appliance exceeds 1500 W.
• When the vehicle interior temperature is
too hot or too cold.
When the 120 V AC power supply cannot be
used or is not returned to operation automati-
cally after stopping electricity supply, follow
the procedures below.
1. Disconnect the plug of electrical appli-
ance.
2. Confirm the remaining quantity of the
main drive lithium-ion battery. When it is
low, charge the main drive lithium-ion
battery by using the battery charge mode,
etc.
“Battery charge mode” P.5-69
“Normal charging (charging method
with rated AC 120 V outlet)” P.3-20
“Quick charging (charging method
with quick charger)” P. 3-32
3. Confirm the ready indicator illuminates.
If not, start the Plug-in Hybrid EV Sys-
tem.
4. When the vehicle interior temperature is
too hot or too cold, adjust it appropriately
by using air conditioner.
5. Press the 120 V AC power supply switch
to turn on.
NOTE
HomeLink® Wireless Control System (if so equipped)
5-214 Features and controls
5
N00554301082
HomeLink
®
and the HomeLink
®
house icon
are registered trademarks of Gentex Corpora-
tion.
HomeLink
®
provides a convenient way to
replace up to 3 hand-held radio-frequency
(RF) transmitters used to activate devices
such as gate operators, garage door openers,
entry door locks, security systems, even home
lighting. Additional HomeLink
®
information
can be found at www.homelink.com,
www.youtube.com/HomeLinkGentex, or by
calling the toll-free HomeLink
®
-Hotline at 1-
800-355-3515.
6. Confirm the indicator light on 120 V AC
power supply switch comes on and insert
the plug in the power outlet.
The following electrical appliance may not
operate normally even if the power con-
sumption is less than 1500 W. Also be aware
that electric power which can be used will
vary depending on the main drive lithium-
ion battery condition.
• Electrical appliance to which large current
flows momentarily
• Electrical appliance which gauges precise
data
• Electrical appliance which does not operate
normally when it is not placed horizontally
• Electrical appliance which needs extremely
stable operation
• Electrical appliance with a timer function,
which needs the consecutive output
AC power output may be shut off and the
electrical appliance may be turned off
accordingly depending on the main drive
lithium-ion battery condition even if the bat-
tery level display does not indicate 0.
Use of electrical appliance could cause radio
or television noise.
The voltage of the 120 V AC power supply
cannot be correctly gauged with a commer-
cially available tester. Consult a certified
Mitsubishi EV dealer when you need mea-
surement of the voltage.
Also refer to the instruction manual and label
accompanying the electrical appliance.
NOTE
When the remaining power in the main drive
lithium-ion battery is low, the engine starts
and charges the main drive lithium-ion bat-
tery automatically. Be careful not to run out
of fuel since it will be consumed when the
engine starts.
HomeLink
®
Wireless Con-
trol System
(if so equipped)
NOTE
WARNING
Do not use HomeLink
®
with any garage
door opener that lacks safety stop and
reverse features as required by U.S. Fed-
eral Regulations. A garage door opener
which cannot detect an object in the path
of a closing garage door and then auto-
matically stop and reverse, does not meet
current U.S. Federal Regulations. Using a
garage door opener without these features
increases the risk of serious injury or
death.
During programming, your garage door
or gate may open or close. Make sure that
people and objects are clear of the garage
door or gate that you are programming.
NOTE
Once HomeLink
®
is programmed, retain the
original transmitter for future programming
procedures (for example, new vehicle pur-
chases). Upon sale of the vehicle, the pro-
grammed HomeLink
®
buttons should be
erased for security purposes. Refer to
“Cleaning the programmed information” on
page 5-218.
HomeLink® Wireless Control System (if so equipped)
Features and controls 5-215
5
N00584600029
Some garage door openers manufactured
after 1995 have “rolling code protection”.
To program a garage door opener
equipped with “rolling code protection”;
you will need to access the garage door
opener motor to press the motor’s “Learn”
or “Smart” buttons. For convenience, use
a ladder and another person to assist you.
It is recommended that a new battery be
placed in the hand-held transmitter of the
device being programmed to HomeLink
®
for quicker training and accurate trans-
mission of the radio-frequency signal.
N00584700059
To program HomeLink
®
to operate a garage
door, gate, or entry door opener, home or
office lighting, you need to be at the same
location as the device.
1. Press the HomeLink
®
button that you
would like to program. The indicator light
(A) will flash orange slowly.
You can program a maximum of 3 devices.
To change or replace any of the 3 devices
after it has been initially programmed, you
must first erase the current settings.
See “Cleaning the programmed information”
on page 5-218 or “Reprogramming a single
HomeLink
®
button” on page 5-219.
1-
HomeLink
®
button 1
2-
HomeLink
®
button 2
3-
HomeLink
®
button 3
NOTE
Before programming Home-
Link
®
Programming a new Home-
Link
®
NOTE
You do not need to continue holding the
HomeLink
®
button.
If the indicator light does not flash, refer to
“Cleaning the programmed information” on
page 5-218.
HomeLink® Wireless Control System (if so equipped)
5-216 Features and controls
5
2. Position the end of your hand-held trans-
mitter (B) 1 to 3 inches (2 to 8 cm) away
from the HomeLink
®
button while keep-
ing the indicator light in view.
3. Press and hold the hand-held transmitter
button while watching the indicator light
(A). Continue pressing the button until the
indicator light (A) changes from slowly
flashing orange to either rapidly flashing
green (rolling code) or continuously lit
green (fixed code). Now you may release
the hand-held transmitter button.
4. Press the HomeLink
®
button that was just
programmed and observe the indicator
light.
• If the indicator light continuously illumi-
nates green, programming is complete
and your device should operate when the
HomeLink
®
button is pressed and
released.
• If the indicator light rapidly flashes
green, firmly press, hold for 2 seconds
and release the programmed HomeLink
®
button. Repeat the “press/hold/release”
sequence a second time, and, depending
on the brand of the garage door opener
(or other rolling code equipped device),
repeat this sequence a third time to com-
plete the programming process. At this
point if your device operates, program-
ming is complete.
• If the device does not operate, continue
with “Programming a new HomeLink
®
”
steps 5 to 7 to complete the program-
ming of a rolling code equipped device.
5. At the garage door opener receiver
(motor-head unit) in the garage, locate the
“Learn” or “Smart” button. This can usu-
ally be found where the hanging antenna
wire is attached to the motor-head unit
(see the garage door opener manual to
identify the “Learn” button.)
6. Firmly press and release the “Learn” or
“Smart” button. (The name and color of
the button may vary by manufacturer.)
There are typically 30 seconds to initiate
step 7.
7. Return to the vehicle and firmly press,
hold for 2 seconds and release the pro-
grammed HomeLink
®
button. Repeat the
“press/hold/release” sequence a second
time, and, depending on the brand of the
garage door opener (or other rolling code
equipped device), repeat this sequence a
third time to complete the programming
process.
HomeLink
®
should now activate your
rolling code equipped device.
NOTE
Some hand-held transmitters may actually
train better from a distance of 6 to 12 inches
(15 to 30 cm). Keep this in mind if you have
difficulty with the programming process.
NOTE
Some devices may require you to replace this
“Programming a new HomeLink
®
” step 3
with procedures noted in the “Gate operator /
Canadian programming” section. If the indi-
cator light does not change to rapidly flash-
ing green or continuously lit green after
performing these steps, contact HomeLink
®
at www.homelink.com
HomeLink® Wireless Control System (if so equipped)
Features and controls 5-217
5
N00584800021
Canadian radio-frequency laws require trans-
mitter signals to “time-out” (or quit) after
several seconds of transmission - which may
not be long enough for HomeLink
®
to pick
up the signal during programming. Similar to
this Canadian law, some U.S. gate operators
are designed to “time-out” in the same man-
ner.
The indicator LED on the hand-held transmit-
ter will go off when the device times out indi-
cating that it has finished transmitting.
If you live in Canada or you are having diffi-
culties programming a gate operator or
garage door opener by using the “Program-
ming” procedures, replace “Programming a
new HomeLink
®
” step 3 with the following:
3. Press and release - every 2 seconds
(“cycle”) your hand-held transmitter until the
HomeLink
®
indicator light changes from
slowly flashing orange to either rapidly flash-
ing green (rolling code) or continuously lit
green (fixed code). Now you may release the
hand-held transmitter button.
Proceed with “Programming a new Home-
Link
®
” step 4 to complete.
N00584900022
The HomeLink
®
has the capability of receiv-
ing garage door status from compatible
garage door opener systems. Check your
garage door opener manual for the available
feature and HomeLink
®
compatibility. Also
for a listing of compatible systems contact
HomeLink
®
at: www.homelink.com
1. Within 5 seconds after successfully pro-
gramming the garage door opener (refer
to “Programming a new HomeLink
®
”
section), both garage door operation indi-
cators (A) will flash rapidly green indicat-
ing that the garage door feedback has
been enabled.
If the indicators do not flash, perform
steps 2 and 3 while pressing the Home-
Link
®
button up to the first 10 times after
successful programming.
2. Press and release the programmed Home-
Link
®
button to activate the door. You
now have 1 minute in which to complete
step 3.
NOTE
In the event that there are still programming
difficulties or questions, additional Home-
Link
®
information and programming videos
can be found online at www.homelink.com,
www.youtube.com/HomeLinkGentex, or by
calling the HomeLink
®
Hotline.
Gate operator/Canadian pro-
gramming
NOTE
If programming a garage door opener or gate
operator, it is advised to unplug the device
during the “cycling” process to prevent pos-
sible overheating.
Additional steps for program-
ming a door system with feed-
back
HomeLink® Wireless Control System (if so equipped)
5-218 Features and controls
5
3. Once the door has stopped, press and
release the “Learn” or “Smart” button on
the garage door opener (refer to your
garage door opener owner’s manual for
the location of the “Learn” button). Both
the HomeLink
®
garage door operation
indicators will flash rapidly green upon
successful synchronization with the door
opener (within 5 seconds).
N00585000020
To operate, simply press and release the pro-
grammed HomeLink
®
button. Activation will
now occur for the trained device (i.e. garage
door opener, gate operator, security system,
entry door lock, home/office lighting, etc.).
For convenience, the hand-held transmitter of
the device may also be used at any time.
N00585200022
The HomeLink
®
has the capability of receiv-
ing garage door status from compatible
garage door opener systems. Refer to “Addi-
tional steps for programming a door system
with feedback” on page 5-217.
Garage door status is then displayed with
indicators (A).
The indicators will illuminate/blink in
response to the following conditions:
: Blinking : Illuminates
The HomeLink
®
has the capability of listen-
ing to these messages at a range up to 820.2
feet (250 m) (open line of sight), but range
may be reduced by obstacles such as houses
or trees. You may have to slow your vehicle
speed to receive the CLOSED or OPENED
message feedback from the garage door
opener. If the unit is out of range before
receiving either the UP or DOWN message
from the door opener, both the UP and
DOWN indicators will flash red followed by
a continuous lit orange indicator in the direc-
tion the door was last moving.
Recall of the door state after initial feedback
is possible by simultaneously pressing either
HomeLink
®
buttons 1 and 2 or buttons 2 and
3 for 2 seconds. The last recorded message
will be displayed for 3 seconds, again follow-
ing the garage door status indication of the
figure above.
N00585300023
To erase programming from the 3 buttons
(individual buttons cannot be erased but can
be “reprogrammed” as outlined below), fol-
low the steps noted:
Operating HomeLink
®
Garage door feedback
Garage door opener closing
(orange)
Garage door opener closed
(green)
Out of range
(red)
Garage door opener opening
(orange)
Garage door opener opened
(green)
Out of range
(red)
Clearing the programmed
information
HomeLink® Wireless Control System (if so equipped)
Features and controls 5-219
5
1. Press and hold the 2 outer HomeLink
®
buttons for at least 10 seconds. The indi-
cator will change from continuous yellow
to rapidly flashing green.
2. Release both buttons.
3. HomeLink
®
is now in the train (or learn-
ing) mode and can be programmed at any
time beginning with “Programming a new
HomeLink
®
” step 1.
N00585400024
To reprogram a HomeLink
®
button, complete
the following.
1. Press and hold the desired HomeLink
®
button. Do not release the button.
2. The indicator light will begin to slowly
flash orange after 20 seconds. The Home-
Link
®
button can be released at this point.
Proceed with “Programming a new
HomeLink
®
” step 2.
N00585600097
Your HomeLink
®
system operates on a radio
frequency subject to Federal Communica-
tions Commission (FCC) Rules (For vehicles
sold in U.S.A.) and Industry Canada Rules
(For vehicles sold in Canada). This device
complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules and
RSS- 210 of the Industry Canada Rules.
Operation is subject to the following two con-
ditions.
This device may not cause harmful inter-
ference.
This device must accept any interference
that may be received, including interfer-
ence that may cause undesired operation.
This equipment complies with FCC radiation
exposure limits set forth for an uncontrolled
environment. End Users must follow the spe-
cific operating instructions for satisfying RF
exposure compliance. This transmitter must
be at least 8 inches (20 cm) from the user and
must not be co-located or operating in con-
junction with any other antenna or transmit-
ter.
The term “IC:” before the certification/regis-
tration number only signifies that Industry
Canada technical specifications were met.
NOTE
Do not hold for longer than 20 seconds.
Reprogramming a single
HomeLink
®
button
NOTE
If you do not complete the programming of a
new device to the button, it will revert to the
previously stored programming.
For questions or comments, visit
www.homelink.com,
www.youtube.com/HomeLinkGentex, or by
calling the HomeLink
®
Hotline.
General information
CAUTION
The transmitter has been tested and complies
with FCC and IC rules.
Changes or modifications not expressly
approved by the party responsible for com-
pliance could void the user’s authority to
operate the device.
Interior lights
5-220 Features and controls
5
For vehicles sold in Mexico
N00525301758
N00525401599
Interior lights
NOTE
Be aware that leaving the light illuminated
with the ready indicator off may run the 12 V
starter battery down.
Never leave the vehicle without checking
that the light is off.
1- Cargo room light P.5-222
2- Dome light (rear) P.5-221
3- Dome light (front)/Reading lights
P.5-220
4- Downlight P.5-222
5- Front foot lights P.5-223
Dome light (front)/Reading
lights
Dome light (front)
1- (DOOR)
When any of the doors or the liftgate is
opened, the dome light illuminates; when
any of them are closed, the dome light
goes off after approximately 30 seconds.
However, the light goes off immediately
if:
The doors and the liftgate are closed
while the operation mode of the
power switch is in ON.
The driver’s door is closed while the
lock knob is in the lock position, after
all the other doors are closed.
Interior lights
Features and controls 5-221
5
2- (OFF)
The dome light stays off regardless of any
door or the liftgate being opened or closed.
N00537601211
Regardless of the dome light switch position,
when you press the lens (A), the light on the
side that is pressed illuminates; when you
press the lens (A) again, the light goes out.
N00525801405
The doors and the liftgate are closed
and the power door lock function is
used to lock the doors.
The doors and the liftgate are locked
using the F.A.S.T.-key switch or
F.A.S.T.-key operation.
NOTE
When the operation mode of the power
switch is put in OFF while the doors and lift-
gate are closed, the dome light will illumi-
nate for approximately 30 seconds and then
go off.
The time until the light goes off can be
adjusted. See a certified Mitsubishi EV
dealer for details. For vehicles equipped with
the Smartphone-link Display Audio (SDA),
adjustments can be made using screen opera-
tions. For details, refer to the separate
owner’s manual.
Reading lights
Dome light (rear)
1- (ON)
The dome light illuminates regardless of
any door or the liftgate being opened or
closed.
2- ()
When any of the doors or the liftgate is
opened, the dome light illuminates;
when any of them are closed, the dome
light goes off after approximately 30 sec-
onds. However, the light goes off imme-
diately if:
The door and the liftgate are closed
while the operation mode of the
power switch is in ON.
The driver’s door is closed while the
lock knob is in the lock position,
after all the other doors are closed.
The door and the liftgate are closed
and the power door lock function is
used to lock the doors.
The doors and the liftgate are locked
using the F.A.S.T.-key switch or
F.A.S.T.-key operation.
NOTE
When the operation mode of the power
switch is put in OFF while the doors and lift-
gate are closed, the dome light will illumi-
nate for approximately 30 seconds and then
go off.
Interior lights
5-222 Features and controls
5
3- (OFF)
The dome light stays off regardless of any
door or the liftgate being opened or closed.
N00526101186
1- (ON)
The cargo room light illuminates regard-
less of the liftgate being opened or closed.
2- ()
When the liftgate is opened, the cargo
room light illuminates; when it is closed,
it goes out.
3- (OFF)
The cargo room light stays out regardless
of the liftgate being opened or closed.
N00596000059
The downlight illuminates when the light
switch is in the “ ” or “ ” position.
When the light switch is in the “AUTO” posi-
tion, the downlight illuminates when the
parking lights illuminate.
When the dome light switch is in the “ON”
position, the light will not go off, even when
all the doors and the liftgate are closed.
The time until the light goes off can be
adjusted. See a certified Mitsubishi EV
dealer for details. For vehicles equipped with
the Smartphone-link Display Audio (SDA),
adjustments can be made using screen opera-
tions. For details, refer to the separate
owner’s manual.
Cargo room light
NOTE
Downlight
Storage spaces
Features and controls 5-223
5
N00536901086
The front foot lights (A) come on when the
front door is opened and go off when the door
is closed.
N00526301553
*: Dome light (front)/Reading lights, dome
light (rear) and cargo room light
If interior lights are left on with the opera-
tion mode of the power switch in OFF, the
lights go off automatically after approxi-
mately 30 minutes.
The lights come on again if the power
switch is operated, if any door or liftgate
is opened or closed, or if the F.A.S.T.-key
is operated.
N00526401596
Front foot lights
Interior light* auto-cutout
function
NOTE
The interior light auto-cutout function can be
deactivated. The time until the lights auto-
matically go off can be adjusted. See a certi-
fied Mitsubishi EV dealer for details.
For vehicles equipped with the Smartphone-
link Display Audio (SDA), adjustments can
be made using screen operations. For details,
refer to the separate owner’s manual.
Storage spaces
CAUTION
Never leave lighters, carbonated drink cans,
or spectacles in the cabin when parking the
vehicle in hot sunshine. The cabin will
become extremely hot, so lighters and other
flammable items may catch fire and
unopened drink cans (including beer cans)
may rupture. The heat may also deform or
crack plastic spectacle lenses and other spec-
tacle parts that are made of plastic.
Keep the lids of storage spaces closed while
driving the vehicle. A lid or the contents of a
storage space could otherwise cause injuries
during a sudden stop.
NOTE
Do not leave valuables in any storage space
when leaving the vehicle.
1- Luggage floor box
2- Floor console box
3- Glove compartment
4- Sunglasses holder (if so equipped)
Storage spaces
5-224 Features and controls
5
N00551501328
To open, pull the lever (A).
There is a card holder on the inside of the
glove compartment.
N00551601332
To open the console box, lift the release lever
(A) and raise the lid.
The floor console box can also be used as an
arm rest.
Glove compartment
WARNING
An open glove compartment door can
cause a serious injury or death to the front
passenger in an accident, even if the pas-
senger is wearing his/her seat belt. Always
keep the glove compartment door closed
when driving.
NOTE
When the lights are illuminated with the
light switch in the “ ”, “ ”or “AUTO”
position, the glove compartment light illumi-
nates.
Card holder
Floor console box
Storage spaces
Features and controls 5-225
5
N00552301062
There is a luggage floor box under the lug-
gage floor board.
To use the box, raise the luggage floor board
(A).
To use the luggage floor box in the rear seat
side, insert your hand in the gap (B) and raise
the board (A) to the seat side.
N00502601103
To open, push the lid.
Luggage floor box
WARNING
Do not place any object around the
“ ”mark, since there is the 12 V starter
battery under the luggage floor box. If the
battery cover is broken, a battery fluid
may leak. If it adheres to your skin or gets
in your eyes, serious injury may result.
Sunglasses holder (if so equipped)
CAUTION
Do not use for storing objects heavier than
typical sunglasses.
There is risk that the holder lid will open
accidentally, resulting in an injury due to
falling objects.
NOTE
Some types of sunglasses cannot fit snugly in
the holder.
Before storing, check the shape to make sure
they fit.
Cup holders
5-226 Features and controls
5
N00527301550
The cup holder is designed for holding cups
or drink-cans securely in its holes.
The cup holder is located in front of the floor
console.
To use the cup holder, push the lid.
N00537001202
This cup holder is located in the rear seat arm
rest.
Pull the arm rest down to use the cup holder.
N00527301505
There are bottle holders located on both sides
of front and rear doors.
Cup holders
WARNING
Do not spray water or spill beverages
inside the vehicle. If switches, wires, or
electrical components become wet, they
could malfunction or cause a vehicle fire.
If you accidentally spill a beverage, wipe
up as much liquid as possible.
For the front seat
For the rear seat
Bottle holders
WARNING
Do not spray water or spill beverages
inside the vehicle. If switches, wires, or
electrical components become wet, they
could malfunction or cause a vehicle fire.
If you accidentally spill a beverage, wipe
up as much liquid as possible.
CAUTION
Drink beverages while driving your vehicle
is distracting and can cause an accident.
Vibration and shaking while driving may
cause beverages to spill. Be very careful, as
spilling hot beverages could cause burns.
Cargo area cover (if so equipped)
Features and controls 5-227
5
N00528301166
1. Pull out the spring-loaded cover and insert
it in the mounting grooves (A) on both
sides.
2. Remove the cover from the mounting
grooves, and the cover will be rolled back
into the retracted position.
There are 2 installation holes (B) for the
cargo area cover.
1. Move one of the sliders (C) toward the
inside of the vehicle, and fit the protrud-
ing portion (D) into the installation hole
that is to be used. Move the opposite
slider in the same fashion.
NOTE
Do not store cup or drink can in the bottle
holder.
Make sure all lids are tightly closed when
storing beverages that are in plastic bottles,
etc.
Some beverages may not be stored, depend-
ing on the size and shape of the plastic bot-
tles, etc.
Cargo area cover (if so
equipped)
To use
NOTE
Do not place anything on the cargo area
cover.
To change position
Assist grips
5-228 Features and controls
5
2. After changing the position, gently shake
the entire cargo area cover to make sure it
is securely retained.
1. Roll back the cargo area cover.
2. Move one of the sliders (C) toward the
inside of the vehicle and lift it to remove
the cargo area cover.
To refit the cargo area cover, follow the
removal steps in reverse. Gently shake the
entire cargo area cover after fitting it to make
sure it is securely retained.
N00559001084
The assist grips (located above the doors on
the headliner) are not designed to support
body weight. They are intended for use only
while seated in the vehicle.
NOTE
If the rear seat touches the cargo area cover,
move the cargo area cover rearward.
The cargo area cover could be damaged if it
supports the seatback of the rear seats.
To remove
To refit
Assist grips
CAUTION
Do not use the assist grips when getting into
or out of the vehicle. The assist grips could
detach causing you to fall.
Coat hooks
Features and controls 5-229
5
N00553601176
There is a coat hook on the rear seat assist
grip.
N00528501269
There are hooks on the sides of the luggage
area for use in securing luggage.
Coat hooks
WARNING
Do not put a hanger or any heavy or
pointed object on the coat hook. If the cur-
tain airbag was activated, any such item
could be propelled away with great force
and could prevent the curtain airbag from
inflating correctly. Hang clothes directly
on the coat hook (without using a hanger).
Make sure there are no heavy or sharp
objects in the pockets of clothes that you
hang on the coat hook.
Luggage hooks
CAUTION
Do not load the luggage higher than the top
of the seatback.
Be sure that luggage is firmly secured.
Restricted rear vision or flying objects enter-
ing the passenger compartment during sud-
den braking could result in a serious
accident.
6
Driving safety
Driving precaution ...........................................................................6-2
Fuel economy ...................................................................................6-2
Driving, alcohol and drugs ..............................................................6-2
Floor mat ..........................................................................................6-2
Vehicle preparation before driving ..................................................6-3
Safe driving techniques ....................................................................6-4
Driving during cold weather ............................................................6-5
Braking ............................................................................................6-5
Parking .............................................................................................6-6
Loading information ........................................................................6-6
Cargo loads ....................................................................................6-11
Trailer towing ................................................................................6-13
Dinghy towing ...............................................................................6-17
Driving precaution
6-2 Driving safety
6
N00629300053
Utility vehicles have higher ground clearance
and a narrower track, which enables them to
perform in a wide variety of off-road situa-
tions. Because of the higher ground clear-
ance, these vehicles have a higher center of
gravity, which makes them handle differently
than ordinary vehicles when driving on pave-
ment. They are not designed to maneuver or
corner at the same speed on pavement as con-
ventional 2-wheel drive passenger cars any
more than low-slung sports cars are designed
to perform satisfactorily in off-road condi-
tions.
Always drive safely and steer the vehicle
carefully. Avoid operating the vehicle in a
manner that might require sharp turns or
abrupt maneuvers. As with other vehicles of
this type, failure to operate this vehicle cor-
rectly can result in loss of control or vehicle
rollover.
In a rollover crash, an unbelted person is sig-
nificantly more likely to die than a person
wearing a seat belt. Before starting the vehi-
cle, always make certain that you and all your
passengers are properly wearing their seat
belts (with children in the rear seat, in appro-
priate restraints).
N00628801205
Fuel economy is dependent on many factors.
Your personal driving habits can have a sig-
nificant effect on your fuel consumption.
Several recommendations for achieving the
greatest fuel economy are listed below.
Whenever accelerating from a stop,
always accelerate slowly and smoothly.
Plan your trips to avoid unnecessary
stops.
Keep your tires inflated to the recom-
mended pressures.
For freeway driving, maintain a speed of
approximately 50 mph (80 km/h) when
traffic, roadway and weather conditions
safely permit.
Keep your air filter clean and your vehicle
lubricated according to the recommenda-
tions in this manual.
Always keep your vehicle well main-
tained. A poorly maintained engine
wastes fuel and costs money.
Never overload your vehicle.
N00628900049
Drunk driving is one of the most frequent
causes of accidents.
Your driving ability can be seriously impaired
even with blood alcohol levels far below the
legal minimum. If you have been drinking,
don’t drive. Ride with a designated non-
drinking driver, call a cab or a friend, or use
public transportation. Drinking coffee or tak-
ing a cold shower will not make you sober.
Similarly, prescription and nonprescription
drugs affect your alertness, perception and
reaction time. Consult with your doctor or
pharmacist before driving while under the
influence of any of these medications.
N00628600033
The original equipment floor mat provided
with your vehicle was specifically designed
for your vehicle.
Always properly position the floor mat and
assure it does not interfere with operation of
Driving precaution
WARNING
Utility vehicles have a significantly higher
rollover rate than other types of vehicles.
Avoid abrupt maneuvers and excessive
speed. Always buckle up.
Fuel economy
Driving, alcohol and drugs
WARNING
NEVER DRINK AND DRIVE.
Your perceptions are less accurate, your
reflexes are slower and your judgment is
impaired.
Floor mat
Vehicle preparation before driving
Driving safety 6-3
6
the pedals. Always use the retaining clip on
the driver’s floorboard to secure the floor
mat. When used, this clip will help prevent
the floor mat from moving forward and possi-
bly interfering with the operation of the ped-
als. To prevent the floor mat from moving
forward and possibly interfering with the
operation of the pedals, Mitsubishi genuine
floor mats are recommended.
N00628701086
1. Place the floor mat to fit the shape of the
floorboard.
2. Align the floor mat with the installation
holes over the retaining clips.
3. Secure the floor mat with retaining clips.
N00629001813
For a safer and more enjoyable trip, always
check for the following:
To install the floor mat
NOTE
The shape of the mat and the number of
retaining clips may vary depending on the
vehicle model.
WARNING
If a floor mat is the wrong size or is not
properly installed, it can interfere with the
operation of the pedals. Interference with
the pedals can cause unintended accelera-
tion and/or increased stopping distances
resulting in a crash and injury. Always
make sure the floor mat does not interfere
with the accelerator or brake pedal.
Always use the retaining clip on the
driver’s floorboard to secure the floor
mat.
Always install the mat with the correct
side facing down.
Never install a second mat over or under
an existing floor mat.
Do not use a floor mat designed for
another model vehicle even if it is a Mit-
subishi genuine floor mat.
Before driving, be sure to check the fol-
lowing:
• Periodically check that the floor mat is
properly secured with the retaining clips.
If you remove the floor mat while clean-
ing the inside of your vehicle or for any
other reason, always check the condition
of the floor mat after it has been rein-
stalled.
• While the vehicle is stopped with the
Plug-in Hybrid EV system off, check that
the floor mat is not interfering with the
pedals by depressing the pedals fully.
Vehicle preparation before
driving
WARNING
Safe driving techniques
6-4 Driving safety
6
Before starting the vehicle, make certain
that you and all passengers are seated and
wearing their seat belts properly (with
children in the rear seat, in appropriate
restraints), and that all the doors and the
liftgate are locked.
Move the driver’s seat as far backward as
possible, while keeping good visibility,
and good control of the steering wheel,
brakes, accelerator, and controls. Check
the instrument panel indicators and multi-
information display for any possible prob-
lem.
Similarly, the front passenger seat should
also be moved as far back as possible.
Make sure that infants and small children
are properly restrained in accordance with
all laws and regulations.
Check these by selecting the defroster mode,
and set the blower switch on high. You should
be able to feel the air blowing against the
windshield.
Refer to “Defrosting or defogging (wind-
shield, door windows)” on page 7-13
Check all the tires for heavy tread wear or
uneven wear patterns. Look for stones, nails,
glass, or other objects stuck in the tread. Look
for any tread cuts or sidewall cracks. Check
the wheel nuts for tightness, and the tires for
proper pressure. Replace your tires before
they are heavily worn out.
As your vehicle is equipped with a tire pres-
sure monitoring system (TPMS), there is a
risk of damage to the tire inflation pressure
sensors when the tire is replaced on the rim.
Tire replacement should, only, be performed
by a certified Mitsubishi EV dealer.
Have someone watch while you turn all the
exterior lights on and off. Also check the turn
signal indicators and high-beam indicators on
the instrument panel.
Check the ground under the vehicle after
parking overnight, for fuel, water, oil, or
other leaks. Make sure all the fluid levels are
correct. Also, if you can smell fuel, you need
to find out why immediately and have it
fixed.
N00629201134
Even this vehicle’s safety equipment, and
your safest driving, cannot guarantee that you
can avoid an accident or injury. However, if
you give extra attention to the following
areas, you can better protect yourself and
your passengers:
Drive defensively. Be aware of traffic,
road and weather conditions. Leave plenty
of stopping distance between your vehicle
and the vehicle ahead.
Before changing lanes, check your mir-
rors, blind spots, and use your turn-signal
light.
While driving, watch the behavior of
other drivers, bicyclists, and pedestrians.
Always obey applicable laws and regula-
tions. Be a polite and alert driver. Always
leave room for unexpected events, such as
sudden braking.
If you plan to drive in another country,
obey their vehicle registration laws and
make sure you will be able to get the right
fuel.
Seat belts and seats
Defrosters
Tires
Lights
Fluid leaks
Safe driving techniques
Driving during cold weather
Driving safety 6-5
6
N00629401501
Check the 12 V starter battery, including
terminals and cables. During extremely
cold weather, the 12 V starter battery will
not be as strong and its power level may
drop.
Before driving the vehicle, check to see if
the headlights are as bright as normally.
Charge or replace the 12 V starter battery
if necessary. During extreme cold
weather, it is possible that a very low 12 V
starter battery could freeze.
Stay at low speeds at first so that the
transaxle, transfer case and rear axle oil
have time to spread to all lubrication
points.
Check the engine antifreeze.
If there is not enough coolant because of a
leak or from engine overheating, add Mit-
subishi Motors Genuine Super Long Life
Coolant Premium or equivalent.
Please read this section in conjunction
with the “Engine coolant/Plug-in Hybrid
EV system coolant” on page 9-8.
N00629501560
All the parts of the brake system are critical
to safety. Have the vehicle serviced by a certi-
fied Mitsubishi EV dealer at regular intervals
according to the “WARRANTY AND
MAINTENANCE MANUAL”.
Check the brake system while driving at a
low speed immediately after starting, espe-
cially when the brakes are wet, to confirm
they work normally.
A film of water can be formed on the brake
discs and prevent normal braking after driv-
ing in heavy rain or through large puddles, or
after the vehicle is washed. If this occurs, dry
the brakes out by driving slowly while lightly
depressing the brake pedal.
On snowy roads, ice can form on the braking
system, making the brakes less effective.
While driving in such conditions, pay close
attention to surrounding vehicles and to the
condition of the road surface. From time to
time, lightly depress the brake pedal and
check how effective the brakes are.
Put the select position to “B” (REGENERA-
TIVE BRAKE) according to the grade of the
slope and vehicle speed, and use the service
brake in combination with the regenerative
brake as required.
Driving during cold weather
WARNING
The 12 V starter battery gives off explo-
sive hydrogen gas. Any spark or flame can
cause the battery to explode, which could
cause serious injury or death.
Always wear protective clothes and a face
mask when working with your 12 V
starter battery, or let a skilled mechanic
do it.
WARNING
Never open the radiator cap when the
radiator is hot. You could be seriously
burned.
Braking
When brakes are wet
When driving in cold weather
When driving down a long hill
NOTE
If the brake pedal is continuously or fre-
quently depressed on downhill roads, the ser-
vice brake could overheat and the brake
performance will be reduced.
If regenerative braking is applied continu-
ously on downhill roads, the regenerative
brake may temporarily turn off.
Parking
6-6 Driving safety
6
N00629601369
When parking on a hill, set the parking brake,
and turn the front wheels toward the curb on a
downhill, or away from the curb on an uphill.
If necessary, apply chocks to the wheels.
Be sure that the parking brake is firmly set
when parked and that the electrical parking
switch is pressed.
Never leave the Plug-in Hybrid EV system
running while you take a short nap or rest.
Also, never leave the Plug-in Hybrid EV sys-
tem running in a closed or poorly ventilated
place.
Your front bumper can be damaged if you
scrape it over curbs or parking stop blocks.
Be careful when traveling up or down steep
slopes where your bumper can scrape the
road.
Always carry the key and lock all doors and
the liftgate when leaving the vehicle unat-
tended.
Always try to park your vehicle in a well lit
area.
Move effort could be required to turn the
steering wheel.
Refer to “Electric power steering system
(EPS)” on page 5-80.
N00629901489
It is very important to know how
much weight your vehicle can carry.
This weight is called the vehicle
capacity weight and includes the
When the main drive lithium-ion battery
level is full or nearly full, or the main drive
lithium-ion battery temperature is too high or
too low, the regenerative braking force may
temporarily be reduced or eliminated. Refer
to “Regenerative braking” on page 3-4.
If the needle in the energy usage indicator
does not move to the left of the neutral point
(A) while the accelerator pedal is released,
the regenerative brake will not work. Refer
to “Energy usage indicator” on page 5-138.
In the such case, before approaching a long
downhill road, reduce speed to prevent the
service brake from overheating.
Parking
Parking on a hill
NOTE
Parking with the Plug-in
Hybrid EV system running
WARNING
Leaving the Plug-in Hybrid EV system
running risks injury or death from acci-
dentally moving the selector lever or the
accumulation of toxic exhaust fumes in the
passenger compartment.
Where you park
WARNING
Do not park your vehicle in areas where
combustible materials such as dry grass or
leaves can come in contact with a hot
exhaust, since a fire could occur.
When leaving the vehicle
Do not keep the steering wheel
fully turned for a long time
Loading information
Loading information
Driving safety 6-7
6
weight of all occupants, cargo
(including the roof load), non-fac-
tory-installed options, and the tongue
weight of the trailer, if any, being
towed. The tire and loading informa-
tion placard located on the driver’s
door sill of your vehicle will show
how much weight it may properly
carry.
It is important to familiarize yourself
with the following terms before load-
ing your vehicle:
Vehicle maximum load on the tire:
load on an individual tire that is
determined by distributing to each
axle its share of the maximum
loaded vehicle weight and divid-
ing by two.
Vehicle normal load on the tire:
load on an individual tire that is
determined by distributing to each
axle its share of the curb weight,
accessory weight, and normal
occupant weight and dividing by
two.
Maximum loaded vehicle weight:
the sum of -
(a) Curb weight;
(b) Accessory weight;
(c) Vehicle capacity weight; and
(d) Production options weight.
Curb weight: the weight of a
motor vehicle with standard
equipment including the maxi-
mum capacity of fuel, oil, and
coolant.
Accessory weight: the combined
weight (in excess of those stan-
dard items which may be
replaced) of transaxle, power
steering, power brakes, power
windows, power seats, radio, and
heater, to the extent that these
items are available as factory-
installed equipment (whether
installed or not).
Vehicle capacity weight: the rated
cargo and luggage load plus
150 lbs (68 kg) *times the vehi-
cle’s designated seating capacity.
Production options weight: the
combined weight of those
installed regular production
options weighing over 5 lbs
(2.3 kg) in excess of those stan-
dard items which they replace, not
previously considered in curb
weight or accessory weight,
including heavy duty brakes, ride
levelers, roof rack, heavy duty
battery, and special trim.
WARNING
Never overload your vehicle.
Overloading can damage your
vehicle, adversely affect vehi-
cle performance, including
handling and braking, cause
tire failure, and result in an
accident.
Loading information
6-8 Driving safety
6
Normal occupant weight: 150 lbs
(68 kg) *times the number of
specified occupants (3 in the case
of your vehicle)
Occupant distribution: Occupant
distribution within the passenger
compartment (In your vehicle the
distribution is 2 in front, 1 in rear
seat)
N00630101449
The tire and loading information
placard is located on the inside sill of
the driver’s door.
This placard shows the maximum
number of occupants permitted to
ride in your vehicle as well as “the
combined weight of occupants and
cargo” (A), which is called the vehi-
cle capacity weight. The weight of
any non-factory installed options, as
well as the tongue weight of a trailer
being towed and roof load is included
in the definition of “cargo” when
determining the vehicle capacity
weight. This placard also tells you
the size and recommended inflation
pressure for the original equipment
tires on your vehicle. For more infor-
mation, refer to “Tires” on page 9-12.
Type 1
Type 2
*:150 lbs (68 kg) is the weight of
one person as defined by U.S.A.
and Canadian regulations.
Tire and loading information
placard
Loading information
Driving safety 6-9
6
N00630201293
1. Locate the statement “The com-
bined weight of occupants and
cargo should never exceed XXX
kg or XXX lbs.” on your vehicle’s
placard.
2. Determine the combined weight
of the driver and passengers that
will be riding in your vehicle.
3. Subtract the combined weight of
the driver and passengers from
XXX kg or XXX lbs.
4. The resulting figure equals the
available amount of cargo and
luggage load capacity. For exam-
ple, if the “XXX” amount equals
1400 lbs. and there will be five
150 lbs. passengers in your vehi-
cle, the amount of available cargo
and luggage load capacity is
650 lbs. (1400 - 750 (5 x 150) =
650 lbs.)
5. Determine the combined weight
of luggage and cargo being loaded
on the vehicle. That weight may
not safely exceed the available
cargo and luggage load capacity
calculated in Step 4.
6. If your vehicle will be towing a
trailer, load from your trailer will
be transferred to your vehicle.
Consult this manual to determine
how this reduces the available
cargo and luggage load capacity
of your vehicle.
Steps for Determining Correct
Load Limit
Loading information
6-10 Driving safety
6
NOTE
The following table shows examples on how to calculate total load, cargo/luggage and towing capacities of your
vehicle with varying seating configurations and number and size of occupants. This table is for illustration pur-
poses only and may not be accurate for the seating and load carry capacity of your vehicle.
For the following example the combined weight of occupants and cargo should never exceed 865 lbs (392 kg).
Cargo loads
Driving safety 6-11
6
N00629700435
N00630301151
To determine the cargo load capacity for your
vehicle, subtract the weight of all vehicle
occupants from the vehicle capacity weight.
For additional information, if needed, refer to
“Steps for Determining Correct Load Limit”
on page 6-9.
DO NOT USE the Gross Vehicle Weight Rat-
ing and Gross Axle Weight Rating numbers
listed on the safety certification label located
on the inside sill of the driver’s door as the
guide for passengers and/or cargo weight.
N00630401152
Under a maximum loaded vehicle condition, gross axle weight ratings (GAWR’s) for the front and rear axles
must not be exceeded. For further information on GAWR’s, vehicle loading and trailer towing, see the “Specifi-
cations” section of this manual.
NOTE
Cargo loads
Cargo load precautions
WARNING
To reduce the risk of serious injury or
death, the combined weights of the driver,
passengers and cargo must never exceed
the vehicle capacity weight.
Exceeding the vehicle capacity weight will
adversely affect vehicle performance,
including handling and braking, and may
cause an accident.
Do not load cargo or luggage higher than
the top of the seatback. Be sure that your
cargo or luggage cannot move when your
vehicle is in motion.
Having either the rear view blocked, or
your cargo being thrown inside the cabin
if you suddenly have to brake can cause a
serious accident or injury or death.
Put cargo or luggage in the cargo area of
your vehicle. Try to spread the weight
evenly.
Loading cargo on the roof
WARNING
Weight placed on the roof of the vehicle
will raise the vehicle’s center of gravity
and adversely affect its handling charac-
teristics. As a result, driving errors or
emergency maneuvers could lead to a loss
of control and result in an accident. Drive
slowly and avoid excessive maneuvers
such as sudden braking or quick turning.
WARNING
Cargo loads
6-12 Driving safety
6
N00630601112
When installing the roof carrier, use the pro-
vided brackets.
The brackets are located under each cover.
1. Slide each cover (A) toward the front of
the vehicle.
2. Lift the front edge of the cover (A).
Install the covers by performing the removal
step in reverse.
Make sure that the weight of luggage and
the roof carrier do not exceed the maxi-
mum roof load, 110 lb (50 kg). If the maxi-
mum roof load is exceeded, this could
cause damage to the vehicle or result in an
accident.
The total weight of all occupants and lug-
gage, including your roof load, must not
exceed the vehicle capacity weight. For
more information, refer to “Tire and load-
ing information placard” on page 11-3
Roof load is determined by adding the
weight of the roof carrier and the weight
of the luggage placed on the roof carrier.
For additional information, refer to “Vehi-
cle weights: Maximum roof load” on page
11-5.
CAUTION
Do not load luggage directly onto the roof.
Use a roof carrier that properly fits your
vehicle.
For installation, refer to the instruction man-
ual provided with the roof carrier.
Place the luggage on the carrier so that its
weight is distributed evenly with the heaviest
items on the bottom. Do not load items that
are wider than the roof carrier.
WARNING
Before driving and after traveling a short dis-
tance, always check the load to make sure it
is securely fastened to the roof carrier.
Stop the vehicle periodically and check that
the load remains secure. If the load is not
secure, it could fall from the vehicle and
damage your vehicle, another vehicle or cre-
ate a road hazard.
NOTE
To prevent wind noise or reduction in gas
mileage, remove the roof carrier when not in
use.
Before using an automatic car wash, check
with the attendant to determine if the roof
carrier should be removed.
Roof carrier mounting bracket
cover (if so equipped)
To remove the covers
CAUTION
*: Front of the vehicle
To install the covers
Section
Trailer towing
Driving safety 6-13
6
N00629801404
Towing a trailer will adversely affect
your vehicle’s handling, perfor-
mance, braking, durability and driv-
ing economy (fuel consumption,
etc.).
If you do tow a trailer with this vehi-
cle, be sure to use proper equipment
and cautious steering and braking for
safe driving.
Never exceed the vehicle capacity
weight, maximum trailer weight (A),
maximum tongue weight (B) and
Gross Axle Weight Rating (GAWR).
The vehicle capacity weight is
printed on the tire and loading infor-
mation placard as “combined weight
of occupants and cargo”.
The weight includes the weight of all
occupants and the total weight it can
carry.
For more information, refer to “Tire
and loading information placard” on
page 6-8.
Recommendations for towing up to
this limit are as follows.
With brake: 1,500 lb (680 kg)
Without brake: 1,250 lb (567 kg)
The tongue weight of any trailer is
important because it affects the vehi-
cle capacity weight.
The vehicle capacity weight includes
any cargo you may carry, and the
people who will be riding in the vehi-
cle. If you will tow a trailer, you must
include the tongue weight of the
trailer in your calculation of the vehi-
cle capacity weight. For more infor-
mation regarding vehicle capacity
weight, refer to “Tire and loading
information placard” on page 6-8.
Do not exceed the maximum tongue
weight for your vehicle.
With brake: 150 lb (68 kg)
Without brake: 125 lb (57 kg)
Trailer towing
CAUTION
Do not lose control of your vehi-
cle when towing a trailer.
• Always use proper equipment.
• Always drive carefully
Damage to your vehicle caused
by improper equipment or driv-
ing is not covered by your war-
ranty.
NOTE
We recommend that you charge
the main drive lithium-ion bat-
tery before towing a trailer.
Weight limits
Vehicle capacity weight
Maximum trailer weight
Tongue weight
Trailer towing
6-14 Driving safety
6
After you’ve loaded your trailer,
weigh the trailer and then the tongue,
separately, to see if the weights are
proper.
Keep the trailer tongue load at 10%
of the loaded trailer weight for dead
weight hitches. Tongue loads can be
adjusted by proper distribution of the
load in the trailer. This can be
checked by separately weighing the
loaded trailer and then the tongue.
The GAWRs are printed on the certi-
fication label which is riveted on the
door sill on the driver’s side.
Refer to “Vehicle labeling” on page
11-2.
Choose a proper hitch and ball, and make
sure it is installed at a height that is compati-
ble with the trailer.
Use a good equalizing hitch which uniformly
distributes the trailer tongue load throughout
the frame.
A safety chain must always be used between
the towing vehicle and the trailer. Leave suf-
ficient slack in the chain for turns. The chain
should cross under the trailer tongue to pre-
vent the tongue from dropping to the ground
in case it becomes damaged or separated.
For correct safety chain procedures, consult a
certified Mitsubishi EV dealer.
Your vehicle will need service more often
when you’re towing a trailer. Refer to “WAR-
RANTY AND MAINTENANCE MAN-
UAL”. Especially important in trailer
operation are automatic transaxle fluid,
engine oil, rear axle oil, belt, cooling system
and brake system. Each of these is covered in
this manual.
For details, please refer to the “Vehicle care
and maintenance” section.
Check periodically to see that all hitch nuts
and bolts are tight.
Mitsubishi Motors recommends that any
trailer having a total weight of 1,250 lb
(567 kg) or more be equipped with its own
electric or surge-type brakes.
Gross axle weight rating (GAWR)
Trailer hitches
WARNING
If you make any holes in the body of your
vehicle for installing a trailer hitch, be
sure to seal the holes later when you
remove the hitch. If you don’t seal them,
deadly carbon monoxide (CO) from your
exhaust can enter your vehicle. Refer to
“Exhaust system” on page 9-23.
NOTE
Mitsubishi Motors recommends that sway
control be used whenever you are towing, to
improve towing stability.
For further information, please contact a cer-
tified Mitsubishi EV dealer.
Safety chains
CAUTION
Never tow a trailer without using a safety
chain securely attached to both the trailer
and the vehicle. If the coupling unit or hitch
ball experiences a problem, the trailer may
separate from your vehicle.
Maintenance when trailer tow-
ing
Trailer brakes
Trailer towing
Driving safety 6-15
6
If you choose electric brakes, be sure they are
electrically actuated. Do not attempt to tap
into your vehicle’s hydraulic system. No mat-
ter how successful it may seem, any attempt
to attach trailer brakes to your vehicle’s
hydraulic system will lower braking effec-
tiveness and create a potential hazard.
Trailer lights and equipment must comply
with federal, state, and local regulations.
Check with your local recreational vehicle
dealer for the requirements in your area, and
use only equipment designed for your vehi-
cle.
Since lighting and wiring vary by trailer type
and brand, you should have a qualified tech-
nician install a suitable connector between the
vehicle and the trailer. Improper equipment or
installation can cause damage to your vehi-
cle’s electrical system and affect your vehicle
warranty.
Many states and Canadian provinces require
special outside mirrors when towing a trailer.
Even if not required, you should install spe-
cial mirrors if you cannot clearly see behind
you, or if the trailer creates a blind spot.
Ask your trailer sales or rental agency if any
other items are recommended or required for
your towing situation.
Towing a trailer requires a certain amount of
experience.
Before setting out for the open road, you’ll
want to get to know your trailer. Acquaint
yourself with the feel of handling and braking
with the added weight of the trailer. Always
keep in mind that the vehicle you are driving
is now a good deal longer and not nearly as
responsive as your vehicle is without a trailer.
Before you start, check the trailer hitch,
safety chains, tires and mirror adjustment.
Be sure your vehicle’s tires are inflated to the
cold inflation pressure listed in the manual.
You’ll find these numbers on the tire and
loading information placard at the sill of the
driver’s door.
Refer to “Tire inflation pressures” on page
9-17.
Trailer lights
Additional trailer equipment
Operating hints
WARNING
If you have a rear window open and you
tow a trailer with your vehicle, carbon
monoxide gas which you cannot see or
smell could come into your vehicle. It can
cause unconsciousness or death. Refer to
“Exhaust system” on page 9-23.
To maximize your safety when towing a
trailer:
Have your exhaust system inspected for
leaks, and make necessary repairs before
starting on your trip.
Keep the rear windows closed.
If exhaust does come into your vehicle
through a window or another opening,
drive with your front, main heating or
cooling system on and with the blower on
any speed. This will bring fresh, outside
air into your vehicle. Do not use recircula-
tion because it only recirculates the air
inside your vehicle. Refer to “Air selection
switch” on page 7-10.
Driver preparation
Vehicle preparation
Tire
Trailer towing
6-16 Driving safety
6
Stay at least twice as far behind the vehicle
ahead as you would when driving your vehi-
cle without a trailer. This can help you avoid
situations that require heavy braking and sud-
den turns.
You’ll need more passing distance up ahead
when you’re towing a trailer. And, because
you’re a good deal longer, you’ll need to go
much farther beyond the passed vehicle
before you can return to your lane.
Hold the bottom of the steering wheel with
one hand. Then, to move the trailer to the left,
just move that hand to the left. To move the
trailer to the right, move your hand to the
right. Always back up slowly and, if possible,
have someone guide you.
When you’re turning with a trailer, make
wider than normal turns to help prevent the
trailer from striking shoulders, curbs, road
signs, trees or other objects.
Avoid jerky or sudden maneuvers. Signal
well in advance.
Towing a trailer puts additional burden on the
electric motor, engine and transaxle, which
may cause overheating. Following are some
suggestions to reduce overheating:
When towing at high altitudes, engine coolant
and automatic transaxle oil will overheat at a
lower temperature than at normal altitudes.
If you turn your Plug-in Hybrid EV system
off immediately after towing at high altitude
on steep uphill grades, your vehicle may
show signs similar to overheating. To avoid
this, let the Plug-in Hybrid EV system run
while parked (preferably on level ground)
with the automatic transaxle in the “P”
(PARK) position for a few minutes before
turning the Plug-in Hybrid EV system off.
If the engine coolant temperature warning
display appears on the information screen
in the multi-information display, refer to
“Engine overheating” on page 8-4.
Reduce speed and shift the select position to
“B” (REGENERATIVE BRAKE) before you
start down a long or steep downgrade. If you
don’t shift the select position to “B”
(REGENERATIVE BRAKE), over using the
brakes can cause reduced brake efficiency.
You can tow in “D” (DRIVE) position. When
the remaining quantity of the main drive lith-
ium-ion battery is low, or high-speed driving
on long up hills at high temperature, the main
drive lithium-ion battery output is restricted
and the vehicle speed may be decreased.
Following distance
Passing
Backing up
Making turns
CAUTION
Making sharp turns while towing a trailer
could cause the trailer to come in contact
with the vehicle. Your vehicle could be dam-
aged. Avoid making sharp turns while tow-
ing a trailer.
Overheating
Cause of overheating Solution
Air conditioning on Turn off
Highway speeds Reduce speed
Driving on hills
Dinghy towing
Driving safety 6-17
6
The vehicle speed may be recovered if the
main drive lithium-ion battery quantity is
recovered.
Always place chocks or blocks under both the
vehicle and trailer wheels when parking. Be
sure that the parking brake is firmly set and
that the electrical parking switch is pressed.
Avoid parking on a hill with a trailer, but if it
cannot be avoided, do so only after perform-
ing the following:
1. Apply the brakes and keep them applied.
2. Have someone place chocks or blocks
under both the vehicle and trailer wheels.
3. When the chocks or blocks are in place,
release your brakes slowly until the
chocks or blocks absorb the load.
4. Apply the parking brake firmly.
5. Press the electrical parking switch and
turn off the Plug-in Hybrid EV system.
When restarting out after parking on a hill:
1. Start the Plug-in Hybrid EV system. Be
sure to keep the brake pedal depressed.
2. Set the select position to the “D”
(DRIVE) position or “R” (REVERSE)
position.
3. Release the parking brake and brake pedal
and slowly pull or back away from the
chocks or blocks. Stop and apply your
brakes.
4. Have someone retrieve the chocks or
blocks.
N00630701025
Dinghy towing is towing the vehicle with all
four wheels on the ground.
Parking
Dinghy towing
CAUTION
Your vehicle is not designed to be dinghy
towed behind a motor home.
Dinghy towing can cause damage to the elec-
tric motor unit. Damage caused by dinghy
towing will not be covered by the vehicle
warranty.
7
Comfort controls
Vents ................................................................................................7-2
Dual-zone automatic climate control air conditioner ......................7-4
Important air conditioning operating tips ......................................7-14
Air purifier .....................................................................................7-15
Remote Climate Control (if so equipped).......................................7-15
Heating ...........................................................................................7-15
General information about your radio ...........................................7-16
Vents
7-2 Comfort controls
7
N00729901334
N00730201395
Move the knob (A) to make adjustments.
To close the vent, fully move the knob (A) to
the outer side.
Move the knob (A) to make adjustments.
To close the vent, fully move the knob (A) to
the left side.
Vents
1- Driver’s vents
2- Passenger’s vents
3- Rear vents
Air flow and direction adjust-
ments
NOTE
On rare occasions, air from the vents of an
air-conditioned vehicle may be foggy. This is
due to only moist air cooling suddenly and it
does not indicate a problem.
Do not let drinks or other liquids get into the
vents as they could prevent the air condition-
ing from operating normally.
Driver’s vents
1- Close
2- Open
Passenger’s vents
1- Close
2- Open
Vents
Comfort controls 7-3
7
The vent can be opened and closed with the
dial (A).
( ) - Open
( ) - Close
Adjust the direction of the air flow by moving
the knob (B).
N00736401810
To change the position and amount of air
flowing from the vents, press the MODE
switch or defogger switch. Refer to “MODE
switch” on page 7-9, “Defogger switch” on
page 7-9.
These symbols are used in the next several
illustrations to demonstrate the quantity of air
coming from the vents.
: Small amount of air from the vents
: Medium amount of air from the vents
: Large amount of air from the vents
Air flows only to the upper part of the passen-
ger compartment.
Air flows to the upper part of the passenger
compartment, and flows to the leg area.
Rear vents
Changing the mode selection
Face position
Foot/Face position
NOTE
The foot/face air flow ratio can be adjusted
with the mode selection in the “ ” posi-
tion.
For further information, we recommend you
to consult a certified Mitsubishi EV dealer.
On vehicles equipped with the Smartphone-
link Display Audio (SDA), screen operations
can be used to make the adjustment. Refer to
the separate owner’s manual for details.
Dual-zone automatic climate control air conditioner
7-4 Comfort controls
7
Air flows mainly to the leg area. Air flows to the leg area, the windshield and
the door windows.
Air flows mainly to the windshield and the
door windows.
N00731501513
Cooling or heating can only be performed
when ready indicator is illuminating.
When the operation mode of the power
switch is ON, only the blower is available.
Foot position Foot/Defroster position
NOTE
The foot/defroster air flow ratio can be
adjusted with the mode selection in the
“ ” position.
For further information, we recommend you
to consult a certified Mitsubishi EV dealer.
On vehicles equipped with the Smartphone-
link Display Audio (SDA), screen operations
can be used to make the adjustment. Refer to
the separate owner’s manual for details.
Defroster position
Dual-zone automatic climate
control air conditioner
Dual-zone automatic climate control air conditioner
Comfort controls 7-5
7
NOTE
If the main drive lithium-ion battery level
display indicates 0, the cooling performance
cannot be obtained even the air conditioner
is turned on.
Refer to “Main drive lithium-ion battery
level display screen” on page 5-147.
If the engine cannot be started due to fuel
shortage, etc., the heating performance can-
not be obtained even the air conditioner is
turned on.
During charging the main drive lithium-ion
battery, you can use the air conditioner.
Refer to “How to use electric device during
charging” on page 3-42.
Dual-zone automatic climate control air conditioner
7-6 Comfort controls
7
N00711801839
Control panel
1- Air conditioning switch
2- Driver’s side temperature control dial
3- AUTO switch
4- Passenger’s side temperature control
dial
5- MODE switch
6- Defogger switch
7- Blower speed selection switch
8- SYNC switch
9- Electric rear window defogger switch
P.5-204
10- Air selection switch
11- OFF switch
12- Driver’s side temperature display
P.7-8
13- Mode selection display
14- Blower speed display
15- SYNC indicator
16- Passenger’s side temperature display
P.7-8
NOTE
There is an interior air temperature sensor
(A) in the illustrated position.
Never place anything over the sensor, since
doing so will prevent it from functioning
properly.
Dual-zone automatic climate control air conditioner
Comfort controls 7-7
7
N00736901310
Press the blower speed selection switch (1) to
increase the blower speed.
Press the blower speed selection switch (2) to
decrease the blower speed.
The selected blower speed (A) will be shown
in the display.
NOTE
While EV priority mode is activated, except
in pressing the defogger switch, engine does
not start.
Therefore, the heating performance may not
be sufficiently obtained while EV priority
mode is activated. In such case, cancel EV
priority mode. Refer to “EV switch” on page
5-66.
Since the air conditioning operation is con-
trolled while the ECO mode is operating,
you may feel that effectiveness of the air
conditioner is insufficient. Refer to “ECO
mode switch” on page 5-199.
Even during ECO mode operation, you can
select normal operation of the air condi-
tioner.
On vehicles equipped with the Smartphone-
link Display Audio (SDA), screen operations
can be used to change the setting. Refer to
the separate owner’s manual for details.
In extreme cold, the air conditioning control
panel screen may operate sluggishly. This
does not indicate a problem.
It will disappear when the vehicle interior
temperature rises to a normal temperature.
Blower speed selection switch
1- Increase
2- Decrease
NOTE
Due to a drop in the battery voltage or some
other problem, the blower speed may tempo-
rarily become less than the selected blower
speed display setting or the fan may stop.
If the fan stops, put the operation mode to
OFF, wait a few minutes, and then put the
operation mode back to ON.
In the following cases, have the system
inspected by a certified Mitsubishi EV
dealer.
• The blower speed remains lower than the
blower speed set using the blower speed
display or the blower speed decreases fre-
quently.
• The fan does not operate even after stop-
ping and restarting the Plug-in Hybrid EV
System or the fan stops frequently.
Dual-zone automatic climate control air conditioner
7-8 Comfort controls
7
N00737001565
Turn the temperature control dial clockwise
to make the air warmer. Turn it counterclock-
wise to make the air cooler.
The selected temperature (A) will be shown
in the display.
The above indicates the factory settings. You
can personalize the air selection switch and
air conditioning switch to match your per-
sonal preferences.
Contact a certified Mitsubishi EV dealer for
assistance.
Refer to “Personalizing the air conditioning
switch (Changing the function setting)” on
page7-12.
Refer to “Personalizing the air selection
(Changing the function setting)” on page7-11.
When the “SYNC” indicator (A) goes off by
turning the passenger’s side temperature con-
trol dial (B) or pressing the SYNC switch, the
driver’s side and the passenger’s side temper-
ature can be controlled independently.
Temperature control dial
NOTE
The temperature value of air conditioner is
switched in conjunction with outside temper-
ature display unit of the multi-information
display.
Refer to “Changing the temperature unit” on
page 5-156.
When the engine coolant temperature is low,
the air temperature from the heater will not
change instantly, even if you have selected
warm air with the switch.
To prevent the windshield and windows from
fogging up, the vent mode will be changed to
“ ” and the blower speed will be reduced
while the system is operating in the AUTO
mode.
When you feel that it is hotter or colder than
the set temperature, you may adjust it to your
preference.
For further information, we recommend you
to consult a certified Mitsubishi EV dealer.
When the temperature is set to the highest or
the lowest setting, the air selection and the
air conditioner will be automatically changed
as follows.
Also, if the air selection is operated manually
after an automatic changeover, manual oper-
ation will be selected.
• Quick Heating (When the temperature is set
to the highest setting)
Outside air will be introduced and the air
conditioner will stop.
• Quick Cooling (When the temperature is set
to the lowest setting)
Inside air will be recirculated and the air
conditioner will operate.
NOTE
To control the driver’s side and the
passenger’s side temperature inde-
pendently
Dual-zone automatic climate control air conditioner
Comfort controls 7-9
7
N00737101335
To change the amount of air flowing from the
vents, press the MODE switch. Each time the
MODE switch is pressed, the mode changes
to the next one in the following sequence:
“ ” “ ” “ ” “ ” “ ”
“ ”. The selected mode (A) is shown in the
display. Refer to “Changing the mode selec-
tion” on page 7-3.
N00703401126
When this switch is pressed, the mode
changes to the “ ” mode. The indicator
light (A) will come on and the “ ” mode
(B) is shown in the display.
NOTE
When the “SYNC” indicator (A) appears by
pressing the SYNC switch, the passenger’s
side temperature will be controlled to the
same setting temperature as the driver’s side.
While the “SYNC” indicator (A) is dis-
played, if the driver’s side temperature con-
trol dial (B) is turned, the passenger’s side
setting temperature will be synchronized to
the driver's side.
MODE switch Defogger switch
NOTE
When the defogger switch is pressed, the air
conditioning system automatically operates
and outside air (as opposed to recirculated
air) is selected. This automatic switching
control is carried out to prevent misting of
the windows even if “Disable automatic air
conditioning control” or “Disable automatic
air selection control” is set. Refer to “Person-
alizing the air conditioning switch (Changing
the function setting)” on page 7-12, “Person-
alizing the air selection (Changing the func-
tion setting)” on page 7-11.
Dual-zone automatic climate control air conditioner
7-10 Comfort controls
7
N00737201525
Normally, use the outside air position to keep
the windshield and side windows clear and to
quickly remove fog or frost from the wind-
shield.
To change the air selection, simply press the
air selection switch.
Outside air {Indicator light (A) OFF}
Outside air is introduced into the passen-
ger compartment.
Recirculated air {Indicator light (A) ON}
Air is recirculated inside the passenger
compartment.
When the air conditioning turns on, the air
selection is controlled automatically. When
the air conditioning turns off, the air selection
automatically goes back to the outside posi-
tion.
If high cooling performance is desired, or if
the outside air is dusty or contaminated in
some way, use the recirculation position.
Switch to the outside position every now and
then to keep the windows from fogging up.
To ensure a clear view, the engine may start
when the defogger switch is pressed even
while the EV priority mode is activated.
Refer to “EV switch” on page 5-66.
NOTE
Air selection switch
CAUTION
Using recirculated air for a long time may
cause the windows to fog up.
NOTE
If the mode selection is set to the “ ” posi-
tion, you cannot turn the air conditioner off
or select the recirculation position.
This prevents the windows from fogging up.
When the engine coolant temperature rises to
a certain level, the air selection is automati-
cally switched to the recirculation position
and the indicator light (A) comes on. At this
time, the system will not switch to the out-
side position even if the air selection switch
is pressed.
When the outside air temperature is high, the
system will not switch to the outside position
even when the air selection switch is pressed
if the air conditioner is operating. This is to
protect the air conditioner compressor and is
not a failure.
Dual-zone automatic climate control air conditioner
Comfort controls 7-11
7
N00712300081
You can change the following functions to
match your preference.
Enable automatic air selection control:
When the AUTO switch is pressed, the air
selection switch will also be automatically
controlled.
Disable automatic air selection control:
Even when the AUTO switch is pressed,
the air selection switch will not be auto-
matically controlled.
Changing the settings
Press the air selection switch for approxi-
mately 10 seconds or longer.
When the setting has changed, the system
will beep and the indicator light (A) will
flash.
• When the setting has changed from
enabled to disabled, the system will beep
three times and the indicator light (A)
will flash three times.
• When the setting has changed from dis-
abled to enabled, the system will beep
two times and the indicator light (A) will
flash three times.
On vehicles equipped with the Smart-
phone-link Display Audio (SDA), screen
operations can also be used to change the
setting. Refer to the separate owner’s
manual for details.
N00737301539
Press the switch, and the air conditioning
compressor will turn on. The indicator light
(A) will come on.
Press the switch again and the air condition-
ing compressor will stop and the indicator
light (A) goes off.
Personalizing the air selection
(Changing the function setting)
NOTE
The factory setting is “Enable automatic air
selection control”.
When the defogger switch is pressed, the air
selection will automatically change to the
outside air position, even if the system is set
to “Disable automatic air selection control”,
in order to prevent windows from fogging
up.
Air conditioning switch
NOTE
If a problem is detected in the air condition-
ing compressor, the indicator light (A)
blinks. Press the air conditioning switch once
to turn it off, then once more to turn it back
on. If the indicator light (A) does not blink,
there is no problem. If it continues to blink,
have it checked at a certified Mitsubishi EV
dealer.
Dual-zone automatic climate control air conditioner
7-12 Comfort controls
7
N00712200110
You can change the following functions to
match your preference.
Enable automatic air conditioning control:
When the AUTO switch is pressed, or
when the temperature control dial has
been set to the minimum temperature, the
air conditioning switch is automatically
controlled.
Disable automatic air conditioning con-
trol:
The air conditioning switch is not auto-
matically controlled, unless the air condi-
tioning switch is used.
Changing the settings
Press the air conditioning switch for
approximately 10 seconds or longer.
When the setting has changed, the system
will beep and the indicator light (A) will
flash.
• When the setting has changed from
enabled to disabled, the system will beep
three times and the indicator light (A)
will flash three times.
• When the setting has changed from dis-
abled to enabled, the system will beep
two times and the indicator light (A) will
flash three times.
On vehicles equipped with the Smart-
phone-link Display Audio (SDA), screen
operations can also be used to change the
setting. Refer to the separate owner’s
manual for details.
N00703501101
When the AUTO switch is pressed, the indi-
cator light (A) comes on and the mode selec-
tion, blower speed adjustment, recirculated/
outside air selection, temperature adjustment,
and air conditioner ON/OFF status are all
controlled automatically. The selected mode
and the blower speed are not shown in the
display.
For example, sometimes after using a high-
pressure car wash, the condenser can get wet,
and the indicator light (A) blinks temporar-
ily. Wait for a while, press the air condition-
ing switch once to turn the system off, then
once more to turn it back on. Once the water
evaporates, the blinking will stop.
Personalizing the air conditioning
switch (Changing the function set-
ting)
NOTE
NOTE
The factory setting is “Enable automatic air
conditioning control”.
When the defogger switch is pressed, the air
conditioner will run automatically, even if
the system is set to “Disable automatic air
conditioning control”, in order to prevent
windows from fogging up.
AUTO switch
Dual-zone automatic climate control air conditioner
Comfort controls 7-13
7
N00703601085
Press the OFF switch to turn off the air condi-
tioning system.
N00731701658
In normal conditions, use the system in the
AUTO mode and follow these procedures:
1. Press the AUTO switch.
2. Set the temperature control dial to the
desired temperature. The temperature can
be set within a range of around 61 (LO) to
89 (HI) (when the outside temperature
unit of the multi-information display
shows °F) or 17 (LO) to 31 (HI) (when the
outside temperature unit of the multi-
information display shows °C).
The vents, recirculation/outside air, blower
speed, temperature adjustment, and ON/OFF
of air conditioner will be controlled automati-
cally.
N00731801125
Blower speed and vent mode may be con-
trolled manually by setting the blower speed
selection switch and the MODE switch to the
desired positions. To return to automatic
operation, press the AUTO switch.
N00732401678
OFF switch
Operating the air conditioning
system (automatic mode)
NOTE
Set the temperature at approximately 75
(when the outside temperature unit of the
multi-information display shows °F) or 24
(when the outside temperature unit of the
multi-information display shows °C) under
normal conditions.
When the engine coolant temperature is low,
the air temperature from the heater will not
change instantly, even if you have selected
warm air with the temperature dial. To pre-
vent the windshield and windows from fog-
ging up, the vent mode will be changed to
“ ” and the blower speed will be reduced.
Operating the air conditioning
system (manual mode)
Defrosting or defogging (wind-
shield, door windows)
CAUTION
For safety, make sure you have a clear view
through all the windows.
Important air conditioning operating tips
7-14 Comfort controls
7
To remove frost or mist from the windshield
and door windows, use the MODE switch or
defogger switch (“ ” or “ ”).
Use this setting to keep the windshield and
door windows clear of mist, and to keep the
leg area heated (when driving in rain or
snow).
1. Set the air selection switch to the outside
position.
2. Set the MODE switch to the “ ” posi-
tion.
3. Select your desired blower speed by
pressing the blower speed selection
switch.
4. Select your desired temperature by turn-
ing the temperature control dial.
5. Press the air conditioning switch.
1. Press the defogger switch.
2. Set the temperature to the highest posi-
tion.
N00733701447
Park the vehicle in the shade whenever
possible. Parking in the hot sun makes the
vehicle interior extremely hot which then
requires more time to cool. If it is neces-
sary to park in the sun, open the windows
for the first few minutes of air condition-
ing to expel the hot air.
Afterwards, keep the windows closed
when the air conditioner is in use. The
entry of outside air through open windows
will reduce cooling efficiency.
When running the air conditioner, make
sure the air intake, which is located in
front of the windshield, is free of obstruc-
tions such as leaves. Leaves collected in
the air-intake chamber may reduce air
flow and plug the water drains.
Too much cooling/heating can affect the
EV cruising range, so maintain an appro-
priate temperature to extend the EV cruis-
ing range.
For ordinary defrosting
For quick defrosting
NOTE
While the “ ” indicator light is on, the air
conditioning compressor will run automati-
cally. The outside air position will also be
selected automatically.
If the “ ” indicator light is on, you cannot
turn the air conditioner off or select the recir-
culation position. This prevents the windows
from fogging up.
To defog quickly, direct the air flow from the
side vents toward the door windows.
When defrosting, do not set the temperature
to the maximum cool position. This will
blow cool air on the window glass and fog it
up.
Important air conditioning
operating tips
Air purifier
Comfort controls 7-15
7
If the air conditioner seems less effective than
usual, the cause might be a refrigerant leak.
Have the system inspected by a certified
Mitsubishi EV dealer.
The air conditioner should be operated for at
least five minutes each week, even in cold
weather. This includes the quick defrosting
mode. Operating the air condition system
weekly maintains lubrication of the compres-
sor internal parts to keep the air conditioner
in the best operating condition.
N00733801204
The air conditioning system is equipped with
an air filter to remove pollen and dust.
The air filter’s ability to collect pollen and
dirt is reduced as it becomes dirty, so replace
it periodically. For the maintenance interval,
refer to the “WARRANTY AND MAINTE-
NANCE MANUAL”.
N00766601039
You can run the air conditioner in advance of
using the vehicle.
For details, refer to “MITSUBISHI Remote
Control” on page 3-38.
N00766700033
When heating, the engine starts running
because the heating system uses the heat of
engine coolant.
As your vehicle is equipped with electric
heater, it can reduce the number of times that
the engine starts since power stored in the
lithium-ion battery is used when heating the
vehicle’s interior.
Air conditioning system refrig-
erant and lubricant recommen-
dations
CAUTION
The air conditioning system in your vehicle
must be charged with the refrigerant HFO-
1234yf and the lubricant POE MA68EV.
Use of any other refrigerant or lubricant will
cause severe damage and may require replac-
ing your vehicle’s entire air conditioning
system.
The release of refrigerant into the atmo-
sphere is not recommended.
The new refrigerant HFO-1234yf in your
vehicle is designed not to harm the earth’s
ozone layer. Additionally, it has a signifi-
cantly reduced global warming impact on the
environment, compared to the refrigerant
HFC-134a.
During a long period of disuse
Air purifier
NOTE
Operation in certain conditions such as driv-
ing on a dusty road and frequent use of the
air conditioner can lead to reduction of ser-
vice life of the filter. When you feel that the
air flow is lower than normal or when the
windshield or windows start to fog up easily,
replace the air filter.
Contact a certified Mitsubishi EV dealer for
assistance.
Remote Climate Control (if so
equipped)
Heating
NOTE
If the ambient temperature is low, the engine
may start for heating when the Plug-in
Hybrid EV system is started with the air con-
ditioner performed. If you want to stop the
engine running, select the EV priority mode
with the operation mode of the power switch
in ON before starting the Plug-in Hybrid EV
system. Refer to “EV switch” on page 5-66.
General information about your radio
7-16 Comfort controls
7
N00733901553
Your vehicle’s radio receives both AM and
FM stations.
The quality of your reception is affected by
distance, obstacles, and signal interference.
This radio complies with Part 15 of Federal
Communications Commission (FCC) Rules
(for vehicles sold in U.S.A.). Operation is
subject to the following conditions:
The device may not cause harmful inter-
ference.
This device must accept any interference
recieved, including interference that may
cause undesirable operation.
FM signals do not follow the earth surface
nor are they reflected by the upper atmo-
sphere. For this reason, FM broadcasts cannot
be received over long distances. AM signals
follow the earth’s surface and are reflected by
the upper atmosphere. For this reason, AM
broadcasts can be received over longer dis-
tances.
Because of the limited range of FM signals
and the way FM waves transmit, you may
experience weak or fading FM reception.
When the broadcast is blocked by mountains
or similar obstructions, reception can be dis-
turbed.
The reason why one can hear FM but not AM
in parking garages, under bridges etc., is that
FM signals, unlike AM signals, are reflected
by solid objects such as buildings, etc.
Because FM signals are easily reflected by
buildings, this can also cause reception dis-
turbances.
The direct signal from the broadcast station
reaches the antenna slightly before the
reflected signal. This time difference may
cause some reception disturbance or flutter.
This problem occurs primarily in urban areas.
General information about
your radio
CAUTION
Changes or modifications not expressly
approved by the party meeting the above
conditions could void the user’s authority to
operate the equipment.
Signal transmission
Weak reception (fading)
FM AM
25 to 40 mile radius
(40 to 64 km)
100 mile radius
(160 km)
Reflection
General information about your radio
Comfort controls 7-17
7
If one listens to a weak station and is in the
vicinity of another strong station, both sta-
tions might be received simultaneously.
Stereo reception requires a high quality
broadcast signal. This means that types of
disturbances mentioned previously become
more marked and the reception range is
somewhat diminished during stereo recep-
tion.
FM reception is affected by the electrical sys-
tems of vehicles in the vicinity, especially
those without an electronic noise suppression
device. The disturbance is even greater if the
station is weak or poorly tuned.
FM reception is not as sensitive to electrical
disturbances as AM. AM reception is sensi-
tive to electrical disturbances such as power
lines, lightning and other types of similar
electrical phenomena.
Cross modulation
FM stereo reception
Causes of disturbances
8
For emergencies
If the vehicle breaks down ...............................................................8-2
If the operation mode cannot be changed to OFF ............................8-2
Jump-starting the Plug-in Hybrid EV system ..................................8-2
Engine overheating ..........................................................................8-4
Jack and tools ...................................................................................8-6
Tire repair kit ...................................................................................8-7
How to change a tire ......................................................................8-14
Towing ...........................................................................................8-17
Operation under adverse driving conditions ..................................8-19
Fuel Pump Shut-off System ...........................................................8-20
If the vehicle breaks down
8-2 For emergencies
8
N00836301256
If your vehicle breaks down on the road,
move to the shoulder and turn on the hazard
warning lights. If there is no shoulder, or the
shoulder is not safe, drive in the right lane
slowly, with the hazard warning lights flash-
ing, until you come to a safe stopping place.
Keep the hazard warning lights flashing.
There will be no power assist to the steering
and brakes, making these difficult to use.
The brake booster will not work, so the
brakes will not grip well.
The brake pedal will be harder to press
than usual.
Since there is no power steering assist, the
steering wheel will be hard to turn.
Get help from your passengers, bystanders,
etc. to push your vehicle and move it to a safe
area and turn on the hazard warning lights.
When you move the vehicle, put the opera-
tion mode of the power switch in ON and put
the select position in the “N”(NEUTRAL)
position.
N00860700074
If the operation mode cannot be changed to
OFF, perform the following procedure.
1. Put the select position in “P” (PARK)
position, and then change the operation
mode to OFF.
2. One of the other causes could be low 12 V
starter battery voltage.
If this occurs, the keyless entry system
and the F.A.S.T.-key operation will also
not operate. Contact a certified Mitsubishi
EV dealer.
N00836401866
If the Plug-in Hybrid EV system cannot be
started because the 12 V starter battery is
weak or dead, you can start it with the battery
from another vehicle using jumper cables.
If the vehicle breaks down
WARNING
If you are unable to safely assess the vehi-
cle due to vehicle damage, do not touch
the vehicle.
Leave the vehicle and contact emergency
services. Advise emergency responders
that this is a Plug-in Hybrid Electric vehi-
cle.
If the ready indicator goes out
while driving
When the ready indicator goes
off at the intersection
If the operation mode can-
not be changed to OFF
Jump-starting the Plug-in
Hybrid EV system
WARNING
To reduce the risk of igniting flammable
gas that may be emitted from the battery,
carefully read this section before jump-
starting the vehicle.
Do not try to start your vehicle by pushing
or towing. This can cause an accident
resulting in serious injury or death and
can damage the vehicle.
CAUTION
Do not attempt jump starting the 12 V starter
battery while the main drive lithium-ion bat-
tery is being charged. Doing so could dam-
age the vehicle or charging equipment.
NOTE
Do not use jumper cables if they have dam-
age or corrosion.
Jump-starting the Plug-in Hybrid EV system
For emergencies 8-3
8
1. Take off any metal jewelry such as watch
bands or bracelets that might create an
accidental electrical contact.
2. Position the vehicles close enough
together so that the jumper cables can
reach, but be sure the vehicles aren’t
touching each other.
3. Set the parking brake firmly on your vehi-
cle and put the select position in the “P”
(PARK) position.
4. Set the parking brake firmly on the other
vehicle. Put the automatic transaxle in “P”
(PARK) or the manual transaxle in “N”
(Neutral).
5. Turn the ignition switch (the power
switch) on each vehicle to the “LOCK” or
“OFF” position.
6. Open the engine hood, remove the fuse
cover of the main fuse block.
Refer to “Engine hood” on page 9-4 and
“Fuses: Engine compartment” on page
9-24.
7. Open the cover of the jumper cable termi-
nal in the main fuse block.
8. Connect one end of one jumper cable
to the jumper cable terminal (A) of your
vehicle, and the other end to the posi-
tive (+) terminal of the booster battery
(B).
Connect one end of the other jumper cable
to the negative (-) terminal of the
booster battery, and the other end to
the designated ground location of your
vehicle.
CAUTION
Check the other vehicle. It must have a 12-
volt battery. If the other system isn’t 12-volt,
both systems can be damaged.
NOTE
Turn off all lights, heater, and other electrical
loads. This will avoid sparks and help save
both batteries.
NOTE
You cannot rescue other vehicle’s discharged
battery by connecting jumper cables using
this jumper cable terminal.
Engine overheating
8-4 For emergencies
8
9. Start the engine in the vehicle providing
the boost. Let the engine idle a few min-
utes, then start the Plug-in Hybrid EV sys-
tem in your vehicle.
10. Check that the ready indicator illuminates.
If the ready indicator does not illuminate,
contact a certified Mitsubishi EV dealer.
11. When the ready indicator illuminates, dis-
connect the jumper cables in the reverse
order from the way you connected them.
12. Check that the select position can be
shifted to all positions other than the “P”
(PARK) position.
13. Have the 12 V starter battery inspected by
your nearest a certified Mitsubishi EV
dealer.
If you drive your vehicle with a low battery
charge after the Plug-in Hybrid EV system
has been started by using jumper cables, it
can cause the anti-lock braking system warn-
ing light to illuminate. This is only due to the
low battery voltage. It is not a problem with
the brake system. If this happens, fully charge
the 12 V starter battery and ensure the charg-
ing system is operating properly.
N00836501434
When the engine is overheating, the follow-
ing warning display will appear on the infor-
mation screen in the multi-information
display.
Warning display
If this warning is displayed:
1. Stop the vehicle in a safe place. Turn on
the hazard warning lights.
2. With the Plug-in Hybrid EV system still
running, carefully raise the engine hood to
vent the engine compartment.
3. Check that the cooling fan (A) is running.
If the fan is not turning, stop the Plug-in
Hybrid EV system immediately and con-
tact a certified Mitsubishi EV dealer for
assistance.
WARNING
Be sure to follow the proper order when
connecting the jumper cable, of:
Make sure that the connection is made
to the correct designated location (as
shown in the illustration) properly. If the
connection is directly made to the negative
(-) terminal of the battery, the flammable
gases from inside the battery might catch
fire and explode, causing personal injury.
When connecting the jumper cable, do not
connect the positive (+) cable to the nega-
tive (-) terminal. Sparks can make the bat-
tery explode.
Use care not to get the jumper cable
caught in the cooling fan or any other
rotating part in the engine compartment.
NOTE
If the jumper cable is connected to any posi-
tion other than appointed position, it could
cause damage to the vehicle.
Use the power cables suitable for the battery
size. Otherwise heat damage to the cables
could result.
CAUTION
Your vehicle is equipped with an exclusive
12 V starter battery. Even if the battery type
is the same, the battery may not be correctly
installed in your vehicle. When replacing the
12 V starter battery, request a certified
Mitsubishi EV dealer.
As your vehicle has anti-lock
brakes
Engine overheating
Engine overheating
For emergencies 8-5
8
4. If you see steam or spray coming from
under the hood, stop the Plug-in Hybrid
EV system.
5. If you do not see steam or spray coming
from under the hood, leave the Plug-in
Hybrid EV system on until the high cool-
ant temperature warning goes off. After
the high coolant temperature warning has
gone off, you can start driving again. If
the high coolant temperature warning
stays on, turn off the Plug-in Hybrid EV
system.
6. When you do not see any more steam or
spray, open the hood. Look for obvious
leaks, such as a split radiator hose. Be
careful as components will be hot. Any
leak source must be repaired.
7. If there is no obvious leak source, check
the coolant level in the coolant reserver (B
and C). If there is none, or if it is too low,
slowly add coolant.
WARNING
To avoid personal injury, keep hands, hair,
jewelry and clothes away from the cooling
fan. The cooling fan can start at any time.
*: Front of the vehicle
WARNING
Before raising the engine hood, check to
see if there is steam or spray coming from
under the hood. Steam or spray coming
from an overheated engine could seriously
scald you.
Do not open the hood until there is no
steam or spray.
B: Reserve tank for engine cooling
C: Reserve tank for EV cooling system
FULL
LOW
FULL
LOW
Jack and tools
8-6 For emergencies
8
8. If the coolant reserver tank needs coolant,
you will probably also need to add coolant
to the radiator. Do not loosen or remove
the radiator cap (D) and the reserver cap
(E) until the Plug-in Hybrid EV system
has cooled down.
9. Start the Plug-in Hybrid EV system, and
slowly add coolant, up to the bottom of
the filler neck. Use plain water if you
have to (and replace it with the right cool-
ant as soon as possible).
10. Replace the radiator cap and tighten it
fully. You can start driving again when the
high coolant temperature warning does
not come on.
11. Have the system inspected by your certi-
fied Mitsubishi EV dealer.
N00836601406
The tools are stowed back of the interior trim
lid in the cargo area.
The jack is stowed in the luggage floor box.
WARNING
Removing the radiator cap and the
reserve cap could scald you with escaping
hot water or steam. When checking the
radiator level, cover the cap with a cloth
before trying to remove it. Turn it slowly
counterclockwise, without pressing down,
to the first notch. The pressure in the sys-
tem will then be let out. When the pres-
sure is COMPLETELY LET OUT, press
down and keep turning the cap counter-
clockwise until it comes off.
Jack and tools
Storage
1- Tools
Tire repair kit
For emergencies 8-7
8
1. Raise the luggage floor board.
Refer to “Luggage floor box” on page
5-225.
2. Remove the band (A) and take out the
jack.
Perform the removal steps in reverse.
N00800401025
The tire repair kit can be used to temporarily
repair a minor puncture in tread area caused
by a nail, screw or similar object. Therefore, a
spare tire is not provided.
2- Jack
Tools
1- Bar
2- Wheel nut wrench
Removing and storing the jack
To remove
To store
Tire repair kit
WARNING
The tire repair kit may not permanently
seal a punctured tire. Have the tire
repaired as soon as possible.
Using the tire repair kit may damage the
wheel and/or the tire inflation pressure
sensor for the tire. The vehicle must
promptly be inspected and repaired by a
certified Mitsubishi EV dealer after using
the tire repair kit.
Use only the Mitsubishi Motors genuine
tire repair kit. Sealant in other repair kits
may not sufficiently seal the tire puncture.
WARNING
Tire repair kit
8-8 For emergencies
8
N00800501055
The tire repair kit is stored beneath the floor
board of the cargo area.
N00800601069
Tire repair kit storage
Tire repair kit which consists of 1 to 3.
1- Tire compressor
2- Tire sealant bottle
3- Speed restriction sticker
Type 1
Type 2
How to use the tire repair kit
WARNING
Never use the tire repair kit under in any
of the situations listed below. The tire can-
not be repaired by the tire repair kit. If
any of these situations occurs, please con-
tact a certified Mitsubishi EV dealer.
• More than one tire is punctured.
• The puncture hole has a length or width
of 1/7 inch (4 mm) or greater.
• The tire is punctured in the side wall (A),
not in the tread (B).
• The vehicle has been driven with the tire
almost completely flat.
• The tire has completely slipped over the
wheel rim and come off the wheel.
• The wheel is damaged.
• A bump, cut or crack is on the tire.
• The tire sealant’s expiration date has
passed. (The expiration date is shown on
the bottle label (C).)
• The ambient temperature is below -40 °F
(-40 °C) or above 140 °F (60 °C).
The tire sealant can cause health damage
if swallowed. If you accidentally swallow
it, drink as much water as possible and
immediately seek medical attention.
If the tire sealant gets in your eyes or on
your skin, rinse it away with lots of water.
If you still sense an abnormality, seek
medical attention.
Consult a doctor immediately if any aller-
gic reactions occur.
Do not allow children to touch the tire
sealant.
CAUTION
If the vehicle body is contaminated by the
tire sealant, wipe the tire sealant off immedi-
ately with a wet cloth.
WARNING
Type 1 Type 2
Tire repair kit
For emergencies 8-9
8
1. Park the vehicle on a safe, flat and level
place.
2. Set the parking brake firmly.
3. Put the select position in “P” (PARK)
position and stop the Plug-in Hybrid EV
system.
4. Turn on the hazard warning lights and set
up a warning sign, such as a warning tri-
angle or flashing signal lamp, at an ade-
quate distance from the vehicle, and have
all your passengers leave the vehicle.
5. Take out the tire repair kit.
Make sure that the compressor switch is
OFF.
6. Shake the tire sealant bottle well.
7. Take the valve cap (D) off the tire valve
(E).
Immediately wash clothes contaminated with
tire sealant. The tire sealant may not be
removed from the clothes.
NOTE
Do not pull out an object, such as a nail or
screw, that penetrates the punctured tire.
Move the vehicle so that the tire valve is
positioned away from the point where the
tire touches the ground. If the valve is near
the point where the tire touches the ground,
the sealant may not enter the tire easily.
Check the tire sealant’s expiration date regu-
larly, and be sure to purchase a new one from
a certified Mitsubishi EV dealer before the
expiration date.
CAUTION
NOTE
In cold conditions (when the ambient tem-
perature is 32 °F {0 °C} or lower), thicken-
ing of the tire sealant can make the tire
sealant hard to squeeze out of the bottle.
Warm the bottle between your hands inside
the vehicle.
Example type 1
Tire repair kit
8-10 For emergencies
8
8. On vehicles with Type 2 tire repair kit,
remove the rubber cap (F) from the free
end of the bottle hose.
Unwind the bottle hose (G) from around
the sealant bottle.
9. Pull out the compressor’s hose (H) from
the compressor and securely attach it to
the valve (I) of the bottle by turning it
clockwise until tight.
10. On vehicles with Type 1 tire repair kit,
install the bottle onto the compressor.
11. Securely attach the bottle hose (G) to the
tire valve (E).
Type 1
Type 2
Type 1
Type 2
NOTE
When installing the bottle, align the projec-
tion (J) on the bottle with the indentation (K)
in the compressor.
Tire repair kit
For emergencies 8-11
8
12. Pull out the compressor’s power cord (L),
insert the plug on the cord into the 12 V
power outlet (M), and then put the opera-
tion mode of the power switch in ACC.
(Refer to “12V power outlet” on page
5-209.)
Turn ON the compressor switch (N) and
inject all of the tire sealant and inflate the
tire to the specified pressure. (Refer to
“Tire inflation pressures” on page 9-17.)
If there is a gap between the tire and
wheel, push the tread area toward the cen-
ter of the wheel to close the gap before
running the compressor.
CAUTION
If the bottle hose is not attached securely, the
tire sealant will leak out from the tire valve
and the tire may not inflate to the specified
pressure.
Type 1
Type 2
WARNING
Do not place your hand or fingers between
the tire and wheel while inflating the tire.
Your hand or fingers may become caught
between the tire and wheel.
CAUTION
The supplied compressor is designed only
for inflation of your vehicle tires.
The compressor is designed to run on a vehi-
cle’s 12 V power supply. Do not connect it to
any other power source.
The compressor is not waterproof. If you use
it in rain, make sure water does not get on it.
Any sand or dust sucked into the compressor
could make the compressor break down. Do
not place the compressor directly on any
sandy or dusty surface when using it.
Do not disassemble or modify the compres-
sor. Also, do not subject the air pressure
gauge to shock. It could malfunction.
NOTE
On vehicles with Type 2 tire repair kit, be
careful not to turn the tire sealant bottle
upside down.
Tire repair kit
8-12 For emergencies
8
13. Affix the speed restriction sticker (O) to
the three-diamond mark on the steering
wheel.
14. Check and adjust the tire pressure with
reference to the air pressure gauge on the
compressor.
On vehicles with Type 1 tire repair kit, if
you overinflate the tire, release air by
pressing the pressure release switch (P) on
the compressor.
15. Turn OFF the compressor switch, then
pull the power cord plug out of the 12 V
power outlet.
CAUTION
Do not affix the sticker anywhere except the
specified position on the pad of the steering
wheel. Affixing the sticker in an incorrect
position could prevent the SRS airbag from
deploying properly.
CAUTION
The surface of the compressor will get hot
while the compressor is running. Do not
keep the compressor running continuously
for more than 10 minutes. After using the
compressor, wait for the compressor to cool
before using it again.
If the compressor becomes sluggish or hot
while operating, it is overheating. Immedi-
ately place the switch in the OFF position
and let the compressor cool down for at least
30 minutes.
On vehicles with Type 1 tire repair kit, do
not press the pressure release switch (P)
while sealant is being injected, because the
sealant may leak from compressor.
NOTE
If the tire pressure does not rise to the speci-
fied level within 10 minutes, the tire may be
so severely damaged that the tire sealant can-
not be used for emergency repair. Do not
drive the vehicle. Please contact a certified
Mitsubishi EV dealer.
NOTE
At this point the puncture hole is not sealed
yet. Air will continue to leak through the
puncture hole until the emergency repair pro-
cedure is completed (through step 17 or step
18 of these instructions).
CAUTION
Tire repair kit
For emergencies 8-13
8
16. When you have inflated the tire to the
specified pressure, stow the compressor
and bottle in the vehicle and promptly
start driving the vehicle so that the tire
sealant can spread evenly in the tire.
Drive with great care. Do not exceed a
speed of 50 mph (80 km/h). Observe local
speed limits.
17. After driving for 10 minutes or 3 miles
(5 km), park the vehicle in a safe place.
Remove the air compressor from the
stowed position. Check the tire pressure
using the air pressure gauge on the com-
pressor. If the tire pressure has not
dropped, the emergency repair procedure
is complete. Proceed to step 19.
If the tire pressure is insufficient, inflate
the tire to the specified pressure again and
drive the vehicle carefully without
exceeding a speed of 50 mph (80 km/h).
Before driving, make sure that the com-
pressor is stowed.
18. After driving for 10 minutes or 3 miles
(5 km) again, check the tire pressure using
the air pressure gauge on the compressor.
If the tire pressure has not dropped, the
emergency repair procedure is complete.
Before driving, make sure that the com-
pressor is stowed. You must still not
exceed a speed of 50 mph (80 km/h).
Observe local speed limits.
19. Immediately drive with great care to a
certified Mitsubishi EV dealer and have
the tire repair/replacement performed.
CAUTION
If you sense any abnormality while driving,
stop the vehicle and contact a certified
Mitsubishi EV dealer. Otherwise the tire
pressure may drop before the emergency
repair procedure is completed, rendering the
vehicle unsafe to drive.
CAUTION
If the tire pressure is lower than the mini-
mum permitted pressure (18 psi {130 kPa}),
the tire cannot successfully be repaired with
the tire sealant. Do not drive the vehicle any
further. Contact a certified Mitsubishi EV
dealer.
NOTE
If the tire pressure has dropped below the
specified level when you check it at the end
of the repair procedure, do not drive the
vehicle any further. Contact a certified
Mitsubish EV dealer.
In cold conditions (when the ambient tem-
perature is 32 °F {0 °C} or lower), the time
and driving distance required until comple-
tion of the repair can become longer than in
warmer conditions, and the tire pressure may
drop below the specified level even after you
have inflated the tire the second time and
subsequently driven the vehicle. If this hap-
pens, inflate the tire to the specified pressure
once more, drive for approximately 10 min-
utes or 3 miles (5 km), then check the tire
pressure again. If the tire pressure has again
dropped below the specified level, stop driv-
ing the vehicle and contact a certified
Mitsubishi EV dealer.
NOTE
Please give the empty sealant bottle to a cer-
tified Mitsubishi EV dealer or dispose of the
sealant bottle according to regulations for the
disposal of chemical waste.
To purchase a new tire sealant bottle, contact
a certified Mitsubishi EV dealer.
NOTE
How to change a tire
8-14 For emergencies
8
N00836901874
Before changing a tire, first stop your vehicle
in a safe, flat location.
1. Park the vehicle on level and stable
ground.
2. Set the parking brake firmly.
3. Put the select position in “P” (PARK)
position and stop the Plug-in Hybrid EV
system.
4. Turn on the hazard warning lights and set
up a warning sign, such as a warning tri-
angle or flashing signal lamp, at an ade-
quate distance from the vehicle, and have
all your passengers leave the vehicle.
5. To prevent the vehicle from rolling when
it is raised on the jack, place chocks or
blocks (A) at the tire that is diagonally
opposite from the tire (B) you are chang-
ing.
6. Get the jack, bar and wheel nut wrench
ready.
(Refer to “Jack and tools” on page 8-6.)
N00849801574
1. Loosen the wheel nuts with the wheel nut
wrench. Do not remove the wheel nuts
yet.
2. Place the jack under one of the jacking
points (A) shown in the illustration. Use
the jacking point closest to the tire you
wish to change.
How to change a tire
WARNING
Be sure to apply chocks or blocks to the
correct tire when jacking up the vehicle. If
the vehicle moves while jacked up, the
jack could slip out of position, leading to
an accident.
NOTE
The chocks shown in the illustration do not
come with your vehicle. It is recommended
that you purchase chocks or blocks and keep
them in the vehicle for use if needed.
If chocks or blocks are not available, use
stones or any other objects that are large
enough to hold the wheel in position.
To change a tire
How to change a tire
For emergencies 8-15
8
3. Rotate the jack by hand until the flange
portion (B) fits in the groove (C) at the top
of the jack.
4. Insert the bar (D) into the wheel nut
wrench (E). Then put the end of the bar
into the shaft’s jack end, as shown in the
illustration.
Slowly rotate the wheel nut wrench until
the tire is raised slightly off the ground
surface.
5. Remove the wheel nuts with the wheel nut
wrench, then take the wheel off.
6. Clean out any mud, etc. on the hub sur-
face (F), hub bolts (G) or in the installa-
tion holes (H) in the wheel, and then
mount the spare tire.
WARNING
Set the jack only at the positions shown
here. If the jack is set at a wrong position,
it could dent your vehicle or the jack
might fall over and cause personal injury.
Do not use the jack on a tilted or soft sur-
face.
Otherwise, the jack might slip and cause
personal injury. Always use the jack on a
flat, hard surface. Before setting the jack,
make sure there are no sand or pebbles
under the jack base.
WARNING
Stop jacking up the vehicle as soon as the
tire is raised off the ground. It is danger-
ous to raise the vehicle any higher.
Do not get under your vehicle while using
the jack.
Do not bump the raised vehicle or leave it
sitting on the jack for a long time. Both
are very dangerous.
Do not use a jack except the one that came
with your vehicle.
The jack should not be used for any pur-
pose other than to change a tire.
No one should be in your vehicle when
using the jack.
Do not start the Plug-in Hybrid EV system
while your vehicle is on the jack.
Do not turn the raised wheel. The tires
that are still on the ground could turn and
make your vehicle fall off the jack.
CAUTION
Handle the wheel carefully when changing
the tire, to avoid scratching the wheel sur-
face.
WARNING
How to change a tire
8-16 For emergencies
8
7. Turn the wheel nut clockwise by hand to
initially tighten them.
Temporarily tighten the wheel nuts by
hand until the flange parts of the wheel
nuts make light contact with the wheel
and the wheel is not loose.
8. Lower the vehicle slowly until the tire
touches the ground, by rotating the wheel
nut wrench counterclockwise.
9. Tighten the nuts in the order shown in the
illustration until each nut has been tight-
ened to the torque listed here.
65 to 80 ft-lb (88 to 108 N•m)
WARNING
Mount the spare wheel with the valve stem
(I) facing outward. If you cannot see the
valve stem (I), you have installed the
wheel backwards.
Operating the vehicle with the spare wheel
installed backwards can cause vehicle
damage and result in an accident.
CAUTION
Never apply oil to either the wheel bolts or
the nuts or they will tighten too much.
Towing
For emergencies 8-17
8
10. Lower the jack all the way and remove it.
11. Check the tire inflation pressure. The rec-
ommended tire pressure for your vehicle
is listed on the tire and loading informa-
tion placard attached to the driver’s door
sill as shown in the illustration. Refer to
“Tire inflation pressures” on page 9-17.
N00850001185
Reverse the removing procedure when stor-
ing the jack, bar and wheel nut wrench.
Refer to “Jack and tools” on page 8-6.
N00837002013
If you need to tow your vehicle, contact a cer-
tified Mitsubishi EV dealer or a commercial
tow truck service.
Transport the vehicle on a flatbed truck or
tow the vehicle with all wheels off the
ground.
In the following cases, contact a certified
Mitsubishi EV dealer and transport the vehi-
cle with the all wheels on a carriage.
CAUTION
Never use your foot or a pipe extension to
apply added force to the wheel nut wrench
when tightening the wheel nuts. If you do so,
you can over-tighten the wheel nuts and
damage the wheel, wheel nuts and hub bolts.
CAUTION
Driving with an improperly inflated tire can
cause an accident. If you have no choice but
to drive with an under-inflated tire, keep
your speed down and avoid sudden steering
or braking, if possible. Inflate the tire to the
correct pressure as soon as possible. Refer to
“Tire inflation pressures” on page 9-17.
After changing the tire and driving the vehi-
cle approximately 620 miles (1,000 km),
retighten the wheel nuts to make sure that
they have not come loose.
If the steering wheel vibrates when driving
after changing the tire, have the tire checked
for balance at a certified Mitsubishi EV
dealer.
Do not mix one type of tire with another or
use a different size from the one listed. This
would cause early wear and poor handling.
To store the jack, bar and wheel
nut wrench
Towing
If your vehicle needs to be
towed
Flat bed type
Dolly type
Towing
8-18 For emergencies
8
The ready indicator illuminates but the
vehicle does not move, or an abnormal
noise is produced.
Some warning light in the meter illumi-
nates.
Inspection of the vehicle’s underside
reveals that oil or some other fluid is leak-
ing.
Your vehicle body is severely damaged or
deformed in the event of an accident.
If a wheel gets stuck in a ditch, do not try to
tow the vehicle.
Please contact a certified Mitsubishi EV
dealer or a commercial tow truck service for
assistance.
There may be local regulations concerning
towing in your area. Obey the regulations in
the area where you are driving your vehicle.
CAUTION
Never attempt to tow the vehicle using
another vehicle with a rope.
If the drive-train or suspension has a prob-
lem, do not tow the vehicle with only the rear
wheels or front wheels placed on a dolly.
Towing the vehicle by a tow
truck
WARNING
Never get under your vehicle after it has
been lifted by a tow truck.
Never ride in a vehicle that is being towed.
Never tow the vehicle with front wheels
and/or rear wheels on the ground. This
may cause damage to the electric motors
and transaxle.
WARNING
Towing with all
wheels on the ground
Towing with front
wheels on the ground
Towing with rear
wheels on the ground
Operation under adverse driving conditions
For emergencies 8-19
8
N00837201803
If your vehicle becomes stuck in snow, sand,
or mud, it can often be moved by a rocking
motion. Rock your vehicle back and forth to
free it.
Do not spin the wheels. Constant efforts to
free a stuck vehicle can cause transaxle fail-
ure.
If your vehicle is still stuck after several rock-
ing attempts, call for a commercial tow truck
service.
When driving on a road covered with
snow or ice, use snow tires. Tire chains
cannot be used on your vehicle. There
may be state or local regulations about
using snow tires. Always check the regu-
lations in your local area before using
them. Refer to “Snow tires” on page 9-20
and “Tire chains” on page 9-20.
Drive slowly. Do not make sudden starts
or stops, sharp turns, or slam on the
brakes.
Allow extra distance between your vehi-
cle and the vehicle in front of you, and
avoid sudden braking.
If a skid occurs when the accelerator
pedal is depressed, take your foot off the
pedal. Steer gently in the direction of the
skid.
CAUTION
Never tow the vehicle using a sling type
truck.
Doing so will damage the bumper and/or
body.
Operation under adverse
driving conditions
If your vehicle becomes stuck in
sand, mud or snow
Towing with a
sling-type truck
WARNING
When trying to rock your vehicle out of a
stuck position, make sure that there are no
people nearby. The rocking motion can
make your vehicle suddenly lurch forward
or backward, and injure any bystanders.
On wet roads
CAUTION
Do not drive on a flooded road. If you drive
on a flooded road, not only the Plug-in
Hybrid EV System stops but also a failure
like electric leakage or short circuit may
occur.
If you inevitably had to run on a flooded
road and the vehicle was exposed to water,
be sure to have your vehicle inspected by a
certified Mitsubishi EV dealer.
When driving in rain, on water-covered
roads, or through a car wash, water could get
into the brake discs and make them fail tem-
porarily. In such cases, lightly press the
brake pedal to see if they are working prop-
erly. If they are not, press the pedal lightly
several times while driving to dry the brake
pads or linings, then check them again.
When driving in rain, a layer of water may
form between the tires and the road surface
(hydroplaning). This loosens your tires’ grip
on the road, making it difficult to steer or
brake properly. When driving on a wet road:
• Drive your vehicle at a safe speed.
• Do not drive on worn tires.
• Always keep the tires at the correct infla-
tion pressures.
On snowy or icy roads
CAUTION
Fuel Pump Shut-off System
8-20 For emergencies
8
Your vehicle is equipped with an anti-lock
braking system (ABS). Hold the brake
pedal down firmly and keep it depressed.
Do not pump the brake pedal which will
result in reduced braking performance.
After parking on snowy or icy roads, it
may be difficult to move your vehicle due
to the brake being frozen. Depress the
accelerator pedal little by little to move
the vehicle when safe to do so.
Drive as slow as possible when driving on
bumpy, rutted roads or over potholes.
N00860600057
In the event of a collision causing frontal air-
bag deployment, the fuel pump shut-off sys-
tem will activate to stop fuel supply to the
engine.
CAUTION
Do not depress the accelerator pedal rapidly.
The vehicle could start moving when it
breaks free from the ice, possibly resulting in
an accident.
On a bumpy or rutted road
CAUTION
Driving on bumpy, rutted roads or over pot-
holes can damage the tires and wheels.
Wheels with low-profile tires or under-
inflated tires are especially at risk for dam-
age.
Fuel Pump Shut-off System
WARNING
Before attempting to restart the Plug-in
Hybrid EV system after a collision, always
inspect the ground under the vehicle for
leaking fuel. If a fuel leak is found or a
fuel odor is detected, do not restart the
Plug-in Hybrid EV system.
Mitsubishi Motors recommends that your
vehicle be inspected by a certified Mit-
subishi EV dealer after any collision.
9
Vehicle care and maintenance
Service precautions ..........................................................................9-2
Catalytic converter ...........................................................................9-3
Engine hood .....................................................................................9-4
View of the engine compartment .....................................................9-6
Engine oil and oil filter ....................................................................9-6
Engine coolant/Plug-in Hybrid EV System coolant ........................9-8
Air cleaner filter .............................................................................9-10
Front motor fluid ............................................................................9-10
Transaxle fluid ...............................................................................9-10
Washer fluid ...................................................................................9-10
Brake fluid .....................................................................................9-11
12 V starter battery ........................................................................9-12
Tires ...............................................................................................9-12
Brake pedal free play .....................................................................9-21
Wiper blades ..................................................................................9-21
Emission-control system maintenance ..........................................9-21
General maintenance .....................................................................9-22
For cold and snowy weather ..........................................................9-24
Fusible links ...................................................................................9-24
Fuses ..............................................................................................9-24
Replacement of light bulbs ............................................................9-30
Vehicle care precautions ................................................................9-39
Cleaning the inside of your vehicle ...............................................9-40
Cleaning the outside of your vehicle .............................................9-41
Service precautions
9-2 Vehicle care and maintenance
9
N00937301573
Taking regular care of your vehicle will pre-
serve its value and appearance as long as pos-
sible.
This vehicle is a Plug-in Hybrid Electric
Vehicle and is equipped with many high-volt-
age components.
Refer to “High-voltage components” on page
3-36.
You can do some of the maintenance work
yourself, and the rest should only be per-
formed by a certified Mitsubishi EV dealer.
If you discover a malfunction or other prob-
lem, have it corrected by a certified Mitsubi-
shi EV dealer.
This section describes the maintenance
inspections that you can do yourself, if you so
desire. Follow the instructions and precau-
tions for each procedure.
High voltage components and wiring cables
are located as shown in the figure below.
Service precautions
WARNING
Never touch, remove or disassemble the
high- voltage components including high-
voltage wires colored orange and their
connectors. Doing so can result in a fire,
property damage, electrocution and seri-
ous injury or death.
These components are affixed with a label
indicating precautions for handling. Fol-
low the instructions on the label. Take
your vehicle to a certified Mitsubishi EV
dealer for any necessary maintenance.
1- On board charger/DC-DC converter
2- Rear motor
3- Service plug
4- Electric heater
5- Main drive lithium-ion battery
6- Front motor
7- Generator
8- Air conditioner compressor
9- Power drive unit (PDU)
10- Rear electric motor control unit (MCU)
11- Normal charge port/Quick charge port
(if so equipped)
WARNING
When servicing the vehicle, make sure
that the operation mode of the power
switch is put in OFF and the charging
cable is disconnected. Failure to do so
could result in an electric shock.
When checking or servicing the inside of
the engine compartment, be sure the Plug-
in Hybrid EV system is stopped and has
had a chance to cool down.
If you need to work in the engine compart-
ment with the Plug-in Hybrid EV system
running, be especially careful that your
clothing, hair, etc. does not get caught in
the cooling fans, drive belts, or other mov-
ing parts.
Catalytic converter
Vehicle care and maintenance 9-3
9
Have you purchased the Mitsubishi Motors
Diamond Care Protection Plan? The Plan
supplements your new vehicle warranties.
See a certified Mitsubishi EV dealer for
details.
N00937401460
The catalytic converter requires you to use
unleaded fuel only. Leaded gasoline will
destroy the emission-control effectiveness of
the converter.
Normally, the catalytic converter does not
require maintenance. However, it is important
to keep the engine properly tuned for the con-
verter to continue to work properly.
A- Cooling fans
B- Caution label
C- Radiator cap
D- Reserve tank cap for the Plug-in
Hybrid EV system cooling
*: Front of the vehicle
WARNING
After performing the maintenance work,
make sure that no tools or cloths are left
behind in the engine compartment.
If they are left behind, a fire or damage to
the vehicle may occur.
The cooling fans can turn on automati-
cally even if the Plug-in Hybrid EV system
is not running. Put the operation mode of
the power switch in OFF to be safe while
you work in the engine compartment.
Do not smoke or allow open flames around
fuel or the 12 V starter battery. The fumes
are flammable.
Be extremely careful when working
around the 12 V starter battery. It con-
tains poisonous and corrosive sulfuric
acid.
Do not get under your vehicle while it is on
a jack.
Always use properly rated automotive
jack stands.
Handling your vehicle’s parts and materi-
als in the wrong way can injure you. Ask a
certified Mitsubishi EV dealer if you have
questions.
Catalytic converter
Engine hood
9-4 Vehicle care and maintenance
9
To reduce the possibility of catalytic con-
verter damage:
Use UNLEADED GASOLINE ONLY of
the type of recommended in the “Fuel
selection”.
Do not drive with an extremely low fuel
level. Running out of gas could damage
the catalytic converter.
Do not try to start the Plug-in Hybrid EV
system by pushing or towing the vehicle.
If the 12 V starter battery is weak or run
down, use jumper cables to properly start
the Plug-in Hybrid EV system.
Do not idle the engine with any spark plug
wires disconnected or removed, such as
when performing diagnostic tests.
Do not idle the engine for a long time by
using the battery charge mode switch if it
is idling roughly or otherwise obviously
malfunctioning.
To prevent the catalytic converter from
being damaged from unburned gas, do not
race the engine when turning off the Plug-
in Hybrid EV system.
Stop driving the vehicle if you think the
performance is noticeably low, or the
engine has a malfunction such as with the
ignition, etc. If you are not able to stop
driving immediately, slow down and drive
for only a short time. Have your vehicle
checked at a certified Mitsubishi EV
dealer as soon as possible.
In unusual situations involving major
engine problems, a burning odor may
indicate severe and abnormal catalytic
converter overheating. If this occurs, stop
in a safe place, shut the Plug-in Hybrid
EV system off and let the vehicle cool.
Once the engine is cool, immediately take
your vehicle to a certified Mitsubishi EV
dealer for service.
N00937501621
Use the engine hood release lever (located
under the instrument panel near the driver’s
door) to unlock the engine hood.
Pull the lever toward you to release the
engine hood latch.
CAUTION
Damage to the catalytic converter can result
if your vehicle is not kept in proper operating
condition. If the engine malfunctions or mis-
fires, or if your vehicle performance suffers,
have it serviced promptly. Running your
vehicle when it is overheated may result in
damage to the converter and vehicle.
WARNING
Do not park or run your vehicle in areas
where combustible materials such as dry
grass or leaves can come in contact with a
hot exhaust, since a fire could occur.
Do not put undercoat paint on the cata-
lytic converter.
Engine hood
To open
WARNING
Never use the release lever to unlatch the
engine hood while the vehicle is in motion.
Do not drive your vehicle unless the
engine hood is locked.
Engine hood
Vehicle care and maintenance 9-5
9
Release the lever and lift the engine hood.
Support the engine hood with the hood prop.
Insert the hood prop securely in the opening
under the hood marked with an arrow.
Unlatch the prop from the engine hood and
put it back in its retainer.
Slowly lower the engine hood approximately
8 inches (20 cm), then let it drop from its own
weight.
NOTE
To prevent damage to the engine hood and
wipers, make sure the wipers are at resting
position when you open the engine hood.
CAUTION
Always insert the support prop into the hole
specially made for it. Propping the engine
hood at any other place could cause the prop
to slip out and lead to an accident.
The hood prop can fall out if the hood is
lifted by a strong wind.
To close
CAUTION
Be careful not to trap your hands or fingers
when closing the engine hood.
Make sure the engine hood is firmly closed
before driving.
If you drive without the engine hood com-
pletely closed, it could open up while driv-
ing.
NOTE
If this does not close the engine hood prop-
erly, drop it again from a slightly higher
position.
Do not push down strongly on the engine
hood. Depending on how strongly or where
you push down, you could create a dent in
the vehicle body.
If you drive with the engine hood left open, a
warning display is displayed on the informa-
tion screen in the multi-information display.
CAUTION
View of the engine compartment
9-6 Vehicle care and maintenance
9
N00937601778
N00937702079
It is normal for an engine to use oil. You may
need to add oil between the recommended oil
change intervals. Before starting the Plug-in
Hybrid EV system, check the engine oil level.
Refill if necessary.
To check the oil level, remove the dipstick,
wipe it off, and gently reinsert it all the way.
Slowly pull the dipstick straight out and
check the oil level by checking the upper sur-
face of the dipstick. The oil level must not go
above the line on the dipstick.
If the level does not reach the line which
shows the minimum amount of oil required,
remove the oil filler cap on the engine valve
cover, and fill to within the “Good” range.
View of the engine compart-
ment
1- Air cleaner filter
2- Engine oil cap
3- Brake fluid reservoir
4- Washer fluid reservoir
5- Plug-in EV system coolant reservoir
6- Engine oil level dipstick
7- Engine coolant reservoir
Engine oil and oil filter
To check and refill engine oil
NOTE
If it is difficult to verify the oil level, wipe
off the dipstick and reinsert it. Wait a
moment and then recheck the oil level by
checking the upper surface of the dipstick.
Good
CAUTION
Overfilling will cause oil aeration and loss of
oil pressure, which could damage the engine.
WARNING
Used engine oil is poisonous, and can dam-
age your skin. Prolonged and repeated
contact may cause serious skin disorders,
including dermatitis and cancer. Do not let
used oil touch your skin and wash thor-
oughly after working with it.
Keep used oil out of the reach of children.
NOTE
Engine oil consumption is greatly influenced
by payload, engine speed, etc.
The engine oil will deteriorate rapidly if the
vehicle is subjected to severe conditions (for
example, repeated operation on rough roads,
in mountainous regions, on roads with many
uphill and downhill gradients). Conse-
quently, the oil will require earlier replace-
ment in accordance with the schedule in the
“WARRANTY AND MAINTENANCE
MANUAL”.
Engine oil and oil filter
Vehicle care and maintenance 9-7
9
Mitsubishi Motors recommends using only
engine oils with the ILSAC certification sym-
bol on the front of the container.
If you cannot find oils with the ILSAC certi-
fication symbol, use an API classification SN
oil with the following label.
This mark appears on the top of the oil con-
tainer and tells you two important things
about the oil.
Use engine oil with the proper thickness for
the outdoor temperatures where you will be
driving.
Mitsubishi Motors Genuine 0W-20 Synthetic
Engine Oil is recommended for optimum fuel
economy and cold weather starting.
If Mitsubishi Motors Genuine 0W-20 Syn-
thetic Engine Oil is not available, 5W-20
grade oils displaying the ILSAC certification
can be used.
However, Mitsubishi Motors Genuine 0W-20
Synthetic Engine Oil should be used at the
next oil change to maintain optimum fuel
economy and cold weather starting.
Engine oil identification mark
ILSAC certification symbol
1- The upper part indicates the quality of
the oil.
2- The center part indicates the SAE grade
of the oil viscosity.
API service symbol
Recommended engine oil vis-
cosity
Engine coolant/Plug-in Hybrid EV System coolant
9-8 Vehicle care and maintenance
9
The oil filter should be replaced at the time or
mileage specified in the “WARRANTY AND
MAINTENANCE MANUAL”.
Only use high quality replacement filters on
this vehicle. The manufacturer’s specifica-
tions for Mitsubishi Motors Genuine oil fil-
ters require that the filter can withstand a
pressure of 256 psi (1.8 MPa). A Mitsubishi
Motors Genuine oil filter is the best replace-
ment filter.
Follow the installation instructions printed on
the filter.
N00937801666
The engine coolant reservoir (A) and the
Plug-in Hybrid EV system coolant reservoir
(B) lets you quickly see when you need to
add coolant. When the engine and the Plug-in
Hybrid EV system are cold, the level of the
coolant in the reservoir should be between the
FULL and LOW marks. The radiator usually
stays full so there is no reason to remove the
radiator cap (C) except when you check the
coolant freeze point or replace the antifreeze
coolant.
To replace the oil filter
Engine coolant/Plug-in
Hybrid EV System coolant
To check the coolant level
To add coolant
Use “Mitsubishi Motors Genuine Super Long
Life Coolant Premium” or equivalent*.
*: similar high quality ethylene glycol based
non-silicate, non-amine, non-nitrate and
non-borate coolant with long life hybrid
organic acid technology
FULL
FULL
LOW
LOW
Engine coolant/Plug-in Hybrid EV System coolant
Vehicle care and maintenance 9-9
9
Mitsubishi Motors Genuine Coolant provides
excellent protection against corrosion and
rust formation on all metals, including alumi-
num, and prevents clogs in some parts of
engine.
If you need to add coolant often, or if the
level in the reservoir does not drop when the
engine and the Plug-in Hybrid EV system
cool, the cooling system should be pressure-
tested for leaks. Take your vehicle to a certi-
fied Mitsubishi EV dealer for testing.
The radiator cap must be sealed tight to pre-
vent losing coolant, which may result in
engine damage. Only use a Mitsubishi
Motors Genuine Parts radiator cap, or an
approved equivalent.
Do not overfill the reservoir.
Your vehicle uses a special radiator cap
and reservoir cap that stays sealed and lets
the coolant flow from the reservoir back
to the radiator when the engine and the
Plug-in Hybrid EV system cool down. If
you need to change the cap, use the exact
same kind.
CAUTION
Do not use alcohol or methanol antifreeze or
any engine coolants that contain them. Using
the wrong antifreeze can corrode aluminum
parts.
The required concentration of anti-freeze dif-
fers depending on the expected ambient tem-
perature.
Above -31 °F (-35 °C): 50 % concentration
of anti-freeze
Below -31 °F (-35 °C): 60 % concentration
of anti-freeze
You can check the concentration level with a
gauge from an automotive supply store, or a
certified Mitsubishi EV dealer or service sta-
tion can check it for you.
Do not use water to adjust the concentration
of coolant.
Do not top off the reservoir with plain water
only. Water by itself boils at a lower temper-
ature and does not stop rust or freezing. If the
water freezes, it will damage your cooling
system. Do not use tapwater. It can cause
corrosion and rust.
Radiator cap
CAUTION
WARNING
Wait for the engine and the Plug-in
Hybrid EV system to cool down before
opening the radiator cap (C) and the res-
ervoir cap (D). Otherwise hot steam or
boiling coolant could spray up from the
filler port and scald you.
Points to remember
Air cleaner filter
9-10 Vehicle care and maintenance
9
Check the coolant freeze point in the radi-
ator with the proper gauge, and only when
it is safe. If you add antifreeze, the con-
tents of the reservoir must be protected
against freezing.
Keep the front of the radiator and con-
denser clean.
N00937901524
The air cleaner filter will get dirty and dusty
from use and not filter properly. Replace it
with a new filter using the schedule in the
“WARRANTY AND MAINTENANCE
MANUAL”.
1. Unclamp the cover. Open up the cover
and take out the air cleaner filter.
2. Replace the air cleaner filter and put the
cover back on in its original position.
N00947500021
Whenever the fluid level is checked, add fluid
as necessary to maintain the proper level. Fill
with the fluid according to the table below.
N00947600022
Whenever the fluid level is checked, add fluid
as necessary to maintain the proper level.
Fill with the fluid according to the table
below.
N00938601342
The windshield and rear window washer fluid
reservoir is in the engine compartment.
Air cleaner filter
NOTE
Mitsubishi Motors Genuine Parts are recom-
mended when replacing the air cleaner filter.
After replacing the air cleaner filter, make
sure that the hinges (A) of cover are firmly
set.
Front motor fluid
Fluid type
Lubricant
Mitsubishi Motors Genuine
CVTF-J4
CAUTION
Using the improper fluid may damage the
front motor.
Transaxle fluid
Fluid type
Lubricant
Mitsubishi Motors Genuine
ATF SPIII
CAUTION
Using the improper fluid may damage the
transaxle.
Washer fluid
Brake fluid
Vehicle care and maintenance 9-11
9
Check the washer fluid level at regular inter-
vals and add washer fluid to reservoir if nec-
essary.
Open the reservoir cap and check the fluid
level with the dipstick.
When freezing weather is anticipated, flush
out the water in the reservoir by operating the
pump. Fill the reservoir with windshield anti-
freeze (not radiator antifreeze), and operate
the system for a few seconds to flush out the
residual water.
N00938701385
Check the fluid level in the reservoir.
The fluid level must be between the “MAX”
and “MIN” marks on the reservoir.
The fluid level falls slightly with wear of the
brake pads, but this does not indicate any
abnormality.
If the fluid level falls markedly in a short
length of time, it indicates leaks from the
brake system.
If this occurs, have the vehicle checked by a
certified Mitsubishi EV dealer.
Use the recommended brake fluid conform-
ing to DOT 3 or DOT 4. The reservoir cap
must be tightly sealed to keep dirt and water
out.
FULL
EMPTY
Brake fluid
To check the fluid level
Fluid type
WARNING
Take care in handling brake fluid as it is
harmful to the eyes, may irritate your skin
and will damage painted surfaces. Wipe
up spills immediately.
If brake fluid gets on your hands or in
your eyes, flush immediately with clean
water. Follow up with a doctor as neces-
sary.
CAUTION
Do not let any petroleum-based fluid touch,
mix with, or get into the brake fluid. This
will damage the seals.
Use only the listed brake fluid. Different
brands of brake fluid have different addi-
tives, and these can cause a chemical reac-
tion. Do not mix brands of brake fluid.
Keep the reservoir cap closed to keep the
brake fluid from evaporating.
12 V starter battery
9-12 Vehicle care and maintenance
9
N00939101982
The condition of the 12 V starter battery is
very important for quick starting of the Plug-
in Hybrid EV system and to keep the vehi-
cle’s electrical system working properly. Be
sure to have a certified Mitsubishi EV dealer
check the 12 V starter battery regularly.
If the 12 V starter battery performance is sus-
pect, have the 12 V starter battery and charg-
ing system tested by a certified Mitsubishi
EV dealer.
The battery is weaker in cold temperatures.
This has to do with its chemical and physical
properties and is why a very cold battery,
especially one with a low charge, will have a
hard time starting your vehicle.
It is recommended that you have your 12 V
starter battery and charging system checked
by a certified Mitsubishi EV dealer before the
start of cold weather. If necessary, have it
charged. This will provide more reliable start-
ing, and longer 12 V starter battery life.
N00939201707
It is important to familiarize yourself
with the following terms:
12 V starter battery
WARNING
Be sure to have a certified Mitsubishi EV
dealer charge the 12 V starter battery. Do
not charge the 12 V starter battery your-
self. Flammable gases may leak and
explode.
CAUTION
The 12 V starter battery may not be properly
installed in the vehicle, even if the same type
or specification.
When replacing the 12 V starter battery,
please contact a certified Mitsubishi EV
dealer.
NOTE
When the 12 V starter battery is removed,
the controlling timer for forcibly starting the
engine may be reset.
Since a fuel injection device may cause a
clogging if the state where the engine does
not operate continues after reset of the timer,
select the battery charge mode in order to
start the engine.
However, when the main drive lithium-ion
battery is near full charge, even if the battery
charge mode is selected, the engine may not
start.
In that case, select the battery charge mode
again after the main drive lithium-ion battery
quantity decreases.
Refer to “Battery charge mode” on page
5-69.
During cold weather
Tires
WARNING
Driving with tires that are
worn, damaged or improperly
inflated is dangerous.
These type tire conditions will
adversely affect vehicle perfor-
mance.
These type tire conditions can
also cause a tread separation
or blowout which may result
in an accident causing serious
injury or death.
Tires degrade over time with
age even when they are not
being used.
It is recommended that tires
over 6 years generally be
replaced even if damage is not
obvious.
Tires
Vehicle care and maintenance 9-13
9
Cold tire pressure:
• The measured pressure after the
vehicle has been parked for at
least three hours,
or
• The measured pressure when the
vehicle is driven less than 1 mile
(1.6 km) after having been
parked for three hours.
Maximum pressure: the maximum
permissible cold tire inflation
pressure for this tire.
Recommended inflation pressure:
the inflation pressure for optimum
tire performance.
Intended outboard sidewall:
• The sidewall that contains a
whitewall, bears white lettering
or bears manufacturer, brand,
and/or model name molding that
is higher or deeper than the same
molding on the other sidewall of
the tire,
or
• The outward facing sidewall of
an asymmetrical tire that has a
particular side that must always
face outward when mounted on a
vehicle.
Passenger car tire: a tire intended
for use on passenger cars, multi-
purpose passenger vehicles, and
trucks that have a gross vehicle
weight rating (GVWR) of
10,000 pounds or less.
Light truck (LT) tire: a tire desig-
nated by its manufacturer as pri-
marily intended for use on
lightweight trucks or multipurpose
passenger vehicles.
Tread: portion of a tire that comes
into contact with the road.
Tread rib: a tread section running
circumferentially around a tire.
Tread separation: pulling away of
the tread from the tire carcass.
Carcass: the tire structure, except
tread and sidewall rubber which,
when inflated, bears the load.
Sidewall: portion of a tire between
the tread and bead.
Section width: the linear distance
between the exteriors of the side-
walls of an inflated tire, excluding
elevations due to labeling, decora-
tion, or protective bands.
Bead: the part of the tire that is
made of steel wires, wrapped or
reinforced by ply cords and that is
shaped to fit the rim.
Ply: a layer of rubber-coated par-
allel cords.
Cord: the strands forming the plies
in the tire.
Rim: a metal support for a tire or a
tire and tube assembly upon which
the tire beads are seated.
Rim diameter: nominal diameter
of the bead seat.
Groove: the space between two
adjacent tread ribs.
Tires
9-14 Vehicle care and maintenance
9
EXAMPLE: P215/65R15
Tire Markings
1- Size Designation
2- Service Description
3- Maximum Load
4- Maximum Pressure
5- U.S. DOT Safety Standards
Code (TIN)
6- Treadwear, Traction and Tem-
perature Grades
Size Designation
P
Passenger car tire size based
on U.S.A. design standards
215
Section width in millimeters
(mm)
65
Aspect ratio in percent (%)
Ratio of section height to sec-
tion width of tire.
R
Construction code
•“R” means radial construc-
tion.
•“D” means diagonal or bias
construction.
15 Rim diameter in inches (in)
NOTE
European/Japanese metric tire
sizing is based on European/Jap-
anese design standards. Tires
designed to these standards have
the tire size molded into the
sidewall beginning with the sec-
tion width. The letter “P” is
absent from this tire size desig-
nation.
Example: 215/65R15 96H.
LT (Light Truck) -metric tire
sizing is based on U.S.A. design
standards. The size designation
for LT-metric tires is the same as
for P-metric tires except for the
letters “LT” that are molded into
the sidewall preceding the size
designation.
Example: LT235/85R16.
Tires
Vehicle care and maintenance 9-15
9
EXAMPLE: 95H
Maximum load indicates the maxi-
mum load this tire is designed to
carry.
Maximum Pressure indicates the
maximum permissible cold tire infla-
tion pressure for this tire.
The TIN may be found on one or
both sides of the tire but the date
code may only be on one side. Look
for the TIN on the outboard side of
tires as mounted on the vehicle. If the
TIN is not found on the outboard side
then you will find it on the inboard
side of the tire.
Service Description
95
Load index
A numerical code associated
with the maximum load a tire
can carry.
H
Speed symbol
A symbol indicating the
range of speeds at which a
tire can carry a load corre-
sponding to its load index
under certain operating con-
ditions.
The maximum speed corre-
sponding to the speed symbol
should only be achieved
under specified operating
conditions. (i.e. tire pressure,
vehicle loading, road condi-
tions and posted speed limits)
Maximum Load
WARNING
Overloading of your tire is
dangerous. Overloading can
cause tire failure, affect vehi-
cle handling, and increase
your stopping distance. Use
tires of the recommended load
capacity for your vehicle.
Never overload them.
Maximum Pressure
Tire Identification Number (TIN)
Tires
9-16 Vehicle care and maintenance
9
EXAMPLE: DOT MA L9 ABCD
1504
The treadwear grade is a comparative
rating based on the wear rate of the
tire when tested under controlled
conditions on a specified government
test course. For example, a tire
graded 150 would wear one and one-
half (1
1
/
2
) times as well on the gov-
ernment course as a tire graded 100.
The relative performance of tires
depends upon the actual conditions
of their use, however, and may depart
significantly from the norm due to
variations in driving habits, service
practices and differences in road
characteristics and climate.
The traction grades, from highest to
lowest, are AA, A, B and C. Those
grades represent the tire’s ability to
stop on wet pavement as measured
under controlled conditions on speci-
fied government test surfaces of
asphalt and concrete. A tire marked
C may have poor traction perfor-
mance.
The temperature grades are A (the
highest), B and C, representing the
tire’s resistance to the generation of
heat and its ability to dissipate heat
when tested under controlled condi-
tions on a specified indoor laboratory
test wheel. Sustained high tempera-
ture can cause the material of the tire
to degenerate and reduce tire life, and
excessive temperature can lead to
sudden tire failure. The grade C cor-
responds to a level of performance
which all passenger car tires must
meet under the Federal Motor Vehi-
DOT
Department of Transporta-
tion
This symbol certifies that
the tire is in compliance
with the U.S. Department
of Transportation tire safety
standards, and is approved
for highway use.
MA
Code representing the tire
manufacturing location.
(2 digits)
L9
ABCD
Code representing the tire
size. (2 digits)
Code used by tire manufac-
turer. (1 to 4 digits)
15
Number representing the
week in which the tire was
manufactured. (2 digits)
04
Number representing the
year in which the tire was
manufactured. (2 digits)
Treadwear, Traction and Temper-
ature Grades
Treadwear
Traction
Temperature
Tires
Vehicle care and maintenance 9-17
9
cle Safety Standard No. 109. Grades
B and A represent higher levels of
performance on the laboratory test
wheel than the minimum required by
law.
N00939302040
Proper tire inflation pressure is
essential for the safe and satisfactory
operation of your vehicle. The wrong
tire pressure will cause problems in
three major areas:
Safety
Too little pressure increases flex-
ing in the tire and can cause tire
failure. Too much pressure can
cause a tire to lose its ability to
cushion shock. Objects on the
road and potholes could then
cause tire damage that may result
in tire failure.
Economy
The wrong tire pressure can cause
uneven wear patterns in the tire
tread. These abnormal wear pat-
terns will reduce the tread life, and
the tire will have to be replaced
sooner.
Too little pressure also makes it
harder for the tire to roll, and this
uses up more fuel.
Ride comfort and vehicle stability
The superior riding experience
built into your vehicle partly
depends on the correct tire pres-
sure. Too much pressure gives an
uncomfortable and jarring ride.
Too little pressure feels as if your
vehicle is slow to respond.
Unequal tire pressures can make
steering your vehicle uneven and
unpredictable.
The tire pressure for your vehicle
under normal driving conditions is
listed on the placard attached to the
driver’s door sill.
(Refer to “Tire and loading informa-
tion placard” on page 11-3.)
The recommended inflation pres-
sures under normal driving condi-
tions should be used for the tires
listed below.
Tire pressures should be checked,
and adjusted if necessary, at least
once a month.
Pressures should be checked more
often whenever weather temperatures
change severely, because tire pres-
sures change with outdoor tempera-
tures. The pressures listed are always
“cold inflation pressure”.
Cold inflation pressure is measured
after the vehicle has been parked for
at least three hours or is driven less
than 1 mile (1.6 km) after having
been parked for three hours.
Cold inflation pressure must not go
above the maximum values molded
into the tire sidewall. After driving
several miles, your tire inflation pres-
Tire inflation pressures
Tire size Front Rear
P225/55R
18
240 KPA,
35 PSI
240 KPA,
35 PSI
Tires
9-18 Vehicle care and maintenance
9
sure may increase 2 to 6 psi (14 to
41 kPa) from the cold inflation pres-
sure. Do not let air out of the tires to
get back to the specified cold pres-
sure, or your tires will be too low.
Check your tires each time you
refuel. If one tire looks lower than
the others, check the pressure for all
of them.
You should also take the following
safety precautions:
Keep your tires inflated to the rec-
ommended pressures. (See the tire
and loading information placard
attached to the driver’s door sill.)
Stay within the recommended
load limits.
Make sure that the weight of any
load in your vehicle is evenly dis-
tributed.
Drive at safe speeds.
After filling your tires to the cor-
rect pressure, check them for dam-
age and air leaks. Be sure to
reinstall the caps on the valve
stems.
N00939601495
N00939701210
The following maintenance steps are
recommended:
Check tire pressures regularly.
Have regular maintenance done
on the wheel balance and front
and rear suspension alignment.
Rotate your tires regularly as
described in the “Tire rotation”
section on page 9-19.
Replacing tires and wheels
CAUTION
Avoid using different size tires from the one
listed and the combined use of different
types of tires, as this can affect driving
safety.
Refer to “Tires and wheels” on page 11-8.
Always use tires of the same size, same type,
and same brand, and which have no wear dif-
ferences. Using tires that differ in size, type,
brand or the degree of wear, will increase the
differential oil temperature, resulting in pos-
sible damage to the driving system. Further,
the drive train will be subjected to excessive
loading, possibly leading to oil leakage,
component seizure, or other serious prob-
lems.
Only Mitsubishi Motors genuine wheels
should be used, because your vehicle is
equipped with a tire pressure monitoring sys-
tem (TPMS).
Use of another type of wheel risks air leaks
and sensor damage, as it will not be possible
to install the tire pressure sensor properly.
NOTE
16 inches steel wheel cannot be used on your
vehicle because it interferes with brake parts.
Additionally, 16 inches aluminum wheel
may not be used on your vehicle depending
on its type, even if a Mitsubishi Motors Gen-
uine wheels.
Consult a certified Mitsubishi EV dealer
before using wheels that you have.
Tire maintenance
Tires
Vehicle care and maintenance 9-19
9
N00939800184
Tread wear indicators are built into the origi-
nal equipment tires on your vehicle to help
you know when your tires should be replaced.
Many states have laws requiring that you
replace your tires at this point.
These indicators are molded into the bottom
of the tread grooves and will appear when the
tire tread is worn down to 1/16 inch (1.6
mm).
When the bands appear next to one another in
two or more places, replace your tires.
N00939901599
To even out the wear on your tires
and make them last longer,
Mitsubishi Motors Corporation rec-
ommends that you rotate your tires at
the mileage listed in the “WAR-
RANTY AND MAINTENANCE
MANUAL”.
However, the timing for tire rotation
may vary according to your vehicle
condition, road surface conditions,
and your own personal driving hab-
its. Any time you notice unusual
wear, rotate your tires as soon as pos-
sible.
When rotating tires, check for
uneven wear, damage, and wheel
alignment. Abnormal wear is usually
caused by a wrong tire pressure,
wheels that are not aligned properly,
wheels that are out-of-balance, or
severe braking.
Check with a certified Mitsubishi EV
dealer to find out the reason for
uneven tread wear.
The first tire rotation is the most
important one. It will allow all your
tires to wear evenly.
Tread wear indicator
1- Location of the tread wear indicator
2- Tread wear indicator
NOTE
Tire wear indicators can have different marks
and locations depending on the tire manufac-
turer.
Tire rotation
Tires that do not have arrows showing rotation direction
Tires that have arrows showing rotation direction
Front
Front
Tires
9-20 Vehicle care and maintenance
9
N00940001457
In some areas of the country, snow tires are
required for winter driving. If snow tires are
required in your area, you must choose snow
tires of the same size and type as the original
tires provided with your vehicle. Snow tires
should also be installed on all four wheels.
Otherwise your safety and vehicle handling
can be reduced.
Even where laws may permit it, snow tires
should not be operated at sustained speeds
over 75 mph (120 km/h).
N00940101139
CAUTION
If the tires have arrows (A) indi-
cating the correct direction of
rotation, swap the front and rear
tires on the left-hand side of the
vehicle and the front and rear
tires on the right-hand side of
the vehicle separately. Keep
each tire on its original side of
the vehicle. When installing the
tires, make sure the arrows point
in the direction in which the
wheels will turn when the vehi-
cle moves forward. Any tire
whose arrow points in the wrong
direction will not perform to its
full potential.
Front
CAUTION
Avoid the combined use of dif-
ferent types of tires. Using dif-
ferent types of tires can affect
vehicle performance and safety.
Snow tires
CAUTION
Your vehicle uses the flange nuts.
Change to tapered nuts when using snow
tires with steel wheels.
Only Mitsubishi Motors genuine wheels
should be used, because your vehicle is
equipped with a tire pressure monitoring sys-
tem (TPMS).
Use of another type of wheel risks air leaks
and sensor damage, as it will not be possible
to install the tire pressure sensor properly.
Tire chains
CAUTION
Tire chains cannot be used on your vehicle.
The clearance between the chains and the
body is not sufficient to allow proper clear-
ance, and the vehicle body might be dam-
aged.
CAUTION
Brake pedal free play
Vehicle care and maintenance 9-21
9
N00940301359
To check the brake pedal free play (A), turn
off the Plug-in Hybrid EV system and press
the brake pedal several times with your foot.
Then press the pedal down with your fingers
until you first feel resistance.
Brake pedal free play:
.1 to .3 inch (3 to 8 mm)
If the free play is not within these limits, take
your vehicle to a certified Mitsubishi EV
dealer for adjustment.
N00940700138
Check the wiper blades occasionally. Clean
them regularly to remove deposits of salt and
road film. Use a sponge or cloth and a mild
detergent or non-abrasive cleaner to clean the
blades and glass areas.
Replace the blades if they continue to streak
or smear.
If the blades are frozen to the windshield or
rear window, do not operate the wipers until
the ice has melted and the blades are freed,
otherwise the wiper motor may be damaged.
N00940801338
Your vehicle is equipped with an emission-
control system that meets all the requirements
of the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
and Environment Canada. The emission-con-
trol system is made of:
a positive crankcase ventilation system
an evaporative emission-control system
an exhaust emission-control system
To be sure the emission-control system works
properly, have your vehicle inspected and
maintained by a certified Mitsubishi EV
dealer. This should be done at the time or
mileage specified in the “WARRANTY AND
MAINTENANCE MANUAL”.
These, and all the other “general” mainte-
nance services listed in this manual, need to
be performed to keep your vehicle running
properly and reliably.
You should also have an inspection and ser-
vice any time you suspect a malfunction.
N00940900231
Spark plugs must fire properly to ensure
proper engine performance and emission-
control.
Brake pedal free play
Wiper blades
NOTE
Do not run the wipers on dry glass for a long
time. This wears out the rubber and can
scratch the glass.
During cold weather
Emission-control system
maintenance
NOTE
To meet government regulations and pro-
mote cleaner air, your vehicle is equipped
with an onboard diagnostic system (OBD).
The engine electronic control module that
controls OBD functions stores various data
(especially about the exhaust emissions).
This data will be erased if the battery cable is
disconnected, which could make a rapid
diagnosis difficult. Do not disconnect the
battery cable when the engine malfunction
indicator (“SERVICE ENGINE SOON” or
“Check engine light”) is ON.
Spark plugs
General maintenance
9-22 Vehicle care and maintenance
9
Do not reuse spark plugs by cleaning or
regapping. Spark plugs should be replaced at
the mileage specified in the “WARRANTY
AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL”.
N00941000040
Check the hose surfaces for any heat and
mechanical damage, hard and brittle rubber,
cracking, tears, cuts and abrasions. Pay spe-
cial attention to the hoses closest to high heat
sources such as the exhaust manifold. Check
all the hose connections, such as clamps and
couplings, to make sure they are secure and
that there are no leaks. If you see any wear or
damage, replace the hoses immediately.
N00950101060
Have the valve clearance checked at a certi-
fied Mitsubishi EV dealer at the mileage
specified in the “WARRANTY AND MAIN-
TENANCE MANUAL”.
If the engine sounds abnormally loud, have
adjustments made by a certified Mitsubishi
EV dealer.
N00941301196
Check these regularly for damage or leaks in
the fuel lines and connections. Check the fuel
tank filler cap for damage or looseness. Pay
special attention to the fuel lines closest to
high heat sources such as the exhaust mani-
fold.
N00941401197
If the fuel-vapor vent line is clogged or dam-
aged, the fuel-vapor mixture will escape, pol-
luting the air.
Have the system checked at a certified Mit-
subishi EV dealer at the mileage specified in
the “WARRANTY AND MAINTENANCE
MANUAL”.
N00941501303
The next pages list the maintenance service
recommended by Mitsubishi Motors Corpo-
ration. In addition to the general maintenance
that needs to be performed at the times listed,
there are other parts which do not usually
need regular maintenance.
NOTE
Use the recommended or equivalent spark
plugs listed under “Engine specifications” on
page 11-6. Use of other plugs could cause
engine damage, loss of performance or radio
noise.
Fuel hoses
Intake valve clearance
Fuel system (tank, pipe line and
connection, and fuel tank filler
cap)
WARNING
If you see a fuel leak or if you smell fuel,
do not start the Plug-in Hybrid EV sys-
tem. Any spark (including from the igni-
tion), flame or smoking material could
cause an explosion or fire. Call a certified
Mitsubishi EV dealer for assistance.
Evaporative emission control
system (except evaporative
emission canister)
NOTE
Approximately 6 hours after the Plug-in
Hybrid EV system is turned off, you may
hear operating sounds from under the vehicle
for several minutes.
This is the sound checking the fuel evapora-
tion leakage.
This is normal.
General maintenance
General maintenance
Vehicle care and maintenance 9-23
9
But, if any of these parts stops working prop-
erly, your vehicle performance could suffer.
Have these items checked if you notice a
problem with them.
If you have any questions, see a certified Mit-
subishi EV dealer for assistance.
N00941600059
Good brakes are essential for safe driving.
Check the brake pads for wear. For good
braking performance, replace the brake pads
with the same type pads as the originals.
N00941700076
Brake hoses and tubing should be checked
for:
Severe surface cracking, scuffing or worn
spots. If the fabric casing of the hose is
showing through any cracks or worn spots
in the rubber hose cover, the hose should
be replaced. The brakes can fail if the
hose wears through.
Improper installation may cause twisting,
or wheel, tire or chassis interference.
N00941800093
Check the following parts for damage and
grease leaks:
Ball joint boots of the suspension and
steering linkage
Bellows on both ends of the drive shaft
N00942201118
The best way to keep carbon monoxide gas
from entering inside your vehicle is to have
the engine exhaust system properly serviced.
Have a competent mechanic inspect the com-
plete exhaust system and nearby body areas
for broken, damaged, deteriorated, or mispo-
sitioned parts if you notice any of the follow-
ing:
A change in the sound of the exhaust sys-
tem
The smell of exhaust fumes inside the
vehicle
The underside or rear of the vehicle is
damaged
Also check the exhaust system each time the
vehicle is raised for lubrication, oil changes,
or required service. Any open seams or loose
connections could let dangerous exhaust
fumes seep into the luggage and passenger
compartments.
Check for holes or exhaust gas leaks
caused by corrosion or damage.
Check the joints and connections for
looseness or exhaust gas leaks.
Check the rubber hangers and brackets for
damage.
N00942300079
The timing belt should be replaced with a
new one at the mileage listed in the “WAR-
RANTY AND MAINTENANCE MAN-
UAL”.
Disc brake pads
Brake hoses
Ball joint, steering linkage
seals, drive shaft boots
Exhaust system
WARNING
Carbon monoxide gas from your vehicle’s
exhaust is poisonous. Breathing these
fumes can cause unconsciousness or death.
Check for any of the following
conditions:
Timing belt
For cold and snowy weather
9-24 Vehicle care and maintenance
9
N00942501124
The hood lock release mechanism and hood
safety catch should be checked, cleaned, and
oiled when needed for easy movement and to
prevent rust and wear. Use Multipurpose
Grease NLGI Grade 2 sparingly for all sliding
parts of the hood latch and release lever.
Work the grease into the hood lock mecha-
nism until all the movable surfaces are cov-
ered.
Also, put a light coat of the same grease on
the safety catch wherever moving parts touch.
N00942600102
The ventilation slots in front of the wind-
shield should be brushed clear after a heavy
snowfall so that the operation of the heating
and ventilation systems will not be impaired.
To prevent freezing of the weatherstripping
on the doors, engine hood, etc., they should
be treated with silicone grease.
It is a good idea to carry a shovel or a short-
handled spade in the vehicle during the win-
ter so that you can clear away snow if you get
stranded. A small hand-brush for sweeping
snow off the vehicle and a plastic scraper for
the windshield, side and rear window are also
useful.
N00942701331
The fusible links will melt to prevent a fire if
a large current attempts to flow through cer-
tain electrical systems.
In case of a melted fusible link, see a certified
Mitsubishi EV dealer for inspection and
replacement.
For the fusible links, please refer to “Fuse
load capacities” on page 9-26.
N00942801938
To prevent damage to the electrical system
from short-circuiting or overloading, each
individual circuit is equipped with a fuse. The
fuse blocks are located in the passenger com-
partment and in the engine compartment.
Hood lock release mechanism
and safety catch
For cold and snowy weather
Ventilation slots
Weatherstripping
Additional equipment (For
regions where snow is encoun-
tered)
Fusible links
WARNING
Fusible links must not be replaced by any
other device. Failing to fit the correct fus-
ible link may result in fire in the vehicle,
property destruction and serious or fatal
injuries at any time.
Fuses
Fuse block location
Fuses
Vehicle care and maintenance 9-25
9
The fuse blocks in the passenger compart-
ment are located behind the fuse lid in front
of the driver’s seat at the position shown in
the illustration.
Pull the fuse lid to remove it.
In the engine compartment, the fuse blocks
are located as shown in the illustration. While
pressing the tab (C), pull up the cover.
Passenger compartment
A- Main fuse block
B- Sub fuse block
Engine compartment
A- Main fuse block
B- Sub fuse block
Fuses
9-26 Vehicle care and maintenance
9
N00954801472
This fuse list shows the names of the electrical systems and their fuse capacities.
There are spare fuses in the main fuse block cover in the engine compartment. Always replace a blown fuse with one of the same capacity as the
original.
Fuse load capacities
Passenger compartment fuse location table
Main fuse block
Sub fuse block
No.
Sym-
bol
Electrical system
Capac
ity
1
Power window con-
trol
30 A*
2 Defogger 30 A*
3 Heater 30 A
4 Windshield wipers 30 A
No.
Sym-
bol
Electrical system
Capac
ity
5 Door locks 20 A
6 Rear fog light 10 A
No.
Sym-
bol
Electrical system
Capac
ity
Fuses
Vehicle care and maintenance 9-27
9
*: Fusible link
Some fuses may not be installed on your
vehicle, depending on the vehicle model
or specifications.
The table above shows the main equip-
ment corresponding to each fuse.
7 12 V power outlet 15 A
8 Rear window wiper 15 A
9 Sunroof 20 A
10 Power switch 10 A
11 Option 10 A
12
Hazard warning
flasher
15 A
13 4-wheel drive system 10 A
14
Stop lights
(Brake lights)
15 A
15 Gauges 10 A
16 SRS airbag 7.5 A
17 Radio 15 A
18 Control unit relay 7.5 A
19
Interior lights
(Room lights)
15 A
20 Back-up lights 7.5 A
21
Heated outside
rearview mirrors
7.5 A
22
Outside rearview
mirrors
10 A
No.
Sym-
bol
Electrical system
Capac
ity
23
Cigarette lighter/
12 V power outlet
15 A
24
Charge 7.5 A
Heated steering
wheel
15 A
25
Power seat
(Driver seat)
30 A*
26 Heated seats 30 A
27
Power seat
(Passenger seat)
30 A*
No.
Sym-
bol
Electrical system
Capac
ity
Engine compartment fuse location
table
Behind the fuse block cover
Main fuse block
Fuses
9-28 Vehicle care and maintenance
9
*: Fusible link
Some fuses may not be installed on your
vehicle, depending on the vehicle model
or specifications.
The table above shows the main equip-
ment corresponding to each fuse.
No.
Sym-
bol
Electrical sys-
tem
Capaci
ty
SBF1
Air condition-
ing condenser
fan motor
30 A*
SBF2 — — —
SBF3 — — —
SBF4
Radiator fan
motor
40 A*
SBF5
Anti-lock brak-
ing system
40 A*
SBF6 — — —
SBF7
Anti-lock brak-
ing system
30 A*
BF1 Power liftgate 30 A
BF2
Audio system
amplifier
30 A
BF3 IOD IOD 30 A
BF4 — — —
F1 — — —
F2 Wiper deicer 15 A
F3
Electric parking
brake
7.5 A
F4
Daytime run-
ning lights
10 A
F5 Front fog lights 15 A
F6
Heated steering
wheel
15 A
F7
Headlight
washer
20 A
F8 Security horn 20 A
F9 Horn 10 A
F10 ETV 15 A
F11
Charging lid
lock
15 A
F12 Engine 7.5 A
F13 ENG/POWER 20 A
F14 Fuel pump 15 A
F15 Ignition coil 10 A
F16 — — —
F17
Headlight (high
beam) (left)
10 A
F18
Headlight (high
beam) (right)
10 A
F19
Head-
light
(low
beam)
(left)
LED 20 A
No.
Sym-
bol
Electrical sys-
tem
Capaci
ty
F20
Head-
light
(low
beam)
(right)
LED 20 A
F21
Head-
light
(low
beam)
(left)
Halo-
gen
10 A
F22
Head-
light
(low
beam)
(right)
Halo-
gen
10 A
F23 — — —
#1 — Spare fuse 10 A
#2 — Spare fuse 15 A
#3 — Spare fuse 20 A
No.
Sym-
bol
Electrical sys-
tem
Capaci
ty
Fuses
Vehicle care and maintenance 9-29
9
*: Fusible link
Some fuses may not be installed on your
vehicle, depending on the vehicle model
or specifications.
The table above shows the main equip-
ment corresponding to each fuse.
The fuse block does not contain spare 7.5 A,
25 A or 30 A fuses. If one of these fuses
burns out, substitute with the following fuse.
7.5 A: 10 A spare fuse
25 A: 20 A spare fuse
30 A: 30 A audio system amplifier fuse
When using a substitute fuse, replace with a
fuse of the correct capacity as soon as possi-
ble.
No.
Sym-
bol
Electrical sys-
tem
Capaci
ty
SBF1
Electrical Park-
ing Lock
30 A*
SBF2
Vacuum pump
(Regenerative
brake)
30 A*
F1
Water pump
(Electric motor)
20 A
Sub fuse block
F2
Battery manage-
ment unit
7.5 A
F3
Main drive lith-
ium-ion battery
PTC heater
15 A
F4
Fuel tank filler
door
7.5 A
F5
Solenoid valve
(Air condition-
ing)
7.5 A
F6
Water pump
(Air condition-
ing)
7.5 A
F7
Electric motor
unit control
10 A
F8
Heated wind-
shield
7.5 A
F9
Power feeder
and charger con-
nector (12V)
10 A
Main drive lith-
ium-ion battery
fan motor
15 A
F10 Ignition control 15 A
F11 Ignition control 7.5 A
No.
Sym-
bol
Electrical sys-
tem
Capaci
ty
Identification of fuse
Capacity Color
7.5 A Brown
10 A Red
15 A Blue
20 A Yellow
30 A
Green (fuse type) /
Pink (fusible link type)
40 A Green (fusible link type)
Replacement of light bulbs
9-30 Vehicle care and maintenance
9
N00954901154
1. Before replacing a fuse, always turn off
the electrical item connected to the fuse
and put the operation mode of the power
switch in OFF.
2. There is a fuse remover (A) in the engine
compartment fuse block.
3. Clamp it on the fuse you wish to remove,
and pull the fuse straight out from the fuse
block.
4. Use the fuse location diagrams and the
matching tables, to check the fuse that is
related to the problem. If the fuse is not
blown, something else must be causing
the problem. Have the system inspected
by a certified Mitsubishi EV dealer.
5. Insert a new fuse of the same capacity
securely into the appropriate slot.
N00942901388
Before replacing the bulb, be sure the light is
off. Do not touch the glass part of the new
bulb with your bare fingers; the oil from your
skin will stay on the glass and dim or destroy
the bulb when it gets hot.
Fuse replacement
B- Fuse is OK
C- Blown fuse
CAUTION
Never use a fuse with a capacity greater than
the one listed or any substitute, such as wire,
foil etc. This would cause the circuit wiring
to heat up and could cause a fire.
If the replacement fuse blows again after a
short time, have the electrical system
checked by a certified Mitsubishi EV dealer
to find and correct the cause.
Replacement of light bulbs
CAUTION
Bulbs are extremely hot immediately after
being turned off.
When replacing the bulb, wait for it to cool
sufficiently before touching it. You could
otherwise be burned.
Handle halogen light bulb with care. The gas
inside a halogen light bulb is highly pressur-
ized, so dropping, knocking, or scratching a
halogen light bulb can cause it to shatter.
Never hold the halogen light bulb with a bare
hand, dirty glove, etc.
The oil from your hand could cause the bulb
to break the next time the headlights are
used.
If the glass surface is dirty, clean it with
alcohol and let it dry completely before
installing the bulb.
Replacement of light bulbs
Vehicle care and maintenance 9-31
9
N00943001201
N00950302160
CAUTION
Do not install commercially available LED-
type bulbs.
Commercially available LED-type bulbs
could adversely affect the operation of the
vehicle, such as by preventing the lights and
other vehicle equipment from operating
properly.
NOTE
If you are unsure of how to carry out the
work as required, it is recommended that
these procedures be carried out by a certified
Mitsubishi EV dealer.
Be careful not to scratch the vehicle body
when removing a light and lens.
When it rains, or when the vehicle has been
washed, the inside of the lens sometimes
becomes temporarily foggy. This is the same
phenomenon as when window glass mists up
on a humid day, and does not indicate a func-
tional problem.
When the light is switched on, the heat will
remove the fog. However, if water gathers
inside the light, please have it checked by a
certified Mitsubishi EV dealer.
Bulb location and capacity
CAUTION
When replacing a bulb, be sure to use a new
bulb of the same type, wattage, and color.
If you install a different bulb, the bulb could
malfunction or fail to come on and could
lead to a vehicle fire.
NOTE
Outside
Type A: Halogen headlights type
Type B: LED headlights type
Front
Type A
Type B
Replacement of light bulbs
9-32 Vehicle care and maintenance
9
Item
Watt-
age
ANSI
Trade
No. or
Bulb
type
1 - Front turn signal light 21 W PY21W
2 -
Head-
light, high
beam
Halogen
bulb
60 W
9005
HB3
LED — —
3 -
Head-
light, low
beam
Halogen
bulb
55 W H7
LED — —
4 - Parking light/
Daytime running
light
— —
5 - Front side-marker
light
5 W W5W
6 -
Front fog
light
Halogen
bulb
19 W H16
LED — —
7 - Side turn signal light — —
NOTE
The following lights use an LED-type bulb.
Check with a certified Mitsubishi EV dealer
when either light needs to be repaired or
replaced.
• Headlight, high beam/low beam (LED type)
• Parking light
• Daytime running light
• Front fog light (LED type)
• Side turn signal light
Item Wattage
ANSI
trade No.
or Bulb
type
1 - High-mounted
stop light
— —
2 - Tail light — —
3 - Rear side-
marker light
— —
4 - Charging port
courtesy light
5 W W5W
5 - Back-up light 16 W W16W
NOTE
Rear
6 - License plate
light
5 W W5W
7 - Rear turn sig-
nal light
21 W WY21W
8 - Stop light — —
NOTE
The following lights use an LED-type bulb.
Check with a certified Mitsubishi EV dealer
when either light needs to be repaired or
replaced.
• Rear side-marker light
• High-mounted stop light
• Tail light
• Stop light
Item Wattage
ANSI
trade No.
or Bulb
type
Replacement of light bulbs
Vehicle care and maintenance 9-33
9
N00950401845
N00901801258
1. When replacing the bulb on the left side
of the vehicle, remove the bolt (A) hold-
ing down the relay box and move the
relay box.
2. Turn the cap (B) counterclockwise to
remove it.
3. Turn the socket (C) counterclockwise to
remove it, and then pull the bulb out of
the socket.
Inside
Item Wattage
1 - Cargo room light 8 W
2 - Dome light (rear) 8 W
3 -
Dome light (front)/Read-
ing light
8 W
4 - Downlight –
5 - Vanity mirror lights 2 W
6 - Glove compartment light 1.4 W
NOTE
The following lights use an LED-type bulb.
Check with a certified Mitsubishi EV dealer
when the light needs to be repaired or
replaced.
• Downlight
• Front foot lights
Headlights (low beam, halogen
bulb type)
*: Front of the vehicle
*: Front of the vehicle
Replacement of light bulbs
9-34 Vehicle care and maintenance
9
4. To install the bulb, perform the removal
steps in reverse.
N00901901187
1. When replacing the bulb on the right side
of the vehicle, remove the clip (A) hold-
ing down the washer tank spout and then
move it.
2. Turn the cap (B) counterclockwise to
remove it.
3. Turn the bulb (C) counterclockwise to
remove it and then while holding down
the tab (D), pull out the bulb (E).
4. To install the bulb, perform the removal
steps in reverse.
NOTE
When installing the bulb, align the tab (D)
with the notch (E) of the socket.
Headlights (high beam, halo-
gen bulb type)
*: Front of the vehicle
*: Front of the vehicle
Replacement of light bulbs
Vehicle care and maintenance 9-35
9
N00943101909
N00943201375
The alignment of the headlights should be
checked by a certified Mitsubishi EV dealer.
N00915501230
1. When replacing the bulb on the left side
of the vehicle, move the relay box.
(Refer to “Headlight (low beam, halogen
bulb type): Step 1” on page 9-33.
2. Turn the socket (A) counterclockwise to
remove it, and then pull the bulb out of
the socket.
3. To install the bulb, perform the removal
steps in reverse.
N00917301782
N00943401449
Headlights (high beam/low
beam, LED type)
NOTE
The headlights use an LED-type bulb.
Check with a certified Mitsubishi EV dealer
when the light needs to be repaired or
replaced.
Headlight aim adjustment
Front side-marker lights
*: Front of the vehicle
Parking lights/Daytime running
lights
NOTE
The parking lights and daytime running
lights use an LED-type bulb.
Check with a certified Mitsubishi EV dealer
when the light needs to be repaired or
replaced.
Front turn signal lights
CAUTION
Make sure that the Plug-in Hybrid EV sys-
tem have cooled down before replacing the
bulb on the right side of the vehicle, other-
wise you could be burnt by the radiator hose.
Replacement of light bulbs
9-36 Vehicle care and maintenance
9
1. Remove the 12 clips (A, B), and then
remove the cover (C).
2. Turn the socket (D) counterclockwise to
remove it, then remove the bulb from the
socket by turning it counterclockwise
while pressing in.
3. To install the bulb, perform the removal
steps in reverse.
N00943501219
N00943601887
1. Insert a straight blade (or minus) screw-
driver with a cloth over its tip at the points
indicated by arrows and pry gently to
remove the cover (A).
*: Front of the vehicle
Side turn signal lights
NOTE
The side turn signal lights use an LED-type
bulb.
Check with a certified Mitsubishi EV dealer
when the light needs to be repaired or
replaced.
Front fog lights (Halogen bulb
type)
Replacement of light bulbs
Vehicle care and maintenance 9-37
9
2. Remove the 3 screws (B) and remove the
light unit.
3. While holding down the tab (D), pull out
the socket (E).
4. Turn the bulb (F) counterclockwise to
remove it.
5. To install the bulb, perform the removal
steps in reverse.
N00943602015
N00943701644
1. Open the liftgate.
2. Remove the screws (A), and then move
the light unit toward the rear of the vehi-
cle to unfix the notch (B) and pins (C).
NOTE
When unfastening the screws or the fog
light, be careful not to move the beam posi-
tion adjustment screw (C).
Front fog lights (LED type)
NOTE
The fog lights use an LED-type bulb.
Check with a certified Mitsubishi EV dealer
when the light needs to be repaired or
replaced.
Rear combination lights
Replacement of light bulbs
9-38 Vehicle care and maintenance
9
3. Turn the socket counterclockwise and
remove it, and then pull the bulb out of
the socket.
4. To install the bulb, perform the removal
steps in reverse.
N00929101080
1. Push the light unit upward to remove it.
2. Turn the socket (A) counterclockwise to
remove it, and then pull the bulb out of
the socket.
3. To install the bulb, perform the removal
steps in reverse.
D- Rear turn signal light
E- Tail light and stop light (LED) - cannot
be replaced
NOTE
The rear side-marker light, tail light and stop
light use an LED-type bulb.
Check with a certified Mitsubishi EV dealer
when the light needs to be repaired or
replaced.
NOTE
When mounting the light unit, align the
notch (F) and pin (G) on the light unit with
the clip (H) and hole (I) in the body.
Back-up lights
NOTE
Wrap a cloth around the tip of the screw-
driver to keep from scratching the lens.
NOTE
When installing the light unit, first insert the
notch (B) into the hole on the body, and then
push on the light unit to fit it into place.
Vehicle care precautions
Vehicle care and maintenance 9-39
9
N00944001468
1. When removing the light unit (A), push it
toward the left side of the vehicle body.
2. Use a screw driver to gently pry up the tab
(B) and remove the lens.
3. Pull the bulb out of the socket.
4. To install the bulb, perform the removal
steps in reverse.
N00943901170
N00945101206
In order to maintain the value of your vehicle,
perform regular maintenance using the proper
materials and procedures. Be sure to use only
those materials and procedures that meet your
local environmental pollution control regula-
tions. Choose the materials you will use care-
fully, to be sure that they do not contain
corrosives. If you are not sure, contact a certi-
fied Mitsubishi EV dealer for help in choos-
ing these materials.
License plate lights
NOTE
Wrap a cloth around the tip of the screw-
driver to keep from scratching the lens.
NOTE
When mounting the light unit, insert tab (C)
first then align tab (D) with its hole.
High-mounted stop light
NOTE
The high-mounted stop light uses an LED-
type bulb. Check with a certified Mitsubishi
EV dealer when the light needs to be
repaired or replaced.
Vehicle care precautions
Cleaning the inside of your vehicle
9-40 Vehicle care and maintenance
9
These can all be dangerous, and they all can
damage your vehicle.
N00945201119
After washing the inside of your vehicle with
any cleaner, wipe it dry in a shady, well venti-
lated area.
N00945301224
1. Lightly wipe these off with a soft cloth
soaked in a 3% solution of gentle soap
and water.
2. To rinse, dip the cloth in fresh water,
wring it out well, and wipe off all the
soap.
N00945500128
1. To maintain the value of your new vehi-
cle, maintain the upholstery carefully and
keep the interior clean.
Use a vacuum cleaner and brush to clean
the seats. If stained, vinyl and synthetic
leather should be cleaned with an appro-
priate cleaner. Cloth fabrics can be
cleaned with either upholstery cleaner or a
3% solution of gentle soap in lukewarm
water.
CAUTION
Cleaning products can be dangerous. Some
are poisonous and others are highly flamma-
ble. Some are dangerous if you breathe their
fumes in a closed space. When you use any-
thing in a container to clean your vehicle, be
sure to follow the instructions. Always open
your vehicle doors or windows when you’re
cleaning the inside. Never use the following
chemicals to clean your vehicle:
• Gasoline
• Carbon Tetrachloride
• Benzine
• Kerosene
• Naphtha
• Acetone
• Turpentine
• Paint Thinner
• Lacquer Thinner
• Nail Polish Remover
Cleaning the inside of your
vehicle
CAUTION
Do not use organic substances (solvents,
benzine, kerosene, alcohol, gasoline, etc.) or
alkaline or acidic solutions.
These chemicals can cause discoloring,
staining or cracking of the surface.
If you use cleaners or polishing agents, make
sure their ingredients do not include the sub-
stances mentioned above.
When cleaning the meter cluster panel, use a
cloth and be careful not to injure your hands.
NOTE
Always read the instructions on the cleaner
label.
Plastic, vinyl leather, fabric and
flocked parts
NOTE
Do not use cleaners, conditioners, and pro-
tectants containing silicones or wax.
Such products, when applied to the instru-
ment panels or other parts, may cause reflec-
tions on the windshield and obscure vision.
Also, if such products get on the switches of
the electrical accessories, it may lead to fail-
ure of these accessories.
Do not use synthetic fiber or dry cloth. They
can cause discolouring or damaging the sur-
face.
Do not place a deodorizer on the instrument
panel or near lights and instruments. The
ingredients for deodorizer can cause discol-
ouring or cracking.
Upholstery
Cleaning the outside of your vehicle
Vehicle care and maintenance 9-41
9
2. Clean the carpeting with a vacuum
cleaner and remove any stains with carpet
cleaner. Oil and grease can be removed by
lightly dabbing with a clean white cloth
and spot remover.
N00945600187
1. To clean, lightly wipe the leather with a
soft cloth soaked in a 5% solution of gen-
tle soap and water.
2. To rinse, dip the cloth in fresh water,
wring it out well, and wipe off all the
soap.
3. To preserve and protect, use a leather pro-
tecting agent on the genuine leather sur-
face.
N00945700058
To protect your vehicle’s finish, wash it often
and thoroughly. If desired, you may wax your
vehicle using a nonabrasive automobile wax.
N00945800033
Industrial pollution, road tar, bird droppings,
tree sap, insect remains, sea water and other
foreign matters can damage the finish on your
vehicle.
Generally, the longer any foreign material
stays on the finish, the worse the damage.
Wash your vehicle as soon as possible when-
ever the finish gets soiled.
N00945901741
Chemicals contained in the dirt and dust
picked up from air, rain, snow, or road sur-
faces can damage the paint and body of your
vehicle if left on.
Frequent washing and waxing is the best way
to protect your vehicle from this damage.
Do not wash the vehicle in direct sunlight.
Park the vehicle in the shade and spray it with
water to remove dust. Next, using plenty of
clean water and a car washing mitt or sponge,
wash the vehicle from top to bottom.
Use a mild car washing soap if necessary.
Rinse thoroughly and wipe dry with a cham-
ois or soft cloth. After washing the vehicle,
carefully clean the joints and flanges of the
doors, hood, etc., where dirt is likely to
remain.
NOTE
If fuzzing is difficult to remove from the seat
upholstery, draw a suitable defuzzing brush
over the surface in one direction.
Genuine leather (if so equipped)
NOTE
If genuine leather is wet with water, wipe it
with a dry, soft cloth. If left damp, mildew
may grow.
The genuine leather surface can be damaged
if brushed with a nylon or synthetic fiber
brush.
Organic solvents such as benzine, kerosene,
alcohol, gasoline, or acid or alkaline solvents
can discolor the genuine leather surface and
should not be used.
Genuine leather can mildew if not kept
clean. Clean up any oil stains immediately.
The genuine leather surface may harden and
shrink if it is exposed to the direct sunlight
for long hours. When your vehicle is parked,
place it in the shade as much as possible.
When the temperature of the vehicle interior
rises in summer, vinyl products left on the
genuine leather seat may deteriorate and
stick to the seat.
Cleaning the outside of your
vehicle
Foreign material
NOTE
Washing
WARNING
Do not wash the vehicle while charging the
main drive lithium-ion battery. Doing so
could cause a fire or an electric shock.
Before washing the vehicle, make sure
that the charging lid and the inner lid are
completely closed. If the lid is open, the
charging unit is exposed to water, result-
ing in a fire or an electric shock.
Cleaning the outside of your vehicle
9-42 Vehicle care and maintenance
9
Salt and other chemicals used on winter roads
in some geographical areas can have a detri-
mental effect on the vehicle underbody. You
should flush the underbody with a high pres-
sure hose every time you wash the outside of
your vehicle.
Take special care to remove mud or other
debris which could trap and hold salt and
moisture.
After washing your vehicle, wipe off all
waterdrops from the rubber parts around the
doors to prevent the doors from freezing.
N00946000205
Wax your vehicle once or twice a year, or
when water does not bead up on the paint.
Use a soft cloth to put a small amount of wax
on the painted surfaces. After the wax has
dried, polish with a dry soft cloth.
Do not wax your vehicle in direct sunlight.
You should wax when the painted surfaces
are cool.
CAUTION
When washing the vehicle, Put the operation
mode of the power switch in OFF.
Do not use a high pressure washing machine
to clean the underneath of the vehicle.
Doing so might cause the front motor and
rear motor problem or malfunction.
When washing the underside of your vehicle
or the wheels, wear a pair of gloves to pro-
tect your hands.
If your vehicle has rain sensor, place the
wiper switch lever in the “OFF” position to
deactivate the rain sensor before washing the
vehicle. Otherwise, the wipers will operate
in the presence of water spray on the wind-
shield and may get damaged as a result.
Never spray or splash water on the electrical
parts in the engine compartment. This may
damage them. Be careful also when washing
the underbody to ensure that water does not
enter the engine compartment.
Avoid automatic car washers that use rotat-
ing brushes. These brushes may scratch the
paint surface and make it dull.
Scratches are more noticeable on darker col-
ored vehicles.
Some hot water washing equipment uses
high pressure and heat to clean your vehicle.
Because hot water can damage plastics parts
and seep inside your vehicle, make sure you
do the following when using such equip-
ment:
• Keep the washing nozzle at least 28 inches
(70 cm) away from the vehicle body.
• When washing around the door glass, hold
the nozzle at a distance of more than 28
inches (70 cm) and at a right angle to the
glass surface.
Make sure to do the following when using an
automatic car wash, with help from either
this manual or the car wash operator, to
avoid damaging your vehicle:
• Fold the outside rearview mirrors.
• Tape wiper arm assembly.
• If your vehicle is equipped with roof rails
or roof spoiler, check with the car wash
operator before using the car wash.
• If your vehicle is equipped with the rain
sensor, place the wiper switch lever in the
“OFF” position to deactivate the rain sen-
sor.
• Make sure that the charging lid and the fuel
lid are completely closed.
During cold weather
CAUTION
NOTE
When the door is frozen, opening it by force
may tear off or crack the rubber gasket
installed around the door. Pour warm water
to melt the ice. Be sure to thoroughly wipe
off the water after opening the door. To pre-
vent freezing of the weatherstripping on the
doors, hood, etc., treat with silicone lubri-
cant.
Waxing
Cleaning the outside of your vehicle
Vehicle care and maintenance 9-43
9
N00946100046
If painted surfaces have been severely dam-
aged and lost their original luster and color
tone, polish the surface lightly with a fine
polishing compound. Avoid limiting your
polishing to the damaged surface only; polish
a somewhat wider area, moving the polishing
cloth in one direction. After polishing, flush
the compound from the surface and apply a
coat of wax to regain a beautiful luster.
N00946201099
Small cracks and scratches in the paint coat
should be touched up as soon as possible with
touch-up paint to prevent corrosion.
Check body areas facing the road or the tires
carefully for damage to the paint caused by
flying stones, etc. The paint code number for
your vehicle can be found on the vehicle
information code plate located on the front
passenger door sill.
N00946301221
Use a sponge or chamois to clean these parts.
If the vehicle wax sticks to a gray or black
rough surface of the bumper, molding or
lights, the surface may appear white in color.
In this case, wipe it off using lukewarm water
and a soft cloth or chamois.
N00946400052
To prevent spots and corrosion of chrome
parts, wash with water, dry thoroughly, and
apply a nonabrasive automotive wax. If the
chrome is severely damaged or pitted, use a
commercially available chrome polish.
N00946501223
1. Remove dirt using a wet sponge.
2. Use a mild detergent on any dirt that can-
not be removed easily with water.
Rinse off the detergent after washing the
wheels.
3. Dry the wheels thoroughly using a cham-
ois leather or a soft cloth.
CAUTION
Waxes containing high abrasive compounds
should not be used. These waxes remove rust
and stain effectively from the paintwork, but
are harmful to the finish of the paint, because
they also remove paint/clearcoat.
They are also harmful to other glossy sur-
faces such as the grille, trim, moldings, etc.
Do not use gasoline, benzine, kerosene or
paint thinners to remove road tar or other dirt
from the vehicle surface.
Do not put wax on the areas having black
matte coating because it can cause uneven
discoloration, patches, blurs, etc. If these get
wax on them, wipe the wax off right away
with a soft cloth and warm water.
On vehicles with sunroof, be careful not to
apply any wax on the weatherstrip (black
rubber) when waxing the area around the
sunroof opening.
If stained with wax, the weatherstrip cannot
maintain a weatherproof seal with the sun-
roof.
Polishing
Damaged paint
Cleaning plastic parts
CAUTION
Do not use a scrubbing brush or other rough
scrubber as these may damage the plastic
surface.
Do not use wax containing compounds (pol-
ishing powder) which may damage the plas-
tic surface.
Do not let plastic parts get soiled with gaso-
line, oil, brake fluids, engine oils, greases,
paint thinner, and sulfuric acid (battery elec-
trolyte), as such substances will cause stains,
cracks, or discoloration.
If any of these get on a plastic part, wipe
them up with a soft cloth or chamois and a
mild solution of soap and water. Then rinse
them immediately with water.
Chrome parts
Aluminum wheels
CAUTION
Cleaning the outside of your vehicle
9-44 Vehicle care and maintenance
9
N00946600054
The window glass can usually be cleaned
using only a sponge and water. Glass cleaner
can be used to remove wax, oil, grease, dead
insects, etc. After washing the glass, wipe it
dry with a clean, dry, soft cloth.
N00946700068
Use a soft cloth and glass cleaner to remove
grease, dead insects, etc., from the wiper
blades.
Replace the wiper blades when they no longer
clean the windshield and rear window prop-
erly.
N00946800069
Clean the inside of the sunroof with a soft
cloth. Hard deposits should be wiped away
with a cloth dipped in warm, neutral deter-
gent solution. Wipe away the solution with a
sponge dipped in fresh water.
N00947001137
Never spray or splash water on the electrical
accessories in the engine compartment. This
puts the engine at risk of being damaged.
CAUTION
Do not use a brush or other hard implement
on the wheels.
Do not use any cleaner that contains an abra-
sive substance or is acidic or alkaline. Doing
so could cause the coating on the wheels to
peel or become discolored or stained.
Do not directly apply hot water using a steam
cleaner or by any other means.
Contact with seawater or road salt used for
de-icing can cause corrosion. Rinse off such
substances as soon as possible.
Window glass
Wiper blades
Cleaning the sunroof (if so
equipped)
NOTE
The surface treatment on the inside of the
glass may be removed if a hard cloth or
organic solvent is used.
Engine compartment
10
Customer assistance/Reporting Safety Defects
Consumer information (For vehicles sold in U.S.A.) ....................10-2
Reporting Safety Defects ...............................................................10-3
Important facts to know in case of an accident ..............................10-4
Consumer information (For vehicles sold in U.S.A.)
10-2 Customer assistance/Reporting Safety Defects
10
N01047100171
This information is provided in compliance
with the requirements of the National High-
way Traffic Safety Administration, Depart-
ment of Transportation. It provides the
purchasers and/or prospective purchasers
with information on reporting safety defects.
DOT quality grades - All passenger vehicle
tires must conform to Federal Safety Require-
ments in addition to these grades. The spe-
cific grade rating in each grade category is
shown on the side wall of the tires on your
vehicle.
The treadwear grade is a comparative rating
based on the wear rate of the tire when tested
under controlled conditions on a specified
government test course. For example, a tire
graded 150 would wear one and one-half
(1
1
/
2
) times as well on the government course
as a tire graded 100. The relative performance
of tires depends upon the actual conditions of
their use, however, and may depart signifi-
cantly from the norm due to variations in
driving habits, service practices and differ-
ences in road characteristics and climate.
The traction grades, from highest to lowest,
are AA, A, B and C. Those grades represent
the tire’s ability to stop on wet pavement as
measured under controlled conditions on
specified government test surfaces of asphalt
and concrete. A tire marked C may have poor
traction performance.
The temperature grades are A (the highest), B
and C, representing the tire’s resistance to the
generation of heat and its ability to dissipate
heat when tested under controlled conditions
on a specified indoor laboratory test wheel.
Sustained high temperature can cause the
material of the tire to degenerate and reduce
tire life, and excessive temperature can lead
to sudden tire failure. The grade C corre-
sponds to a level of performance which all
passenger car tires must meet under the Fed-
eral Motor Vehicle Safety Standard No. 109.
Grades B and A represent higher levels of
performance on the laboratory test wheel than
the minimum required by law.
Consumer information (For
vehicles sold in U.S.A.)
Uniform tire quality grading
Treadwear
Traction AA, A, B, C
WARNING
The traction grade assigned to this tire is
based on straight-ahead braking traction
tests, and does not include acceleration,
cornering, hydroplaning, or peak traction
characteristics.
Temperature A, B, C
WARNING
The temperature grade for this tire is
established for a tire that is properly
inflated and not overloaded. Excessive
speed, underinflation, or excessive load-
ing, either separately or in combination,
can cause heat buildup and possible tire
failure.
Reporting Safety Defects
Customer assistance/Reporting Safety Defects 10-3
10
N01047201616
If you believe that your vehicle has a
defect which could cause a crash or
could cause injury or death, you
should immediately inform the
National Highway Traffic Safety
Administration (NHTSA) in addi-
tion to notifying Mitsubishi Motors
Corporation.
If NHTSA receives similar com-
plaints, it may open an investigation,
and if it finds that a safety defect
exists in a group of vehicles, it may
order a recall and remedy campaign.
However, NHTSA cannot become
involved in individual problems
between you, your dealer, or
Mitsubishi Motors Corporation.
To contact NHTSA, you may call the
Vehicle Safety Hotline toll-free at 1-
888-327-4236 (TTY: 1-800-424-
9153); go to
http://www.safercar.gov; or write to:
You can also obtain other informa-
tion about motor vehicle safety from
http://www.safercar.gov.
To contact Mitsubishi Motors North
America, Inc. call 1-888-648-7820 or
write to:
If you live in Canada, and you
believe that your vehicle has a safety
defect, you should immediately
notify Transport Canada.
To contact Transport Canada’s
Defect Investigations and Recalls
Division, you may call the toll-free
number: 1-800-333-0510.
You can also obtain additional infor-
mation concerning motor vehicle
safety from
http://www.tc.gc.ca/recalls (English)
or
http://www.tc.gc.ca/rappels (French).
Reporting Safety Defects
NHTSA Headquarters
1200 New Jersey Avenue, SE
West Building
Washington, DC 20590
For vehicles sold in U.S.A.
Mitsubishi Motors North Amer-
ica, Inc.
Customer Relations Department
P.O. Box 689040
Franklin, TN 37068
For vehicles sold in Canada
You may write to:
Transport Canada-ASFAD
330 Sparks Street
Ottawa, ON
K1A 0N5
Important facts to know in case of an accident
10-4 Customer assistance/Reporting Safety Defects
10
In addition to notifying Mitsubishi
Motor Sales of Canada, Inc.
To contact Mitsubishi Motor Sales of
Canada, Inc. call 1-888-576-4878 or
write to:
N01047301327
We hope you will never be involved in an
accident, but there is always that potential
danger. So, please be sure to buckle up and
drive safely.
Remain calm.
Check for injuries. Report all injuries to
the police, and, if necessary, call for an
ambulance.
Record all the details of the accident. This
will provide you with accurate records of
the accident for discussions with your
insurance company and other persons
who may be acting on your behalf.
Understand your repair estimate before
approving repairs.
Choosing the repair shop and the brands
of parts that they use on your vehicle is
your decision.
Ask for genuine Mitsubishi Motors parts.
Many times, to save money, your insur-
ance company will recommend imitation
parts that do not meet the original specifi-
cations of fit, finish, corrosion resistance
or workmanship.
The strength and integrity built into your
vehicle is the result of a specific design
referred to as “Energy Management”. Indi-
vidual body parts are designed to act as one
unit in the event of an accident. Shock waves
are absorbed by protective panels or are chan-
neled around the passenger compartment.
This important feature is possible because
high tensile steel is used in the panels and
structural parts, something that cannot be
guaranteed by the manufacturers of imitation
parts. All genuine body panels and support
brackets are designed and constructed as
important protection features in the event of
an accident. By replacing body parts with
imitations, your vehicle may no longer meet
original equipment specifications.
Mitsubishi Motor Sales of Can-
ada, Inc.
Customer Relations Department
P.O. Box 41009
4141 Dixie Road
Mississauga, ON L4W 5C9
Important facts to know in
case of an accident
In the event of an accident
Key information to discuss with
your insurance company
Mitsubishi Motors built-in pro-
tection
Important facts to know in case of an accident
Customer assistance/Reporting Safety Defects 10-5
10
As a consumer requesting repair on your
vehicle, you have consumer rights. Across the
country, State Insurance Commissioners have
begun considering rules on the use of non-
OEM parts. This could mean that repair shops
will have to disclose to the consumer, when
they intend to use non-OEM parts. Since reg-
ulations are not consistent on this point,
remember you have a choice. So, if you want
genuine Mitsubishi Motors parts, you may
have to specifically request them. Make cer-
tain your insurance company understands
imitations are not to be used in the repair of
your vehicle. You deserve the best genuine
Mitsubishi Motors parts.
Genuine Mitsubishi Motors parts are built
with the high quality and durability standards
you expect. Genuine Mitsubishi Motors
replacements parts are your guarantee that
your vehicle will have all the technological
advantages and maintain the style and protec-
tion of a brand new Mitsubishi Motors.
Remember to ask for genuine Mitsubishi
Motors parts.
Consumer rights (For vehicles
sold in U.S.A.)
Genuine Mitsubishi Motors
parts
11
Specifications
Vehicle labeling .............................................................................11-2
Vehicle dimensions ........................................................................11-4
Vehicle weights ..............................................................................11-5
Engine specifications .....................................................................11-6
Charging system specifications .....................................................11-7
Electric motor specifications .........................................................11-8
12 V starter battery ........................................................................11-8
Tires and wheels ............................................................................11-8
Capacity .........................................................................................11-9
Vehicle labeling
11-2 Specifications
11
N01147401912
Keep a record of the chassis number and
vehicle identification number. Such informa-
tion will assist police if your vehicle is stolen.
1 - Vehicle emission control information
label
The vehicle emission control information
label is affixed on the underside of the engine
hood.
2 - Vehicle identification number plate
The vehicle identification number is stamped
on the plate riveted to the left front corner of
the dashboard. It is visible from outside of the
vehicle through the windshield.
3 - Air conditioning label
The air conditioning label is affixed on the
inside panel of the engine hood.
4 - Vehicle information code plate
The vehicle information code plate is located
on the front passenger door sill.
The chassis number is stamped on the bulk-
head as shown in the illustration.
N01148600028
The engine model and serial number are
stamped on the cylinder block as shown in
the illustration.
Vehicle labeling
Chassis number
Engine model/serial number
*: Front of the vehicle
Vehicle labeling
Specifications 11-3
11
N01148700032
The electric motor number is stamped as
shown in the illustration.
N01148101671
The tire and loading information
placard is located on the driver’s
door sill.
Type 1
Type 2
N01148201249
The certification label is located on the
driver’s door sill.
Electric motor number
1- Front motor
2- Rear motor
*: Front of the vehicle
Tire and loading information
placard
Certification label
Vehicle dimensions
11-4 Specifications
11
N01147501636
Vehicle dimensions
Overall length 184.8 in (4,695 mm)
Overall width 70.9 in (1,800 mm)
Overall height 67.3 in (1,710 mm)
Wheel base 105.1 in (2,670 mm)
Vehicle weights
Specifications 11-5
11
N01147602126
GVWR: maximum total weight (load) limit specified for the vehicle
GAWR: maximum weight (load) limit specified for the front or rear axle
Seating capacity: the maximum number of occupants
Vehicle weights
Gross vehicle weight rating (GVWR) 5,269 lb (2,390 kg)
Gross axle weight rating
(GAWR)
Front 2,646 lb (1,200 kg)
Rear 2,800 lb (1,270 kg)
Total trailer weight
With brake 1,500 lb (680 kg)
Without brake 1,250 lb (567 kg)
Vehicle capacity weight 827 lb (375 kg)
Maximum roof load 110 lb (50 kg)
Seating capacity 5 persons
NOTE
Roof load is important because it affects the vehicle capacity weight.
Refer to “Loading cargo on the roof” on page 6-11.
Engine specifications
11-6 Specifications
11
N01147701641
Engine specifications
Engine model 4B12
Engine displacement 144.0 CID (2,360 cm³)
No. of cylinders and cylinder arrangement Inline-4
Bore 3.46 in (88.0 mm)
Stroke 3.82 in (97.0 mm)
Compression ratio 12.0
Thermostat valve opening temperature 188.6 °F (87.0 °C)
Spark plugs NGK DIFR5E11
Spark plug gap .040 to .043 in (1.0 to 1.1 mm)
Firing order 1-3-4-2
Charging system specifications
Specifications 11-7
11
N01148501053
*
1
: When using a genuine charging cable with control box
*
2
: When using a home or public charging device (EVSE: Electric Vehicles Supply Equipment)
Charging system specifications
Normal charging system
Rated input voltage AC 240V (single phase) AC 120V (single phase)
Rated input frequency 50 Hz/60 Hz
Rated current 15 A (max)
8 A/12 A (max)*
1
Maximum power consumption
3.3 kVA*
2
1.8 kVA*
2
Applicable standards
UL2594: Electric Vehicle Supply Equipment
SAE J1772: (R) SAE Electric Vehicle and Plug in Hybrid Electric
Vehicle Conductive Charge Coupler
CSA C22.2 #280 Issued:2013/02/22 Electric Vehicle Supply Equip-
ment
Leakage current sensitivity in
cable control box
20 mA
Enclosure type
Charge connector: Type 3s
Control box (CCID): Type 3
Quick charging system
Applicable standards CHAdeMO
Maximum input current 60 A
Enclosure type Charge connector: Type 3s
Electric motor specifications
11-8 Specifications
11
N01147301054
N01147801323
Battery is a 12 volt type.
N01147901959
PCD: Pitch Circle Diameter (installation holes)
Electric motor specifications
Item Front motor Rear motor
Electric motor model S61 Y61
Maximum output 60 kW 70 kW
Maximum torque 137 N•m 195 N•m
12 V starter battery
S46B24L(S)
Tires and wheels
Tire P225/55R18 97H
Wheel
Size 18 x 7J
PCD 4.5 in (114.3 mm)
Offset (Inset) 1.5 in (38 mm)
NOTE
These tires satisfy vehicle loading conditions described in this owner’s manual.
Capacity
Specifications 11-9
11
N01148002417
Capacity
Item Capacity Lubricants
Fuel
(approximate)
11.3 gal (43 L) Refer to “Fuel selection” on page 3-49
Engine oil
Oil pan 4.5 qt (4.3 L) Engine oils displaying the ILSAC certification mark (“starburst”
symbol) on the container.
If these oils are not available, and API classification SN can be
used.
Oil filter .32 qt (0.3 L)
Transaxle
Front 3.66 qt (3.46 L)
Refer to “Transaxle fluid” on page 9-10.
Rear .90 qt (0.85 L)
Brake As required Conforming to Brake fluid DOT3 or DOT4
Hood lock release mechanism and safety catch As required Multipurpose type grease NLGI Grade 2
Engine coolant
{Includes .69 qt (0.65 L) in reserve tank}
7.9 qt (7.5 L)
Mitsubishi Motors Genuine Super Long Life Coolant Premium
or equivalent*
Rear motor coolant
[includes 1.13 qt (1.07 L) in reserve tank]
6.9 qt (6.5 L)
Front motor fluid 2.3 qt (2.2 L) Refer to “Front motor fluid” on page 9-10.
Washer fluid 4.8 qt (4.5 L) —
Refrigerant (air conditioning)
Refer to the “Air condi-
tioning label” on page
11-2.
HFO-1234yf
*:similar high quality ethylene glycol based non-silicate, non-amine, non-nitrate and non-borate coolant with long life hybrid organic acid tech-
nology
Alphabetical index
12-1
12
Numerics
12 V power outlets............................ 5-209
12 V starter battery ............................. 9-12
Specification .................................. 11-8
12 V starter battery charging system warning
light............................................... 5-188
4-wheel drive operation ....................... 5-63
A
Accessory (installation) ....................... 3-55
Acoustic vehicle alerting system (AVAS) ....
5-72
Active stability control (ASC).............. 5-81
Adaptive Cruise Control System (ACC) 5-88
Air cleaner filter ................................. 9-10
Air conditioner
Dual-zone automatic climate control air
conditioner..................................... 7-4
Important air conditioning operating tips..
7-14
Air purifier......................................... 7-15
Airbag ............................................... 4-36
All-wheel drive operation .................... 5-63
Aluminum wheels............................... 9-43
Anti-lock braking system..................... 5-78
Arm rest............................................... 4-9
Assist grip ........................................ 5-228
Automatic High Beam (AHB) ............ 5-193
Automatic transaxle
Select positions .............................. 5-58
Selector lever operation .................. 5-56
B
Back-up light
Bulb capacity................................. 9-31
Replacement .................................. 9-38
Ball joint, steering linkage seals, drive shaft
boots ............................................... 9-23
Battery
12 V starter battery charging system warn-
ing light...................................... 5-188
During cold weather ....................... 9-12
Specification.................................. 11-8
Battery charge mode........................... 5-69
Battery save mode .............................. 5-68
Blind Spot Warning (BSW)................ 5-108
Bottle holders.................................... 5-226
Brake
Fluid ..................................... 9-11, 11-9
Brake assist........................................ 5-77
Braking
Anti-lock braking system ................ 5-78
Braking ........................................... 6-5
Hose ............................................. 9-23
Pad wear alarm .............................. 5-73
Pedal ............................................. 5-73
Pedal free play................................ 9-21
Power brakes.................................. 5-73
Service brake.................................. 5-73
Warning lights and buzzer ............. 5-187
Break-in recommendations .................... 5-3
Bulb location and capacity................... 9-31
C
California Perchlorate Materials
Requirements ................................... 3-56
Capacities .......................................... 11-9
Card holder ...................................... 5-224
Cargo area cover............................... 5-227
Cargo loads ........................................ 6-11
Cargo room light............................... 5-222
Bulb capacity ................................. 9-33
Catalytic converter................................ 9-3
Cautions and actions to deal with intense cold
3-13
Cautions and actions to deal with intense heat
3-12
Cautions on the handling of 4-wheel drive
vehicles............................................ 5-65
Certification label ............................... 11-3
Charging
Normal charging.................... 3-20, 3-31
Quick charging ............................... 3-32
Alphabetical index
12-2
12
Charging indicator ............................ 5-187
Charging troubleshooting guide ........... 3-46
Child restraint systems ........................ 4-24
Child safety locks for rear door ............ 5-28
Cleaning
Inside of your vehicle...................... 9-40
Outside of your vehicle ................... 9-41
Coat hook ........................................ 5-229
Cold
Cautions and actions to deal with intense
cold............................................. 3-13
Consumer information ........................ 10-2
Coolant
Engine.................................... 9-8, 11-9
Plug-in Hybrid EV System ................ 9-8
Rear motor..................................... 11-9
Cruise control..................................... 5-84
Cup holder ....................................... 5-226
D
Daytime running lights
Bulb capacity ................................. 9-31
Replacement .................................. 9-35
Defogger (rear window) .................... 5-204
Defrosting or defogging (windshield, door
windows) .................................. 7-9, 7-13
Dimensions ........................................ 11-4
Dimmer (high/low beam change) ....... 5-193
Dinghy towing .................................... 6-17
Disc brake pads................................... 9-23
Dome light (front)/Reading lights ....... 5-220
Bulb capacity.................................. 9-33
Dome light (rear)............................... 5-221
Bulb capacity.................................. 9-33
Doors
Lock .............................................. 5-24
Power door locks ............................ 5-26
Downlight ........................................ 5-222
Driving down a long hill ....................... 6-5
Driving during cold weather.................. 6-5
Driving precaution ............................... 6-2
Driving, alcohol and drugs .................... 6-2
Dual-zone automatic climate control air
conditioner ........................................ 7-4
E
ECO mode switch ............................. 5-199
Electric motor
Number.......................................... 11-3
Specifications ................................. 11-8
Electric parking brake.......................... 5-45
Electric power steering system (EPS).... 5-80
Electric rear window defogger switch.. 5-204
Electrical parking switch...................... 5-55
Electronic immobilizer (Anti-theft starting
system) ............................................ 5-17
Emission-control system maintenance .. 9-21
Engine
Compartment ................................... 9-6
Coolant................................... 9-8, 11-9
Engine model ................................. 11-2
Hood ............................................... 9-4
Malfunction indicator light ............ 5-188
Oil and oil filter....................... 9-6, 11-9
Overheating ..................................... 8-4
Serial number................................. 11-2
Specification .................................. 11-6
Engine hood......................................... 9-4
EV charging cable .............................. 3-28
EV cruising range ................................. 3-7
EV switch .......................................... 5-66
Exhaust system................................... 9-23
F
Floor console box ............................. 5-224
Floor mat ............................................. 6-2
Fluid
Brake fluid............................ 9-11, 11-9
Engine coolant ........................ 9-8, 11-9
Engine oil ............................... 9-6, 11-9
Front motor........................... 9-10, 11-9
Plug-in Hybrid EV System coolant..... 9-8
Rear motor coolant ......................... 11-9
Alphabetical index
12-3
12
Transaxle .............................. 9-10, 11-9
Washer fluid.......................... 9-10, 11-9
Fluid capacities and lubricants ............. 11-9
For persons with electro-medical apparatus
such as implantable cardiac pacemaker or
implantable cardiovascular defibrillator .....
3-10
Forward Collision Mitigation System (FCM)
5-99
Free-hand advanced security transmitter
(F.A.S.T.-key) .................................... 5-4
Front fog lights
Bulb capacity ................................. 9-31
Indicators..................................... 5-186
Replacement ......................... 9-36, 9-37
Switch ......................................... 5-199
Front motor fluid ................................ 9-10
Front side-marker lights
Bulb capacity ................................. 9-31
Replacement .................................. 9-35
Front turn signal light
Bulb capacity ................................. 9-31
Replacement .................................. 9-35
Fuel
Filling the fuel tank......................... 3-51
Fuel economy................................... 6-2
Fuel hoses ...................................... 9-22
Fuel selection ................................. 3-49
Tank capacity ................................. 11-9
Fuel Pump Shut-off System ................. 8-20
Fuses................................................. 9-24
Fusible links ...................................... 9-24
G
General maintenance .......................... 9-22
General vehicle data ........................... 11-4
Genuine parts..................................... 3-56
Glove compartment ........................... 5-224
Glove compartment light
Bulb capacity................................. 9-33
H
Hazard warning flasher switch............ 5-198
Hazard warning lights........................ 5-186
Head restraints ..................................... 4-9
Headlights
Bulb capacity................................. 9-31
Dimmer........................................ 5-193
Headlight flasher........................... 5-193
Replacement .......................... 9-33, 9-34
Switch.......................................... 5-190
Heat
Cautions and actions to deal with intense
heat............................................. 3-12
Heated steering wheel switch.............. 5-205
Heating ............................................. 7-15
High beam indicator .......................... 5-186
High-mounted stop light
Bulb capacity ................................. 9-31
High-Voltage components ................... 3-36
Hill start assist .................................... 5-76
HomeLink® Wireless Control System 5-214
Hood lock release mechanism and safety
catch................................................ 9-24
Horn switch...................................... 5-206
How to use electric device during charging ..
3-42
I
If the vehicle breaks down ..................... 8-2
Important facts to know in case of an accident
10-4
Indicators ............................... 5-160, 5-186
Information screen display................. 5-161
Inside rearview mirror ......................... 5-49
Inspection and maintenance following rough
road operation .................................. 5-64
Instrument cluster ............................. 5-137
Intense cold
Cautions and actions ....................... 3-13
Intense heat
Cautions and actions ....................... 3-12
Interior lights.................................... 5-220
Alphabetical index
12-4
12
J
Jack..................................................... 8-6
Storage ............................................ 8-6
Jump-starting the Plug-in Hybrid EV system .
8-2
K
Keyless entry system........................... 5-19
Keys.................................................... 5-3
L
Labeling ............................................ 11-2
Lane Departure Warning System (LDW) ......
5-118
License plate light
Bulb capacity ................................. 9-31
Replacement .................................. 9-39
Liftgate.............................................. 5-28
Link System..................................... 5-206
Loading information ............................. 6-6
Lubricants.......................................... 11-9
Luggage floor box ............................ 5-225
Luggage hooks ................................. 5-229
M
Main drive lithium-ion battery ............... 3-6
MITSUBISHI Remote Control ............. 3-38
Modifications to and racing of your vehicle ..
3-54
Multi Around Monitor ....................... 5-128
Multi-information display .................. 5-140
N
Normal charging ........................ 3-20, 3-31
O
Octane number.................................... 3-50
Oil
Engine oil....................................... 11-9
Operating sound under charging or Remote
Climate Control ................................ 3-10
Operation under adverse driving conditions ..
8-19
Outside rearview mirrors...................... 5-52
Overheating......................................... 8-4
P
Parking ............................................... 6-6
Parking lights
Bulb capacity.................................. 9-31
Replacement................................... 9-35
Plug-in Hybrid EV System.................... 3-2
Coolant ........................................... 9-8
Polishing............................................ 9-43
Power brakes...................................... 5-73
Power liftgate..................................... 5-30
Power outlet..................................... 5-209
Power switch........................................ 5-9
Power windows .................................. 5-40
Precautions during Charging the Main Drive
Lithium-ion Battery .......................... 3-19
Puncture (Tire repair kit) ....................... 8-7
Q
Quick charging ................................... 3-32
R
Radiator cap......................................... 9-9
Radio
General information about your radio 7-16
Reading lights
Bulb capacity ................................. 9-33
Ready indicator ................................ 5-187
Rear combination lights
Bulb capacity ................................. 9-31
Replacement .................................. 9-37
Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA) ....... 5-114
Rear side-marker lights
Bulb capacity ................................. 9-31
Rear turn signal light
Alphabetical index
12-5
12
Bulb capacity ................................. 9-31
Replacement .................................. 9-37
Rear-view camera ............................. 5-125
Rearview mirror
Inside rearview mirror..................... 5-49
Outside rearview mirrors ................. 5-52
Regenerative braking ................... 3-4, 5-58
When driving down a long hill ........... 6-5
Replacement of light bulbs .................. 9-30
Replacing tires and wheels................... 9-18
Reporting Safety Defects ..................... 10-3
S
Safe driving techniques ......................... 6-4
SAVE/CHARGE mode switch ............. 5-68
S-AWC (Super-All Wheel Control) ...... 5-61
Seat belt............................................. 4-15
Adjustable seat belt shoulder anchor. 4-21
Child restraint systems .................... 4-24
Front passenger seat belt warning light ....
4-21
Maintenance and inspection............. 4-36
Seat belt extender ........................... 4-23
Seat belt force limitter ..................... 4-24
Seat belt pre-tensioners ................... 4-23
Seat belt use during pregnancy......... 4-23
Seats.................................................... 4-2
Arm rest........................................... 4-9
Front seats........................................ 4-4
Head restraints ................................. 4-9
Heated seat ...................................... 4-7
Making a cargo area ....................... 4-11
Making a flat seat........................... 4-14
Rear seats ........................................ 4-8
Seat arrangement.............................. 4-3
Seats and restraint systems ................ 4-4
Selector Lever.................................... 5-56
Regenerative braking force level selector
(paddle type)................................ 5-59
Service brake ..................................... 5-73
Service precautions............................... 9-2
Side turn-signal light
Bulb capacity................................. 9-31
Snow tires.......................................... 9-20
Spark plugs........................................ 9-21
SPORT mode switch .......................... 5-71
Starting the Plug-in Hybrid EV System 5-14
Steering
Steering wheel height and reach adjustment
5-48
Stop lights
Bulb capacity................................. 9-31
Stopping the Plug-in Hybrid EV System 5-15
Storage spaces................................... 5-223
Sun visors......................................... 5-208
Sunglasses holder .............................. 5-225
Sunroof ............................................. 5-43
Super-all wheel control (S-AWC)......... 5-61
Supplemental Restraint System ............ 4-36
How the Supplemental Restraint System
works .......................................... 4-39
Maintenance service........................ 4-51
T
Tail light
Bulb capacity ................................. 9-31
Tank capacity ..................................... 11-9
Theft-alarm system ............................. 5-37
Ticket holder .................................... 5-209
Timing belt......................................... 9-23
Tire ................................................... 9-12
Inflation pressure ............................ 9-17
Maintenance................................... 9-18
Quality grading............................... 10-2
Replacing tires and wheels............... 9-18
Rotation......................................... 9-19
Size (tire and wheel) ....................... 11-8
Snow tires ...................................... 9-20
Tire and loading information placard 11-3
Tire chains ..................................... 9-20
To change a tire .............................. 8-14
Tread wear indicator ....................... 9-19
Tire pressure monitoring system (TPMS) .....
5-121
Tire repair kit ....................................... 8-7
Tools ................................................... 8-7
Alphabetical index
12-6
12
Storage ............................................ 8-6
Towing .............................................. 8-17
Trailer towing .................................... 6-13
Transaxle fluid .......................... 9-10, 11-9
Turn signal light
Indicators..................................... 5-186
Lever........................................... 5-198
U
USB input terminal ........................... 5-207
How to connect a USB memory device.....
5-207
How to connect an iPod................. 5-208
USB port (for charging) .................... 5-210
V
Vanity mirror ................................... 5-208
Vanity mirror lights
Bulb capacity ................................. 9-33
Vehicle care precautions...................... 9-39
Vehicle dimensions............................. 11-4
Vehicle labeling ................................. 11-2
Vehicle preparation before driving ......... 6-3
Vehicle weights.................................. 11-5
Vents................................................... 7-2
W
Warning lights .................................. 5-187
Washer
Fluid ..................................... 9-10, 11-9
Rear window washer ..................... 5-203
Switch.......................................... 5-202
Washing............................................. 9-41
Waxing .............................................. 9-42
Weights.............................................. 11-5
Wheel
Specification................................... 11-8
Wiper
Rear window wiper ....................... 5-203
Switch.......................................... 5-200
Wiper blades................................... 9-21
Wiper deicer switch........................... 5-204
How to calculate your gasoline mileage
NOTE
Name of Owner Date of Purchase
Address of Owner Model of Vehicle
Name and Address of Dealer Vehicle Identification Number
Maintenance record
Service Performed Date
Kilometers
Miles
Inspection and Maintenance Item
